Download B&K FIVE OR SEVEN CHANNEL 125.5 S2 Service manual

SUMMIT QX
2000 SERIES
800 MHz 75W-175W MULTI-NET REPEATER
Models: QX-RM82, QX-RM83
Part No.: 242-2008-132/134
Seventh Printing
Month 2000
Supersedes: Part No. 001-2008-103, December 1997
Part No. 001-2008-104
??-00mwp
Printed in U.S.A.
SUMMIT® QX
800 MHz MULTI-NET® REPEATER
PART NO. 242-2008-132/134
Copyright 1994 by the E.F. Johnson Company
The E.F. Johnson Company designs and manufactures two-way radio equipment to serve a wide variety of communications needs.
Johnson produces equipment for the mobile telephone and land mobile radio services which include business, industrial, government, public safety, and personal users.
LAND MOBILE PRODUCT WARRANTY
The manufacturer’s warranty statement for this product is available from your product supplier or from the E.F. Johnson Company,
299 Johnson Avenue, Box 1249, Waseca, MN 56093-0514. Phone (507) 835-6222.
WARNING
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the condition that this device does not cause harmful
interference. In addition, changes or modification to this equipment not expressly approved by E. F. Johnson could void the user’s
authority to operate this equipment (FCC rules, 47CFR Part 15.19).
DO NOT allow the antenna to touch or come in very close proximity with the eyes, face, or any exposed body parts while the radio
is transmitting.
To comply with FCC RF exposure limits, DO NOT operate the transmitter of a stationary radio (base station or marine radio) when
a person is within four (4) meters of the antenna.
DO NOT operate the radio in explosive or flammable atmospheres. The transmitted radio energy could trigger blasting caps or
cause an explosion.
DO NOT operate the radio without the proper antenna installed.
DO NOT allow children to operate transmitter equipped radio equipment.
NOTE: The above warning list is not intended to include all hazards that may be encountered when using this radio.
SAFETY INFORMATION
The FCC has adopted a safety standard for human exposure to RF energy. Proper operation of this radio under normal
conditions results in user exposure to RF energy below the Occupational Safety and Health Act and Federal Communication Commission limits.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice.
E.F. Johnson Company will not be liable for any misunderstanding due to misinformation or errors found in this document.
LTR, LTR-Net, Multi-Net, Viking Head/EFJohnson Logo, Call Guard and SUMMIT are registered trademarks of E.F. Johnson
Company All other company and/or product names used in this manual are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturer.
FCC EXPOSURE LIMITS
This fixed station radio transceiver was tested by the manufacturer with an appropriate antenna in order to verify
compliance with Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) limits set under Section 2.1091 of the FCC Rules and Regulations. The guidelines used in the evaluation are derived from Table 1 (B) titled “Limits For General Population/
Uncontrolled Exposure” which is from FCC report OET bulletin #65.
Table 1 (B)
FCC Limits for Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE)
(B) Limits For General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure
Frequency Range (MHz)
Electric Field Strength Magnetic Field Strength
(E) (V/m)
(H) (A/m)
0.3 - 1.34
614
1.63
1.34 - 30
824/f
2.19/f
30 - 300
27.5
0.073
300 - 1500
--1500 - 100,000
--f = Frequency in MHz*Plane-wave equivalent power density.
Power Density
(S) (mW/cm2)
(100)*
(180/f2)*
0.2
f/1500
1.0
Table 2 lists the antennas recommended for use in the VHF frequency range. Each model of this radio was tested with
the appropriate antenna listed. The antenna shall be mounted to a tower and be a minimum of 10 meters above the
ground at the lowest point on the antenna. The radio manufacturer has determined that the user and service personnel
should remain four (4) meters in distance away from the antenna when transmitting. By maintaining this distance,
these individuals are not exposed to radio frequency energy or magnetic fields in excess of the guidelines set forth in
Table 1 (B).
NOTE: Other antennas or installation configurations that have not been tested may not comply with FCC RF exposure limits and therefore are not recommended.
Table 2
Recommended Antennas
(Antenna Manufacturer - Decibel Products)
Frequency
Antenna Model No.
132-144 MHz
144-178 MHz
DB205E
DB205F
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
SCOPE OF MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
REPEATER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
MODEL NUMBER BREAKDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
REPEATER DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
MULTI-NET SIGNALING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
FACTORY RETURNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
REPLACEMENT PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
INTERNET HOME PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
SOFTWARE UPDATES/REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
AREPEATER OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD (MPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
MULTI-NET AUDIO CARD (MAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
INTERFACE ALARM CARD (IAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
MULTI-NET SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
MOBILE TRANSCEIVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
REPEATERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
3000 SERIES SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
DISPATCH CONSOLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
PUBLIC SERVICE TELEPHONE NETWORK (PSTN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
MULTI-NET OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
HOME AND STATUS REPEATERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
MOBILE-REPEATER DATA SIGNALING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
REPEATER DATA BUS SIGNALING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
HOME CHANNEL BACKUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
MULTI-NET FEATURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
STANDARD AND SPECIAL CALLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
UNIQUE ID CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
ACCESS AND RECEIVE PRIORITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
ALL CALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
INTERROGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
MOBILE DISABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
DYNAMIC REPROGRAMMING OF
GROUP 11 1-13
DYNAMIC MOVE TO NEW SYSTEM/GROUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
ID VALIDATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
INTERCONNECT CALLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
SYSTEM KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
DYNAMIC CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
EMERGENCY CALLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
VOTER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
1.14
1.15
1.16
1
INSTALLATION
1.1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
SITE PREPARATION AND ANTENNA INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
ENVIRONMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.2
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
VENTILATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
AC POWER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
BATTERY BACKUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
800W POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
AC INPUT REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
GROUNDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
RF GROUNDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
TELEPHONE LINE GROUNDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
PROTECTION GUIDELINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
UNPACKING AND INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
REPEATER DATA BUS INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
MPC DATA BUS SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
MPC DATA BUS JUMPERS SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
CONNECTING RECEIVE AND TRANSMIT ANTENNAS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
CONNECTING AUDIO/DATA LINK TO SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
VOICE LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
DATA LINK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
3
SOFTWARE
3.1
3.4
3.5
INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
GETTING STARTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
COMPUTER DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
EEPROM DATA STORAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
COMMAND LINE OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
COLOR OR MONOCHROME OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
REPEATER PROGRAM SOFTWARE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
MINIMUM FREE MEMORY REQUIRED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
REPEATER PROGRAMMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
PROGRAM FILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
ALIGNMENT SOFTWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
HELP F1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
4
PULL DOWN MENUS
4.1
4.2
MENU DISPLAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
FILE MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
SAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
SAVE AS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
PRINT REPEATER CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
DOS SHELL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
QUIT (ALT X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
EDIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
SELECT REPEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
ALARM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
REPEATER TYPE SELECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
DELETE REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
READ SETUP PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
3.2
3.3
4.3
4.4
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
4.5
4.6
4.7
HARDWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
HSDB MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
RECEIVE/TRANSMIT DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
RF DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
INPUT MONITOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
REVISION/VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
MODE SELECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
POWER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
RECEIVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
FULL REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
SWITCH INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
COM PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
DISPLAY MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
ALARM DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
USER LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
5
REPEATER PROGRAMMING
5.1
5.2
CREATING A NEW FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
SELECT REPEATER TO EDIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
ADDING A REPEATER TO A FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
6
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.1
RECEIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REGULATED VOLTAGE SUPPLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HELICAL FILTER, RF AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIRST MIXER, CRYSTAL FILTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IF AMPLIFIER, CRYSTAL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECOND MIXER/DETECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WIDEBAND AUDIO AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RSSI AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACTIVE FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUFFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYNTHESIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LOCK DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF AMPLIFIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VCO (A007) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VCO AND TCXO FREQUENCY MODULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACTIVE FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUFFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYNTHESIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LOCK DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF AMPLIFIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2
3
6-1
6-1
6-1
6-1
6-1
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-3
6-3
6-3
6-3
6-3
6-5
6-5
6-5
6-5
6-6
6-6
6-6
6-6
6-7
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-9
6-9
6-9
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
75W POWER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
AMPLIFIER/PREDRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
FINAL AMPLIFIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
POWER DETECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
THERMAL SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT, CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
175W POWER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
GAIN BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
FINAL AMPLIFIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
POWER DETECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
THERMAL SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT, CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
RF INTERFACE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
POWER CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
SIGNAL CONNECTOR (J101) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
FAN CONNECTOR (J104) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
EXCITER CONNECTOR (J102) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
RECEIVER CONNECTOR (J103) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
800W POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
MAIN PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
SYNCHRONIZING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
FAN AND THERMAL SHUTDOWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
+15V CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
+5V CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
-5V CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
POWER SUPPLY REPAIR AND ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
BATTERY BACK-UP MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
CHARGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
REVERSE BATTERY PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
ENGAGING THE RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
OVER/UNDERVOLTAGE SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
BBM FAN CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
CARD RACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
MAIN CONTROLLER MICROPROCESSOR (U27) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
HIGH SPEED DATA BUS MICROPROCESSOR (U13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
CHIP SELECT DECODERS (U15/U4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
P1 SIGNAL CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
J1 COMPUTER CONNECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
J2 MEMORY SELECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
J3 BAUD RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
S2/S3 HSDB SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
J4 EPROM MEMORY LOADING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
J5 HSDB SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
J6 WATCHDOG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
6.12
6.13
MAIN AUDIO CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUDIO/DATA MICROPROCESSOR (U111) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RECEIVE AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RECEIVE SQUELCH CIRCUITRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RECEIVE DATA CIRCUITRY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RECEIVE AUDIO PROCESSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VOTER AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COMPANDOR OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRANSMIT AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRANSMIT AUDIO PROCESSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRANSMIT DATA AND CWID PROCESSING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FSK MODEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P101 SIGNALING CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P100 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J100 A D LEVEL TEST POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J101 SPEAKER/MICROPHONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J102 LOCAL MICROPHONE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J103 GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J104 EXTERNAL SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J105 WATCH DOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J106 TX DATA PATH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A301 COMPANDOR CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INTERFACE ALARM CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RELAY OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ISOLATED INPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALARM INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALARM FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P500 SIGNALING CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P501 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J500 A D LEVEL TEST POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J501 GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J502 +15V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J505 SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-31
6-31
6-31
6-32
6-32
6-32
6-33
6-33
6-33
6-33
6-34
6-34
6-35
6-37
6-38
6-39
6-39
6-39
6-39
6-39
6-39
6-39
6-39
6-39
6-40
6-40
6-40
6-41
6-41
6-43
6-44
6-44
6-44
6-44
6-44
6
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
6.1
RECEIVER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PRE-TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VCO TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRONT END ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUDIO DISTORTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXCITER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PRETEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VCO TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRANSMIT MODULATION ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2
5
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-2
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
6.3
6.7
6.8
6.9
75W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
DRIVER TUNING AND LIMIT ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
REFLECTED POWER ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
175W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
PRETEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
POWER INPUT ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
PRE-DRIVER POWER LIMIT ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
REFLECTED POWER ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
FULL REPEATER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
PERFORMANCE TEST PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
REPEATER SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
TRANSMITTER TEST/ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
RECEIVER TESTS/ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
TRANSMIT AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
VOTER AUDIO LEVEL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
REPEATER OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
SWITCH (RNT) INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
REPEATER SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
CIM SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
DATA OVER VOICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
SEPARATE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
VISUAL CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
BATTERY REVERT TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
BATTERY CHARGER SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
8
SERVICING
8.1
INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
PERIODIC CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
SURFACE-MOUNTED COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
TCXO MODULES NOT SERVICEABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
SYNTHESIZER SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
TCXO MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR (VCO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
INTERNAL PRESCALER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
CALCULATING "N " AND "A " COUNTER DIVIDE NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
RECEIVER SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
TRANSMITTER SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
POWER SUPPLY SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
VOLTAGE CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CHIP COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CERAMIC CHIP CAPACITORS (510-36xx-xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
TANTALUM CHIP CAPACITORS (510-26xx-xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CHIP INDUCTORS (542-9000-xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CHIP RESISTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CHIP TRANSISTORS AND DIODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
BERYLLIUM PRODUCT WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
GRAFOIL REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
6.4
6.5
6.6
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
9
PARTS LIST
800 MHz MULTI-NET 75W REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
800 MHz 75W REPEATER ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
800 MHz MULTI-NET 175W REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
800 MHz REPEATER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
800 MHz 75W PA/RFIB ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
800 MHz 175W PA/RFIB ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
REPEATER ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
TRANSCEIVER MECHANICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
CONTROLLER BACKPLANE CARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
RF INTERFACE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
RECEIVER/TRANSMIT MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
RECEIVE VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
RECEIVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
TRANSMIT VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
75W POWER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
175W POWER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
LOW-PASS FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
75W POWER AMPLIFIER MECHANICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
175W POWER AMPLIFIER MECHANICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
2000 SERIES 800W REPEATER POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
WIREHARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
800W POWER SUPPLY MAIN BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
AC FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
BATTERY BACK-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
THERMAL SENSOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
MAIN AUDIO CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
INTERFACE ALARM CARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
10
SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-4
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-8
10-9
10-10
10-11
10-12
10-13
10-14
10-15
10-16
10-17
RF MODULE INTERFACE CONNECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
BACKPLANE CABLE CONNECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
REPEATER REAR VIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
REPEATER FRONT VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
REPEATER CABINET EXPLODED VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
INPUT/OUTPUT ALARM INTERCONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
RF INTERCONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
BACKPLANE INTERCONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
RECEIVE VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
TRANSMIT VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
RF INTERFACE BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
RF INTERFACE BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
RECEIVER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
RECEIVER SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
EXCITER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
EXCITER SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
75W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
7
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
10-18
10-19
10-20
10-21
10-22
10-23
10-24
10-25
10-26
10-27
10-28
10-29
10-30
10-31
10-32
10-33
10-34
10-35
10-36
10-37
10-38
10-39
10-40
10-41
10-42
10-43
75W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
175W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
175W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT (COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT (OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (3 OF 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INTERFACE ALARM CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INTERFACE ALARM CARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CARD SIDE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CABLE SIDE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BACKPLANE SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT (COMP SIDE VIEW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT (COMP SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
800W POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
800W POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BATTERY BACK-UP COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BATTERY BACK-UP SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A
800 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
10-13
10-14
10-15
10-16
10-17
10-18
10-19
10-20
10-21
10-22
10-23
10-24
10-25
10-26
10-27
10-28
10-29
10-30
10-31
10-32
10-33
10-34
10-35
10-36
10-37
10-37
INDEX
LIST OF FIGURES
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-10
1-11
1-12
1-13
1-14
1-15
1-16
1-17
ALARM IN TEST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
REPEATER CARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
MULTI-NET SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
POWER SUPPLY INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
TEMPERATURE SENSOR CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
RACK MOUNTED REPEATERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
FIVE-REPEATER COMBINING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
MPC DATA BUS SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
MPC JUMPERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
ANTENNA CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
TERMINAL BLOCK J2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS FOR 4-WIRE LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS FOR RS-232 LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS FOR BLANK AND BURST LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
SUMMIT QX VOICE/DATA LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
MULTI-NET VOICE/DATA LINK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
SINGLE REPEATER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
TWO REPEATER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
THREE OR MORE REPEATERS INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
8
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
3-1
3-2
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-23
4-24
4-25
4-26
4-27
4-28
4-29
4-30
4-31
4-32
4-33
4-34
5-1
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-10
6-11
6-12
6-13
6-14
6-15
6-16
6-17
REPEATER TEST MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
FILE MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
LOAD FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
SAVE FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
EDIT PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
EDIT MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
REPEATER LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
ALARM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
INPUT ALARMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
OUTPUT ALARMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
ALARM CROSS REFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
REPEATER TYPE SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
DELETE REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
TRANSFER MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
PROGRAM WRITE SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
READ SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
READING SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
HARDWARE PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
HARDWARE MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
HSDB MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
MOBILE TRAFFIC MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
RF LINE MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
INPUT MONITOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
REVISION/VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
MODE SELECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
TEST MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
TEST PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
SWITCH INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
DATA PATH SELECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
UTILITIES MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
COM PORT SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
LAPTOP INTERCONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
COLOR MODE SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
USER LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
SETUP PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
U202 BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
SYNTHESIZER BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
EXCITER BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
75W POWER AMPLIFIER BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
POWER AMPLIFIER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
RF INTERFACE BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
NO LOAD CHARGE VOLTAGE vs. TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
BACKPLANE CABLE CONNECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
U27 BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
MODEM BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
FSK MODEM SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
RS-232 SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
4 I/O J1 ALARM OUTPUTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
4 I/O J2 ALARM OUTPUTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
9
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
6-18
6-19
6-20
6-21
6-22
6-23
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-10
6-11
6-12
6-13
6-14
6-15
6-16
6-17
6-18
6-19
6-20
6-21
6-22
6-23
6-24
6-25
6-26
6-27
6-28
6-29
6-30
6-31
6-32
6-33
6-34
8-1
8-2
8-3
8-4
8-5
S500-S503. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
ALARM EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
MAIN AUDIO CARD LOGIC BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
MAIN AUDIO CARD AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
INTERFACE ALARM CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
RECEIVER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
EXCITER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
75W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
175W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
RF INTERFACE BOARD ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
RECEIVER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
EXCITER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
75W POWER AMPLIFIER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
175W POWER AMPLIFIER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
POWER EXTENDER CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
REPEATER TO CIM TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
S100 SETTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
S100/S101 SWITCH SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
J2 TERMINAL BLOCK (SECONDARY). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
J2 TERMINAL BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
S100/S101 RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
NEW HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
OLD HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
MAC ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
INTERFACE ALARM CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
S100/S101 SWITCH SETTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
J2 CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
SUMMIT QX VOICE/DATA LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
MAC SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
S100/S101 FSK DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
J2 CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
S100/S101 RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
BATTERY REVERT TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
BATTERY CHARGER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
SWITCH (RNT) BACKPLANE WIREHARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
SWITCH (RNT) PUNCH BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
CIM ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
LOCK DETECT WAVEFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
MODULUS CONTROL WAVEFORM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
POWER SUPPLY FRONT VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
POWER SUPPLY FRONT VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
3-DIGIT RESISTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
LIST OF TABLES
1-1
1-2
1-1
1-2
5-1
8-1
8-2
VIKING VX REPEATER ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
ACTIVE REPEATER ALARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
OUTPUT VOLTAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
OVER VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
REPEATER SETUP PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
CERAMIC CHIP CAP IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6
CHIP INDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7
10
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.1 SCOPE OF MANUAL
1.4 REPEATER DESCRIPTION
This service manual provides installation, operation, programming, service, and alignment information for the Summit QX Repeater, Part No. 2422008-132/134.
The Summit QX repeater is designed for operation in a Johnson Multi-Net system. It operates on the
800 MHz channels from 851-869 MHz (repeater
transmit). The repeater receive frequencies are 45
MHz below these frequencies (806-824 MHz). Channel spacing is 25 kHz and RF power output is adjustable from 25 to 75 watts (Part No. 242-2008-132) or
75 to 175W with the high power amplifier.
1.2 REPEATER IDENTIFICATION
The repeater identification number is printed on a
label affixed to the inside of the repeater cabinet. The
following information is contained in that number:
Repeater
ID
Revision
Letter
20XXX
A
Manufacture
Date
24 3
Week
Plant
Warranty
Number
A
12345
Year
This repeater is modular in design for ease of service. There are separate assemblies for the logic
cards, receiver, exciter, power amplifier and power
supply sections.
This repeater is programmed with a lap top or
personal computer using the repeater software, Part
No. 023-9998-297.
A= Waseca
1.5 MULTI-NET SIGNALING
1.3 MODEL NUMBER BREAKDOWN
The repeater covered by this manual utilizes
Multi-Net signaling. This signaling provides
advanced features such as 8163 Unique ID codes, five
levels of access priority, home channel back-up, and
over-the-air mobile reprogramming. Multi-Net signaling and repeater control is provided by the Main
Processor Card. The repeater connects to the RNT
(Radio Network Terminal) or newer 3000 Series
Switch, using a phone line or some other type of link.
The RNT or Switch as referred to throughout this
manaul provides overall system control (see Sections
1.14 and 5 for more information on Multi-Net equipment and features).
The following breakdown shows the part number scheme used for the Summit QX.
242-200 X - X 3 X
8 = 800 MHz
9 = 900 MHz
2 = 75W
4 = 175W
3 = 25 kHz
1 = SUMMIT QX
2 = VIKING VX
3 = UNIVERSAL STATION
4 = COMMUNITY REPEATER
1-1
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.6 ACCESSORIES
2000 Series Service Kit- This kit includes an extender
card, extender cables, TIC bias cable and programming
cable. These items are used when tuning the repeater
and while troubleshooting.
The accessories available for the Viking VX LTR
repeater are listed in Table 1-1. A brief description of
some of these accessories follows.
Battery Backup Option - It includes the +26V DC battery backup module that resides in the power supply
and the necessary interconnect cabling to connect the
repeater to the batteries (see Section 2.5).
Table 1-1 VIKING VX REPEATER
ACCESSORIES
Accessory
1:8 Splitter Shelf - This increases the number of outputs from an OCXO drawer (see Figure 2.12).
Part No.
2000 Series Service Kit1
250-2000-230
2
Battery Back-Up Option
023-2000-835
Reference Oscillator Splitter Shelf3
023-2000-924
4
Reference Oscillator Adapter Kit
023-2000-923
Redundant OCXO
561-0006-012
Companding Module
023-2000-940
3’ RG-58 BNC M-M HSDB cable
023-4406-505
6’ RG-58 BNC M-M HSDB cable
597-3001-214
Custom Frequency Programming & Setup 023-2000-100
PC Programmer PGMR Software
023-9998-459
Service Microphone
589-0015-011
50 ohm Termination HSDB
023-4406-504
Telewave Combining Systems
5-channel 115V AC6
585-1163-115
585-1163-125
5-channel 230V AC6
7
10-channel 115V AC
585-1163-110
10-channel 230V AC7
585-1163-120
Duplexer (High Power Only)
585-1157-101
RF Lightning Protector
Type-N Lightning Arrestor
585-0898-001
Polyphaser™
585-0898-005
Floor Mount 19” Open Rack***
7’ with accessories5, setup and test
023-2000-216
5, setup and test
023-2000-217
7’ 6” with accessories
8’ with accessories5, setup and test
023-2000-218
AC Power Distribution
AC Power Strip 115V AC (1 per 2 rptrs) 597-1004-010
AC Power Stirp 230V AC (1 per 2 rptrs) 023-2000-212
1
Includes: extender card, extender cables, TIC bias cable
and programming cable kit.
2
+26V DC input with cable.
3
Required for more than eight channels.
4
Interface to existing systems.
5
Accessories include all mounting hardware, rack ground
bar and wire to repeaters.
6
These systems use two antennas and one additional rack
(combining rack is included).
7
These systems use three antennas and two additional racks
(combining rack is included).
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
Reference Oscillator Adapter Kit - The kit is installed
in the 1:8 Splitter Shelf. The attenuator is used in 2009
repeater systems when only one OCXO drawer is
available.
Redundant OCXO - The OCXO (Oven Controlled
Crystal Oscillator) drawer produces a stable 1.25 MHz
(±0.1 PPM) reference signal for the Receiver and Exciter synthesizers.
Companding Module - This enhances the receive and
transmit audio when used in conjunction with the Telephone Interface Card (TIC).
Three Foot Cable - This is a 3’ RG-58 coax cable with
BNC male connectors for the HSDB (High Speed Data
Bus).
Six Foot Cable - This is a 6’ RG-58 coax cable with
BNC male connectors for the HSDB (High Speed Data
Bus).
Custom Frequency - This is a factory frequency programming and repeater setup.
PGMR 2000 Programming Software - 3.5" programming disk used to program the repeater.
Service Microphone - This is a speaker and microphone combination that plugs into the MAC connectors. The microphone provides local audio and pushto-talk, while the speaker provides local audio adjusted
with the volume control.
1-2
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.7 WARRANTY
you. When you enter some numbers, another number
is requested to further categorize the type of information you need.
The warranty statement for this transceiver is
available from your product supplier or from the
You may also contact the Customer Service
Department by mail. Please include all information
that may be helpful in solving your problem. The
mailing address is as follows:
Warranty Department
E.F. Johnson Company
299 Johnson Avenue,
Box 1249,
Waseca, MN 56093- 0514
E.F. Johnson Company
Customer Service Department
299 Johnson Avenue
P.O. Box 1249
Waseca, MN 56093-0514
This information may also be requested by phone
from the Warranty Department as described in Section
1.8. The Warranty Department may also be contacted
for Warranty Service Reports, claim forms, or any
questions concerning warranties or warranty service
by dialing (507) 835-6222.
1.9 FACTORY RETURNS
1.8 FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE
Repair service is normally available through local
authorized E.F. Johnson Land Mobile Radio Service
Centers. If local service is not available, the equipment
can be returned to the factory for repair. However, it is
recommended that you contact the Customer Service
Department before returning equipment because a service representative may be able to suggest a solution
to the problem so that return of the equipment would
not be necessary.
The Customer Service Department of the E.F.
Johnson Company provides customer assistance on
technical problems and the availability of local and
factory repair facilities. Regular Customer Service
hours are 7:30 a.m. - 5:30 p.m. Central Time,
Monday - Friday. The Customer Service Department
can be reached using one of the following telephone
numbers:
Be sure to fill out a Factory Repair Request Form
#271 for each unit to be repaired, whether it is in or
out of warranty. These forms are available free of
charge by calling the repair lab (see Section 1.7) or by
requesting them when you send a unit in for repair.
Clearly describe the difficulty experienced in the space
provided and also note any prior physical damage to
the equipment. Then include a form in the shipping
container with each unit. Your telephone number and
contact name are important because there are times
when the technicians have specific questions that need
to be answered in order to completely identify and
repair a problem.
Toll-Free: (800) 328-3911
(From within continental United States only)
International: (507) 835-6911
FAX: (507) 835-6969
E-Mail: First Initial/Last [email protected]
(You need to know the name of the person you want to
reach. Example: [email protected].)
NOTE: Emergency 24-hour technical support is also
available at the 800 and preceding numbers during off
hours, holidays, and weekends.
When returning equipment for repair, use a PO
number or some other reference number on your
paperwork in case you need to call the repair lab about
your unit. These numbers are referenced on the repair
order and it makes it easier and faster to locate your
unit in the lab.
When your call is answered at E.F. Johnson Company, you will hear a brief message informing you of
numbers that can be entered to reach various departments. This number may be entered during or after the
message using a tone-type telephone. If you have a
pulse-type telephone, wait until the message is finished and an operator will come on the line to assist
Return Authorization (RA) numbers are not necessary unless you have been given one by the Field
Service Department. RA numbers are required for
1-3
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.13.1 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD (MPC)
exchange units or if the Field Service Department
wants to be aware of a specific problem. If you have
been given an RA number, reference this number on
the Factory Repair Request Form sent with the unit.
The repair lab will then contact the Field Service
Department when the unit arrives.
Refer to Figure 1-2.
Programming Jack
J1 provides input connection from the computer
and the "flash memory" in the MPC. The programming information in an IBM personal computer programs the MPC directly from the serial card through
interconnect cables connected to the COM1 or COM2
port.
1.10 REPLACEMENT PARTS
E.F. Johnson replacement parts can be ordered
directly from the Service Parts Department. To order
parts by phone, dial the toll-free number as described
in Section 1.7. When ordering, please supply the part
number and quantity of each part ordered. E.F.
Johnson dealers also need to give their account number. If there is uncertainty about the part number,
include the designator (C112, for example) and the
model number of the equipment the part is from.
Reset
S1 provides a manual reset of the Main Processor
Card (MPC). A manual reset causes a complete
power-up restart.
Display and LEDs
Each combination of DS1 display read-out and
CR4/CR3 indication refers to an active alarm. See
Table 1-2 for alarms and definitions. When CR1 is
blinking, the MPC is operational. When CR2 is on, it
indicates a high power repeater, off is low power.
When CR5 is on, it indicates this is an LTR repeater,
off is a Multi-Net repeater.
You may also send your order by mail or FAX.
The mailing address is as follows and the FAX number
is shown in Section 1.7.
E.F. Johnson Company
Service Parts Department
299 Johnson Avenue
P.O. Box 1249
Waseca, MN 56093-0514
Alarms
When the Repeater is in the test mode the safety
measures are disabled. Therefore, if the Repeater is
keyed for an extended period with a blocked fan and
the power amplifier temperature increases, thermal
shutdown will not occur. There are pop-up windows
that will appear in the Test mode screens to alert the
user that there is an alarm and action should be taken.
Refer to Figure 1-1 for an example of this type of
alarm.
1.11 INTERNET HOME PAGE
The E.F. Johnson Company has a home page on
the World Wide Web that can be accessed for information on such things as products, systems, and regulations. The address is http://www.efjohnson.com.
RF Thermal Sense Alarm Condition Exists
1.12 SOFTWARE UPDATES/REVISIONS
NOTE: Safety measures are disabled
All inquiries concerning updated software, its
installation and revisions should be directed to the
Customer Service Department (see Section 1.7).
Ok
Figure 1-1 ALARM IN TEST MODE
1.13 AREPEATER OPERATION
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
1-4
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
RF INTERFACE
BOARD
MPC
MAC
IAC
PA
EXCITER/RECEIVER
Figure 1-2 REPEATER CARDS
Table 1-2 ACTIVE REPEATER ALARMS
Alarm No.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
DS1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
CR3
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
CR4
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
Definition
Test Mode
IAC input 1 Active
IAC input 2 Active
IAC input 3 Active
IAC input 4 Active
IAC input 5 Active
IAC input 6 Active
IAC input 7 Active
IAC input 8 Active
MAC Processor Alarm
HSDB Processor/Cable Alarm
IRDB Cable Alarm
Switch (RNT)/CIM Channel Problem Alarm
TIC Processor Alarm
MMC Processor Alarm
VNC Alarm
AC Power Failure
Battery Power Failure
Power supply thermal sense
Fan 1 current out of specification
Fan 2 current out of specification
IAC mismatch
RF shutdown
RF Half Power Mode
Thermal sense in RF portion
RF Finals 1-2 power out failure
RF Finals 3-4 power out failure
RF VSWR Failure
Normal Synthesizer Tx Lock failure
Normal Synthesizer Rx Lock failure
HS Synthesizer Tx Lock failure
HS Synthesizer Rx Lock failure
RF Quarter Power Alarm
1-5
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
•
1.13.2 MULTI-NET AUDIO CARD (MAC)
S508 turns the power supply DC voltages on and off
from the front of the repeater.
Refer to Figure 1-2.
•
External Speaker Jack
•
J104 provides repeater audio output to an external
speaker. The local volume control adjusts the volume level of this speaker.
•
Speaker/Microphone Jacks
•
Indicates that the CW Identification is being transmitted on the lowest-frequency repeater. The
CWID is a continuous-wave (CW) transmission of
the station call letters in Morse code to satisfy the
station identification requirement. The CWID is
programmed into the repeater memory. This indicator also is used when an alarm is transmitted with
Morse code.
A D Level Test Point
J100 provides audio/data level output for test level
checks.
•
•
Indicates that the hang word is being transmitted by
the repeater. This word is transmitted on calls in
which the channel is held for the duration of the call
and not just for the duration of the transmission.
The hang word tells the mobiles to stay on the same
channel and not re-access the system when responding to a call.
1.13.3 INTERFACE ALARM CARD (IAC)
Refer to Figure 1-2.
•
Voltage Test Output
J502 provides a test point to monitor +15V supply
on the IAC.
•
•
Ground
Mobile Call Indicator
Indicates that a mobile-to-repeater transmission is in
progress.
•
A D Level Test Point
J500 provides a test point to monitor audio and data
levels, AC fail and thermal sensor.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
Switch Call Indicator
Indicates that an Switch-to-Mobile transmission is
in progress.
J501 is connected to ground for test equipment
when monitoring voltage test point J502.
•
Hang Indicator
Ground
J103 is connected to ground for test equipment
when monitoring test point J100.
•
CWID Indicator
Local On/Off/Volume Control
R236 controls the receive audio output to J101 and
J104. Turning this control clockwise past the detent
applies voltage to the local audio amplifier.
•
Power Indicators
CR501 indicates the +5V supply is at normal level
and applied to the IAC. CR524 indicates the -5V
supply is at normal level and applied to the IAC.
CR523 indicates the +15V accessory supply is at
normal level. CR525 indicates that the +15V supply
is at normal level and applied to the IAC.
J102 provides audio input from a microphone. J101
provides the receive audio to the speaker.
•
Power Supply On/Off Switch
Xmit Indicator
Indicates that the repeater transmitter is keyed by
the logic.
1-6
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.13.4 POWER SUPPLY
The following Sections provide a brief description of the Multi-Net components see Figure 1-3.
The 2000 Series Repeater Power Supply is a quad
output 800W supply with power factor correction. A
battery back-up module, PN 023-2000-830, can be
added to the power supply to provide automatic battery revert in the event of AC power failure (see Section 2.5) The Battery Back-Up module charges the
batteries when AC is present at the power supply (see
Section 2.4 and 8.5).
1.14.2 MOBILE TRANSCEIVERS
The mobile and handheld transceivers used in a
Multi-Net system must be compatible with the type of
signaling in use and also the frequency range.
Multi-Net transceivers can be programmed for
LTR and conventional operation. However, some LTR
transceivers can only be programmed for LTR and
conventional operation. The main difference between
Multi-Net and LTR only versions of the same model is
the software in the microprocessor.
1.14 MULTI-NET SYSTEM COMPONENTS
1.14.1 INTRODUCTION
The main components in a Multi-Net system are
shown in Figure 1-3. A Multi-Net system can be
designed to meet the requirements of almost any user.
The following are Multi-Net features.
•
•
•
1.14.3 REPEATERS
With Multi-Net signaling, advanced features such as
up to 8163 Unique ID codes, automatic mobile identification, home channel backup, and five levels of
access priority are available.
NOTE: The Summit QX does not require a separate Multi-Net logic drawer.
The repeater model used in a Multi-Net system is
determined by frequency range. 800 MHz systems use
the Summit QX. There is one repeater for each RF
channel.
Users of different types of radio equipment can talk
to each other. Example: a conventional mobile
channel could talk to a mobile operating on a MultiNet (trunked) 800 MHz channel.
•
Inter-Repeater Data Communication
Data communication between Multi-Net or LTR
repeaters is via a high-speed data bus. This bus
cable is installed in a daisy-chain manner between
repeaters. If both Multi-Net and LTR repeaters are
located at a site, only like types are connected
together. Up to 30 Multi-Net or 20 LTR repeaters
can be interconnected (see Section 2.9 for connecting the data bus).
Wide area radio coverage can be provided so that a
mobile could talk to another mobile that is using a
repeater that may be hundreds of miles away. That
repeater may be part of the same Multi-Net system
or another Multi-Net system. Phone line or other
types of links can be used to provide the communication path.
Multi-Net systems are not restricted to a specific
type of signaling. Example: an entire Multi- Net system could be designed using conventional channels
which use tone- or digitally-controlled squelch. The
various types of signaling can also be mixed in a system. Example: there could be ten channels using
Multi-Net signaling, ten channels using LTR signaling, and ten channels using conventional signaling.
Check with your Johnson representative for more
information concerning the capabilities of Multi-Net
systems.
•
1-7
Repeater Connection To Switch
The repeaters can be located at the same site as the
Switch or they may be located at a site that is many
miles from the Switch. A voice and data link is
required between the repeaters and Switch. This
link can be a direct connection, phone lines, microwave, RF transceiver, fiber optic, or some other type
of link. This link is connected to the repeater terminal block on the back of the repeater.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
Figure 1-3 MULTI-NET SYSTEM COMPONENTS
There are three different types of links that can be
selected for the data path between each repeater and
the Switch. The MPC is programmed for the type of
link used (see Section 2.9).
The voice link routes transceiver voice to and
from the Switch. The voice must be routed to the
Switch when a call involves a dispatcher, telephone
interconnect, or another RF channel or Multi-Net system. If the call is a mobile-to-mobile call on the same
RF channel, the voice is simply repeated by the
repeater (it is also routed to the Switch but is not connected to anything). The voice path input/output port
interfaces with a standard 4-wire, 600 ohm phone line.
The data link allows the Switch to control the
repeater. With mobile-to-repeater calls, the data fed to
the Switch is used to determine what routing is
required for the call. On Switch-to-Mobile calls, the
data fed to the repeater allows the Switch to operate
the repeater like a base station.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
1-8
•
A 4-wire voice-grade link can be used that is similar
to the audio link. The data is then sent as tones
using FSK modulation.
•
RS-232 serial inputs and outputs are available for
direct connection or connection to a link that
accepts RS-232 data.
•
Data can be modulated as in ’1’ and then sent over
the voice path using a blank and burst technique.
Only one 4-wire link is then needed between each
repeater and the Switch.
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.14.4 3000 SERIES SWITCH
1.15 MULTI-NET OPERATION
The 3000 Series Switch (or RNT) along with the
System Management Module (SMM) or newer Call
Processor (CP) control the Multi-Net system. The
Call Processor (or SMM) is connected to the Switch
and it is an IBM PC or compatible computer running
special Multi-Net software. It is used by the system
manager to program and control Switch operation.
The Call Processor also continuously monitors Switch
operation and maintains usage information for billing
purposes. Such activities as dynamic reprogramming
of mobiles and disabling of lost or stolen mobiles are
performed by the system manager using the CP.
Multi-Net signaling allows the addition of many
new enhanced operating features that are not available with LTR or conventional signaling. Multi-Net
systems are described in the information which follows. For information on LTR signaling operation,
refer to the LTR Application Note, Part No. 009-0001020 (revision 7 or later).
1.15.1 HOME AND STATUS REPEATERS
When a mobile transceiver is programmed, it is
assigned to both a "Home" and "Status" repeater. A
mobile in the standby mode continuously monitors
one of these repeaters for control information. This
information is used to detect incoming calls, which
repeater is free, the current access priority, and other
information. Refer to Section 1.15.4 for more information on status repeaters, and to Section 1.16.3 for
more information on access priority.
A single Switch can control up to 30 repeaters. It
contains one Channel Interface Module (CIM) for
each repeater it controls, and one Trunk Interface
Module (TIM) for each telephone line used for interconnect calls. It also contains a Dispatch Interface
Module (DIM) or Intelligent Dispatch Module (IDM)
for each dispatch console. Refer to the RNT Setup
and Alignment Manual, Part No. 001-3039-009 or the
3000 Series Switch Setup and Alignment Manual, Part
No. 001-3139-001 for more Switch/RNT information. Schematics, PC board component layouts and
Parts Lists are in either RNT Service Manual, Part No.
001-3039-101 or 3000 Series Switch Service Manual,
Part No. 001-3139-100.
A Home repeater transmits continuous update
messages when it is in use or if any of its mobiles are
trunked out to another repeater. During idle times,
these repeaters transmit update messages every 10
seconds. The status repeater transmits continuous
update messages when any repeater at the site is in
use. Therefore, a mobile just coming into service does
not miss a call in progress.
1.14.5 DISPATCH CONSOLES
If the repeater being monitored is not busy, it is
used to make a call. Otherwise, the call may be
trunked to any repeater at the site to make a call.
Group ID codes 1-225 are assignable on each Home
repeater for dispatch calling. Therefore, in a 10 channel system, up to 2250 different Group ID codes can
be assigned. ID codes 226-254 are reserved for special calls (see Sections 1.16.1 and 1.16.2).
One or more dispatch consoles can be connected
to the Switch using direct connection, phone lines, or
some other type of link. Depending on the capabilities
of the particular console, the dispatcher can perform
such functions as placing calls to specific transceivers,
placing calls to other dispatchers or patching together
transceivers.
1.14.6 PUBLIC SERVICE TELEPHONE NETWORK (PSTN)
1.15.2 MOBILE-REPEATER DATA SIGNALING
NOTE: "Mobile" as used in this manual describes any
mobile transceiver, whether hand held or mounted in a
vehicle.
If interconnect calls are to be placed by transceivers, the Switch is connected to the public service telephone network. The System Manager determines
which can place calls and other interconnect parameters when programming the Call Processor and by the
programming of each transceiver.
Mobile control is accomplished by the exchange
of data messages between the mobile and repeater.
This data signaling can occur continuously with voice
because it is at the subaudible frequency of 150 Hz.
1-9
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
If a mobile is trunked to another repeater to
receive a call, additional data messages are transmitted
continuously by that mobile’s Home repeater, the Status repeater (see Section 1.15.4), and the repeater to
which the mobile was trunked. The messages on the
Home and Status repeaters tell mobiles just coming
into service which repeater to switch to in order to
receive the call. Messages on the repeater being used
by the transceiver keep it updated on what calls are
being received by other mobiles assigned to its Home
repeater. Therefore, calls with a higher receive priority are not missed, even when trunked to another
repeater.
Therefore, no dedicated control channel is required,
and all channels can be used for voice communication
for maximum system efficiency.
When a mobile makes a call, a data "handshake"
with the repeater tells the mobile in half a second the
system has been successfully accessed. It also ensures
that the signal is not occurring on the wrong channel
because of intermodulation. A handshake also prevents a mobile with a stronger signal from capturing a
used channel.
A repeater is held for only the duration of the
transmission with dispatch calls, so an entire conversation consisting of several transmissions may occur on
several different channels. This technique, called
transmission trunking, provides maximum system efficiency because others can use the time between transmissions. Special calls, i.e. telephone, hold the
repeater for the duration of the call.
The sequence of data messages transmitted on a
Home or Status repeater is as follows: Every third data
message is the message to the mobile using that
repeater. Then alternating between those messages are
the messages to the other mobiles. In the case of a
Home repeater, these messages are sent to its mobiles
being trunked out to other repeaters. In the case of the
Status repeater, messages to all other mobiles currently
using the site are transmitted in addition to those messages (if mobiles have been assigned to it). For example, assume that five different transceivers are making
calls. If all have Repeater 1 as their Home repeater
(not very likely in actual practice), the data message
order on Repeater 1 is as follows; 1 2 3 1 4 5 1 2 3 and
so on. Therefore, in this case, the maximum number
of data messages that occur before repeating is six.
The calls that can be placed and received are
determined by the ID codes programmed into the
transceiver by the system operator. Therefore, other
users in the system cannot eavesdrop on conversations
of other groups. Although traffic can be monitored by
a receiver tuned to the channels being used, that may
even be difficult because of the transmission trunking
just described.
Repeater data bus synchronization is done distributively. Therefore, no single repeater is responsible
for data bus synchronization. If any one or more
repeaters at the site become inoperative, the others
continue to operate normally.
1.15.3 REPEATER DATA BUS SIGNALING
A high-speed serial data bus interconnects the
MPCs of the repeaters at a site. Control information is
exchanged between repeaters via this bus. Multi-Net
repeaters utilize a logic control technique called distributive processing in which the logic in each repeater
performs all the control functions on that channel.
This control technique eliminates the need for a separate controller at each site. All repeaters are connected
to the Switch by a separate data link as described in
Section 1.14.3.
1.15.4 HOME CHANNEL BACKUP
DEFINITIONS
The following terms and definitions are used in
this section and elsewhere in this manual.
•
When a repeater is in use, it places information
on the data bus which includes the Home repeater
number and the Group and Unique ID code of the
mobile using the channel. This information is monitored by the other repeaters to determine which
repeater is free and also to determine if any of their
mobiles are trunked to other repeaters.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
System
Normally applies to the systems selectable by the
transceiver system select switch. Each selectable
system can be programmed with a different Home
repeater, Group ID codes, and other transceiver
operating parameters.
1-10
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
•
Site
which access the same site. For example; if systems
1, 3 and 4 access site 128, those systems must be
programmed with the same Status channel.
Mobiles normally are not assigned to the Status
repeater because they would not have Home channel backup. However, if the ID codes of the Status
repeater are needed, they can be assigned without
any loss in system calling efficiency.
A set of repeaters connected to the same high-speed
data bus.
•
Status Repeater
One repeater at each site using Multi-Net signaling
is designated to transmit update information for all
calls occurring at that site. This repeater is also
available for voice traffic, but is normally not
assigned as a Home repeater.
•
•
Each selectable system of a mobile is programmed
with Home and Status repeater channel numbers.
Which repeater to monitor is determined by scanning both when transceiver power is turned on.
When valid data is detected, that channel becomes
the monitor channel until valid data is no longer
detected or a system programmed for a different site
is selected. The repeater being monitored does not
affect transceiver performance.
Home repeater
All transceivers have one of the site repeaters
assigned as their "Home" repeater. The Home
repeater/Group ID information is used to identify
mobiles when standard dispatch calls are placed.
•
Monitor Repeater
•
This is the repeater that a mobile is currently monitoring for update messages which may be either the
mobile’s Home repeater or the site Status repeater.
The monitor repeater is always used to place a call
unless it is busy. When it is busy, the mobile may
be trunked to any other site repeater to make the
call. This repeater is selected randomly.
Detecting Defective Repeaters
If a repeater is defective, it is important that it is
taken off the air as quickly as possible to ensure that
all transceivers are receiving quality service. To
detect improper operation, calls are periodically
placed through a test mobile by the Call Processor.
A test mobile is simply a transceiver located off-site
that has attenuated power output. These calls use
the Interrogate special call described in Section
1.16.5, and they are placed through each repeater in
the site. This call exercises the repeater RF receive,
RF transmit, and MPC circuitry. The faulty repeater
may then be automatically or manually shut down
by the Call Processor.
INTRODUCTION
If mobiles are limited to just their Home repeater
to receive update information and it is inoperative, all
mobiles assigned to that Home repeater are unable to
place or receive calls. To prevent this, each site using
Multi-Net signaling has one repeater which provides
backup for all the other repeaters. This repeater is
called a "Status" repeater and it transmits update messages for all calls occurring at the site. All mobiles
assigned to that site can receive update messages from
either the Status repeater or their Home repeater.
Therefore, if a repeater fails, the transceivers assigned
to that Home repeater monitor the Status repeater for
update information needed to place and receive calls.
•
Selecting the Repeater to Monitor
1.16 MULTI-NET FEATURES
1.16.1 STANDARD AND SPECIAL CALLS
There are two types of calls with Multi-Net signaling; Standard Calls and Special Calls. Group ID
codes 1-225 are Standard (dispatch) calls, and Group
ID codes 226-255 are Special Calls.
Site Number and Status Channel Assignment
As previously stated, up to 225 Group ID codes
are assignable on each Home repeater. When a transceiver monitors its Home or Status repeater, it receives
data messages containing a Home repeater number,
Group ID, and Unique ID code (refer to Section
1.16.2). When it detects its Home repeater and a
Each selectable system of a mobile is programmed
with the number of the site that is accessed by that
system. For proper mobile operation, the same Status channel must be programmed in all systems
1-11
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
Group ID from 1-225 that it is programmed to decode,
it unsquelches and the call is received. The correct
Unique ID code does not need to be detected to
receive a Standard Call. Standard Calls are limited to
other transceivers assigned to the same Home
repeater. However, each selectable system of a transceiver can be programmed with a different Home
repeater to allow calls to mobiles assigned to other
Home repeaters if desired.
When a transceiver is programmed, a priority
level (1-5) is assigned to each Group ID that is
encoded (transmitted). The algorithm used by the
repeater to determine the current priority is selected by
programming software. If the priority level transmitted by the repeater is higher than that programmed for
the selected group, a busy indication is produced and
the system cannot be accessed.
If a Group ID from 226-255 is received, a Special
Call is indicated and the transceiver will respond
according to the type of call. Special calls are used to
perform many of the special Multi-Net features
described in this section. Examples of Special Calls
are calls to a specific transceiver (Unique ID) or
Group (Directed Group). Others are Interrogate,
Interconnect, and Transceiver Disable. Generally, a
transceiver must decode its Unique ID code to respond
to a Special Call.
There is also a priority order when receiving
messages if the selected system of the transceiver is
programmed with two or more receive Group ID
codes. This permits a call with a higher priority ID
code to interrupt a call with a lower priority ID code.
Receive priority occurs only with standard dispatch
calls. Telephone and other special calls cannot be
interrupted by standard calls. Refer to the operation
section of the transceiver service manual for more
information on receive priority.
1.16.2 UNIQUE ID CODES
1.16.4 ALL CALL
Each transceiver is programmed with a Unique
ID code in addition to Group ID codes. Unique ID
codes are assigned on a system-wide basis, not on a
repeater basis as with Group IDs. Up to 8163 Unique
ID codes can be assigned per Switch.
"All Call" is one of the special calls described
earlier. This call is received by all mobiles assigned to
the site because it goes out to all repeaters simultaneously and has the highest priority. Therefore, all
calls in progress are dropped to receive it. An All Call
message can be transmitted by the system operator or
by a dispatcher that is authorized to do so. If a mobile
is turned on, the only time that this message can be
missed is while it is in the transmit mode.
Whenever a transceiver makes a call, it always
transmits its Unique ID in addition to a Group ID. Any
control point equipped with a decoder and display
capable of listening to that transceiver can then display the ID of that unit. This provides automatic identification of transceivers making calls.
Unique IDs also permit individual mobile units to
be called using the special calls described in the preceding section. Calls can also be made to individual
transceivers using standard call Group IDs 1-225 if an
ID is assigned to only one transceiver.
1.16.5 INTERROGATE
A dispatcher with the proper authority can interrogate any mobile unit in the field. A special interrogate message is sent that contains the Unique ID code
of the affected mobile. If that mobile is turned on, it
will automatically transmit a message back to the dispatcher that identifies it and sends one of eight status
indications which are then displayed at the dispatch
point. This feature can be used for such things as
determining if a transceiver is in service or assisting in
the recovery of lost or stolen units. It is also used to
detect defective repeaters as described in Section
1.15.4.
1.16.3 ACCESS AND RECEIVE PRIORITY
The priority access feature allows users that have
a greater need to communicate, access to the system
first. There are 5-levels of priority, with 1 the highest
priority and 5 the lowest priority. Each repeater determines the current priority level and then transmits the
priority information in the data messages to the transceivers that are monitoring it.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
1-12
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.16.6 MOBILE DISABLE
Group and Unique ID codes. If an unauthorized ID
code is detected, a turn-off code is transmitted to the
mobile or mobiles receiving the call. This effectively
disables the unauthorized mobile because it cannot
talk to any other mobiles.
If a transceiver is lost, stolen, interfering with
communications or known to be monitoring sensitive
transmissions, it can be permanently disabled by the
System Manager. After the mobile disable message is
sent, verification returns by the transceiver indicating
that it has been successfully disabled. To make the
transceiver operational again, it must be brought back
in and reprogrammed.
1.16.10 INTERCONNECT CALLS
Mobiles may place telephone calls on the Public
Service Telephone Network using the Interconnect
special call. When the System Management Module
detects a mobile placing an interconnect call, it checks
to see if it is authorized that service, and what type of
call it is making. If it is authorized, the Switch completes the connection to the PSTN. The Call Processor
performs the record keeping for billing.
1.16.7 DYNAMIC REPROGRAMMING OF
GROUP 11
Group 11 of each selectable system of a mobile
can be dynamically reprogrammed over the air. Group
11 is the only one that can be reprogrammed over the
air (it can also be programmed normally). Making
only one group reprogrammable over the air prevents
the transceiver from becoming inoperative if a programming error occurs because of a poor RF signal.
Dynamic reprogramming is performed by the system
manager. The data transmitted to the mobile includes
the selectable system to be changed, the new encode
and decode ID codes, and the access priority of the
encode code. One use of this feature is to allow a
transceiver to make or receive calls for which it was
not originally programmed.
1.16.11 SYSTEM KEY
The system repeaters and all mobiles are programmed with a unique System Key. The function of
the System Key is to ensure that only authorized users
can access a Multi-Net system. The repeater System
Key is programmed at the factory, and the mobile system key is programmed into the transceiver by the system operator. The System Key is a number which is
used by both the repeaters and the mobiles to encode
the data stream. Unless both are programmed with the
proper key, communication is not possible. The System Key used to program the mobiles is provided to
the system operator by the E.F. Johnson Company.
1.16.8 DYNAMIC MOVE TO NEW SYSTEM/
GROUP
The dynamic reprogramming feature described in
the preceding section does not change the selected
group of the transceiver. This can be done using the
dynamic move to System/Group special call. The procedure is similar to that used for dynamic reprogramming. When this message is detected by the mobile, it
automatically switches to the System/Group number
contained in the message. One use of this feature is to
make sure that mobiles are set to the correct System/
Group to receive an important "All Call" message. It
can also be used along with the dynamic reprogramming command to send a special message.
1.16.12 DYNAMIC CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT
When channels (repeaters) are added to a MultiNet system, mobiles do not have to be brought back in
for reprogramming. The reason for this is that mobiles
are informed over the air as to which channel number
to use to place or receive a call. The only channel
numbers programmed into the mobiles are the Home
and Status channels.
1.16.9 ID VALIDATION
1.16.13 EMERGENCY CALLS
ID validation is the process that ensures only the
mobiles authorized service on the system, use the system. The System Management Module checks both
An optional emergency switch is available on
Multi-Net portables for emergency situations to
quickly place calls or transmit an emergency code.
1-13
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
1.16.14 VOTER SYSTEM
The portable can be programmed so that the
emergency message is transmitted either automatically
or manually. When automatic operation is programmed, the portable automatically transmits the
programmed emergency code on the designated
The Multi-Net Voter System may be used to
enhance the ability to receive calls from mobiles on
the fringes of the coverage area. A voter system utilizes satellite receivers located at outlying sites. When
a mobile places a call, the receiver with the strongest
signal is determined and then that receiver is connected to the repeater handling the call. IF a receiver
with a higher RSSI is detected, it will switch to that
site.
System/Group until an acknowledgment is
received from the dispatcher. When manual operation is programmed, the portable goes to the designated System/Group. Then when the user presses the
push-to-talk switch, the system is accessed at the highest priority and a message can be transmitted. Refer to
the operation section of the portable service manual
for more information on emergency switch operation.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
1-14
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL*
Frequency Range
Dimensions
AC Voltage/Frequency
AC Current (Low Power)
AC Current (High Power)
AC Input Power (Low Power)
AC Input Power (High Power)
DC Current at 26.5V DC (Low Power)
DC Current at 26.5V DC (High Power)
Number of Channels
Channel Spacing
Channel Resolution
Temperature Range
Duty Cycle
FCC Type Acceptance
FCC Compliance
806-824 MHz Receive, 851-869 MHz Transmit
9.125" H x 17" W x 20.9" D
100-240V AC/50-60 Hz
0.40A (Standby), 1.7A (25W), 2.8A (75W)
0.40A (Standby), 3.8A (75W), 5.8A (175W)
45W (Standby), 199W (25W), 328W (75W)
45W (Standby), 445W (75W), 680W (175W)
5.2A (25W), 9.8A (75W)
11.5A (75W), 19.5A (175W)
1 (Synthesized, programmable)
25 kHz
12.5 kHz
-30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)
Continuous
ATH2422008, ATH2422008-1
Parts 15, 90
RECEIVER
12 dB SINAD
20 dB Quieting
Signal Displacement Bandwidth
Adjacent Channel Rejection
Intermodulation Rejection
Spurious & Image Rejection
Audio Squelch Sensitivity
Audio Response
Audio Distortion
Local Audio Power
Audio Sensitivity
Hum & Noise Ratio
Frequency Spread
Frequency Stability
0.35 µV
0.50 µV
±2 kHz
-85 dB
-80 dB
-90 dB
12 dB SINAD
+1/-3 dB TIA
Less than 3% at 0.5W/16 ohms
0.5W/16 ohms
±1.5 kHz
-45 dB
6 MHz
±1 PPM -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)
TRANSMITTER
RF Power Out (Low Power)
RF Power Out (High Power)
Spurious Emissions
Harmonic Emissions
Audio Deviation
Multi-Net Data Deviation
CWID Deviation
Repeat Deviation
Audio Response
Audio Distortion
Hum & Noise (TIA)
Frequency Spread
Frequency Stability
Emission Designators
75W (Default setting), 25W (Variable Set Point)
175W (Default setting), 75W (Variable Set Point)
-90 dBc
-90 dBc
±3.5 kHz
±1 kHz
±2 kHz
±1.5 kHz
+1/-3 dB TIA
Less than 2%
-45 dB
6 MHz
±1 PPM -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)
14K0F3E, 16K0F3E, 14K0F3D, 16K0F3D, 14K0F1D, 16K0F1D
1-15
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
1-16
INSTALLATION
SECTION 2 INSTALLATION
2.1 INTRODUCTION
NOTE: If the repeater is installed in an area that
exceeds these environmental conditions, the site
should be equipped with air filters to remove dust and
dirt that could cause the equipment to overheat.
Information in this section tells how to set up the
repeater for operation in a Multi-Net system. It is
assumed that the repeater has been previously aligned
at the factory or as described in the alignment procedure in Section 7.
When the repeaters are installed in an environment that contains small airborne particles, e.g. grain
dust or salt fog, the repeater cabinets need to be
sealed. A heat exchanger, i.e. air conditioner, is then
required to cool the cabinets. The air conditioners
must be suited for the environment. Each repeater
(175W) requires >3100 BTU/hr dissipation to maintain exterior cabinet temperature.
Even though each repeater is thoroughly aligned
and tested at the factory, it is good practice to check
performance before it is placed in service. This
ensures that no damage occurred during shipment and
that the repeater is otherwise operating properly. Performance testing is described in Section 7.5.1.
2.1.1 SITE PREPARATION AND ANTENNA INSTALLATION
Site preparation and antenna installation are not
within the scope of this manual. Basic installation
requirements are discussed in the "Dealer Guide To
Site Preparation", Part No. 004-8000-101. Factory
installation is also available. Contact your Johnson
representative for more information.
2.3 VENTILATION
The following conditions should be considered
when selecting a site for the Repeater.
The RF modules and the power supply are
equipped with fans, controlled by thermostats, that
force air through the equipment for cooling. The air
flow is from the front to the back of the equipment.
This permits the repeaters to be stacked or rack
mounted (see Figure 2-4). There are a few considerations when installing Repeaters to provide adequate
air circulation.
Operating Temperature
•
2.2 ENVIRONMENT
-30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F).
Humidity
The repeaters should be mounted with a minimum
of 6 inches clearance between the front or back of
the cabinet for air flow. The power supply requires a
minimum of 18 inches at the back of the repeater for
removal.
NOTE: Repeaters should not touch, leave a minimum
of one empty screw hole (approximately 1/2") between
repeaters vertically especially for bottom ventilation
slots in high power repeaters.
Less than 95% relative humidity at 50°C.
Air Quality
For equipment operating in a controlled environment with the repeaters rack mounted, the airborne
particles must not exceed 30 µg/m3.
For equipment operating in an uncontrolled environment with the repeaters rack mounted, the airborne
particles must not exceed 100 µg/m3.
2-1
•
Cabinet enclosures must provide air vents for adequate air circulation.
•
Temperature and humidity must be considered when
several repeaters are installed at a site. This might
require air conditioning the site.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
INSTALLATION
2.4 AC POWER
The temperature sensor is required to adjust the
charging voltage over temperature.
The AC power source to the Johnson Summit QX
Repeater can be 120V AC to 240V AC. Nothing need
be done to the power supply for nominal 240V AC
operation. However, using a 240V AC outlet requires
replacement of the 120V AC power plug. A locking
AC power cord is provided.
B-
B+
CHARGER
ACTIVE
SWITCH
TEMP
REVERSE
BATTERY
CHARGER
ON
EARTH
GROUND
LINE
The 120V AC cord is a standard 3-wire grounded
cord used with a standard AC wall outlet. The outlet
must be capable of supplying a maximum of 328W
(-132) or 680W (-134). With the nominal 120V AC
input, the source must supply 3A for each 75W
repeater or 6A for each 175W repeater and should be
protected by a circuit breaker. It is recommended that
all of the repeaters in a rack should not be on the same
breaker in order to provide one operational repeater in
the event a breaker trips. An AC surge protector is
recommended for all equipment.
BATTERY
FAULT
NEUTRAL
Figure 2-1 POWER SUPPLY INSTALLATION
Each repeater requires an outlet and the receiver
multicouplers require one each, so for a 5-channel system, a minimum of 7 outlets is required. An additional three should be added for test equipment. The
outlets must be within 3 feet of each repeater cabinet.
Future system expansion should be considered when
electrical work is being planned for the initial system.
TEMP
WHT
GND
BLK
NEGATIVE
BATTERY
TERMINAL
The power supply can be equipped with an
optional 24V DC back-up in the event of AC power
failure. Since the transmitter will remain on full
power, if desired, the DC power source must have a
current capability of about 15A per 75W repeater
(25A per 175W repeater) or 75A for 5-75W repeaters
(125A for 5-175W repeaters). The multicoupler
requires another 0.5A for a total system requirement at
24V DC of 75.5A for 75W repeaters (125.5 for 175W
repeaters).
Figure 2-2 TEMPERATURE SENSOR CABLE
2.6 800W POWER SUPPLY
The power supply has four voltage output levels
(see Table 2-1). Each voltage is set to ±1% at +25°C
(+77°F). The output of this supply is capable or running any 2000 series repeater.
2.5 BATTERY BACKUP
Each output is overload protected such that the
power supply current limits and automatically resets
when the overload is removed (see Table 2-1).
If the power supply is equipped with battery
backup, screw lugs are provided on the front of the
power supply for battery connections (see Figure 2-1).
A switch is provided for charging the battery or can be
off if a separate battery charger is used. A battery
temperature sensor connection is also provided. The
temperature sensor cable is shown in Figure 2-2. LED
indicators are provided to show Reverse Battery connection, Charger On/Off and Battery Fault.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
Each output is over voltage protected such that
the power supply shuts down when an over voltage
condition exists, usually when a component in the
supply has failed (see Table 2-2). The power supply
must be manually reset by toggling the Enable Line or
removing AC power for more than 10 seconds.
2-2
INSTALLATION
POWER HARNESS
BACKPLANE
1
4
7
2
5
8
3
6
9
J2
A
+26.5V
B
GROUND
TO
RFIB
+15V
C
1
J2
2
3
A
4
AC FAIL IN
2
5
POWER SWITCH
1
2
4
1
3
B
7
5
8
6
9
10
6
11
7
12
THERMAL SENSOR 4
N/C
8
3
N/C
9
C
5
+15V
9
10
N/C
6
11
+5V
8
12
TO
REPEATER
BACKPLANE
-5V
7
Figure 2-3 POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC
Power factor correction per IEC555. The Power
supply has the following safety agency approvals
pending: UL1950, CSA22.2-950, TUV EN60950
(IEC950)
Table 2-1 OUTPUT VOLTAGES
Voltage
Current
Wattage
+26.5V
22A
583W
+15V
5A
75W
+5.2V
5A
26W
-5V
1A
5W
When the AC input voltage is below 90V AC, the
maximum output power is decreased to keep the input
current constant. If a battery back-up is installed, the
batteries take over when the AC input voltage falls
below 80V AC (dependant on power output).
The AC input connector is an IEC connector
equipped with a locking mechanism.
Table 2-2 OVER VOLTAGE
Voltage
Range
+26.5V
+32V to +33V
+15V
+16V to +18V
+5.2V
+6V to +7V
-5V
-6V to -7V
The operating temperature range is -30°C to
+60°C (-22°F to +140°F), i.e. the same as the repeater.
The fan is thermostatically controlled by the internal
temperature. When the internal heatsink temperature
reaches +45°C (113°F) the fan turns on. When the
heatsink temperature drops below +35°C (95°F) the
fan turns off. If the internal heatsink temperature
reaches +90°C (+194°F) the power supply turns off
until the heatsink temperature drops below +85°C
(+185°F). The over-temperature shutdown and restart
are automatic.
2.6.1 AC INPUT REQUIREMENTS
AC Input Voltage:
Line Frequency:
AC In-rush:
Overall Efficiency:
Lightning protection:
Power Factor:
Brown Out Voltage:
Temperature
100-240V AC
50-60 Hz
60A maximum
>70% at 100V AC
>80% at 240V AC
6kV for < 1ms
>0.97 at full load
80V AC
-30°C - +60°C (full power)
2.7 GROUNDING
CAUTION
PROPER SITE GROUNDING AND LIGHTNING
PROTECTION ARE VERY IMPORTANT TO PREVENT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE REPEATER.
2-3
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
INSTALLATION
Where:
VP = Voltage at the output of the combiner.
P = repeater output in watts
As in any fixed radio installation, measures
should be taken to reduce the possibility of lightning
damage to the Summit QX equipment. Proper grounding eliminates shock hazard, protects against electromagnetic interference (EMI) and lightning.
X=
1.05
1.09
1.13
1.17
1.20
1.30
Ground each piece of equipment separately. Do
not ground one piece of equipment by connecting it to
another grounded piece of equipment.
A good DC ground must be found or created at
the site. Rooftop site grounds can be researched
through the building management or architects. Tower
site grounds must be made with grounding rods. The
many techniques for providing adequate grounds for
towers and poles and for installing building ground
bus lines are beyond the scope of this manual. Refer
to National Electrical Code article 250 "Grounding
Techniques," article 800 "Communications Systems"
and follow local codes.
VSWR=
1.10 : 1
1.20 : 1
1.30 : 1
1.40 : 1
1.50 : 1
1.86 : 1
Example: Repeater power output of 60W with a
VSWR of 1.3 : 1 (for this VSWR, X = 1.13):
VP = 1.414 (1.13) ( √60(50) )
VP = 1.59782 ( √60(50) )
VP = 1.59782 (54.772256)
VP = 87.52
2.7.2 TELEPHONE LINE GROUNDING
The ground bus should be routed to the floor area
within 5 feet of the system with a runner of 6 AWG or
larger solid copper wire or 8 AWG stranded copper
wire.
There are four types of protection suppressors for
telephone lines; gas tube, silicon avalanche diode,
metal oxide varistor and hybrid.
The outer conductor of each coaxial transmission
line at the point where it enters the building should be
grounded using 6 AWG or larger solid copper wire or
8 AWG stranded wire.
The hybrid protector is ideal for repeater equipment, and is strongly recommended. A hybrid suppressor combines several forms of protection not
available in just one type of device. For example, a
high-speed diode reacts first clamping a voltage strike
within 10 ns, a heavy duty heat coil reacts next to
reduce the remainder of the current surge, and a highpowered three-element gas tube fires, grounding Tip
and Ring.
Secondary protection (other than grounding) provides the equipment protection against line transients
that result from lightning. There are two types of secondary protection, RF and telephone line. Use the
same wire sizes as specified for coaxial cables for any
ground connections required by the secondary protectors.
2.7.3 PROTECTION GUIDELINES
2.7.1 RF GROUNDING
Follow these guidelines for grounding and lightning protection. Each repeater installation site is different; all of these may not apply.
An RF protector keeps any lightning strike to the
antenna feed line or tower from damaging the repeaters. Install this protection in-line with the combiner
and antenna feed line.
RF protectors are selected by calculating the
maximum instantaneous voltage at the output of the
combiner. Do this by using the following equation.
VP = 1.414 (X) ( √P(50) )
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
for
2-4
•
Ensure ground connections make good metal-tometal contact (grounding rod, grounding tray,
metal conduit) using #6 gauge solid wire or braided
wire straps.
•
With surge protectors, ensure that ground wires go
directly to ground, not through other equipment.
INSTALLATION
•
Run the ground wire for RF coax protectors directly
to ground.
•
With coax protectors, ensure maximum instantaneous voltage does not exceed the rated voltage.
•
Do not run ground wires parallel to any other wiring
(e.g. a ground wire parallel to a telephone line),
except other ground wires.
•
Double check all equipment for good ground and
that all connections are secure.
2.8 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION
E.F. Johnson ships the repeater securely crated for
transportation. When the repeater arrives, ensure the
crates remain upright, especially if storing the crates
temporarily.
When unpacking the repeater, check for any visible damage or problems caused by shipping. If there
is obvious damage from shipping mishaps, file claims
with the carrier. If there appears to be any damage
caused before shipping, file a claim with E.F. Johnson.
Contact Customer Service for assistance (see Section
1.8).
TX
CO
MB
IN
ER
DU
PL
EX
ER
RX
If everything appears undamaged, remove the
repeater equipment from the crate, using normal precautions for unpacking.
MU
LT
IC
OU
PO
PL
ER
WE
RS
TR
IP
NOTE: Do not discard the packing materials. If you
must return an item, use the same packing materials
and methods (including static protective bags for circuit cards) to repack the equipment. You are responsible for proper repacking. E.F. Johnson cannot be
responsible for damage to equipment caused by negligence.
NOTE: Repeaters should not touch; leave a minimum
of one empty screw hole (approximately 1/2") between
repeaters vertically especially for bottom ventilation
slots in high power repeaters.
NOTE: Each repeater should be grounded separately
by connecting a ground bus from the ground lug on the
back side of the RF module to the ground bar on the
rack (see Figure 2-8).
Figure 2-4 RACK MOUNTED REPEATERS
2-5
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
INSTALLATION
T/R ANTENNA
RECEIVER 1
TRANSMITTER 1
DUPLEXER
RECEIVER 2
TRANSMITTER 2
RECEIVER
RECEIVER 3
TRANSMITTER
BANDPASS
FILTER
MULTICOUPLER
TRANSMITTER 3
COMBINER
RECEIVER 4
TRANSMITTER 4
PREAMPLIFIER
RECEIVER 5
TRANSMITTER 5
Figure 2-5 FIVE-REPEATER COMBINING SYSTEM
2.9 REPEATER DATA BUS INSTALLATION
2.9.2 MPC DATA BUS JUMPERS SETTINGS
The repeaters are interconnected by a balanced
line High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) consisting of a six
conductor cable. The total length of the HSDB cannot
exceed 500 feet. Connect the cables in daisy-chain
fashion to modular connector A5 on the back of the
repeater (see Figure 2-17). A 50 ohm termination is
not required for SUMMIT QX repeaters.
Refer to Figure 2-8 for crystal selection and
HSDB Code selections jumper placement. Jumper
J5, pins 1-2 selects 11.059 MHz for Multi-Net
(J5, pins 2-3 selects 12 MHz crystal for Standard
LTR). The jumper on J4, pins 5-6 connects EPROM
U14, pin 27 to ground for Multi-Net (J4, pins 3-4
connects EPROM U14, pin 27 (A14) to +5V for Standard LTR single-ended 5V data bus).
2.9.1 MPC DATA BUS SWITCH SETTINGS
Switch settings on the MPC for the two types of
installations require S2 and S3 sections to be switched
as indicated in Figure 2-6.
CRYSTAL SELECTION
J5
1
2
3
ONLY VIKING VX REPEATERS
(CENTER REPEATERS)
S3
1
2
S2
4
3
ON
2
1
4
3
5
HSDB CODE SELECTION
6
7
8
ON
2
4
6
1
3
5
J4
ONLY VIKING VX END REPEATERS
Figure 2-7 MPC JUMPERS
S3
1
2
3
4
ON
1 2 3 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 ON
Jumper J4 must be placed with the following
guidelines: J4, pins 5-6 for operation with the RJ-11 to
RJ-11 cable with 2008 only systems.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Figure 2-6 MPC DATA BUS SWITCHES
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
2-6
INSTALLATION
2.10 CONNECTING RECEIVE AND TRANSMIT
ANTENNAS
2.11 CONNECTING AUDIO/DATA LINK TO
SWITCH
Receive and transmit antenna connector locations are shown in Figure 2-8. Although each transmitter and receiver could be connected to a separate
antenna, this is usually not done because of the large
number of antennas required by a multiple repeater
installation. Therefore, an antenna combining system
is usually used. An example of a combining system
for a five-channel system is shown in Figure 2-5. The
amount of power loss introduced by a combiner
depends on the type of combiner used. If it has a loss
of 3 dB, power output to the antenna is reduced by
half.
A communication link of some type is required
between the Switch and each repeater. This link
allows the Switch to control the repeater and also
routes audio between the Switch and repeater. Various
types of links can be used, such as phone line, RF
transceiver, microwave, or fiber optic. Refer to Section 1.14.3 for more information. The repeater connection point is terminal block J2 on the back panel
(see Figures 2-9, 2-13 and 2-14). The information
which follows describes the installation of these links.
2.11.1 VOICE LINK
The voice link is always connected and it should
be a standard 4-wire, 600 ohm balanced voice- grade
link. It can be non-metallic, i.e. DC continuity is not
required. If the repeaters and Switch are located at the
same site, direct connection can be used as long as the
line is less than approximately 300 feet.
GROUND
Connect the voice link to terminals 1-2 and 3-4
(see Figure 2-9 and 2-13).
RX
TX
2.11.2 DATA LINK
Figure 2-8 ANTENNA CONNECTIONS
One of these three methods can be used for
installing the data link.
NOTE: See Section 7 for Link Alignment.
1. Separate 4-wire link can be used that is similar to
that used for voice. The data is then encoded by
FSK and sent as tones.
P1-31
P1-63
1
VOICE LINK CONNECTIONS
3
8
XA
R
1
TI
P
D
AU
AC
S
SI
+
IN
T
+
O
1
U
T
2
EQ
2
C
AC
FA
IL
-
6
4
S1
00
3
2
1
ON
2
O
1
UT
-
O
U
T
-
IN
2
1
AC
IN
R
T
ND
O
U
G
R
+1
5V
EX
O
U
1
+
IN
R
+
+1
5V
G
D
1
O
M
TX
S-
E
XT
J2
33
)
ND
SRX IO)
)
UD
(A
ND
)
+
(G
S
SK
S(F
RX
X
+
S- )
R
S
T X IO
RX
)
UD
SK
(A
(F
S+
S+
X
X
T
T
S1
4
01
3
2
1
(G
C
UN
D
IN
VD
AT
XS
R
XS
-
B
M
R
P1-64
SRX
RO
VO
T
TX
S+
+
A
M
1
G
IN
R
4
EB
P1-32
R
XA
TX AR
IN
G
2
7
5
EA
TI
P
TX
A
+
+
FSK BLANK/BURST
TO SWITCH
AL
AR
34
MS
TX
Figure 2-9 TERMINAL BLOCK J2
S+
ON
K
FS
Figure 2-10 MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS
FOR 4-WIRE LINK
2-7
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
INSTALLATION
2. A separate RS-232 serial link can be used.
VOICE LINK CONNECTIONS
SUMMIT QX
REPEATER
8
7
R
XS
ND
(G
RX
6
S1
0
5
4
)
RX
S+
D
)
IO
S1
3
2
TX
J2-2
P1-32
RxA+
RxA-
PRIMARY
RxA
RxA-
1
ON
J2-3
P1-63
J2-4
P1-64
TxA+
TxA+
TxA-
01
PRIMARY
TxA
TxA-
DATA LINK CONNECTIONS
SUMMIT QX
REPEATER
1
S+
P1-31
RxA+
2
D)
)
GN
(
SK
S(F
SX
R
TX
S+
X
O)
R
)
DI
U
SK
(A
(F
+
+
S
S
TX
TX
U
(A
4
0
3
S-
SWITCH
J2-1
ON
SWITCH
J2-13
P1-27
J2-14
P1-28
RxS+
K
FS
RxS+
RxS-
J2-15
P1-59
J2-16
P1-60
TxS+
Figure 2-11 MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS
FOR RS-232 LINK
SECONDARY
RxA
RxS-
TxS+
TxS-
SECONDARY
TxA
TxS-
Figure 2-13 SUMMIT QX VOICE/DATA LINK
3. The FSK data can be sent over the voice link using
a Blank and Burst technique. No separate data link
is then required.
8
7
SRX
(
D
GN
6
5
4
)
3
R
S1
2
00
VOICE LINK CONNECTIONS
REPEATER
LOGIC DRAWER
3
XS
O)
DI
U
D)
(A
)
GN
+
(
SK
S
S(F
X
RX
+
R
S- )
S
TX IO
RX
)
UD
SK
(A
(F
+
+
S
S
TX
TX
4
S1
2
1
P1-31
TB1-3
P1-32
STA1
ON
TB1-4
P1-63
TB1-5
P1-64
TxA+
SRA2
ON
PRIMARY
TxA
TxA-
DATA LINK CONNECTIONS
REPEATER
LOGIC DRAWER
SWITCH
TB1-8
P1-27
TB1-9
P1-28
STD1
Figure 2-12 MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS
FOR BLANK AND BURST LINK
RxS+
STD2
SRD2
Select the type of link being used, refer to Figure
2-9 and 2-13 and make the connections to terminals 12 and 3-4.
SECONDARY
RxA
RxS-
TB1-6
P1-59
TB1-7
P1-60
SRD1
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PRIMARY
RxA
RxA-
SRA1
01
SWITCH
RxA+
STA2
1
S+
K
TX
FS
TB1-2
TxS+
SECONDARY
TxA
TxS-
Figure 2-14 MULTI-NET VOICE/DATA LINK
2-8
INSTALLATION
MPC SWITCHES
1 2 3 4ON
S3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8ON
S2
Figure 2-15 SINGLE REPEATER INSTALLATION
MPC SWITCHES
1 2 3 4 ON
S3
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8ON
S2
MPC SWITCHES
1 2 3 4ON
S3
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8ON
S2
Figure 2-16 TWO REPEATER INSTALLATION
2-9
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
INSTALLATION
MPC SWITCHES
END REPEATER
1
2
3
4
ON
1
2
3
S3
4
5
6
7
8
7
8
7
8
ON
S2
MPC SWITCHES
MIDDLE REPEATERS
1
2
3
4
ON
1
2
3
S3
4
5
6
ON
S2
MPC SWITCHES
1
2
S3
3
END
REPEATER
4
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
ON
S2
Figure 2-17 THREE OR MORE REPEATERS INSTALLATION
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
2-10
SOFTWARE
SECTION 3 SOFTWARE
3.1 INTRODUCTION
Follow the computer instructions for loading the
disk. The MS-DOS Revision 2.0 or later operating
system is needed to run the programs. The computer
needs to have RS-232C capability, for example, the
Serial Card in slot "COM1" or "COM2".
The Johnson Summit QX Repeater Program on
3.5 inch disk, Part No. 023-9998-297, uses an IBM
personal computer to program the EEPROM Memory
in the Main Processor Card (MPC). To lessen the
chance of programming errors and simplify operation,
the program uses yes/no questions or toggles through
the available responses.
3.1.3 COMPUTER DESCRIPTION
The programming software is designed to run on
an IBM PC or compatible computer that meet the following minimum requirements.
The computer is connected directly from the
serial card to the MPC. The interconnect cables used
are shown in Figure 4-30. The DB-9 to 8-pin modular
adapter is connected to the serial port of the computer
and an interconnect cable connects the adapter to the
MPC.
•
•
•
•
•
NOTE: These connections are for the IBM computer
and may differ from an IBM compatible. In which
case, consult the manuals for your computer for serial
card outputs and connections.
One 3.5" high density disk drive
640K of memory
MS-DOS version 2.0 or higher
One serial port
Monochrome or color monitor and video card
Although the program uses color to highlight certain areas on the screen, a monochrome (black and
white) monitor or LCD laptop also provide satisfactory operation. Most video formats such as EGA and
VGA are supported. A serial port is required to connect the repeater to the computer. This port is standard
with most computers.
3.1.1 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual introduces the program and illustrates how to use the features. This manual is organized to easily find programming information with the
Table of Contents, Index and Parameter Tables for the
responses required for programming.
The cables from the repeater to the computer are
not included. With most computers, the adapter-tocomputer cable is a standard DB-25 M-F cable, PN
023-5800-017, (the male connector plugs into the
adapter). If your computer requires a male connector,
a male-to-male cable is also available, PN 023-5800016. The cable from the adapter to the repeater has a
DB-9 to 8-pin connector (see Figure 4-30).
Graphic reproductions of the screens are shown
for reference. Adjacent to the screens are tables to
provide the parameters, available responses and a brief
description of the parameter. It is not the intent of this
manual to teach computer operation, but to allow the
user to become familiar with the available screens and
the responses without having to be at the computer.
3.1.4 EEPROM DATA STORAGE
3.1.2 GETTING STARTED
The data programmed into the MPC is stored by
an EEPROM memory. Since this type of device is
nonvolatile, data is stored indefinitely without the
need for a constant power supply. A repeater can be
removed from the site or even stored indefinitely without affecting programming. Since EEPROM memory
is also reprogrammable, a new device is not needed if
programming is changed.
NOTE: Before starting you should already know
how to start MS-DOS, format and make backup copies of disks, copy and delete files, and run programs.
If you are unfamiliar with any of these actions, refer to
the MS-DOS manual for your computer for more
information (see Section 5).
3-1
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
SOFTWARE
3.1.5 COMMAND LINE OPTIONS
3.1.6 COLOR OR MONOCHROME OPERATION
HELP
The programming software utilizes color for a
color monitor and video card. However, with LCDtype displays, this may make some information hard to
read because the contrast is poor. To improve contrast,
a monochrome mode can be selected in the display
mode from Utilities heading.
To show all options available from the command
line type: /h or /?. Either ’/’ or ’-’ can be used. For
example: 2000pgmr /h
The options can be entered in any order.
For example: 2000pgmr /d /b /c
3.2 REPEATER PROGRAM SOFTWARE
3.2.1 INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE
COM PORT
When you receive the programming software,
make a backup copy and store the master in a safe
place. Copy the distribution disks using DOS DISKCOPY command. For example, type:
The Johnson programming software defaults to
serial port COM1. However, if this port is already in
use, the software can be reconfigured to use serial port
COM2. To do this, use one of the following methods:
•
When running the compiled (.EXE) version, type /
c2 on the command line after the program name.
For example: 2000pgmr /c2 or -c2
•
Select COM port from Utilities heading.
DISKCOPY A: A: (single floppy drive)
or
DISKCOPY A: B: or C: (multi-drive systems).
If you have a hard disk drive, you may want to
create one or more separate directories for transceiver
programming and then transfer the program disk files
to those directories. To create a new directory, use the
MKDIR command. For example, to create directory
RADIOPRG, type:
BAUD RATE
The software defaults to 9600 baud, however this
rate can be changed. To do this from the command
line, type /bxxxx (xxxx = baud rate).
For example: 2000pgmr /b or -b
MKDIR \RADIOPRG.
Then to make the new directory the current directory,
use the CHDIR command. For example, to change to
the \RADIOPRG directory, type
NOTE: When the baud rate is changed on the command line the baud rate jumpers on J3 in the MPC
must also be changed to the same baud rate (see Section 6.11.8).
CHDIR \RADIOPRG.
To copy all files from a floppy disk in drive A: to this
directory, type:
DEMO MODE
COPY A:*.*
To view the screens for Read Setup Parms and
Write Setup Parms from the Transfer menu when a
repeater is not connected to the computer this option is
used. Normally these screens are not available without a repeater connected. To do this from the command line, type: /d or -d.
If you have a single floppy drive and no hard disk
drive, you need to create programming disks. The reason for this is that there is not adequate space on the
backup disk(s) for storing radio files. If your computer has dual floppy disk drives, the backup disk can
be placed in one drive and then the radio files stored
on a disk in the second drive.
For example: 2000pgmr /d
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
3-2
SOFTWARE
To make a programming disk, format a blank disk
using FORMAT B: or FORMAT B: /S (use "/S" if it
must be a bootable disk). Then copy the required program file or files to the programming disk. To do this,
type COPY A:(filename.ext) B:(filename.ext). For
example, to copy the file 2000pgm2.exe from drive A
to drive B, type
enough is available, there may be other programs that
are also being loaded into conventional memory. Contact Customer Service for information on how these
programs can be moved or disabled to make more
space available.
COPY A:2000pgm2.exe B:2000pgm2.exe
When the program is loaded into the computer
and executed, the menu shows the files available from
the directory. The program is used to create, edit,
transfer and receive the repeater and channel parameters described in Section 5.
3.3 REPEATER PROGRAMMER
This procedure works for either single or dual drive
computers. Refer to your computer reference manual
for more information on these DOS commands.
The programming software is shipped in a compressed format. The name of the compressed file is
2000pgm2.exe and it extracts the following files so the
program can be used on a PC.
2000PGMR.EXE
2000PGMR.HLP
TESTM8L.HLP
2000PGMR.LNF
TESTM8H.LNF
TESTM8L.LNF
TESTM9H.LNF
TESTM9L.LNF
TESTT8L.LNF
TESTT9L.LNF
IMPORTANT
The commands and displays referred to in this manual
are for the IBM PC and may differ from IBM compatible. Refer to the computer’s operating system manual
for command explanations.
480K
42K
2K
173K
11K
225K
11K
208K
53K
51K
3.3.1 PROGRAM FILES
The files that appear in the program directory are
needed for program operation.
The 2000PGMR2.EXE file is self extracting
which means that the files extract automatically when
executed. To extract these files so the program can be
used, first make the current directory the destination
directory for these files. For example, to make it the
\RADIOPRG directory on drive C: (if not the current
directory), type C: (Return) and then CD \RADIOPRG
as just described. To make it the disk in drive B:, simply type B:. Then inset the program disk in drive A:
and type A:2000PGM2 (or B: 2000PRM2 if drive B:
is being used). The program files are automatically
extracted into the current directory or disk.
Figure 3-1 REPEATER TEST MENU
3.4 ALIGNMENT SOFTWARE
The software for the Summit QX repeater programs the MPC to open and close the audio/data gates
necessary for the alignment selected from the Test-Full
Repeater menu. Under the menu heading Test are the
alignment procedures for the PA (see Section 7.3),
Receiver (see Section 7.1), Exciter (see Section 7.2)
and overall Full Repeater (see Section 7.5) including
the MAC card (see Figure 3-1).
3.2.2 MINIMUM FREE MEMORY REQUIRED
Approximately 525K of free conventional memory is required to run this program (use the CHKSK or
MEM command to display the amount of free memory). If you have at least 640K of memory and not
3-3
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
SOFTWARE
3.5 HELP F1
Refer to Section 7 for alignment procedures as
shown in the program, alignment points diagrams and
test setup diagrams.
Help screens are available for most parameters
and options in this program. Whenever a parameter or
options clarification is needed, press F1 and if a help
screen is available it will pop-up on the screen. Press
Escape <ESC> to exit the pop-up screen.
HELP - F1
Load
Save
FILE
Save As
DOS Shell
Quit ALT X
Setup Parameters F4
Select Repeater
EDIT
Alarm Configuration
Repeater Type
Delete Repeater
TRANSFER
Read Setup Parms F5
Write Setup Parms F6
HSDB Monitor
RX/TX Data
HARDWARE
RF Data
TTY Terminal
Revisions
Mode Select
PA
TEST
Receiver
Exciter
Full Rptr/Station
RNT Interface
Figure 3-2 PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
3-4
PULL DOWN MENUS
SECTION 4 PULL DOWN MENUS
4.1 MENU DISPLAYS
The menus available are listed at the top of the
screen. Move the cursor with the arrow keys to highlight the menu name. Press Enter to view the menu
and the arrow keys to scroll through the menu. Call up
the highlighted selection by pressing Enter.
4.2 FILE MENU
This menu manipulates new or existing files into
directories and saves files to be called up at another
time.
Figure 4-2 LOAD FILE
4.2.2 SAVE
This saves the edited version of an existing file
loaded in the buffer under the same filename in the
directory and deletes the old file. It loads a new file
created in the Edit menu into the directory.
Figure 4-1 FILE MENU
4.2.1 LOAD
Load reads information from a stored file. The
program requests the filename to be loaded into the
buffer. The filename from a disk can be entered in the
highlighted area. Then move the cursor down with the
arrow key and highlight "Ok" and press Enter. To
select an existing file, use the arrow keys to move
down the menu list and press Enter when the highlighted filename is the file to load.
Figure 4-3 SAVE FILE
4.2.3 SAVE AS
Use Save As to edited a version of an existing file
loaded in the buffer under a new filename or gives a
new file created in the Edit menu a filename.
4-1
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PULL DOWN MENUS
Repeater Number
Channel Number
System Key
TELCO Network Type
System Priority Type
Busy Hang Time
Status Repeater
Voter Enable
Status Free
Voter Baud Rate
Stand-alone
ID Validator
Standby Repeater
Local Mic ID
CWID Time
Test Mode ID
CWID Message
Paging
Busy Hang Type
RF Power Level
Power Source
Setup Parameters F4
Select Repeater
EDIT
Alarm Configuration
Default
Repeater Number
Repeater Type
Input Alarms
Delete Repeater
Output Alarms
Output Type Selection
Cross Reference
Alarm Cross Reference Selection
Input Type Selection
Multi-Net
Repeater Type
LTR
Frequency Band
Universal Station
Power Level
800 MHz
IAC Type
800 MHz (-12.5 kHz)
900 MHz
75W
175W
8 I/O IAC
4 I/O IAC
Figure 4-4 EDIT PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART
4.2.4 PRINT REPEATER CONFIGURATION
4.2.6 QUIT (ALT X)
Select the destination for the configurations.
Printer - Prints to printer connected to PC.
File - Writes printable text to selected filename.
Exits the repeater program and returns to DOS.
Be sure all files are saved before exiting the program.
4.3 EDIT
Select which repeater data will be printed.
•
All Repeaters
Prints the data for all valid repeaters.
•
Single Repeater
Print the data for the entered repeater number.
NOTE: A list of valid repeaters can be seen under the
Edit-Select Repeater menu selection.
Figure 4-5 EDIT MENU
4.2.5 DOS SHELL
Temporarily suspends the program and returns to
DOS. Directories and other DOS commands can be
performed. To return to the program from DOS, type
EXIT and press Enter.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
This menu is used to create new files and set or
change the repeater operating parameters. The filename for the repeaters in this file is shown in the lower
left corner of the screen.
4-2
PULL DOWN MENUS
4.3.1 SETUP PARAMETERS
•
This programs the repeater parameters and
options of each repeater at a site. Table 5-1 lists the
parameters that are set by this screen (see Figure 5-1)
and gives a brief description of each.
NOTE: The parameters are shown in the lower left of
the pop-up screen for reference.
Each repeater determines the current system priority on its channel. The current priority is then transmitted to its mobiles with other control information.
The system priority received from the Home repeater
and the access priority programmed into each mobile
determines if a mobile can access the system at that
time.
•
None
Repeater Number
Each repeater is programmed with a repeater
number from 1-30. Number selection can be arbitrary
as long as each repeater is assigned a different number. However, make sure that this number agrees with
the Home repeater number programmed in the
mobiles and with the repeater number assigned to the
CIM in the Switch.
•
No priority is when all mobiles have equal preference in accessing the system because priority 5 is
always transmitted by the repeater.
Next Channel
This priority comes on line only when all channels in the system are busy. A timed sequence of
access priority is stepped through when a channel does
become available. Priority 1 mobiles are given immediate access, and then 0.5 second later, priority 2
mobiles are given access, and so on until 2 seconds
later when priority 5 mobiles are given access. A
mobile programmed with a priority number equal to or
greater than the current priority status can always
immediately access the system. If a second channel
becomes available during the countdown sequence, all
mobiles have immediate access.
Channel Number
Each repeater is programmed with a number of
the channel that it is operating on (1-920). If the operating frequency of a repeater is changed, this channel
number must also be changed.
NOTE: Repeater program channel numbers 1-599
increment in 25 kHz steps. Program channel numbers 600-920 increment in 12.5 kHz steps. See Appendix A to determine the correct operating frequency.
•
Reserved Channel
System Key
The last available channel is reserved for exclusive use by Priority 1 mobiles. Therefore, when only
one repeater is free, a system priority number of "1" is
transmitted by the repeater.
The system repeaters and all mobiles are programmed with a unique system key. The system key
ensures that only authorized users can access a MultiNet system. The repeater system key is programmed
at the factory, and the mobile system key is programmed into the transceiver by the system operator.
The system key is a number, used by both the repeaters and the mobiles, to encode the data stream. Unless
both are programmed with the proper key, communication is not possible. The system key is provided to
the system operator by the E.F. Johnson Company.
•
System Priority Type
Both Reserved And Next Channel
This is a combination of the Next Channel and
Reserved Channel priority schemes. When only one
repeater is free, it is reserved for exclusive use by Priority 1 mobiles. When two channels are free, immediate access is given to both Priority 1 and 2 mobiles.
Then, if two repeaters remain free for 0.5 second, the
stepped access begins. Priority 3 mobiles are given
first access, followed by Priority 4 mobiles at the 1second point, and Priority 5 mobiles at the 1.5-second
point. If during this time, only one repeater is again
free, stepped access halts and only Priority 1 mobiles
have access. However, if a third repeater becomes
available, all mobiles have immediate access.
Telco Network Type
CIM to repeater data signaling can be either FSK,
RS-232, or FSK blank and burst.
4-3
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PULL DOWN MENUS
•
•
Status Repeater
One repeater at a site is normally designated as a
Status repeater. Besides handling calls normally, this
repeater transmits call information for all other calls
occurring at the site. This allows it to act as a backup
for the other repeaters. Normally, no mobiles are
assigned to this repeater as a Home repeater because
they would not have a backup repeater. The repeater
is available for voice traffic.
•
Standby Repeater
Systems can be set up with standby repeaters that
take over operation if main repeaters become inoperative. A standby repeater is set up on the same channel
with the same operating parameters as the repeater it
is backing up. A standby repeater is not the same as a
Status repeater.
•
Status Free
CWID Time
This is the time interval between transmission of
the repeater’s CWID message (Disable, 1-60 min).
IMPORTANT
•
This option must be programmed to the same state in
all repeaters in the same site.
CWID Message
FCC regulations require that the station call letters be transmitted periodically on the lowest- frequency repeater in the system and disabled on all the
others. Morse code is used to encode these letters/
numbers for continuous-wave (CW) transmission
(15 characters/numbers UPPER CASE).
This option affects the availability of the Status
Repeater for use as a voice channel.
NOTE: The "Status Free" parameter has no effect on
Sites with 5 or more repeaters and repeater operation
is identical to Status Free parameter "No".
•
Sites with less than 5 repeaters, Parameter "No"
Busy Hang Type
This determines if the hang time programmed is
to be used on all the calls (Full Hang) or if hang time
only occurs under Busy System conditions (Conditional Hang).
The Status Repeater gets FREE consideration
only if a local repeater detects the Status Repeater as
the only Idle repeater in the HSDB frame immediately
preceding the local repeater’s HSDB transmit window.
•
Sites with less than 5 repeaters, Parameter "Yes"
Busy Hang Time
This is the delay time before the repeater stops
transmitting after a call is completed (0-5 sec).
The Status Repeater is available for FREE consideration with the same probability as all other
repeaters on the HSDB.
•
•
In the voter mode, the logic accepts and processes data from the voter. In the non-voter mode,
data from the receiver is processed.
Stand Alone
Multi-Net repeaters are intended to be connected
to a Switch or CIMs. The Stand Alone option determines what the repeater is to do when the link to CIM
is lost.
•
Voter Baud Rate
Voter baud rate is the selectable data rates for
voter data, 2400 or 9600 baud.
YES allows the repeater to remain on the HSDB and
continue to handle requests for service normally.
•
NO causes the repeater to remove itself from the HSDB
and to no longer handle requests or disable itself.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
Voter Enable
ID Validator
Not applicable at this time.
4-4
PULL DOWN MENUS
•
Local Mic ID
Repeater List
default
Rptr 1
------------------Rptr 30
The local microphone connected to the MAC
jack is assigned a Group ID for transmitting when the
local microphone PTT is active. This Group ID can be
set from 1-225, 0 = disabled, the default for Test Mode
is 253. This allows the repeater to operate as a base
station, with or without an Switch.
•
Figure 4-6 REPEATER LIST
Test Mode ID
4.3.3 ALARM CONFIGURATION
This is the Group ID that is transmitted when the
repeater is in the Test Mode. Mobiles with the same
Group ID can communicate with the repeater in the
Test Mode. The Group IDs are from 1-225, 0 = disabled, the default for Test Mode is 253.
•
This programs the input alarm (see Figure 4-8)
and output alarm (see Figure 4-9) configurations and
provides a cross reference screen.
Paging
This indicates if there is an optional paging terminal connected to the repeater.
•
RF Power Level
Figure 4-7 ALARM CONFIGURATION
This is the default power level. Enter the power
level (25-75 Watts) that the repeater will use for transmit power.
NOTE: Not the actual power out level. Other factors
must be considered for a true power out.
•
Use the arrow keys to move down the list. Use
the Space bar to toggle through the parameters: Disabled, Active Low, Active High, for each alarm.
INPUT ALARMS
Power Source
There are four or eight input alarms that can be
activated by external devices (see Section 6.13).
These inputs can be disabled, energized or de-energized.
This indicates the primary power source for the
repeater (AC/DC). If AC is selected and Battery
Backup is installed, the transmitter goes to half rated
power (max.) when AC fails. If DC is selected and
AC fails, power output is unchanged.
•
If the input is disabled, the input alarm line is
inactive. When energized and current flow is
detected, the alarm is activated. When de-energized
and no current flow is detected, the alarm is activated.
Simulcast Option
Select "No" for regular Multi-Net installations.
The special High Stability Synthesizer circuitry is
absent.
4.3.2 SELECT REPEATER
Select the repeater number to be programmed or
edited from the pop-up menu (see Figure 4-6). Move
the cursor with the arrow keys to highlight the
repeater number and press Enter.
Figure 4-8 INPUT ALARMS
4-5
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PULL DOWN MENUS
NOTE: More than one alarm condition can have the
same output alarm (see Figure 4-10).
Figure 4-9 OUTPUT ALARMS
•
Output Type Selection
Figure 4-10 ALARM CROSS REFERENCE
Select the operation of the Output Alarm. The
available types are:
Active Open - An active alarm opens (no contact)
the output lines.
Active Closed - An active alarm closes (contact)
the output lines.
4.3.4 REPEATER TYPE SELECTION
•
Frequency Band 800 MHz
800 MHz (-12.5 kHz)
900 MHz)
Power Level
75W
175W
This screen (see Figure 4-11) selects the repeater
type (Multi-Net signaling protocol and features),
Alarm Description
This is a text string (up to 15 characters) to
describe the alarm. This test string is sent via Morse
code if the alarm input is programmed with a Tx ID
and an output is selected in the cross reference menu
(see Figure 4-10).
•
Transmit ID
Each of the 8-alarm outputs can be assigned a
Group ID from 1-225 (default setting is 0 (zero) for
disabled). This Group ID and the repeater number
identify an active alarm. This ID is programmed into
a transceiver so that when the alarm is active, the
alarm description is received in Morse code.
•
Alarm Transmit Rate
Figure 4-11 REPEATER TYPE SELECTION
Sets the time interval for transmitting the alarm
message (1-255 min, 0=disabled). If more than one
alarm is active, this is the inter-alarm time.
•
4.3.5 DELETE REPEATER
Cross Reference
The cross reference screen selects the output
alarm that is activated by each input alarm. There are
up to 48 alarms (0-47), 8 external input alarms and 40
internal alarms (see Table 1-2). There are eight output
alarms. An alarm condition on any input can cause an
output alarm. This screen configures which input
alarm activates an output alarm.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
Figure 4-12 DELETE REPEATER
4-6
PULL DOWN MENUS
4.4 TRANSFER
Programming Setup Parameters
Count = 1
Figure 4-15 PROGRAM WRITE SETUP
4.4.2 READ SETUP PARAMETERS
Figure 4-13 TRANSFER MENU
This command reads the contents of the
EEPROM memory of a repeater and loads it into a
buffer. The contents of the buffer is then displayed to
show the programming of the repeater.
4.4.1 WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS
This command sends the contents of a file to the
repeater and programs the EEPROM memory in the
Main Processor Card (MPC).
Read Setup Parms?
Ok
Cancel
Program Rptr 1
Figure 4-16 READ SETUP PARAMETERS
Ok
Cancel
Reading Setup Parameters
Figure 4-14 WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS
Attempting access to Repeater
Figure 4-17 READING SETUP
Repeater (1-30)
Home
UID
HARDWARE
HSDB Monitor
GoTo
UID
RX/TX Data
GID
Home
RF Data
Data Received From Radio
Input Monitor
Data Transmitted to Radio
Revisions
GID
Pri
Stat
Mode Select
RF Line Monitor
Time
Input Alarm 3/4 Analog Monitor
Normal
Test
Figure 4-18 HARDWARE PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART
4-7
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PULL DOWN MENUS
4.5 HARDWARE
4.5.2 RECEIVE/TRANSMIT DATA
This is an information screen used at the repeater
site while the computer (laptop) is connected to the
MPC in the repeater being monitored. This information is contained in the data message exchanged
between the repeater and the destination user (mobile
or Switch).
The message contains data received from the destination and data sent to the mobile by the repeater.
The repeater receives the destination’s: Unique ID,
Home repeater Number, Group ID, Priority, Status and
Time Stamp. This same information is sent to the destination in the update message from the repeater. The
time stamp is included because messages are sent continually and this provides a reference for when a data
exchange took place.
Figure 4-19 HARDWARE MENU
4.5.1 HSDB MONITOR
High Speed Data Bus (HSDB) connects all
repeaters at a site and continually sends updates on the
status of each repeater. This information screen provides a list of all repeaters at the site (1 to 30). If a
repeater is not sending data, IDLE is next to the
repeater number. The data sent by the repeater is used
to determine the Home, GID and UID of destination
(i.e. mobile or Switch) users to receive the call placed
by the originator.
The Home column refers to the Home repeater
number of the originator, therefore the Repeater number and the Home number may not be the same number. The UID is the Unique ID used to identify the
originator of special calls. The GID column refers to
the Group ID of the talk group of the originator. The
GoTo column shows the repeater channel all destination users switch to so they receive the call.
Figure 4-21 MOBILE TRAFFIC MONITOR
4.5.3 RF DATA
The A/D Monitor Screen shows the state of the
lines (see Figure 4-22). These lines are being monitored by the A to D converter in the IAC. The normal
values for each line are defined as follows.
Figure 4-20 HSDB MONITOR
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
Figure 4-22 RF LINE MONITOR
4-8
PULL DOWN MENUS
Synthesizer Lock Lines
Forward Power (LP)
Forward Power (HP)
Reflected Power
Final Out
Chassis Temp
Wideband Audio Output
LO Injection
RSSI
Fan Current
Fan
Power Supply Temp
Battery Voltage
Yes or No
25-75 Watts
75-175 Watts
0-6 Watts
approx equal
27°C-55°C
approx 200
approx 200
20-150
100-200, 0
On or Off
22°C-45°C
21V-28V
Figure 4-24 REVISION/VERSION
4.5.6 MODE SELECT
Values with no label are the actual A to D reading. To calculate the voltage on the line, divide the
value by 51. Example: Value ÷ 51 = Volts. Any variation from the above values may indicate a problem in
that area.
The Mode Select screen places the repeater either
in the normal mode or the test mode. In the ’Normal
mode’ the repeater operates as a normal repeater.
In the ’Test mode’ the repeater transmits a test
word. This test word is the Test Mode ID setup in the
Setup Parameters (see Section 4.3.1). While in the
test mode the repeater is "busy", therefore it is important to place the repeater in ’Normal mode’ when the
test mode is no longer required.
4.5.4 INPUT MONITOR
The Input Monitor is displayed for analog input
alarms. The screen shows the actual voltage of the
input and the high/low limits. The description of the
alarm entered in the Edit -> Alarm Configuration ->
Input Alarms menu as well as the Input Type (Energized, De-Energized or Analog).
Figure 4-25 MODE SELECT
Figure 4-23 INPUT MONITOR
4.6 TEST
4.5.5 REVISION/VERSION
The Revision/Version is displayed for the
repeater modules. The format is R.V (revision.version) for all modules. The MPC information also
includes the release date of the software and the serial
number of the repeater (see Figure 4-24).
Figure 4-26 TEST MENU
4-9
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PULL DOWN MENUS
Frequency Adjust
Power Output Adjust
All Receive Tests
TCXO Frequency Adjust
Audio Distortion
Hum & Noise Measurement
SINAD Measurement
Squelch Adjust
Data Level Adjust
Local Speaker/Mic
Desense Check
PA
Receiver
TEST
Exciter
Full Rptr/Station
RNT Interface
Miscellaneous Tests
All Test
Expander Check (900 MHz)
Repeater Setup
Transmitter Tests
All Transmit Tests
Receiver Tests
Audio Deviation Limit
Transmit Audio/Data
Repeat Audio Level
Voter Audio Adjust
Data Level Adjust
Audio/Data Adjust
Audio/Data Deviation
Repeater Operation
CWID Level Check
Select Line Type
Adjust Links
Local Speaker/Mic
Tx Hum & Noise Ratio
Transmit Audio Distortion
LTR Modem
Compressor Check (900 MHz)
All Audio/Data Tests
Voice Audio From Repeater
Voice Audio To Repeater
FSK Data To Rptr (Separate Path)
FSK Data To Rptr (Over Voice Path)
FSK Data From RNT (Separate Path)
FSK Data From Rptr (Over Voice Path)
RS-232 Setup
All Operational Tests
New HSDB Test
Old HSDB Test
Handshake Test
Alarm Test
Spurious Check
Data Over Voice (2-Wire)
Separate Data (4-Wire)
RS-232
Figure 4-27 TEST PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
4-10
PULL DOWN MENUS
4.6.1 POWER AMPLIFIER
This menu selection walks through the alignment
of the connection between the repeater and the associated CIM in the Switch. The alignment includes three
types of lines; Voice Over Data (2-Wire), Separate
Data (4-Wire) and RS-232. Refer to Section 7.6 for
alignment procedure.
This menu selection walks through the alignment
of the PA and RF Interface Board on the computer
screen. Refer to Section 7.3 or 7.4 for the PA and
RFIB alignment in this manual and Figures 7-3 and 75 for an alignment points diagram and Figure
7-9 of the PA.
4.6.2 RECEIVER
This menu selection walks through the alignment
of the receiver on the computer screen. Refer to Section 7.1 for the receiver alignment in this manual and
Figure 7-1 for an alignment points diagram and Figure 7-6 of the receiver.
Figure 4-29 DATA PATH SELECTION
4.6.3 EXCITER
4.7 UTILITIES
This menu selection walks through the alignment
of the exciter on the computer screen. Refer to Section
7.2 for the exciter alignment and Figure 7-2 for an
alignment points diagram and Figure 7-7 for a test
setup of the exciter.
Figure 4-30 UTILITIES MENU
4.6.4 FULL REPEATER
4.7.1 COM PORT
This menu selection walks through the alignment
of the entire repeater. The receiver and Exciter portions are performance tests and adjustments. The
audio and data portions are level adjustments for the
Main Audio Card (MAC). Refer to Figure 7-20 for an
alignment points diagram for the MAC.
This is the COM port used to send and receive
data from the repeater MPC. An interface cable connects the repeater to the computer (see Figure 4-32).
4.6.5 SWITCH INTERFACE
Figure 4-31 COM PORT SELECTION
Figure 4-28 SWITCH INTERFACE
4-11
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PULL DOWN MENUS
4.7.3 ALARM DISPLAY
TO MPC
This screen displays a scrolling list of alarms
generated by the repeater.
4.7.4 USER LEVEL
There are two levels to choose from, ’Novice’ and
’Advanced’. The novice uses prompts in the EditParameters screens when Escape or F2 keys are
pressed that ask "are you sure" before the task is executed. The advanced selection performs the task without asking the question.
TO LAPTOP
Figure 4-32 LAPTOP INTERCONNECT
4.7.2 DISPLAY MODE
This screen allows the color mode to be selected
for color monitors. When using a laptop, monochrome is recommended for better resolution.
Figure 4-34 USER LEVEL
Figure 4-33 COLOR MODE SELECTION
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
4-12
REPEATER PROGRAMMING
SECTION 5 REPEATER PROGRAMMING
5.1 CREATING A NEW FILE
14.The file consists of default and repeater one under
the filename of site1.dat.
An example will be used to show the programming for a new file created for Site 1.
5.2 ADDING A REPEATER TO A FILE
NOTE: At any point in the programming sequence, if
F1 is selected, a help screen appears to explain the
menu selection highlighted at that point.
The example used for Site 1 will again be used to
add repeaters to the filename site1.dat.
1. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.
5.1.1 SELECT REPEATER TO EDIT
2. Highlight SELECT REPEATER, press Enter.
A repeater is selected to program. When no file
exists with programmed repeaters, the default is
selected and edited.
3. The repeater list shown for this file includes default
and repeater one. These contain the same parameters with the exception that when selected for edit
the programmed repeater can be overwritten and the
data lost.
1. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.
2. Highlight SELECT REPEATER, press Enter.
4. Highlight DEFAULT, press Enter.
3. Default is the only repeater in this list, press Enter.
5. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.
4. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.
6. Highlight SETUP PARAMETERS, press Enter.
5. Highlight SETUP PARAMETERS, press Enter.
7. Change the repeater number and other parameters
as required for this repeater, press F2.
6. The Setup Parameters screen appears (see Figure 51). Fill in the parameters for this repeater. A brief
description of the parameters is in Table 5-1. Full
descriptions are in Section 4.3.1.
8. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.
9. Highlight ALARM CONFIGURATION and press
Enter, if alarms are to be configured.
7. Select parameters, press F2 to accept.
8. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.
9. Highlight ALARM CONFIGURATION and press
Enter, if alarms are to be configured.
10.Program the Alarms to be configured (see Section
4.3.3), press F2 to accept.
10.Program the Alarms to be configured (see Section
4.3.3), press F2 to accept.
11. Highlight FILES, press Enter.
11. Highlight FILES, press Enter.
12.Highlight SAVE, press Enter.
12.Highlight SAVE, press Enter.
13.Repeater 2 is added to the ’Repeater List’ in file
site1.dat.
13.Type in a valid DOS filename. For this example
site1.dat is used.
5-1
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
REPEATER PROGRAMMING
Table 5-1 REPEATER SETUP PARAMETERS
Parameter
Repeater Number
Channel Number
Response
1-30
1-399
System Key
Telco Network Type
0-65535
Sec
Dig
B&B
None
System Priority Type
Status Repeater
0=None
1=Rsv’d Chan
2=Next Chan
3=Both Rsv’d & Next
Yes, No
Status Free
Yes, No
Stand Alone
Yes, No
Standby Repeater
Yes, No
CWID Time
CWID Message
Busy Hang Type
0=disable, 1-60 min
15 characters/numbers
0=Conditional Hang
1=Full Hang
0-5 sec
Yes, No
Busy Hang Time
Voter Enable
Voter Baud Rate
ID Validator
Local MIC ID
Description
Each repeater is assigned a number from 1-30.
Each repeater is programmed with a number of the channel
that it is operating on.
Assigned by E.F. Johnson Company.
Data signaling type from the CIM to the repeater. FSK =
AFSK secondary lines
RS-232 = Digital secondary lines
FSK Blank & Burst = AFSK primary lines
None = Dispatch (no Switch)
Each repeater determines the current system priority on its
channel.
One repeater at a site is a status repeater. It is usually the last
repeater assigned for voice.
This parameter has no effect on Sites with more than 5 repeaters and repeater operation is identical to a ’No’ response.
No: Site with less than 5 repeaters. The Status Repeater gets
’Free’ consideration only if a Local repeater detects the Status
Repeater as the only Idle repeater in the HSDB frame immediately preceding that Local repeater’s HSDB transmit window.
Yes: Site with less than 5 repeaters. The Status Repeater is
available for ’Free’ consideration with the same probability as
all other repeaters on the HSDB.
If the CIM link is lost;
Yes allows the repeater to continue to operate normally.
No disables the repeater.
Repeater enabled by Switch to take over if main repeaters
become inoperative.
Time between CWID transmissions.
Station call letters all in UPPER CASE.
Determines which type of Hang.
Delay time before the repeater stops transmitting.
Enabled if repeater is used in a voter system. The internal
receiver is not used.
The baud rate of the voter data.
Not applicable at this time.
Group ID transmitted when the local microphone PTT is
active.
Group ID transmitted when the repeater is in the test mode.
2400, 9600
Yes, No
0 = transmits carrier
1-225, 253
Test Mode ID
0 = transmits carrier
1-225, 253 = default
RF Power Level
25-75 / 75-160
Power level in watts for transmit power.
Power Source
AC, DC
The type of primary power source for the repeater.
Paging
Yes, No
Select if a paging terminal is installed.
Simulcast Option
Yes, No
Select No for regular Multi-Net installations.
NOTE: For full descriptions of all parameters refer to Section 4.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
5-2
REPEATER PROGRAMMING
Figure 5-1 SETUP PARAMETERS
5-3
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
REPEATER PROGRAMMING
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
5-4
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
SECTION 6 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.1 RECEIVER
microstrip on the collector of Q201 and C205/C207
match the impedance from Q201 to 3-pole helical filter L204-L206.
6.1.1 INTRODUCTION
The receiver is a double conversion type with
intermediate frequencies of 52.95 MHz and 450 kHz.
The first injection frequency is phase locked to a temperature compensated crystal oscillator (TCXO) with
a frequency stability of ±1.0 PPM from -30° to +60° C
(-22° to +140° F). Two 3-pole bandpass filters in the
front-end reject signals outside the receive band. Two
4-pole crystal filters and one 6-pole ceramic filter
establish receiver selectivity (see block diagram Figure 6-1).
6.1.4 FIRST MIXER, CRYSTAL FILTER
6.1.2 REGULATED VOLTAGE SUPPLIES
Z201 and Z202 form a two-section, four-pole filter with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a -3 dB
bandwidth of 15 kHz. This filter attenuates adjacent
channels and other signals close to the receive frequency. The filter sections are a matched pair and the
dots on the cases indicate which leads connect
together. Matching with Q202 is provided by C210,
L209 and C270.
First mixer U201 mixes the receive frequency
with the first injection frequency to produce the 52.95
MHz first IF. Since low-side injection is used, the
injection frequency is 52.95 MHz below the receive
frequency. Matching between filter L204-L206 and
the mixer is provided by L228, C208 and C372. The
output of U201 is matched to Z201 at 52.95 MHz by
L207, C209 and C267.
The +15V DC power source is supplied by the
repeater power supply. The +15V supply enters the
receiver on J201, pin 1. U206 provides the +12V DC
receive voltage to the RF and IF amplifiers. U210
supplies +12V DC to the first injection amplifiers.
U207 supplies +12V DC to the remaining +12V DC
circuits. U208 supplies +6V DC to the remaining
circuits.
6.1.5 IF AMPLIFIER, CRYSTAL FILTER
6.1.3 HELICAL FILTER, RF AMPLIFIER
The receive signal enters the receiver on coaxial
connector A201. A helical filter consisting of L201,
L202 and L203 is a three-pole bandpass filter tuned to
pass only a narrow band of frequencies (806-824
MHz) to the receiver. This filter also attenuates the
image and other unwanted frequencies.
Q202 amplifies the 52.95 MHz IF signal to
recover filter and mixer losses and improve receiver
sensitivity. Biasing for Q202 is provided by R208/
R209/R210/R211/R313 and C211/C212/C213 provide RF bypass. The output of Q202 is matched to
crystal filter Z203 at 52.95 MHz by C214, C293 and
L211.
Impedance matching between the helical filter
and RF amplifier Q201 is provided by C201, C202
and a section of microstrip. Q201 amplifies the
receive signal to recover filter losses and increases
receiver sensitivity. Biasing for Q201 is provided by
R201/R203/C203 and C204 provides RF bypass.
Additional filtering of the receive signal is provided
by 3-pole helical filter L204-L206. A section of
Z203 and Z204 form a two-section, four-pole filter with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a -3 dB
bandwidth of 15 kHz. This filter establishes the selectivity of the receiver by further filtering the 52.95
MHz IF. The filter sections are a matched pair and the
dot on the case indicates which leads connect together.
Matching with U202 is provided by C215, C216,
C301, L225 and R322.
6-1
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
BANDPASS
FILTER
A201
L201/L202/L203
RECEIVE
RF IN
BANDPASS
FILTER
RF AMP
Q201
MIXER
U201
L204/L205/L206
753-771 MHz
QUADRATURE DETECTOR/2ND OSC
RF DATA
DATA
RF CLK
CLK
U202
MULTIPLIER
Q210
Q211
RF
IN
Q205
BPF
L215
L216
52.5 MHz
EN
SYN LK RX
LD
Z205
450 kHz
RSSI
U203A
RSSI
AUDIO AMP
U203B
RX WB AUDIO
BUFFER
U209
YN CS RX
Z203/Z204
52.95 MHz
Y201
BUFFER
52.95 MHz 4-POLE
CRYSTAL FILTER
Q202
Z201/Z202
17.5 MHz TCXO
PHASE
DETECTOR
52.95 MHz 4-POLE 52.95 MHz
IF AMP
CRYSTAL FILTER
Q208
Q209
F
IN
L223 BANDPASS
L224 FILTER
BUFFER
VCO
PD
OUT
A006
Q214/Q215
AMP
Q216
Q217
AMP
U204A
TP
RX INJ
Figure 6-1 RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM
6.1.6 SECOND MIXER/DETECTOR
Biasing of Q205 is provided by R228, R227 and
R229. RF choke L214 blocks the flow of RF through
R229. An AC voltage divider formed by C236/C235
matches Q205 to the highpass filter. The third harmonic of the TCXO frequency is then used to drive
the OSC B input at 52.5 MHz. L215, C237 and L216
form a high pass filter to attenuate frequencies below
52.95 MHz. C222 and C238 match the output of the
filter to U202.
As shown in Figure 6-2, U202 contains second
oscillator, second mixer, limiter, detector and RSSI
circuitry. The 52.95 MHz IF signal is mixed with a
52.5 MHz signal produced by TCXO Y201 and tripler
Q205. The 17.5 MHz (±1 PPM) output of Y201 is fed
through C231 to tripler Q205. The tripler passes the
third harmonic at 52.5 MHz to the oscillator input of
U202.
16 MIXER IN
OSC
OSC B 1
The 450 kHz second IF is then fed to ceramic filter Z205, then into the IF amplifier. The center frequency of Z205 is 450 kHz with a bandwidth of 15
kHz used to attenuate wideband noise. The limiter
amplifies the 450 kHz signal 92 dB which removes
any amplitude fluctuations.
SQUELCH TRIGGER
WITH HYSTERESIS
MIXER
OSC E 2
MIXER OUT 3
Vcc 4
IF IN 5
15 GROUND
14 MUTE
From the limiter the signal is fed to the quadrature detector. An external phase-shift network connected to U202, pin 8, shifts the phase of one of the
detector inputs 90° at 450 kHz (the other inputs are
unshifted in phase). When modulation occurs, the frequency of the IF signal changes at an audio rate as
does the phase of the shifted signal. The detector,
which has no output with a 90° phase shift, converts
the phase shift into an audio signal. Z213 is adjusted
to provide maximum undistorted output from the
detector. The audio signal is then fed out on U202,
pin 9.
13 RSSI
DECOUPLING 1 6
12 SQUELCH IN
LIMITER
AMP
QUAD COIL 8
DEMODULATOR
DECOUPLING 2 7
11 FILTER OUT
AMP
FILTER
10 FILTER IN
AF
AMP
9 AUDIO
Figure 6-2 U202 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
6-2
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.1.7 WIDEBAND AUDIO AMPLIFIER
and transistor current remains constant. R803 decouples the VCO output from AC ground. L803 is an RF
choke; and C807, C808, C810 and C811 provide RF
bypassing.
U203B amplifies the detected audio and data signal. R280/R263 set the gain of the amplifier and
R256/R262/R284 provide a DC reference level. C220
bypasses the 450 kHz IF signal and C240 bypasses
other frequencies. The output signal is adjusted by
R264 and fed to J201, pin 9.
6.1.11 BUFFER
A cascode amplifier formed by Q208/Q209 provides amplification and isolation between the VCO
and Synthesizer. A cascode amplifier is used because
it provides high gain, high isolation and consumes
only a small amount of power. The input signal to this
amplifier is coupled from the VCO RF output on pin
4. DC blocking and coupling to the VCO is provided
by C268 and to the buffer by C261. Bias for the
amplifier is provided by R275, R279, R278 and R277.
Q209 is a common-emitter amplifier and Q208 is a
common-base with C260 providing RF bypass. L219
provides some filtering of the cascode output. R273
lowers the Q of L219. The output of the amplifier is
coupled by C309 to U209, pin 11.
6.1.8 RSSI AMPLIFIER
U202, pin 13 is an output from an internal RSSI
(receive signal strength indicator) circuit which provides a current proportional to the strength of the 450
kHz IF signal. The RSSI output is buffered through
U203A and the level is adjusted by R261. The DC
output signal is then fed to J201, pin 7.
6.1.9 VCO
The Voltage-Controlled Oscillator (VCO) is
formed by Q802 circuitry and a resonator consisting of
L220 in the Receiver. The adjusting screw in L220
tunes the tank circuit to the desired frequency range.
The VCO oscillates in a frequency range from 753771 MHz. Biasing of Q802 is provided by R805,
R806 and R807. AC voltage divider C812 and C813
initiates and maintains oscillation. C803 couples
Q802 to L220 that provides the shunt inductance of
the tank circuit. The shunt capacitance of the tank circuit is made primarily by C804 in series with CR802.
6.1.12 SYNTHESIZER
The synthesizer inputs/outputs are shown in Figure 6-3. The synthesizer output signal is the receiver
first injection frequency. This signal is produced by a
VCO (voltage-controller oscillator). The oscillator
frequency is controlled by a DC voltage, generated by
integrating pulses from the phase detector in synthesizer chip U209. This integration is performed by the
synthesizer loop filter which is made up of C805,
C806 and R804 in the VCO circuitry.
The VCO frequency is controlled in part by DC
voltage across varactor diode CR802. As voltage
across a reverse-biased varactor diode increases, its
capacitance decreases. Therefore, VCO frequency
increases as the control voltage increases. The control
line is RF isolated from tank circuit by choke L804.
The amount of frequency change produced by CR802
is controlled by series capacitor C804.
Frequencies are selected by programming
counters in U209 to divide by a certain number. This
programming is provided through J201, pins 12, 18
and 20. The frequency stability of the synthesizer is
established by the ±1.0 PPM stability of TCXO Y201.
The oscillator output is stable from -30°C to +60°C (22°F to +140°F).
6.1.10 ACTIVE FILTER
The VCO frequency of A006 is controlled by a
DC voltage produced by integrating the phase detector output pulses of U209. The phase detector senses
the phase and frequency of the two input signals (fV
and fR) and causes the VCO control voltage to increase
or decrease if they are not the same. When the frequencies are the same the VCO is "locked" on frequency.
Q801 functions as a capacitance multiplier to provide filtering of the 12V supply to Q802. R801 and
R802 provide transistor bias, and C809 provides the
capacitance that is multiplied by the gain of Q801. If a
noise pulse or other voltage change appears on the collector, the base voltage does not change because of
C809. Therefore, the base current does not change
6-3
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
DATA OUT
REF in
REF out
CLOCK
DATA IN
ENABLE
20
PORT
fR
13-STAGE R COUNTER
OSC OR
4-STAGE
DIVIDER
DOUBLE-BUFFERED
R REGISTER
16 BITS
SHIFT
REGISTER
AND
CONTROL
LOGIC
19
16
LOGIC
OUTPUT A
fV
1
18
SELECT
fR
fV
LOCK DETECT
AND CONTROL
C REGISTER
8 BITS
15
fR
fV
17
STANDBY
LOGIC
2
POR
fR
A REGISTER
24 BITS
fV
PHASE/FREQUENCY
DETECTOR A
AND CONTROL
PHASE/FREQUENCY
DETECTOR B
AND CONTROL
8
6
3
4
LD
OUTPUT B
(OPEN-DRAIN OUTPUT)
Rx
PDout
OR (UP)
OV (DOWN)
INTERNAL
CONTROL
6-STAGE
A COUNTER
MODULUS
CONTROL
LOGIC
INPUT AMP
f in
f in
11
10
12-STAGE
N COUNTER
64/65
PRESCALER
13
9
TEST 2
TEST 1
Figure 6-3 SYNTHESIZER BLOCK DIAGRAM
One input signal to the phase detector in U209 is
the reference frequency (fR). This is the 17.5 MHz
TCXO frequency divided by the R (reference) counter
to the channel spacing or 12.5 kHz.
through the Interface Alarm Card (IAC) and fed into
the synthesizer on J201, pin 20 to Data input port
U209, pin 19.
Data is loaded into U209 serially on the Data
input port U209, pin 19. Data is clocked into the shift
registers a bit at a time by a low to high transition on
the Clock input port U209, pin 18. The Clock pulses
come from the MPC via the IAC to J201, pin 18.
The other input to the phase detector in U209 is
from the VCO frequency divided down by the "N"
counter and prescaler in synthesizer U209 to 12.5 kHz.
The "N" counter is programmed through the synthesizer data line on J201, pin 20. U209 is programmed
so that the phase detector input (fV) is identical to the
reference frequency (fR) (12.5 kHz) when the VCO is
locked on the correct frequency.
As previously stated, the counter divide numbers
are chosen so that when the VCO is operating on the
correct frequency, the VCO-derived input to the phase
detector (fV) is the same frequency as the TCXOderived input (fR) which is 12.5 kHz.
The synthesizer contains the R (reference), N,
and A counters, phase and lock detectors and counter
programming circuitry. Frequencies are selected by
programming the three counters in U209 to divide by
assigned numbers. The programming of these
counters is performed by circuitry in the Main Processor Card (MPC), which is buffered and latched
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
The fR input is produced by dividing the 17.5
MHz TCXO frequency by 1400. This division is done
by the "R" counter in U209. The counter always
divides by 1400 regardless of the channel number.
This produces a reference frequency (fR) of 12.5 kHz.
6-4
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.1.13 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
Since the VCO is on frequency (receive frequency
minus 52.95 MHz) and no multiplication is used, the
channel frequencies change in 12.5 kHz steps and the
reference frequency (fR) is 12.5 kHz for all channels
selected by this receiver.
A cascode amplifier formed by Q210 and Q211
provides amplification and also isolation between the
TCXO and Synthesizer U209. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high reverse isolation. The
input signal to this amplifier is from TCXO Y201.
C254 provides DC blocking. Bias for the amplifier is
provided by R312, R248, R249, R251 and R250.
L218 is an RF choke. RF bypass is provided by C251,
C252 and C253. The output of Q210/Q211 is coupled
to U209 by C307.
The fV input is produced by dividing the VCO
frequency using the prescaler and N counter in U209.
The prescaler divides by 64 or 65. The divide number
of the prescaler is controlled by the N and A counters
in U209.
The N and A counters function as follows: both
the N and A counters begin counting down from their
programmed number. When the A counter reaches
zero, it halts until the N counter reaches zero. Both
counters then reset and the cycle repeats. The A
counter is always programmed with a smaller number
than the N counter. While the A counter is counting
down, the prescaler divides by 65. Then when the A
counter is halted, the prescaler divides by 64.
6.1.14 LOCK DETECT
When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the
Lock Detect output on U209, pin 2 is a logic high voltage with very narrow negative-going pulses. Then
when the synthesizer is unlocked, these pulses become
much wider, the width may vary at a rate determined
by the frequency difference of fV and fR. The lock
detect pulses are applied to J201, pin 14 and sent to the
RF Interface on J103, pin 14 for detection and sampling in the IAC.
Example: Assume a receive frequency of
813.4875 MHz (channel 300). Since the VCO is 52.95
MHz below the receive frequency it must be 760.5375
MHz for channel 300. To produce this frequency, the
N and A counters are programmed as follows:
N = 950
6.1.15 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
A cascode amplifier formed by Q214 and Q215
provides amplification and also isolation between the
VCO and Receiver RF stages. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high reverse isolation. The
input signal to this amplifier is coupled from VCO
A006 by C268. C268 also provides DC blocking.
Bias for the amplifier is provided by R294, R311,
R290, R291 and R292. L222 is an RF choke and
R293 lowers the Q of the coil. RF bypass is provided
by C274, C356, C310, C272, C273 and C335. The
output of Q214/Q215 is matched to the Receiver RF
stages by C275, C276 and two sections of microstrip.
A = 43
NOTE: Section 8.2.5 describes how the N and A
counter numbers can be calculated for other channels.
To determine the overall divide number of the
prescaler and N counter, the number of VCO output
pulses required to produce one N counter output pulse
can be counted. In this example, the prescaler divides
by 65 for 65 x 43 or 2,795 input pulses. It then divides
by 64 for 64 x (950 - 43) or 58,048 input pulses. The
overall divide number K is therefore (58,048 + 2,795)
or 60,843. The VCO frequency of 760.5375 MHz
divided by 60,843 equals 12.5 kHz which is the fR
input to the phase detector. The overall divide number
K can also be determined by the following formula:
K = 64N + A
6.1.16 RF AMPLIFIERS
U210 provides the +12V source for these amplifiers. RF amplifier Q216 is biased by R296 and R295.
C278 provides RF bypass from the DC line and R297
provides supply voltage isolation. A section of
microstrip on the collector acts as an RF inductor.
Q216 is matched to Q217 by C277, C263, C288 and
two sections of microstrip.
Where,
N = N counter divide number and
A = A counter divide number.
6-5
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.2.2 VCO AND TCXO FREQUENCY MODULATION
RF amplifier/buffer Q217 is similar in design to
Q216. The output of Q217 is matched to the 3 dB
attenuator made up of R285/R286/R287 by two sections of microstrip and C280 provides DC blocking.
L223/L224 are tuned to the receive frequency -52.95
MHz and passed to Mixer U201. This injection frequency is also coupled through C284 to U204A.
CR201, R255, R254 provide DC input to U204A, pin
3. The output of U204A, pin 1 is connected to J201,
pin 13 for a receive injection test point and connected
to the RF Interface Board on J103, pin 13.
Both the VCO and TCXO are modulated in order
to achieve the required frequency response. If only
the VCO was modulated, the phase detector in U403
would sense the frequency change and increase or
decrease the VCO control voltage to counteract the
change (at the lower audio frequencies inside the
closed loop bandwidth of the synthesizer). If only the
TCXO frequency was modulated, the VCO would not
track the higher audio frequencies (those beyond the
closed loop bandwidth of the synthesizer). However,
by modulating both the VCO and TCXO a flat audio
response is achieved. Potentiometers R425 and R446
balance the modulating signals.
6.2 EXCITER
There are two 3.5V sources on the Exciter board;
one is a reference for the modulation amplifier to the
VCO, the other is for the modulation amplifier to the
TCXO.
6.2.1 VCO (A007)
The Voltage-Controlled Oscillator (VCO) is
formed by Q802, associated circuitry and a resonator
consisting of L404 in the Exciter. The screw in L404
in the Exciter tunes the tank circuit to the desired frequency range. The VCO oscillates in a frequency
range from 851-869 MHz. Biasing of Q802 is provided by R805, R806 and R807. An AC voltage
divider formed by C812 and C813 initiates and maintains oscillation. C803 couples Q802 to resonator
L404 in the Exciter. Resonator L404 provides the
shunt inductance of the tank circuit. The shunt capacitance of the tank circuit is made primarily of C804 in
series with CR802. RF choke L805 completes the DC
bias path to ground.
The reference voltage on U402B, pin 5 is sent to
buffer U407B, J401, pin 9 to RFIB connector J102,
pin 9. The voltage leaves the RFIB on J101, pin 14 to
J2, pin 27 on the backplane, to the bottom connectors
via pin 7 and finally to the MAC on P100, pin 7.
With reference to the ground on the Exciter, the
3.5V reference stability is maintained by U126B/C/D
on the MAC. The 3.5V DC passes through summing
amplifier U129B and transmit modulation gate U118D
to P100, pin 29 (Tx MOD). P100, pin 29 is connected
to backplane connector J2, pin 8 and RFIB connector
J101, pin 22 to J102, pin 13. The transmit modulation and 3.5V reference enter the Exciter on J401, pin
13 and is routed to U402B, pin 6. R425 sets the
TCXO modulation level. The modulation signal
along with the 3.5V DC is applied to U402A, pin 2.
The VCO frequency is controlled in part by DC
voltage across varactor diode CR802. As voltage
across a reverse-biased varactor diode increases, its
capacitance decreases. Therefore, VCO frequency
increases as the control voltage increases. The control
line is RF isolated from tank circuit by choke L804.
The amount of frequency change produced by CR802
is controlled by series capacitor C804.
6.2.3 ACTIVE FILTER
Q801 functions as a capacitance multiplier to
provide filtering of the 12V supply to Q802. R801
and R802 provide transistor bias, and C809 provides
capacitance that is effectively multiplied by the gain
of Q801. If a noise pulse or other quick voltage
change appears on the collector, base voltage does not
change significantly because of C809. Therefore, the
base current does not change and transistor current
The frequency is modulated in a similar manner.
The transmit audio/data signal is applied across varactor diode CR801 to vary the VCO frequency at an
audio rate. C802 in series with CR801 determine the
amount of modulation produced by the audio signal.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
6-6
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
remains constant. R803 decouples the VCO output
from AC ground. L803 is an RF choke and C807,
C808, C810 and C811 provide RF bypass.
The synthesizer contains the R (reference), N,
and A counters, phase and lock detectors and counter
programming circuitry.
6.2.4 BUFFER
One input signal to the phase detector in U403 is
the reference frequency (fR). This frequency is the
17.5 MHz TCXO frequency divided by the reference
counter to the channel spacing or 12.5 kHz. The other
input signal (fV) is the VCO frequency divided by the
"N" counter in U403. The counters are programmed
through the synthesizer data line on J401, pin 20.
Each channel is programmed by a divide number so
that the phase detector input is identical to the reference frequency (fR) when the VCO is locked on the
correct frequency.
A cascode amplifier formed by Q406/Q407 provides amplification and also isolation between the
VCO and synthesizer. A cascode amplifier is used
because it provides high reverse isolation. The input
signal to this amplifier is tapped from the VCO RF
output. DC blocking to the VCO is provided by C441
and to the buffer by C433. Bias for the amplifier is
provided by R451, R453, R454 and R455. Q407 is a
common-emitter amplifier and Q406 is a commonbase with C432 providing RF bypass. L403 decouples
the output from AC ground and R452 lowers the Q of
L403. The amplifier is coupled by C429 and C499 to
U403, pin 11.
Frequencies are selected by programming the
three counters in U403 to divide by assigned numbers.
The programming of these counters is performed by
circuitry in the Main Processor Card (MPC), buffered
and latched through the Interface Alarm Card (IAC)
and fed into the synthesizer on J401, pin 20 to Data
input port U403, pin 19.
6.2.5 SYNTHESIZER
Data is loaded into U403 serially on the Data
input port U403, pin 19 when U403, pin 17 is low.
Data is clocked into the shift registers a bit at a time
by a low to high transition on the Clock input port
U403, pin 18. The Clock pulses come from the MPC
via the IAC to J401, pin 19.
The synthesizer inputs/outputs are shown in Figure 6-3. The synthesizer output signal is the transmit
frequency. This signal is produced by a VCO (voltage-controller oscillator) that is frequency controlled
by a DC voltage produced by synthesizer chip U403.
This DC voltage is filtered by a loop filter made up of
C805, C806 and R804 in the VCO circuitry.
As previously stated, the counter divide numbers
are chosen so that when the VCO is operating on the
correct frequency, the VCO-derived input to the phase
detector (fV) is the same frequency as the TCXOderived input (fR). The fR input is produced by dividing the 17.5 MHz TCXO frequency by 1187. This
produces a reference frequency (fR) of 12.5 kHz.
Since the VCO is on frequency and no multiplication
is used, the frequencies are changed in 12.5 kHz steps.
The reference frequency is 12.5 kHz for all frequencies selected by this Exciter.
Frequencies are selected by programming
counters in U403 to divide by a certain number. This
programming is provided through J401, pins 12, 19
and 20. The frequency stability of the synthesizer is
established by the ±1.0 PPM stability of TCXO Y401.
This oscillator is stable from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to
+140°F).
The VCO frequency of A007 is controlled by a
DC voltage produced by the phase detector in U403.
The phase detector senses the phase and frequency of
the two input signals and causes the VCO control voltage to increase or decrease if they are not the same.
When the frequencies are the same, the VCO is then
"locked" on frequency.
The fV input is produced by dividing the VCO
frequency using the prescaler and N counter in U403.
The prescaler divides by 64 or 65. The divide number
of the prescaler is controlled by the N and A counters
in U403. The N and A counters function as follows:
6-7
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
SWITCH
Q405
LPTT
BUFFER
TCXO
U402B
U402A
Y401
AMP
BUFFER
U404A
U404B
AMP
EX MOD
PHASE DETECTOR
VCO
A007
Q410/Q411
Q412
Q413
BUFFER
BUFFER
AMP
AMP
TO PA
DATA
CLK
U403
Q406/Q407
U407B
V REF EX
SYN CS EX
BUFFER
SYN LK EX
Q403/Q404
Figure 6-4 EXCITER BLOCK DIAGRAM
Both the N and A counters begin counting down
from their programmed number. When the A counter
reaches zero, it halts until the N counter reaches zero.
Both counters then reset and the cycle repeats. The A
counter is always programmed with a smaller number
than the N counter. While the A counter is counting
down, the prescaler divides by 65. Then when the A
counter is halted, the prescaler divides by 64.
input to the phase detector. The overall divide number
K can also be determined by the following formula:
K = 64N + A
Where,
N = N counter divide number and
A = A counter divide number.
Example: To illustrate the operation of these
counters, assume a transmit frequency of 858.4875
MHz (channel 300). Since the VCO is the channel frequency for transmit this frequency is used. To produce
this frequency, the N and A counters are programmed
as follows:
N = 1073
NOTE: Section 8.2.5 describes how the N and A
counter numbers can be calculated for other channels.
6.2.6 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
A cascode amplifier formed by Q403 and Q404
provides amplification and also isolation between the
TCXO and Synthesizer U403. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high gain, high reverse isolation and consumes only a small amount of power. The
input signal to this amplifier is coupled from TCXO
Y401, pin 5 by C420. C420 also provides DC blocking. Bias for the amplifier is provided by R430, R431,
R432, R433 and R428. L402 is an RF choke. RF
bypass is provided by C416, C418 and C419. The
output of Q403/Q404 is coupled to U403, pin 20 by
C417.
A=7
To determine the overall divide number of the
prescaler and N counter, the number of VCO output
pulses required to produce one N counter output pulse
can be counted. In this example, the prescaler divides
by 65 for 65 x 7 or 455 input pulses. It then divides by
64 for 64 x (1073 - 7) or 68,224 input pulses. The
overall divide number K is therefore (68,224 + 455) or
68,679. The VCO frequency of 858.4875 MHz
divided by 68,679 equals 12.5 kHz which is the fR
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
6-8
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.2.7 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
tion. A section of microstrip on the collector acts as
an RF choke to the supply line. Q412 is matched to
Q413 by C449, C451 and two sections of microstrip.
A cascode amplifier formed by Q406 and Q407
provides amplification and also isolation between the
VCO and Synthesizer U403. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high gain, high isolation and
consumes only a small amount of power. The input
signal to this amplifier is coupled from VCO A007,
pin 6 by C433. C433 also provides DC blocking. Bias
for the amplifier is provided by R450, R451, R453,
R454 and R455. L403 is an RF choke. RF bypass is
provided by C430, C431 and C479. The output of
Q406/Q407 is coupled to U403, pin 11 by a non-polarized capacitor formed by C429/C499.
RF amplifier/buffer Q413 is similar in design to
Q412. The collector voltage of Q413 is switched by
Q405. When the Logic Push-To-Talk (LPTT) on J401,
pin 11 is low Q405 turns on and conducts the 15V supply to the collector of Q405 and to Q413. The output
of Q413 is matched to 50 ohms by two sections of
microstrip and C465 provides DC blocking. A 3 dB
attenuator follows amplifier Q413. The RF output of
the Exciter is on coaxial connector J402 to the Power
Amplifier.
6.2.8 LOCK DETECT
6.3 75W POWER AMPLIFIER
When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the
Lock Detect output on U403, pin 2 is a high voltage
with narrow negative-going pulses. When the synthesizer is unlocked, the negative-going pulses are much
wider, the width may vary at a rate determined by the
frequency difference of fV/fR.
6.3.1 AMPLIFIER/PREDRIVER
RF input to the PA from the Exciter is through a
coaxial cable and connector to WO511. C501 couples
the RF to 50 ohm microstrip that connects the input to
U501. U501 is a 6W amplifier/pre- driver operating in
the 851-869 MHz range.
The locked or unlocked condition of the synthesizer is filtered by R440/C423 and applied to J401, pin
16, then sent to the RF Interface on J102, pin 16 for
detection.
Power control is connected to WO505 from the
RF Interface board (RFIB). RF is filtered from the
control voltage line by various capacitors and inductors to U501, pin 2. This control voltage regulates the
RF output of the amplifier on U501, pin 4 to approximately 5W.
6.2.9 BUFFER AMPLIFIER
A cascode amplifier formed by Q410/Q411 provides amplification and also isolation between the
VCO and exciter RF stages. A cascode amplifier is
used because it provides high gain, high isolation and
consumes only a small amount of power. The input
signal to this amplifier is tapped from VCO A007, pin
4 by C441. C441 also provides DC blocking. Bias for
the amplifier is provided by R464, R465, R466, R467
and R468. L406 is an RF choke and R483 lowers the
Q of the coil. RF bypass is provided by C434, C442,
C445, C443, C444 and C480. The output of Q410/
Q411 is matched to the Exciter RF stages by C446,
R450 and two sections of microstrip.
6.3.2 DRIVER
The output of U501 passes through several sections of 50 ohm microstrip and matching capacitors to
the emitter of Q501. Driver Q501 is a common base
amplifier with a normal output of approximately 22W.
Supply voltage is RF bypassed by various capacitors
and microstrip. C519, C520, C521 and microstrip
match the output of the driver to 50 ohms at J501.
A501 couples driver output to the input splitter of the
finals.
6.3.3 FINAL AMPLIFIERS
6.2.10 RF AMPLIFIERS
Q502 and Q503 are combined 60W amplifiers.
The 22W RF input from J501 on the output of driver
Q501 is applied to WO514 through a coaxial cable and
connector. A 50 ohm microstrip connects the RF to a
RF amplifier Q412 is biased by CR402, R469,
R470 and R472. C448 provides RF bypass from the
DC line and R471/R472 provide supply voltage isola-
6-9
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.3.5 THERMAL SENSOR
70.7 ohm Wilkinson splitter and then to the emitter of
each common-base amplifier. The 60W outputs on
the collectors of the amplifiers are combined using a
Wilkinson combiner. Q502 has a half-wave transmission line on the input and Q503 has a half-wave on the
output. These T-lines are used to drive the 60W
amplifiers out of phase. The output of the combiner is
fed from WO513 directly to the forward/reverse
power detect board.
Thermal protection is provided by temperature
sensor U503. The operating range of the sensor is
from -30° C to 100° C (-22° F to 212° F). CR505 is
used to reference U503 above ground to allow the sensor to read below 0° C. Amplifier U502A sends the
output of U503 through WO509 to the RF Interface
Board. The RF Interface Board reduces the power
amplifier to half power (via the MPC) if the temperature reading is too high and turns the fan on and off
(not via the MPC). The fan is turned on at approximately 50°C and off again at 42°C.
The Wilkinson splitter and combiner provide the
capability to split the drive input and combine the
final outputs while maintaining isolation between the
two final amplifiers. The combiner consists of two
quarter-wave transmission lines and a balancing resistor. During normal operation, a signal of relatively
equal phase and amplitude is present on both ends of
the balancing resistor. Therefore, no current flows and
no power is dissipated in the balance resistor. If one
final failed, the other final of a pair would continue to
function.
6.3.6 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT,
CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER
The power amplifier output is directly coupled to
the forward/reverse power detect board via a jumper.
The output then enters the circulator and exits to the
low-pass filter board and the antenna jack for a minimum power output of 75W at the default setting. If an
antenna is not connected, the circulator connects the
output power to R685.
6.3.4 POWER DETECTORS
Electromagnetic coupling is used to sample the
output of each final amplifier. The RF is then fed to a
rectifier to create a voltage indicative of the power
output. The outputs of U504A and U502B are monitored by the repeater software through the RF Interface Board. If a final amplifier fails, the software will
reduce the output power to prevent overdriving the
remaining final amplifier.
Forward and reverse power are electromagnetically coupled from the input and reflected ports of the
circulator. R663/R680 calibrate the forward and
reverse sense levels. The sensed levels are coupled to
the RF Interface Board and software.
LOW-PASS
FILTER
POWER
SENSE
FINAL 1 POWER
RF OUTPUT
U502B
SPLITTER
AMP /
PRE-DRIVER
DRIVER
U501
Q501
RF IN
2
FORWARD/REVERSE
POWER DETECTOR
COMBINER
Q502
RF LOAD
Q503
POWER CONTROL
THERMAL SENSOR
FINAL 2 POWER
CIRCULATOR
AMP
THERMAL
SENSOR
U502A
U503
2
POWER
SENSE
U651A/B
U652A/B
FORWARD
POWER
REVERSE
(REFLECTED)
POWER
U504A
Figure 6-5 75W POWER AMPLIFIER BLOCK DIAGRAM
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
6-10
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.4 175W POWER AMPLIFIER
The Wilkinson combiners provide the capability
to split the drive input and combine the final outputs
while maintaining isolation between the final amplifiers. Each combiner consists of two quarter-wave
transmission lines and a balancing resistor. During
normal operation, a signal of relatively equal phase
and amplitude is present on both ends of the balancing
resistor. Therefore, no current flows and no power is
dissipated in the resistor. If one final failed, the other
final of a pair would continue to function.
6.4.1 GAIN BLOCK
RF input to the PA from the Exciter is through a
coaxial cable and connector to WO509. RF is directly
coupled to 50 ohm microstrip that matches the input to
U501. U501 is a 20W amplifier/pre- driver operating
in the 851-869 MHz range.
Power control is connected to WO505 from the
RF Interface board (RFIB). RF is filtered from the
control voltage line by various capacitors and inductors to U501, pin 2. This control voltage regulates the
RF output of the amplifier on U501, pin 5 to approximately 12W (see Figure 6-6).
6.4.4 POWER DETECTORS
Electromagnetic coupling is used to detect the
output of each final amplifier. The detected RF is then
fed to a rectifier to create a voltage output indication
of the power output. The outputs are monitored by the
RF Interface Board and the station software. If any of
the finals fail, the software will reduce the output
power to prevent overdriving the remaining final
amplifier.
6.4.2 DRIVER
The output of U501 passes through several sections of 50 ohm microstrip and matching capacitors to
the emitter of Q502. Driver Q502 is a common base
amplifier with an output of approximately 60W. Supply voltage is RF bypassed by various capacitors and
microstrip. C551 and C568 match the output of the
driver to the input impedance of the splitter to the final
amplifiers.
6.4.5 THERMAL SENSOR
Thermal protection is provided by temperature
sensor U503. The operating range of the sensor is
from 0 to 100° C (32° F to 212° F). Amplifier U502A
sends the output of U503 to WO519 and to the RF
Interface Board. The RF Interface Board reduces the
power amplifier to half power (via the MPC) if the
temperature reading is too high and turns the fan on
and off (not via the MPC). The fan is turned on at
approximately 50°C and off again at 42°C.
6.4.3 FINAL AMPLIFIERS
The output of the driver is DC blocked through
C552 and is connected to the first 70.7 ohm splitter
with a 50 ohm microstrip. One output of the first splitter is sent directly to another 70.7 ohm splitter to feed
Q703/Q704. The second output of the first splitter is
connected to the splitter driving Q701/ Q702 through a
half-wave 50 ohm microstrip. The 60W output of
Q701/Q702 is combined through a 70.7 ohm quarterwave Wilkinson combiner and fed through a 50 ohm
microstrip to the final 50 ohm combiner.
6.4.6 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT,
CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER
Outputs from amplifiers Q703/Q704 are fed to
the final combiner through 50 ohm microstrip that is a
half-wavelength longer than the other side. The 25
ohm output impedance of the final combiner is transformed to 50 ohms through a quarter-wave, 35.35 ohm
microstrip. The output of the quarter-wave transformer is fed directly into the forward power detector
via W510.
The power amplifier output is directly coupled to
the forward/reverse power detect board via a jumper.
The output then enters the circulator and exits to the
low-pass filter board and the antenna jack for a power
output of 175W (±7W). If an antenna is not connected, the circulator connects the output power to
R685.
6-11
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
POWER SENSE
RF 1
SPLITTER
1/2 WAVE
DELAY LINE
COMBINER
Q701
Q702
SPLITTER
GAIN BLOCK
RF IN
LOW-PASS
FILTER
COMBINER
POWER SENSE
RF 2
Q501
U501
RF OUTPUT
1/4 WAVE
TRANSFORMER
DRIVER
Q502
DIRECTIONAL COUPLER
POWER
CONTROL
RF 3
THERMAL SENSOR
RF 4
RF LOAD
POWER SENSE
AMP
U502A
CIRCULATOR
U651A/B
U652A/B
SPLITTER
THERMAL
SENSOR
U503
Q703
FORWARD
Q704
POWER SENSE
VSWR
1/2 WAVE DELAY
COMBINER
Figure 6-6 POWER AMPLIFIER BLOCK DIAGRAM
Forward and reverse power is electromagnetically
coupled to the detectors on the input and reflected
ports of the circulator. R663 and R680 calibrate the
forward and reverse sense levels. The sensed levels
are coupled to the RF Interface Board and software.
P103 +15V DC - Supply voltage to Exciter, Receiver
and Power Control. 15V ±1%, 5.5A max.
P104/P105 GROUND - Ground return for the RF assembly.
6.5 RF INTERFACE BOARD
6.5.2 SIGNAL CONNECTOR (J101)
The RF Interface Board (RFIB) connects the
Receiver, Exciter and Power Amplifier to the backplane and power supply (see Figure 6.10).
This is the signal interface connector (36 pin) that
connects the RFIB to the backplane connector J2 (34
pin) through cable assembly A8.
The input and output connectors for the RF Interface Board are defined as follows.
Pin 1
6.5.1 POWER CONNECTOR
Pin 1 carries ground current between the RF
Interface board and Backplane board.
The power supply is connected to the RF Interface Board when the RF module is inserted into the
station cabinet (see Figure 10-5). The jack portion of
the connection is on the RF Interface Board, the plug
portion is attached to the station cabinet.
Pin 2
PC STR
Pin 2 is the power Control Strobe. This is normally low until after the power control data is shifted
into the power control register. Then the strobe line
goes high and back to low. The clock or data lines
cannot be changed until after the strobe is set.
P101/P102 +26.5V DC - Supply voltage to PA.
+26.5V ±1%, 12A at 75W and 25A at 175W.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
GROUND
6-12
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pin 3
Pin 13
HS CS EX
The Multiplexer-1 Inhibit (U105, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the output from the RF 1 Multiplexer with a
logic high.
Pin 3 is not used at this time.
Pin 4
GROUND
Pin 4 carries ground current between the RF
Interface board and Backplane board.
Pins 5-6
UNUSED
Pin 7
RX WBAND
Pin 14
RF DATA A
Pin 19
RF MUX3 INH
RF DATA C
Pin 21
SYN CS EX
This input goes low to enable the loading of data
into the exciter synthesizer chip U403.
RF MUX2 INH
Pin 22
TX MOD
The audio from the MAC in the Controller processes a number of inputs to the station to produce the
signals on this pin. This signal goes through the RFIB
and then to the Exciter. A 707 mV RMS sine wave
(2V P-P) at 1 kHz produces 60% of system deviation
in the transmitter. The source impedance is low and
the input impedance is less than 10k ohms.
RF CLK
The clock will control the synthesizer chip and
power control circuit when loading. This pin is a TTL
input from the Controller.
Pin 23
Pin 12
LPTT
The Logic Push-To-Talk is an open collector
from the Controller. It has a sink capability of
20 mA and a maximum voltage rating of 18V. The
transmitter should produce power when this pin is a
logic low.
The Multiplexer-2 Inhibit (U106, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the output from the RF 2 Multiplexer with a
logic high.
Pin 11
UNUSED
Pin 20
Data C (U105, pin 9) is the most significant bit
(MSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.
This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a logic high for activation.
Pin 10
Pins 15-18
The Multiplexer-3 Inhibit (U104, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the output from the RF 3 Multiplexer with a
logic high.
Data A (U105, pin 11) is the least significant bit
(LSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.
This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a logic high for activation.
Pin 9
V REF EX
This is the 3.5V reference to the Exciter TCXO.
3.5V from the Exciter is passed from J102, pin 9 to
this pin and the backplane. The voltage then passes
through the MAC and back to the backplane to J101,
pin 22 with the TX MOD. These are connected to
J102, pin 13 back to the Exciter.
The wide band audio is from the receive audio
demodulator U202 and goes to the MAC in the Controller card cage. The typical amplitude is
387 mV RMS (-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard
TIA Test Modulation into the receiver. Little wave
shaping is done on the receiver board other than a 31
kHz RC LPF which strips off the 450 kHz IF. Buffering is done with an op-amp.
Pin 8
RF MUX1 INH
GROUND
HS CS RX
Pin 23 carries ground current between the RFIB
and Chassis Backplane.
Pin 12 is not used at this time
6-13
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pin 24
UNUSED
Pin 29
SYN CS RX
Pin 25
LOGIC CONTROL TO FANS
This input goes low to enable the loading of data
into the receiver synthesizer chip U209.
Pin 25 is in parallel with the temperature sensor.
Pin 30
Pin 26
RSSI
RF DATA B
The Data B (U105, pin 10) is the middle significant bit in the three multiplex chips located on the
RFIB. This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller
requiring a logic high for activation.
This pin is the Receive Signal Strength Indication
to the Controller. This RSSI is used for tune-up of the
Receiver front-end during factory test mode. The
dynamic range is 60 dB. It has an output from an opamp with the voltage going from 0.5V to 4.5V. The
level has an adjustment in the Receiver.
Pin 27
Pin 31
A D LEVEL
Pin 31 carries ground current between the RFIB
and Chassis Backplane.
20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sampled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin
using three multiplex chips.
Pins 32-36
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
GROUND
RF Forward Power Sense
RF Power Sense Device 1
RF Power Sense Device 2
RF Power Sense Device 3
RF Power Sense Device 4
RF Reflected Power Sense
PA Temperature
Transmit Audio Modulation
High Stability Exciter Lock Detector
Exciter Lock Detector
Receiver Detector Audio
Receive Signal Strength Indicator
Receiver Injection Level
High Stability Receive Lock Detector
Receiver Lock Detector
Fan Current 1
Fan Current 2
Fan 1 On Sense
Power Supply Temp
Battery Voltage
UNUSED
6.5.3 FAN CONNECTOR (J104)
The outputs to the fan connectors are 4-pin plugin terminals that supply DC voltage. The plug on the
fan is a 2-pin connector. The plug-in terminals are
located on the back of the RFIB.
Pin 1
FAN 1 LOW
Pin 1 is the ground return for Fan 1.
Pin 2
FAN HI
Pin 2 carries the voltage to Fan 1. The current is
1/4A nominal at 20V to 30V. This pin goes high when
the PA heat sensor rises above 50°C and goes low
below 45°C.
Pin 3
FAN 2 LO
Pin 3 is the ground return for Fan 2 in 175W
repeaters.
Pin 28
RF DATA
Pin 4
A data pin with TTL levels from the Controller
which has the dual role of loading the synthesizer
chips and adjusting the power control D/A lines for
proper output power. Up to four synthesizer chips and
a shift-register could be connected to this pin.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
FAN HI
Pin 4 carries the voltage to Fan 2 in 175W repeaters. The Voltage is 20V-30V at 1/4A nominal. Pin 4
goes high when the PA heat sensor rises above 50°C
and goes low below 45°C.
6-14
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.5.4 POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTIONS
WO 122
WO 115
This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage
source that is a function of the output power of Q701.
The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a
10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
POWER SENSE
This capacitive feedthrough pin is at +15V DC to
the Power Detect Board.
W116
+26.5V DC
WO 123
This capacitive feedthrough pin is at +26.5V DC
and carries the PA current, 25A nominal at 175W from
P102 to the Power Amplifier board.
W117
RF OUT 1
RF OUT 2
This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage
source that is a function of the output power of Q702.
The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a
10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
+26.5V DC GROUND
This capacitive feedthrough pin carries ground
current from P105 to the Power Amplifier board. It
must be capable of carrying up to 25A.
WO 124
W118
This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage
source that is a function of the output power of Q703.
The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a
10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
+15V DC
This capacitive feedthrough pin connects +15V
DC P103 to the PA, Exciter, and Forward/Reverse
Power Detect boards. Maximum current handling is
6A (4A nominal at 175W).
WO 119
NOT USED
WO 120
CTRL OUT
WO 125
RF OUT 4
This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage
source that is a function of the output power of Q704.
The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a
10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
WO 126
This capacitive feedthrough pin carries the output of the power control driver on the RFIB to the
power control pin of the power module on the Power
Amplifier board. The voltage varies from 0V-15V
with current as high as 0.5A.
WO 121
RF OUT 3
REFL PWR
This capacitive feedthrough pin is the reflected
power sense line. It is a voltage indicative of the
power reflected due to a mismatch. The voltage produced typically is such that less than a 3:1 VSWR will
not trigger alarms and when VSWR = 6:1 the controller reduces power. The voltage level is between 0V5V and drives a 10k ohm load. This line goes through
the multiplexers and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing. The time to sense and reduce the
power takes several seconds.
FWD PWR
This capacitive feedthrough pin is the forward
power sense line. It is a voltage source that is a function of the output power of the Power Amplifier. The
voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a 10k
ohm load. A typical voltage of 3.9V correlates to
160W out of the PA. This line goes through the multiplexers and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
WO 127
TEMP
This capacitive feedthrough pin is the temperature sense line of the Power Amplifier. It will be a linearly variable function of temperature ranging from
6-15
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
0V-5V output and 0°C to +100°C (+32°F to 212°F)
input when driving a 10k ohm load. The primary
functions of this line are for fan on/off and PA power
reduction. The fan should be turned on at 50°C and
off at 45°C. The PA should have power reduced when
90°C (194°F) is reached and with absolute turn-off at
95°C (203°F). This line goes through the multiplexers
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.
WO147
Pin 10
GROUND
Pin 11
LPTT
The Logic Push-To-Talk (LPTT) is an open collector from the Controller. It has a sink capability of
20 mA nominal and a voltage rating of 18V maximum.
The transmitter should produce power when this pin is
a logic low.
RF DETECT PRE-DRIVER
Pin 12
SYN CS EX
This senses power out of the pre-driver. It is used
to limit the power out of the pre-driver to
0.6 dB over 175W at room temperature. The 75W
repeater limits to 0.6 dB over 75W.
Pin 12 is the Exciter synthesizer chip select. It
allows data input to the synthesizer chip when the line
is pulled to a logic low.
W143
Pin 13
+26V DC
The audio from the MAC in the Controller processes a number of inputs to the station per the TIA
specifications to produce the signal on this pin. This
signal goes through the RFIB to the Exciter. A 707
mV RMS (2V P-P) sine wave at 1 kHz provides 60%
of system deviation in the transmitter. The DC voltage
on the line is 3.5V ±0.1V. The source impedance
should be low (output of an op-amp or analog switch <
200 ohms) and the input impedance will not be less
than 10k ohms.
This is the +26.5V DC source to the RFIB from
P101.
W144
+15V DC
This is the +15V DC source to the RFIB from
P103.
W145
TX MOD
GROUND
W145 carries ground current from P104 to the
RFIB.
Pins 14-15
6.5.5 EXCITER CONNECTOR (J102)
GROUND
These pins carry ground current between the
RFIB and the Exciter board.
The connector from the Exciter (J401) to the RF
Interface board (J102) links the Exciter to the MPC in
the Controller Backplane.
Pin 16
Pin 1
Pin 16 is the Exciter synthesizer lock detector
output. The synthesizer is locked with a TTL logic
high state.
VCC1
The voltage on this pin is a fused +15V ±1%,
nominal current of 0.5A. It provides current to the
Exciter from the RFIB.
Pins 2-8
Pin 9
Pin 17
SYN LK EX
HS LK EX
Pin 17 is not used at this time.
GROUND
+3.5V DC
Pin 18
Pin 9 is the +3.5V DC TCXO reference voltage
from the Exciter to the MAC.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
HS CS EX
This input is not used at this time.
6-16
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pin 19
RF CLK
The clock controls the Exciter synthesizer when
loading. The input source in the Controller is TTL
with the speed determined by the synthesizer chip.
There could be as many as four synthesizers and a
shift register.
Pin 10
UNUSED
Pin 11
GROUND
Pin 11 carries ground current between the RFIB
and the Receiver board.
Pin 12
Pin 20
SYN CS RX
RF DATA
Pin 12 is the Receiver synthesizer chip select.
This chip is the same part as used in the Exciter. A
low enables loading the Synthesizer.
Pin 20 is a data pin from the Controller which has
the dual role of loading the synthesizer chip and
adjusting the power control D/A lines for proper output power. The data has TTL levels. Up to four synthesizer chips and a shift register could be connected
to this pin.
Pin 13
RX INJ
This pin is the power sense for the Receiver
injection. It is a linear voltage source that is a function of the injection power. The voltage level will be
between 0V - 5V and be able to drive a 10k ohm load.
6.5.6 RECEIVER CONNECTOR (J103)
The connector from the Receiver (J201) to the
RF Interface board (J103) links the Receiver to the
MPC in the Controller Backplane.
Pin 14
Pin 1
Pin 14 is the main synthesizer lock detector output for the Receiver. The synthesizer is locked with a
TTL logic high state.
VCC1
Pin 1 is fused +15V ±1% with a nominal current
of 1A provides current from the RFIB to the Receiver.
Pins 2-6
Pin 7
Pin 15
SYN LK RX
GROUND
Pin 15 carries ground current between the RFIB
and the Receiver board.
UNUSED
RSSI
Pin 16
This pin is the Receive Signal Strength Indicator
(RSSI) to the Controller. The RSSI is used for tuneup of the Receiver front-end during test mode. The
dynamic range is 60 dB. Output from an op-amp with
the voltage going from 0.5V to 4.5V. The level has an
adjustment in the Receiver.
Pin 8
UNUSED
Pin 9
RX WBAND
HS CS RX
Pin 16 is not used at this time.
Pin 17
GROUND
Pin 17 carries ground current between the RFIB
and the Receiver board.
Pin 18
RF CLK
The clock controls the Receiver synthesizers
when loading. The input source in the Controller is
TTL with the speed determined by the synthesizer
chip. There could be as many as four synthesizers and
a shift register.
The receive wide band audio is from the demodulator and goes to the Main Audio Card (MAC) in the
Controller card cage. The typical amplitude is 387
mV RMS (-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard TIA
Test Modulation into the Receiver. Little wave shaping is done on the Receiver board other than a 31 kHz
RC LPF which strips off the 450 kHz IF. Buffering is
done with an op-amp which can drive a 10k ohm load.
Pin 19
HS LK RX
Pin 19 is not used at this time.
6-17
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pin 20
RF DATA
Pin 20 is a data pin from the Controller which has
the dual role of loading the synthesizer chips and
adjusting the power control D/A lines for proper output power. The data has TTL levels. Up to four synthesizer chips and a shift register could be connected
to this pin.
MUX/RES
J1
PC STR
2
FORWARDRF POWER CONTROL
POWER
U102A
POWER
ADJUST
Q8
Q7
U103 Q6
SER
Q5
Q4
Q3
CLK
Q2
Q1
OE
STR
Q101
U102B
+26V
P102
+15V
COMPARATOR
P105
Q111B
PA
PWR CNTRL
MUX 3
RF DET (PRE-DRIVER)
Y0
RF MUX3 INH
19
WO103
P103
P104
Q102-Q105
Q108
U104
P101
U109A
FORWARD POWER
U112B
Y1
E
Y2
A0
Y3
A1
Y4
A2
Y5
Z
Y6
VREF EX
14
LPTT
20
RF MUX1 INH
13
A D LEVEL
27
Z
RF DATA C
9
A2
RF DATA B
26
A1
Y0
RF DATA A
8
A0
Y2
Y7
Y1
FINAL 1 POWER
U112A
FINAL 2 POWER
U112D
FINAL 3 POWER
U112C
FINAL 4 POWER
U109B
REFLECTED POWER
U109D
TEMPERATURE
EXCITER
LPTT
MUX 1
E
U105
WO135
U110F
VREF EX
SYN LK EX
HS LK EX
U110E
Y6
RF CLK
RF DATA
TX MOD
22
TX MOD
STN CS EX
21
SYN CS EX
HS CS EX
3
HS CS EX
MUX 2
Z
A2
A1
RECEIVER
RX INJ
Y0
U106
U110A
Y1
U110B
Y2
HS LK RX
SYN LK RX
A0
RF MUX2 INH
Y7
10
E
Y5
Y4
RSSI
30
RSSI
RX WB AUDIO
7
RX WBAND
RF DATA
28
RF DATA
RF CLK
11
RF CLK
SYN CS RX
29
SYN CS RX
HS CS RX
12
HS CS RX
J104
FAN HIGH
2
FAN 1 LOW
1
FAN HIGH
4
FAN 2 LOW
3
Q107
Q106
U108A
FAN 1 BUFFER
U107A
FAN 2 BUFFER
5V REGULATOR
+15V
U101
+5V
U107B
Figure 6-7 RF INTERFACE BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
6-18
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.6 800W POWER SUPPLY
C111. The resistor network connected to CR104
charges up C106/C107 to +18Voff the line. This provides the bias voltage required to start the controller
IC U102. Once the IC turns on current is being
switched on L107. A small tap winding on L107 provides sustaining current to the U102. When AC is first
connected it could take several seconds for C106/C107
to charge to +14V before the unit starts.
WARNING
This power supply contains voltage potentials greater
than 400V. Considering the dangerous voltages and
the complexity of the switch-mode power supply, it is
strongly recommended the power supply be returned
to E.F. Johnson for repair (see Section 1.8).
U102 samples the input voltage through R105/
R106/R107; the input current through T103/T104/
CR146/CR108/R113/R114; and the output voltage
through the divider at R127. U102 modulates the duty
cycle to MOSFET Q101 such that the input current is
shaped like and in phase with the input voltage. The
controller has two feedback loops; a voltage loop to
keep the 400V constant and a current loop to keep
input current correct. Compensation for the current
error amp is C120/R141/C121 on U102, pin 1. Compensation for the voltage error amp is provided by
C127/C142/C126 on U102, pin 16. U102, pin 4 and
associated circuitry automatically adjust the Power
Factor Correction (PFC) for input voltage (100-240V
AC), line frequency (50-60 Hz) and load on the power
factor.
6.7 FILTER BOARD
AC power is brought into the power supply
through the IEC connector in the front of the power
supply (see Figure 2-1). This connector is attached to
the EMI filter assembly, Part No. 023-2000-820. The
filter contains common mode and differential mode
filtering such that the supply complies with FCC
Class-A regulations. In addition to the filter components (C1, C2, L1, C3, C4, L2, C5) R1 is used to discharge the filter capacitors when AC is removed.
Metal-oxide varistors (RV001/RV002) are placed
across the line on the input and output of the EMI filter
that clamp transients on the AC line to prevent damage
to the power supply. The AC power is fused with
F001 after the connector and before the filter. Replace
fuse with a 15A/250V (314015) fuse.
NOTE: The output voltage of the power factor section
is at 400V DC. This voltage is bled off slowly. After
turning off, it can take more than 5 minutes to discharge.
6.7.2 MAIN PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR
At the output of the filter board is a bridge rectifier. The rectifier is heat sunk to the filter bracket
through a Grafoil thermal interface pad. Filtered AC
power is connected to the main board via wires W001
and W003. Filter and rectified current is brought to
the main board via wires W004 and W005. The safety
ground is connected from the filter board to a stud in
the chassis through W002.
The +26.5V output is created from a two-transistor forward converter Q116/Q118. It uses the 400V
output of the power factor correction on C110/C111
for an input voltage. The same controller IC (U102)
drives the +26.5V stage. This stage runs at exactly
twice the power factor correction frequency and uses
trailing edge modulation. The pulse width modulator
uses the PFC supplied current for modulation scheme
that reduces ripple current in C110/C111.
6.7.1 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION
The output of the IC, U102, pin 11 is fed to a
level shifting gate drive network comprised of C139,
C140, T106, C136, C197, C137 and C228. Each
MOSFET (Q116, Q118) of the two-transistor forward
converter has a gate protection zener diode CR117,
CR120 respectively. In addition, each power MOSFET has a gate turnoff network.
The power factor switching frequency is set at
87.5 kHz, ±5 kHz. The average current mode boost
converter is comprised of L107, Q101, CR145, C110,
C111. Half of U102 is used for power factor correction. RT101/RT102 are negative temperature coefficient thermistors that limit the in-rush current to C110/
6-19
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
6-20
AC SENSE
AC IN
DC IN
T101
RT101, RT102
Q104
VCC
CR110, CR111
CR101, CR102
BRIDGE RECTIFIER
Figure 6-8 BLOCK DIAGRAM
TEMP
+5V REGULATOR SENSOR
U106
U101
TO REMOTE EN
Q103
Q105, Q106
U107
AMP
U110A
TEMP OUT
U110C
THERMAL
SHUTDOWN
T106
T105
CURRENT SENSE
U115
OVERVOLTAGE
SHUTDOWN
U110D
Q120, Q121
FAN
SYNC
L101
BUFFER/
HYSTERESIS FAN CONTROLLER
Q114
2-TRANSISTOR HI/LO VOLTAGE
FWD CONVERTER
ISOLATION
Q115, Q116
T106
Q117, Q118
RESISTOR
LADDER
T103
T104
U109
LEVEL SHIFTING
GATE DRIVE
ON/OFF SENSE
BATT BACK-UP
+6 to +18V
U108
PWM OUT
Q101
VOLTAGE SENSE
Q108
Q107
VDC
RAMP
I SENSE
FB
PFC
U102
IAC
CURRENT MODE
BOOST CONVERTER
L107
EXT IN
+26.5V DC
U111
CT
RAMP/ISD
Q122, Q123
Q124, Q125
CT
U114
VCC
OUT
BUCK BOOST CONVERTER
Q129, Q130
Q131, Q132
BUCK CONVERTER
OUT
RAMP/ISD
EA OUT/INV
U113
CONTROLLER
U104A/B
Q110, Q111, Q112
+5V TO U104
U105
-5V DC OUT
T109
T108
Q127
Q128
SAWTOOTH BUFFER
BUCK CONVERTER
OUT
+15V DC +5V REG
+26.5V
+15V
U112
VREF
CONTROLLER
L104
L102
+15V DC OUT
UNDER VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
U118, Q138
U122
U117, Q133
U120
OVER VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
+5V DC OUT
OVER VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
U116, Q126
U119
L103
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.7.4 FAN AND THERMAL SHUTDOWN
In operation, the power MOSFETs Q116, Q118
are on for approximately one-third of the period providing current to the primary side of T107. During
that time CR121 is forward conducting and charging
L101. When the MOSFETs are switched off, the magnetizing current of T107 continues to flow through
CR118, CR119. These diodes place 400V across the
transformer in opposite polarity that resets the transformer core. During the off period CR128 is free
wheeling and L101 is discharging. Transformer T107
provides the isolation between the low voltage and
high voltage sections.
The voltage supply to the thermal measurement
circuit is generated from transformer T101 and the
associated bridge rectifier consisting of CR101,
CR102, CR110 and CR111 and bulk storage capacitor
C101. This voltage is approximately +9V when the
AC voltage is at 120V AC.
NOTE: This DC voltage is dependant on the input AC
voltage.
U106 provides a very accurate +5V required for
proper operation of the temperature sense circuit. A
precision temperature sensor (U101) is mounted to the
+26.5V rectifier heatsink. The output of this sensor is
10 mV/°C with a ±1% accuracy. This voltage is
amplified by U110A with precision resistors R183/
R184 setting the gain.
The +26.5V pulse width modulator is peak current mode controlled. This type of converter requires
current and voltage sense. T105, CR112, R125, R146
and C125 provide the current sense circuit. The voltage sense circuit is U109 and the associated circuitry
on the isolated side of the supply.
An opto-isolator is used to cross the boundary
from high to low voltage sections. In the event of an
over-voltage condition (>+32V) U115 and associated
components turn the power supply off. This shutdown
mechanism latches the power supply Off. The enable
line must be turned Off for 10 seconds for the power
supply to reset. T106 has a tap to provide current to
the optional battery back-up (Part No. 023-3-2000830). The +26.5V is available at the high current output connector to the power supply and it also powers
the +15V, +5V and -5V converters through F102.
The output of gain stage U110A is fed to the
computer interface via WO116 to monitor power supply temperature with the programmer. The output of
U110A, pin 3 is also connected to the thermal shutdown circuit U110C, R135, R136, R137, R138 and
R139. If the heatsink temperature reaches 92°C
(198°F) the output of U110C, pin 8 goes high and saturates Q103. When Q103 is turned on U107 is turned
off and the power supply turns off. The remote voltage is always present so when the heatsink temperature drops to 80°C (176°F) the power supply restarts.
The high temperature condition would only exist if the
fan was blocked or faulty.
6.7.3 SYNCHRONIZING CIRCUITS
The output of U110A, pin 1 also connects to the
fan controller. U110D with the associated resistors
provides a means to turn the fan on/off. Transistors
Q120/Q121 provide current gain and a voltage level
shift to run the fan. The fan turns on when the heatsink reaches approximately 45°C (113°F) and turns
off again when the temperature reaches 35°C (95°C).
In normal operation the fan turns on and off.
The +15V and +5V sections run at the same frequency as the +26.5V pulse width modulator. In order
for a beat note not to be produced, a sync circuit is
used. If two converters are not synchronized, the difference frequency may show up at an undesired location in the repeater.
Divider R151/R152 samples the output of the
main pulse width modulator. When Q116 and Q118
turn on, the output on U104A, pin 3 goes high. C138,
R176, CR122 along with U104B creates a very narrow pulse on U104B, pin 6. Q110, Q111 and Q112
level shift and buffer this pulse. When the narrow
pulse is presented to the timing capacitor of the +15V
and +5V converters, the cycle terminates and a new
one starts. This forces the +15V and +5V converters
to run at the same frequency and is slightly delayed
from the +26.5V converter.
6.7.5 +15V CONVERTER
The input voltage to this "Buck" DC/DC converter is the main +26.5V output fused through F102.
The bias voltage for the controller IC U112, pin 15 is
provided by a +15V regulator U111. The basic buck
converter consists of MOSFET Q125, Schottky diode
CR126 and storage inductor L102. C165, C166,
C167, L103, C169 and C170 filter the output voltage
6-21
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Over voltage is sensed using U116 as a reference
and amplifier, CR129 acts as a crowbar on the output.
Once the crowbar is turned on, opto-isolator U119 is
activated to shutdown the power supply. The enable
line must be toggled or AC voltage removed for 10
seconds to reset the power supply.
and attenuate the ripple at the switching frequency
(160 kHz). The capacitors are an integral part of the
feedback loop. The duty cycle is approximately 60%.
The +15V buck converter is peak current mode
controlled. T108 samples the inductor current while
MOSFET Q125 is on. The sampled current is translated to a voltage via CR127, R209 and R210.
6.7.6 +5V CONVERTER
Because the MOSFET is a high-side switch, a
charge pump is required to get the gate voltage above
the input voltage. The charge pump operates as follows. When the output from IC U112, pin 14 is low,
capacitor C162 is charged through CR124, R198,
R199, R200 and Q122/Q123 are off. When U112, pin
14 goes high, the capacitor stays charged and CR124
is reverse biased. Q122/Q123 are turned on forward
biasing CR125 and applying a gate-to-source voltage
of approximately +12V. During this time Q124 is off.
When U112, pin 14 goes low, Q124 turns on and rapidly discharges the gate capacitance.
Operation of the +5V "Buck" DC/DC converter is
the same as the +15V, except slop compensation is not
required. Some values are different to get the 5.2V
DC and current limit to 6A. The duty cycle is approximately 20%.
6.7.7 -5V CONVERTER
The -5V "Buck-Boost" converter scales and
inverts the voltage. This converter is free running at
approximately 75 kHz. The output switch and controller are built into the 5-leg TO-220 IC U114. L105 is
the storage inductor. C204, R270 and R271 close the
voltage feedback loop and are set for optimum stable
transient response. C208/C209 reduce output ripple.
Under-voltage protection is required on this stage and
works the same as the over-voltage protection of the
+15V and +5V buck converters, but has opposite
polarity.
Resistors R231/R208 coupled with C164 provide
snubbing for Schottky diode CR126.
Because the +15V converter operates at greater
than 50% duty cycle, slope compensation is required.
Capacitor C176 is the time capacitor for this converter
and R223 is the resistor that sets the charge current. A
sawtooth wave is present on the high side of C176 that
is buffered by Q127/Q128. The resistor divider network of R315, R227, R229 and R232 provide the correct amount of compensation for stable operation and
current limiting.
6.7.8 POWER SUPPLY REPAIR AND ALIGNMENT
If a power supply fails it is typically a Power
MOSFET or Power Diode. In some cases the MOSFET gate may short and cause some of the driver circuits to be damaged. When replacing heat sunk components it is advisable to replace the sil-pad thermal
interface material at the same time. The mounting
hardware must be replaced exactly as built in the factory. The mounting screws for the power semiconductors MUST BE torqued to 4-5 in/lbs. Under torque
and over torque can shorten the life of the semiconductor.
The output voltage is sampled by R215, R216 and
R217 and sent to the inverting side of the error amplifier internal to the controller IC on U112, pin 1. Voltage loop compensation is set by C174, C175 and
R221.
Sync pulse is added into the low side of C176 via
C172 and R225. The free running frequency of the
15V converter (approximately 145 kHz) is set about
10% lower than the 26.5V converter. This longer duty
cycle allows the sync circuit to synchronize the converter.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
The majority of the voltage and current limits are
set with fixed value components in the power supply.
However, the +26.5V, +15V and +5.2V supplies are
adjustable. When certain components are replaced,
the voltages must be adjusted. The voltages should be
set at light load (i.e. repeater in the Receive mode).
6-22
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.8.2 CHARGER
1. The +26.5V supply can be adjusted with R174 when
any of the following components are replaced:
R173, R174, R175, U109, U108, U102, R143,
R170 or R171.
The charger charges the batteries when the
repeater is on and switch S101 is "on". A tap off of
the main transformer of the power supply through
wire W104 and a +26.5V line via wire W102 are what
supply the charger with the necessary voltage to
charge the batteries. The tap off of the transformer is
biased by the +26.5V and then filtered through L101,
C105 and C119. Since the tap from the power supply
is not a regulated voltage, bleeder resistors R136/
R137 dissipate some power when the batteries are
fully charged. No load situation, the peak voltage of
the tap is approximately 63V, is not impressed across
the 50V capacitors C105/C119. During a battery
charging condition the line voltage to the charger on
U107, pin 2 should be about 35V.
2. The +15V supply can be adjusted with R216 when
any of the following components are replaced:
R215, R216, R217 or U112.
3. The +5.2V supply can be adjusted with R254 when
any of the following components are replaced:
R253, R254, R255 or U113.
While charging batteries, if the charge voltage is
varied with respect to the temperature of the batteries,
the lifetime of the batteries is increased dramatically.
Figure 6-9 shows the algorithm used in float charge
applications for two 12V lead-acid batteries in series.
Figure 6-9 shows that the charge voltage should be
27.3V DC ±0.15V at 25°C (77°F) with -55 mV/°C
temperature compensation.
6.8 BATTERY BACK-UP MODULE
6.8.1 OPERATION
When a battery back-up module is installed in a
power supply it performs the function of running a
repeater in the absence of AC voltage. When AC is
present it can be used to charge a pair of lead-acid batteries in series. The charger is a temperature compensated constant voltage charger. The maximum output
current from the charger is 2.2A. The charger works
when AC is present and the repeater is enabled. The
charger switch on the battery back-up module must be
"On". The temperature compensation thermal sensor
is part of 023-2000-223 battery back-up module cable
assembly.
An LM317M linear voltage regulator (U107) is
used to create the temperature compensated charge
voltage. This device is capable of delivering 2.2A of
continuous current to the batteries.
To create a temperature compensated voltage an
op amp (U104) is used as a voltage gain device from a
temperature probe attached to the batteries (part of
023-2000-223). This op amp with R148/R149 defines
the slope for the algorithm of Figure 6-9. The output
of the temperature compensation is attached to the
adjust pin of U107. R138-R140 allow the output voltage to be set properly at a given ambient temperature. F101 is a 4A resettable fuse used to prevent thermal run away in the event of U107 failure. If the
output current to the batteries exceeds 4A this fuse
opens. Once the current drops below 100 mA, the
fuse closes automatically.
When AC is low or not applied to the 023-2000800 power supply the battery input takes over if the
voltage is within range. The input voltage to the battery back-up module acts as the 26.5V supply and the
other voltages in the power supply also are present,
+15, +5.2 and -5V. When AC is restored, the battery
back-up module disengages automatically. The
change over from battery to AC or AC to battery may
cause the repeater to reset, depending on battery condition and load status.
NOTE: If any of the charging components are replaced, R140 needs to be adjusted to set the output
(battery back-up battery terminals) voltage to 27.3V
±0.15V when temperature sensor is at 22°C (71.6°F).
NOTE: When using a generator, the DC voltage must
be between 23-28.5V (26.5V DC is recommended) and
ripple voltage less than 1% or approximately
0.25V P-P.
6-23
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.8.4 ENGAGING THE RELAY
Charger Voltage
The main purpose of the Battery Back-Up Module (BBM) is that when the power supply loses AC
line voltage, a pair of series connected 12V lead acid
batteries (approximately 26.4V) or other 23-28.5V DC
source will engage to the supply allowing the repeater
to operate. To perform this function a voltage comparator (U101) is used to monitor the charge tap coming from the power supply.
30V
-55mV/°C
27.3V
25.2V
24V
-30°
0°
+22°
+30°
A 2.5V reference voltage is supplied to the comparator from U102. The transformer tap voltage is
smoothed and divided by CR114, C118, R116, R121
and R122. The values for these components were calculated so that when the AC line voltage is dropped to
70V AC, the output of the comparator turns Q103/
Q102 on which in turn engages the relay K101. The
relay is capable of 30A which delivers the battery
energy to the power supply via W102 with the return
line being W103.
Temp (°C)
+60°
Figure 6-9 NO LOAD CHARGE VOLTAGE vs.
TEMPERATURE
6.8.3 REVERSE BATTERY PROTECTION
NOTE: When AC is restored, the relay disengages and
the charger automatically begins to charge the batteries.
To obtain reverse battery protection a number of
techniques were implemented. Q108/Q110 are
arranged in a Darlington configuration to isolate the
output capacitors C109-C111 from conducting in the
event the batteries are connected backwards. This circuit also provides a means to turn the battery charger
off in case the user wants to run the repeater off of
another DC source. S101 opens the base of Q105
which turns off Q104. CR111 is a green light emitting
diode (LED) located on the right hand side of the battery back-up module when looking at the front of the
power supply that tells the user the charger is in
charge mode and is marked "On".
6.8.5 OVER/UNDERVOLTAGE SHUTDOWN
U101 is a quad comparator IC used to create the
overvoltage and undervoltage shutdown circuitry. If
the batteries are drained sufficiently enough such that
the voltage of the batteries drops below 20.3V DC the
output of the comparator goes low and turns Q102 off.
By turning Q102 off the batteries are switched out of
the circuit. The batteries cannot be switched back into
the repeater until the voltage rises to 22.6V DC. This
operation is in place to protect the repeater and the
batteries. In the event the batteries are over charged,
or the repeater is driven by the generator that has the
voltage set too high, the relay will disengage above
30.5V DC. In order to switch the batteries back to the
repeater, the voltage must drop below 29V DC.
To notify the user that the batteries are connected
improperly R101/CR101 are connected in series
across the batteries. CR101 is a red LED that lights
when the batteries are connected backwards and is
located on the left hand side of the battery back-up
module when looking at the front of the power supply.
This LED is marked "Reverse Bat.". CR113 eliminates a path for the reverse battery current through the
relay and over/under voltage protection circuitry.
In an overvoltage or undervoltage situation,
whether AC is present or not, the red LED (CR105)
lights until the problem is rectified. This light is
located on the right-hand side of the battery back-up
module when looking at the front of the power supply
and is marked BAT-BAD.
NOTE: Exceeding -30V across the battery back-up terminals with the power supply on will destroy Q105.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
6-24
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.8.6 BBM FAN CONTROL
6.9 CARD RACK
The voltage supply to the thermal measurement
circuit is taken from the 26.5V DC line into the BBM.
A precision temperature sensor U106 is mounted on
the PC board near a screw into the BBM bracket
which transfers heat to the sensor. The output of this
sensor is 10 mV/°C with a ±1% accuracy. This voltage is amplified by U105 with resistors R153/R154
setting the gain.
The card rack provides slots for up to eight logic
cards; including Main Processor Card (MPC), Main
Audio Card (MAC) and the Interface Alarm Card
(IAC). The IAC has a notch in the card to accommodate a pin in Slot-8 so that no other card can be
plugged into this slot.
On the back of the card rack is the Backplane
with plug-in connectors to the cards and cables to the
RF modules, Power Supply and External Connector
Board.
The output of this gain stage (pin 1) is fed to
another gain stage that performs as a comparator. The
output (pin 7) will go high when the heatsink temperature reaches 45°C and will go low when the temperature goes below 35°C. This output is sent to the
power supply through Q106 to turn the fan on and off.
Refer to the component layout and schematic diagram in Section 10 for more information on the
repeater backplane.
Figure 6-10 BACKPLANE CABLE CONNECTIONS
6-25
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.10 EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD
The external connector board (A10) is the interface for the alarm outputs, connecting repeaters
through the high speed data bus.
A7
ALARMS
TO CARD RACK
P10
P1
EN
2
EQ
TR
17
EX
M
CO
NC
SY
3+
41
M
CO
50
25
AU
D
+
OU
T
+
+
+
2
FA
IL
-
-
-
IN
T
-
OU
2
1
OU
T
1
IN
V
IN
2
1
33
2
AC
J2
OU
T
1I
N
+1
5V
AC
C
A5
HIGH SPEED
DATA BUS
AC
C
EB
RS
SI
26
2
AL
AR
M
34
DA
TA J2
1
DA
TA
S
Figure 6-11 EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
TO CARD RACK
P11 SDB+ BD
H
6 HS RDB+ B5 I RD +
4 I LA 3 2 T LA
1T
J1
J3
IN
T
1
UN
D
OU
VO
T
TX
E
ND
BA
W
X
6
M
BR
M
O
C
IC
VO
VD
AT
E
IC
GR
O
VO
RX
S+
IN
TX
S+
D
TX
RX
RM
13
1
4-
I/0
TI
P
3-
55
EA
AL
A
M
CO
54
MA
J1
53
EX
T
MO
D
EX
TR
EQ
GR
1
OU
ND
+1
5
IN
M
CO
RX
A+
M
CO
T
OU
TX
A+
TI
P
1
UT
TO
49
EX
M
CO
D
TX
RX
STX
S-
M
C
IA
4+
1
2
AL
AR
4-
MB
3-
A6
REPEATER I/O
TO CARD RACK
J1
IN
RI
NG
SQ
RX
A-
4+
TX
ARI
NG
3+
1
A10
EXTERNAL
CONNECTOR
BOARD
6-26
2
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
•
6.11 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD
6.11.1 INTRODUCTION
The Main Processor Card (MPC) connects to the
computer with repeater software to program the
repeater parameters, sets and reads the alarms, handles
communication between repeaters, maintains the
audio gating for the MAC, handles initialization
requests from cards and contains the repeater RF data
for the Receiver, Exciter and CWID.
6.11.2 MAIN CONTROLLER MICROPROCESSOR (U27)
This contains the main software and control over
the repeater (see Figure 6-12).
The main controller (U27) is a VLSI (Very Large
Scale Integration) CMOS 16-bit single chip computer
with an 8-bit external data bus. This processor has
software compatibility with the V20 (8086/8088),
faster memory access, superior interrupt processing
ability, and enhanced control of internal peripherals.
This ROMless processor has a variety of on-chip components including 256 bytes of RAM, serial and parallel inputs/outputs, comparator port lines and timers.
Control functions for each repeater are performed
by the Main Processor in the MPC installed in each
repeater. The MPC contains the main software and
control over the repeater via microprocessor U27 (see
Figure 6-20).
Information is exchanged between repeaters via a
High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) that interconnects all
the MPCs. This control technique is called distributive processing and it eliminates the need for a separate system controller at each site. The HSDB processor (U13) on the MPC provides these control
functions. The MPC also contains:
•
Flash Memory, RAM, non-volatile EEPROM.
•
I/O chip select to allow the addressing of data
latches for Input/Output.
•
Read/Write selection to be sent and received on the
Controller Backplane.
•
Clock line, data line and chip select line from the
IAC to load the Receiver and Exciter synthesizers.
•
Serial communication circuitry and processes for
the High Speed Data Bus (HSDB).
•
Asynchronous parallel communication to the other
cards, i.e. alarm input and output circuitry.
•
AC Power Failure indication from the IAC.
•
Provides an output from the IAC to the power
amplifier to control the output power.
•
Exciter Logic Push-To-Talk (PTT).
Receiver synthesizer lock, Exciter synthesizer lock,
thermal level from the power amplifier, VSWR
level from the PA, forward power level, RSSI signal
level, audio levels from the MAC, Receiver and
Exciter from the IAC.
Eight banks of registers are mapped into internal
RAM below an additional 256-byte special function
register (SFR) area that is used to control on-chip
peripherals. Internal RAM and the SFR area are
together and can be relocated anywhere in the 1Mbyte address space. This maintains compatibility with
existing system memory maps.
The two microprocessors and USART (U22) are
reset by integrated circuit U17. Reset occurs when
power is turned on, when the 5V supply drops below a
threshold level or the reset switch (S1) is active.
When a microprocessor is reset, several internal
registers are cleared and the program is started over
from the beginning. Low-voltage reset prevents
improper operation resulting from low-voltage conditions.
When power is turned on, the RESET output
U17, pin 6 is initially high and the inverted RESET
output U17, pin 5 is initially low. Once the 5V supply
stabilizes, these outputs remain in these states for
approximately 100 ms to ensure that reset occurs.
This time delay is set by capacitor C14 connected to
U17, pin 3. If the 5V supply drops below a nominal
level, the RESET outputs change states and microprocessor operation is interrupted until the 5V supply
returns to normal. C3 prevents fast transients on the
5V supply from causing reset.
6-27
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
TxD0
RxD0
P1-6
CTS0
TxD1
RxD1
CTS1
P1-0
P1-1
P1-2
P1-3
P1-4
X1
X2
PROGRAMMABLE
DMA
CONTROLLER
STAGINGSTAGING
LATCH LATCH
LC
etc.
ADM
A19-A0
ALU
PSW
PC
SERIAL
COMMUNICATION
INTERFACE
PFP
INC
BAUD RATE
GENERATOR
TA
TB
TC
INT ROM
16K BYTES
INT RAM
256 BYTES
GR
MACRO
SERVICE
CHANNEL
PROGRAMMABLE
INTERRUPT
CONTROLLER
INSTRUCTION DECODER
MICRO SEQUENCER
MICRO ROM
CLOCK
BUS CONTROL LOGIC
P2-0
P2-1
P2-2
P2-3
P2-4
P2-5
RESET
P2-6
P2-7
P1-7
MSTB
MREQ
R/W
IOSTB
EA
P1-4
QUEUE
D7-D0
16-BIT TIMER
P1-5
REFRQ
PORT WITH
COMPARATOR
PORT
TIME BASE CONTROLLER
P0-7
VTH
P0
P1
P2
PT0-PT7
Figure 6-12 U27 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Microprocessor U13 is an 8052 that uses external
EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory) U14, an 8-bit device that stores the program. The
microprocessor uses 2k x 8 EPROM and 64k x 8
RAM. The RAM (Random Access Memory) is used
for temporary data storage. The HSDB processor is
configured by the Main Processor.
Manual reset can be accomplished by pressing
push-button switch S1. When U17, pin 2 goes low,
U17 goes into the reset sequence described.
6.11.3 HIGH SPEED DATA BUS MICROPROCESSOR (U13)
The HSDB processor (U13) on the MPC provides the interface with the HSDB. It monitors data
on this bus and also transmits data on to this bus when
necessary. Information on this bus indicates which
repeaters are in use and also which mobiles are using
the system. This information is used by the repeater to
encode data messages to the mobiles that are monitoring that channel. These messages also include information on which repeater is free and current system
priority.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
The internal data bus of the microprocessor has
four input/output ports. These ports have eight lines
each, giving a total of 32 input/output lines. These
ports are designated P0, P1, P2, P3. P0 is used as a
data bus. Ports P1 and P2 are always used as general
purpose inputs/outputs. P3 is used for specialized
functions, i.e. a serial port (RxD/TxD) and interrupt
(INT).
6-28
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The operating speed of the microprocessor is set
by an 11.059 MHz clock generated by Y2. This clock
frequency is divided down by an internal divider to
provide a machine cycle time of 1.08 µs. Most program instructions are executed in one machine cycle
and none require more than four machine cycles.
Pin 15
MREQ
The microprocessor U13 communicates with the
main processor (U27) through U9 and U10. U9 is a
Transmit FIFO (First In First Out) and U10 is a
Receive FIFO. This combination makes up an asynchronous parallel-to-parallel interface to the Main
Processor.
Pin 16
Microprocessor U13 also calculates the current
system priority for the channel. This priority is from
the programming software responses and the current
priority is sent to the main processor. U13 also reads
repeater number and channel number information in
memory. U13 also determines the current free
repeater and includes that information in the data sent
to the Main Processor.
Pin 17-20
UNUSED
Pin 21
LPTT
A memory request line operates in conjunction
with the Read/Write lines. These provide the ability to
read from or write to the main processor memory on
the MPC.
MSTB
A memory strobe line used during MPC main
processor Read/Write operations to external memory
on the MPC and other cards plugged into the backplane.
The Logic Push-To-Talk is an open collector
from the Controller. It has a sink capability of
20 mA and a maximum voltage rating of 18V. The
transmitter should produce power when this pin is a
logic low. Transmit indicator is on the IAC and is
controlled independently of the LPTT.
6.11.4 CHIP SELECT DECODERS (U15/U4)
Pin 22
Chip select decoder selects the peripheral chip to
read from or write to.
This is the RS-232 data to the Switch. The CIM
receives confirmation of all requests made to the
repeater and sends information the repeater receives.
The data rate is 1200 baud.
6.11.5 P1 SIGNAL CONNECTOR
Pin 23
The signal interface connector P1 (64 pin) that
connects the Address and Data buses and control lines
to the backplane connector.
Pins 1-10
Pins 33-42
SWITCH (RNT) RX DATA
This is the RS-232 data from the Switch. The
CIM controls the repeater with restart, enable and disable, executes requests to read and write to the
repeater’s memory and tells the repeater transmit code,
hang or send turn-off. The data rate is 1200 baud.
ADDRESS BUS
This provides a path between the MPC main processor and the external memory on the MPC and the
other cards in the Controller. This bus retrieves information programmed into memory for the operation of
the repeater.
Pins 11-14
Pins 43-46
SWITCH (RNT) TX DATA
Pin 24/56
HSDB+/HSDB-
This interconnects all repeaters to provide an
exchange of information. This control technique is
called distributive processing and eliminates a separate system controller at each site. Information on this
bus indicates which repeaters are in use and also
which mobiles are using the system. This information
is used by the repeater to encode data messages to the
mobiles that are monitoring that channel. These messages also include information on which repeater is
free and current system priority.
DATA BUS
This provides a means of transferring data to and
from the CPU on the MPC, memory storage on each
card and peripheral devices in and out of the MAC
and IAC.
6-29
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pins 25-26
UNUSED
6.11.7 J2 MEMORY SELECT
Pin 27/59
-5V IN
J2 is jumpered to select either the Flash memory
or the EPROM memory. Flash memory is ultra-fast
data storage. The normal setting is pin 1 to pin 2.
This is the -5V input to the MPC from the power
supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 28-29
Pins 60-61
Pin 1
Pin 2
Pin 3
+5V IN
6.11.8 J3 BAUD RATE
This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power
supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 30/62
J3 is jumpered to select the baud rate from the
computer to the MPC, these two baud rates must be
the same (see Figure 6-20). The baud rate of the computer can be found from the command line by requesting /b, /h or /? (see Section 6-20).
To change jumper J13:
+15V IN
This is the +15V input to the MPC from the
power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 31-32
Pins 63-64
GROUND
Power off the station.
Move P3 to the proper rate.
Power on the station.
This is the ground connection to the MPC from
the power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pin 47
6.11.9 S2/S3 HSDB SETTINGS
READ
Read is used with the MREQ line to read data
from the main processor and external memory.
Pin 48
These switches configure; the HSDB for RS-485
or single-ended 5V operation, indicate if the Summit
repeaters are connected to existing repeaters or only
Summit repeaters, and if the repeater is an end
repeater termination. Refer to Sections 2.9 and 7.5.8.
WRITE
6.11.10 J4 EPROM MEMORY LOADING
Write is used with the MREQ line to write data to
the main processor and external memory.
Pins 49-55
Pins 57-58
+12V
U25, pin 1 Vpp
+5V
This jumper selects EPROM memory loading for
Multi-Net/LTR systems. The Multi-Net/LTR setting
is pin 5 to pin 6.
UNUSED
6.11.11 J5 HSDB SPEED
J5 is jumpered to select the data bus speed.
J5, pins 1/2 select the Multi-Speed 11.059 MHz crystal.
6.11.6 J1 COMPUTER CONNECTOR
J1 is the MPC connection to the computer or
modem.
6.11.12 J6 WATCHDOG
Pin 1
Pin 2
Pin 3
Pin 4
This jumper enables or disables the watchdog
timer for reset. Normal operating mode is P6 jumpering J6, pins 2/3. This jumper should not be moved or
removed.
Ground
Computer Tx
Computer Rx
Modem DCD
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
6-30
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.12 MAIN AUDIO CARD
6.12.2 AUDIO/DATA MICROPROCESSOR
(U111)
6.12.1 INTRODUCTION
This Audio/Data microprocessor is on the MAC
card and is used to decode Multi-Net data received
from the mobiles. The Multi-Net data is applied to
U111, pin 8 (P1.7 input). When a word is successfully
decoded the data is then sent to U161 (Tx FIFO) and
transmitted on the data bus in parallel to the main processor on the MPC.
This control card stores the information required
to operate the routing of audio and data from the
inputs of the repeater to the outputs. Data is received
on the address bus from the MPC for the operations to
perform. The Audio/Data microprocessor and the
latches open and close gates to route a path for the
audio or data.
When it is time to transmit the CW Identification,
the main processor on the MPC sends the identification to U111 via the data bus and U160 (Rx FIFO).
The CWID is sent to the Tx Data Amplifier and Filter.
The output of the filter is summed with the transmit
audio and sent to the Exciter.
Audio control functions for each repeater are performed by the Main Processor in the MPC. The MPC
contains the software and maintains control over the
repeater via microprocessor U27. The audio/data
microprocessor passes received data to the main processor, and it is given the programmable parameters
for the gates.
U111 also uses six octal latches to provide additional input and output lines. Latch U107/U108 provide outputs which allow U111 to control various
audio gates. These gates control the CWID, FSK data,
and receive/transmit audio signals.
Information is exchanged between the cards in
the Controller Backplane via a data bus and an address
bus. The address bus provides the link between the
main processor and the chip and the address latches on
the MAC. These latches control the octal latches that
select the audio and data gates. The data bus is the
link between the Main Processor and the Audio/Data
Processor on the MAC. The Main Processor controls
the data to the octal latches and opens and closes the
gates required to route audio/data in and out of the
repeater. The MAC also contains:
•
The audio interface between the receiver and exciter
and to the external connections.
•
The receive audio filtering with de-emphasis.
•
The squelch filter and detector.
•
Slow decay timing circuit that controls a mute gate
on the main receive audio.
•
A filter, DC restoration and slicer circuitry for
detecting the subaudible data.
•
The fast squelch and data fed to the microprocessor
that decodes the data and uses the squelch line as a
data qualification signal.
•
Transmit audio filter and limiter with pre-emphasis.
Latch U106 provides outputs which allow U111
to route signals to the Audio/Data Test Point by
switching gates on and off. U106 also provides
adjustment of the selected EEPOTs.
U155-U156 allow U111 to select the EEPOT to
adjust with chip select lines. These latches also provide routing of some audio/data signals through gates.
U111 also decodes data from the Switch and
transmits data to the Switch. In addition, it controls
the FSK modem (U110), receive and transmit audio
gates, receiver squelch, several front-panel indicators,
and other functions.
U111 encodes the data messages transmitted to
mobiles monitoring that channel, and controls transmitter keying. The MAC also contains circuitry
which provides amplification and filtering of the
receive and transmit audio and data signals. In addition, a modem integrated circuit (U110) provides FSK
encoding and decoding of data transmitted and
received from the Switch.
6-31
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.12.3 RECEIVE AUDIO
The amplified noise is then applied to a bridge
rectifier. The difference between bridge rectifier outputs is applied to the inputs of U123B. The output of
U123B is positive-going pulses. These pulses are
applied to U123C which is a Schmitt trigger. When
the input signal rises above the reference the output
goes low and causes the reference voltage to decrease
slightly adding hysteresis to the triggering level. This
hysteresis prevents intermittent squelching when the
receive signal strength is near the threshold level.
The Receive Wide Band Audio (RX WBAND)
signal from the Receiver is fed into the MAC on P100,
pin 27. This audio signal includes; audio, Multi-Net
data, and noise. The audio processing circuit provides
filtering and amplification of the audio signal before it
is routed to the outputs on the MAC card.
A low-pass filter consisting of U121A/B attenuates frequencies above 3 kHz. This removes high-frequency noise from the audio signal. From the filter
the signal is fed to amplifier U122A to increase the
level before the high-pass filter to preserve adequate
hum and noise ratio.
The output of U123C is applied to U123D and
Logic Squelch to Audio/Data Gate U159B and audio/
data processor U111. Gate U159B routes the squelch
output to the Audio/Data Test Point J100. U123D
functions as a timing buffer. The output of U123D is
applied to Receive Squelch Active Gate U113D.
When this gate is closed, the squelch circuit controls
Normal Receive Gate U113B to block receive audio if
no signal is present.
From the audio amplifier the signal is fed to a
high-pass filter consisting of U122B/C/D. This filter
attenuates frequencies below 300 Hz which removes
data present in the wide band audio signal. These filters are configured to act like large inductors. The signal is then fed to U163A which provides 6 dB per
octave de-emphasis.
6.12.5 RECEIVE DATA CIRCUITRY
The receive wide band audio signal is the unfiltered output of discriminator U202 in the Receiver.
Therefore, this signal contains audio, Multi-Net data,
and noise. A low-pass filter formed by U124A/B
attenuates frequencies above 150 Hz by 24 dB per
octave so that only the data frequencies are passed.
From the filter the signal is fed to amplifier U125A.
The gain of U125A is adjusted by a level control. The
output of U125A can be routed through Data To
Audio/Date Gate U159C and the Audio/Data Test
Point J100.
Audio gates U113B/C/D permit noise squelch
circuit, control logic, and audio switch to control gating of the audio signal. The control signal from the
noise squelch circuit is applied to U113B through
U113D. When a carrier is detected, this input is high
and U113B passes the signal. Programming determines the gating of audio. When audio is passed by
U113B/C and U114A, the audio can be routed through
other gates to various outputs (see Section 6.12.6).
6.12.4 RECEIVE SQUELCH CIRCUITRY
The receive wide band audio includes audio, data
and noise. The squelch circuit detects this noise to
determine receive signal strength. When no carrier or
a weak carrier is received, there is a large amount of
noise present. Conversely, when a strong carrier is
present, there is very little noise present.
DC restoration circuit converts the data signal
from AC floating near ground to a digital signal at levels of 0 and 4.5V. U125B/C provide the reference
voltage on the inverting input of comparator U125D.
Positive peak detector U125B handles the positivegoing peaks of the data signal. Negative peak detector
U125C handles the negative-going peaks of the data
signal.
U135A is a high-pass filter which attenuates frequencies below approximately 30 kHz so that only
high-frequency noise is passed. This noise is amplified by U135B and U123A. A level control adjusts
the gain of amplifier U135B. The gain of U123A is
partially set by a thermistor to compensate for circuit
gain and noise level changes caused by temperature
variations.
The voltage on non-inverting input to U125D is
midway between the positive- and negative-going
peaks. The data input is on the non-inverting input of
U125D. When the data signal rises above the reference voltage, the output goes high. Conversely, when
the input voltage drops below the reference voltage,
the output goes low. The receive data is then passed
to audio/data processor U111.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
6-32
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.12.6 RECEIVE AUDIO PROCESSING
6.12.8 COMPANDOR OPTION
The receive audio signal from the receiver is fed
into the MAC on P100, pin 27. When it is a call that
does not need to be routed to the Switch (i.e. most
mobile-to-mobile calls utilizing only that repeater),
Repeat Gate U153C is enabled and the receive audio
signal is routed through Transmit Option Gate U158C
to the input of the transmit audio buffer U164B to be
retransmitted. Repeat Gate U153C is controlled by
processor U111 through latch U107. A logic 1 on the
control input causes the signal to be passed, and a
logic 0 causes the signal to be blocked.
The compandor option enhances the receive and
transmit audio when used in conjunction with the
Telephone Interface Card (TIC) in LTR systems.
The filtered Receive Audio passes through the
Receive Mute Gate U113C to the expander input on
A301, pin 1. The expand output of A301, pin 2 is
coupled to the audio outputs by U114C.
The transmit comes from TX-VOICE P100, pin
32, passes through the TX Voice Gate U158A to the
expander input on A301, pin 5. The compressed output of A301, pin 4 is passed to the Transmit Audio
Buffer.
Amplifier U166A provides amplification of the
receive audio signal fed to the Switch. The gain of
U166A is set so that if an RF signal is received that
has a reference deviation level, the Switch receives a
specified level also. No limiting occurs.
6.12.9 TRANSMIT AUDIO
When the audio received from the mobile must
be routed to the Switch (i.e. calls to a dispatcher or
another system), receive audio gate U116B is enabled
and passes the signal.
PTT switch (Q101/Q102) provides local microphone Push-To-Talk (PTT) indication to U105. U105
then tells U111 via the data bus that the local microphone PTT has been activated.
When the received audio must be routed to the
backplane (i.e. for other cards), Receive Voice Gate
U115B is enabled by processor U111/latch U108 and
passes the audio signal to amplifier U120B. Receive
To Backplane (RX TO BP) U115C is enabled and
passes the amplified audio to the backplane.
U164A amplifies the microphone audio signal to
provide the correct input level to U164B. Local
Microphone Mute Gate U117C is controlled by A/D
processor U111/latch 106. The function of U117C is
to mute the local microphone audio when the local
microphone PTT switch is pressed. This prevents
interference if the microphone remains live when the
PTT switch is pressed.
When the audio received must be routed to the
external speaker or speaker/microphone, Local Audio
Mute Gate U114D is enabled by U111/latch U108.
The audio is passed to local audio output amplifier
U132. The gain of U132 is adjusted by the local audio
volume control and the on/off switch.
Transmit Intercom Gate U117A is controlled by
A/D processor U111/latch U157. When enabled, this
gate passes local microphone audio to Main Audio
Amplifier U166A and to the Main Audio To Switch
output. This provides an intercom between the
repeater site and Switch console operator.
6.12.7 VOTER AUDIO
Buffer U164B combines the microphone audio
signal from U164A with the audio signal from the
Repeat Gate U153C.
When used, the Receive audio from the voter
receiver comes into the MAC on P100, pin 25.
Amplifier U120A sets the gain of the signal and the
output is routed to Voter Audio Mute Gate U115A.
The gate is controlled by A/D processor U111/latch
U108. If the gate is enabled, the audio goes to the
Receive Mute Gate U113C and passes throughout the
MAC Card.
U127B/C form a high-pass filter that attenuates
frequencies below 300 Hz to prevent interference with
the Multi-Net data applied at U129B. 6 dB per octave
pre-emphasis is provided by an RC combination
before the signal is fed to U127D.
6-33
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Audio Gate U116C. This gate is also controlled by A/
D processor U111/latch U107. When audio from the
Switch is to be transmitted, Transmit Audio Gate
U116C is enabled and passes the signal and Repeat
Gate U153C is disabled interrupting the receive audio
signal. When enabled, this gate passes the Main
Audio from the Switch to Transmit Option Gate
U158C and on to the transmit audio buffer U164B.
Limiter U127D and rectifiers form a precision
limiter which prevents over modulation caused by
high-level input signals. With normal input levels, the
output of a bridge rectifier follows the input of the
bridge. When a high-level signal is applied to the
bridge, the bridge opens and the output of the bridge is
limited to a specific level.
The output of the limiter passes to a composite 6pole splatter filter formed by U127A, U128D and
U128A separated by buffers U128B and U128C.
Transmit voice from the backplane comes into
the MAC on P100, pin 32. When used this signal
passes to the transmit voice amplifier U130A. The
output level of the amplifier is adjusted by a level control. The output of U130A is applied to another transmit voice amplifier U130B and Transmit Voice Gate
U158A. U158A is controlled by A/D processor U111/
latch U107. When enabled, the gate passes the voice
to Transmit Option Gate U158C and on to the transmit
audio buffer U164B. Transmit Voice amplifier U130B
is adjusted by a level control. The output is fed to
Transmit Net Gate U153B. Gate U153B is controlled
by A/D processor U111/latch U155. When enabled,
this gate passes transmit voice to the FSK Modem
U110.
The output from U128A is fed to Normal Modulation Mute Gate U118B. This gate is controlled by
A/D processor U111/latch U106. When enabled, the
gate passes transmit audio to EEPOT U149. U149 is
an electronically adjustable potentiometer that adjusts
the gain of transmit audio amplifier U129C. The gain
of U129C can only be adjusted through the software.
Therefore, a computer must be attached to the MAC
card when levels are set.
The output of U129C is fed to summing amplifier
U129B where it is combined with Multi-Net transmit
data and CWID when present. The gain of audio and
data are the same so unity gain is produced. The output signal is fed to the TCXO where it frequency modulates the transmit signal.
6.12.11 TRANSMIT DATA AND CWID PROCESSING
6.12.10 TRANSMIT AUDIO PROCESSING
The data signal is produced by A/D processor
U111 on Transmit Data and Transmit Shape outputs.
The transmit shape output is normally the opposite
logic level of the transmit data output when data is
transmitted. However, the bit before a logic transition
occurs, the transmit shape output is the same logic
level as the transmit data output. This results in a
logic 1 level that is slightly higher and a logic 0 that is
slightly lower. This pulse shaping minimizes interference between data bits when the data is filtered by the
low-pass filter.
The balanced audio signal from the Switch is
applied to U167A. This stage is a differential amplifier which converts the input signal to a single-ended
output. The input impedance is set at 600 ohms. The
output signal is applied to Transmit Audio amplifier
U167B. The gain of U167B is adjusted by a level
control. The output of the amplifier is connected to
two gates. One is the Transmit Audio To FSK U116D.
This gate is controlled by A/D processor U111/latch
U107. When enabled, this gate passes the FSK blank
and burst data from the Switch to the Secondary
Audio from the Switch converter U131C.
The data from U111 is fed to buffer U126A and
Transmit Data Enable Gate U117B. Gate U117B is
controlled by A/D processor U111 directly. When
enabled this gate passes the data to EEPOT U151.
U151 is an electronically adjustable potentiometer that
adjusts the gain of transmit audio amplifier U126B.
The gain of U126B can only be adjusted through the
software. Therefore, a computer must be attached to
the MAC card. U126B provides the required signal
level at the output of the low-pass filter. A relatively
stable DC bias voltage for U126C/D is required
When data and audio share the same path,
U131D amplifies the signal and applies it to two gates.
When enabled Transmit Secondary To FSK gate
U153D passes the audio to FSK Modem U110. The
other gate is Data Level Test Gate U133A. When
enabled U153A passes the signal to Transmit Option
Gate U158C and Level Detect Gate U159A to Audio/
Data Test Point J100. The other gate is the Transmit
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
6-34
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
and off to create the Morse Code. From the tone generator the signal is fed to bandpass filter U129A. This
filter passes the 800 Hz fundamental present in the signal. The output of the filter is jumpered by P106 on
J106, pins 2/3 and P107 on J106, pins 4/5 to the summing amplifier and applied to gate U118D, and to the
modulation input of the Exciter.
because these stages are DC coupled to the transmit
TCXO (see Section 6.2.2) and changes in bias voltage
can cause fluctuations in the transmit frequency.
U126C/D form a low-pass filter that attenuates
square-wave harmonics in the data signal above 150
Hz to prevent interference with the audio band. From
this filter the signal is fed to summing amplifier
U129B and combined with the transmit audio signal.
The output of U129B is fed to Transmit Modulation
Mute Gate U118D. This gate is controlled by A/D
processor U111/latch U106. When enabled, transmit
audio and data are passed to the Exciter modulation
input and the transmit TCXO.
6.12.12 FSK MODEM
The function of the FSK Modem U109 is to convert digital data into tones that can be sent on a phone
line or some other type of audio link. Modem U110
receives tones from the audio link and converts them
back to digital data (see Figure 6-13). The FSK
Modem is only used when connecting the repeater to
an Switch.
When needed the External Modulation input on
P100, pin 11 is fed to External Modulation Mute Gate
U118C. Gate U118C is controlled by A/D processor
U111/latch U106. When enabled, this gate passes the
modulation on pin 11 to the summing amplifier
U129B and gate U118D to the modulation input of the
Exciter.
This modem is programmed to operate in the
Bell 202 Main Loopback mode by the M0-M1 pins.
In this mode, a space (logic 0) is represented by a 2200
Hz tone, and a mark (logic 1) is represented by a 1200
Hz tone. The same tones are used for transmit and
receive. Therefore, the transmit and receive filters in
the modem are set for the same frequency. This form
of frequency modulation in which data is encoded by
shifting the frequency of tones is called Frequency
Shift Keying (FSK). The modulation is phase-continuous which means that no interruption of the waveform occurs when the frequency changes.
The repeater on the lowest frequency channel in
each system must periodically transmit the station call
letters as a continuous-wave identification encoded by
Morse Code. This identification is programmed with
the Edit Parameters software.
The CWID output is controlled by A/D processor
U111/latch U107. This output is fed to CWID tone
generator U100B/A and turns the tone generator on
TRANSMIT FILTER
OUTPUT BUFFER
TX OUT
XTAL/CLK
MOD CONTROL
M0
MOD CONTROL
XTAL/CLK
RX IN
XTAL OSC
CLOCK DIVIDERS
M1
XTAL
FSK MOD
RX/TX DATA
RE-TIMING
TXD
U109
U110
XTAL OSC
CLOCK DIVIDERS
RECEIVE FILTER
EQUALIZER
FSK
DEMOD
RX/TX DATA
RE-TIMING
RXD
Figure 6-13 MODEM BLOCK DIAGRAM
6-35
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This modem operates half-duplex, therefore two
are used to provide full duplex operation which is the
simultaneous transmission and reception of data. The
data rate is 1200 baud (bits per second). Full duplex
1200 baud operation is possible because a 4-wire line
is used which provides two separate audio paths. The
path is selected by programming switches S100 and
S101 as shown in Figure 6-17.
The level of the transmit FSK signal from U109
to the Switch is set by amplifier U165A. The output
of the amplifier is routed to main audio amplifier
U166A by FSK To Audio Gate U116A. This gate is
controlled by A/D processor U111/latch U108. Buffer
amplifier U166B converts the single-ended input to a
balanced 600 ohm output.
When the FSK data signal uses a different 4-wire
link as the voice signal, the FSK output of U165A is
applied to secondary audio amplifier U131A. Buffer
amplifier U131B converts the single-ended input to a
balanced 600 ohm output.
8
7
S1
6
5
D)
S
RX
TX
S+
4
00
3
N
- (G RXS
O)
DI
)
AU
ND )
(
+
(G
K
S
S
(FS
RX
SRX
S+
TX
X
O)
R
DI
)
A U FSK
(
S+
+(
S
X
T
TX
4
S
10
3
1
2
1
2
1
The FSK signal is also applied to FSK amplifier
U165B and fed to gate U115D. Gate U115D is controlled by A/D processor U111/latch U155. When
enabled the FSK signal is passed to voice amplifier
U120B and Receive Voice To Backplane gate U115C
to the Controller Backplane.
ON
ON
The FSK input from the Switch is applied to differential amplifier U131C. This stage converts the
balanced input to a single-ended output. The FSK signal is then applied to U131D which sets the input level
on the RC input of the modem. When enabled by A/D
processor U111/latch U107 the transmit Secondary To
FSK gate passes the FSK signal to U110 RC input.
When the FSK data signal uses the same 4-wire link as
the voice signal, the signal from U167A is applied to
transmit audio amplifier U167B and passed by gate
U116D to U131C.
K
FS
Figure 6-14 FSK MODEM SWITCH SETTINGS
If an RS-232 link is used for data communication
with the Switch (on P100, pins 22-23), the modem is
not used. This type of data path is selected by programming switches S100 and S101 as shown in Figure
6-18.
If an RS-232 serial data path (1200 baud) is used
instead of 600 ohm 4-wire lines, the data signal completely bypasses modem U110. In this case, RS-232
driver U162B converts data to the Switch to RS-232
logic levels of -5V and -7.5V. Conversely, when data
is received from the Switch, RS-232 receiver U162C
converts the RS-232 logic levels to TTL levels of 0V
and +5V.
8
7
6
5
S1
0
4
)
ND
- (G RXS
S
)
IO
RX
UD
K)
(A
FS
+
)
S
+(
ND
S
RX
(G
RX
SSX
TX I O )
R
UD
K)
(A
FS
+(
S+
S
X
T
TX
4
S
1
3
2 01
1
S
TX
3
0
2
1
ON
The 1200 Hz carrier is constantly transmitted by
the Switch modem and received by the MAC modem.
In turn, the MAC modem sends a constant carrier to
the Switch modem. This is used as a constant check
that a completed link is established between the two
modems. If the carrier does not return from the MAC,
it notifies the Switch system operator that the link has
been broken.
ON
+
FS
K
Figure 6-15 RS-232 SWITCH SETTINGS
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
6-36
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pin 23
The input and output connectors for the MAC are
defined as follows.
SWITCH (RNT) RX DATA
6.12.13 P101 SIGNALING CONNECTOR
This is the RS-232 data to the Switch. The CIM
receives confirmation of all requests made to the
repeater and sends information the repeater receives.
The signal interface connector P101 (64 pin) connects the Address and Data buses and control lines to
the backplane connector. See Figures 6-21 and 6-22.
Pins 24/56
Pins 1-10
Pins 33-42
The High Speed Data Bus interconnects the
SUMMIT QX repeaters. A 50 ohm termination is
required if SUMMIT QX repeaters are used with
existing repeaters and the interface.
ADDRESS BUS
This provides a path between the MPC main processor and the processor and memory of the MAC.
This bus retrieves information programmed into memory for the operation of the MAC.
Pins 11-14
Pins 43-46
Pins 25/57 IRDB +/- (MPC Version 13.03 or later)
This bus is used to communicate Network Management commands to and from Multi-Net repeaters,
Simulcast Remote Site Repeaters, and Simulcast
Repeater Controllers, that participate in a Network
Management System.
DATA BUS
This data bus provides a means of transferring
data to and from the processor on the MAC with
peripheral devices in the MAC.
Pin 15
Each Network Management repeater site is
equipped with one Message Bridge Card (MBC). The
MBC serves as the access point or the IRDB for the
Network Management Site computer. IRDB message
can be targeted to individual repeaters.
MREQ
A memory request line operates in conjunction
with the Read/Write lines. These provide the ability to
read from or write to the processor memory.
Pin 16
IRDB Message Content
Network Management System:
• Alarm Reports
• Configuration Orders
MSTB
The memory strobe line is used for MAC processor Read/Write operations to external memory.
Pin 17-20
UNUSED
Pin 21
LPTT
HSDB +/-
Network Management with Simulcast:
• Alarm Reports
• Configuration Orders
• Simulcast Calibration
• SMC Communication
• Site or Channel Revert Orders
The Logic Push-To-Talk is not used.
Pin 26
Pin 22
SWITCH (RNT) TX DATA
TLA DB
The Trunk Line Accounting Data Bus is used for
telephone interconnect calls.
This is the RS-232 data from the Switch. The
CIM controls the repeater with restart, enable and disable, executes requests to read and write to the
repeater’s memory, and tells the repeater transmit
code, hang or send turn-off.
Pin 27/59
-5V IN
This is the -5V input to the MPC from the power
supply via the Controller backplane.
6-37
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pins 28-29
Pins 60-61
Pin 8
+5V IN
TX DATA OUT
This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power
supply via the Controller backplane.
This output contains trunking signaling data and
CWID data when enabled at jumper J106 and used
with external optional equipment.
Pins 30/62
Pin 9
+15V IN
This input would normally contain trunking signaling data, CWID data, and an externally summed in
signal. This input is enabled at J106 and is used with
external optional equipment.
This is the +15V input to the MPC from the
power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 31-32
Pins 63-64
GROUND
Pin 10
This is the ground connection to the MPC from
the power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pin 47
EXT REQ1
This input provides for external requests from
optional equipment.
READ
Pin 11
Read is used with the MREQ line to read data
from the processor and external memory.
Pin 48
TX DATA IN
EXT MOD
This input provides for external wide band modulation of the Exciter with out any filtering. This input
is not used at this time.
WRITE
Pins 13-14
Write is used with the MREQ line to write data to
the processor and external memory.
RX AUDIO+/RX AUDIO -
This is the main audio output to the Switch.
Pins 49-55
UNUSED
Pin 58
VOTER DATA IN
Pins 15-16
TX AUDIO+/TX AUDIO -
This is the main audio input from the Switch.
This is used in a Voter system. Data from the
voter site is injected at this pin.
6.12.14 P100 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS
UNUSED
Pin 7
3.5V
UNUSED
Pin 25
VOTER AUDIO
This is the audio input from the voter receivers.
Connector P100 contains the audio and data outputs to the terminal block on the back of the Repeater
cabinet. These outputs are connected to other external
devices. The input and output connectors for the connector are defined as follows.
Pins 1-6
Pins 17-24
Pin 26
UNUSED
Pin 27
RX WB AUDIO
The Receive Wide Band Audio from the
Receiver audio demodulator through the RF Interface
Board. The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS
(-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard TIA Test Modulation into the receiver.
Pin 28
This is the 3.5V DC TCXO reference voltage
from the Exciter to the MAC.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
A D LEVEL
This is the Audio/Data Level output.
6-38
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pin 29
6.12.21 J106 TX DATA PATH
TX MOD
The output of this pin is produced by audio and
data inputs to the Repeater to produce the signals on
this pin. This signal goes through the RFIB and then
to the Exciter.
Jumpers P106 and P107 connect J106, pins 1-2
and 3-4 for external options that require the Tx Data
signal. Normal operation connects J106, pins 2-3 and
4-5.
Pin 30
UNUSED
6.12.22 A301 COMPANDOR CONNECTIONS
Pin 31
RX VOICE
EP101
EP102
EP103
EP104
EP105
EP106
This is receive audio output connected to the
backplane.
Pin 32
TX VOICE
This is transmit audio input connected to the
repeat gate.
Expand In
Expand Out
Ground
Compress Out
Compress IN
+5V
6.13 INTERFACE ALARM CARD
6.12.15 J100 A D LEVEL TEST POINT
This card utilizes the information required to
operate the alarms designated in the programming of
the repeater. Data is received on the address bus from
the MPC for the; operation to perform, the processor
and external memory, open and close relays on the
outputs, and receive alarm indications on the inputs.
This information is either routed to external devices or
alarm outputs can be wired to alarm inputs (see Figure
4-10).
This test point located on the front card edge is
used during alignment to monitor audio and data.
6.12.16 J101 SPEAKER/MICROPHONE
This jack is used in conjunction with J102 when a
combination speaker/microphone is used during setup
and testing of the repeater.
The Interface Alarm Card (IAC) contains 4-input
contacts and 4-output contacts. The 4- inputs can be
disabled, energized or de-energized. The 4-output
relays are dry contacts that have a 2A rating and can
be either normally open or normally closed.
6.12.17 J102 LOCAL MICROPHONE
This jack is used for a microphone to key the
Exciter and inject transmit audio.
6.12.18 J103 GROUND
The electromechanical relay outputs are comprised of eight SPDT (normally open) relays. The
relays are all open at power-on. Data to the relay is
latched by a write to the base address.
This jack provides a ground connection for the
MAC when monitoring the test points.
6.12.19 J104 EXTERNAL SPEAKER
The IAC activates relays when alarm trigger
events occur. The IAC monitors for alarm activity in
the system and can set the various output relays as
defined by the user during programming. When an
external alarm is set it can be monitored from a remote
location. Refer to Section 4.3.3 for alarm programming.
This provides an external speaker connection at
the repeater site for monitoring.
6.12.20 J105 WATCH DOG
J105 enables or disables the watchdog timer for
reset. Normal operating mode is P105 jumpering
J105, pins 2/3. This jumper should not be moved or
removed.
6-39
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.13.1 RELAY OUTPUTS
The alarm relay outputs are provided via a terminal block on the back of the repeater (see Figures 6-16
and 6-17).
1
2
The alarm outputs are on the terminal block at the
rear of the repeater.
1
IN
+
2
IN
+
1
6.13.2 ISOLATED INPUTS
J2
The isolated alarm inputs are provided via a terminal block on the back of the repeater (see Figures 616 and 6-17).
AC
IN
IN
1
OU
T
RM
S
OU
T
34
Figure 6-17 4 I/O J2 ALARM OUTPUTS
P500
The active low inputs can also be set for either
+5V or +15V operation when a ground closure is
required to provide an active alarm.
+5V
+5V
+15V
3-
2
AL
A
RM
IN
SQ
C
IA
2
EQ
TR
17
EX
M
IN
CO
NC
SY
41
1
UT
TO
49
EX
M
O
50
C
M
CO
3-
AL
AR
M
D
TX
T
OU
M
CO
Figure 6-18 S500-S503
M
CO
54
M
CO
55
I/0
13
D
TX
IN
6.13.3 ALARM INDICATORS
RX
E
IC
VO
TX
E
IC
ND
VO
BA
W
X
6
R
B
M
M
CO
There are three forms of alarm indicators from
the repeater. One form is the two red LEDs and display combination on the MPC. Refer to Table 1-2 for
the combinations and definitions of the active alarms.
26
Figure 6-16 4 I/O J1 ALARM OUTPUTS
Another form is the output relay to the terminal
blocks at the rear of the repeater where outputs can be
wired to external devices or to alarm inputs.
Standard 12V/24V AC control transformer outputs can be accepted as well as DC voltages. This
input voltage range is 5-24V RMS. External resistors
connected in series may be used to extend the input
voltage range.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
4
53
25
4-
OU
T
2
EN
3+ +
4
4-
ON
1
3
ALARM -
4+
+
-
ALARM +
3+
UT
2
The isolated inputs are driven by either AC or
DC signals. The active high inputs can be set by
switches to be polarity sensitive, non-polarity sensitive or add a resistance in series to dissipate unused
power (see Figure 6-18).
1
+
2O
2
AL
A
T
33
IL
FA
1
OU
The third form is the output relay and to transmit
a 15-character description of the alarm over-the-air to
a remote location. The description is sent in Morse
code with a transmit ID assigned during programming. A transceiver programmed with this ID can
monitor the repeater and alert the system owner when
an alarm occurs.
6-40
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
6.13.4 ALARM FUNCTIONS
The alarms can be configured in various modes
to alert the system owner to conditions and hazards
with the equipment and the repeater site facility. A
few of the possibilities are shown in Figure 6-19. In
this example the input alarm 2 of Repeater 1 is connected to the door of the building, input alarm 3 of
Repeater 5 is connected to the fire alarm system, the
AC fail alarm (#16 see Table 1-2) is mapped to alarm
2 output so it can be transmitted (see Figure 4-10) and
the output alarm 1 of Repeater 1 is connected to the
input alarm 1 of Repeater 2 and so on until the output
alarm 1 is fed back to the input alarm 1 of Repeater 1.
Then the RF Shutdown alarm (#32) is mapped for
alarm 1 in each repeater. This configuration allows
Repeater 2 to give an alarm when Repeater 1 has an
RF Shutdown alarm output, etc.
TRANSCEIVER
AC FAIL
DOOR OPEN
REPEATER 1
ALARM 2 IN
SECURITY DOOR
ALARM 1 IN
ALARM 1 OUT
ALARM 1 IN
REPEATER 2
ALARM 1 OUT
ALARM 1 IN
REPEATER 3
ALARM 1 OUT
ALARM 1 IN
REPEATER 4
ALARM 1 OUT
ALARM 1 IN
REPEATER 5
SENSOR ACTIVE
The input alarms are given a 15-character
description during programming and a Transmit ID.
These are used when an input alarm is activated to
send a Morse code message consisting of the description over the air to a monitoring transceiver programmed with this ID.
ALARM 1 OUT
ALARM 3 IN
SMOKE
DETECTOR
Figure 6-19 ALARM EXAMPLE
6.13.5 P500 SIGNALING CONNECTOR
There are 40 internal alarms that can be included
in the output alarm configuration (see Table 1-2).
These alarms can also be programmed to send an output as shown in the cross reference screen of the alarm
configuration menu (see Figure 4-10). Among these
alarms are the thermal sense from the PA and the AC
fail alarm output on the terminal block at the rear of
the repeater to activate the battery backup.
The input and output connectors for the IAC are
defined as follows. The signal interface connector
P500 (64 pin) connects the Address and Data buses
and control lines to the backplane connector. See Figure 6-23.
Pins 1-4
Pins 33-36
ADDRESS BUS (A12-A19 Only)
This provides a path between the MPC main processor and the latches and multiplexers of the IAC.
This bus retrieves information programmed into MPC
memory for the operation of the IAC.
Pins 5/37
ALARM 1 IN +/ALARM 1 IN -
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device as a specific alert condition.
Pins 6/38
ALARM 2 IN +/ALARM 2 IN -
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device as a specific alert condition.
6-41
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pins 7/39
Pins 21-23 UNUSED
ALARM 3 IN +/ALARM 3 IN -
Pins 24/25 +15V ACCESSORY
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device as a specific condition.
Pins 8/40
This DC supply is an output to an external device
through rear connector J1.
ALARM 4 IN +/ALARM 4 IN -
Pins 26/58 +15V FILTERED
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device as a specific alert condition.
Pin 9
This DC supply is an output to an external device
through rear connector J1.
SQUELCH ENABLE
Pins 27/59 -5V IN
This is an output to rear connector J1. It can be
configured for inverted output, non-inverted output or
logic controlled non-inverted output.
Pin 10
This is the -5V input from the power supply via
the Controller backplane.
EXTERNAL REQ 2
Pins 28-29 +5V IN
Pins 60-61
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device.
Pins 11-14
Pins 43-46
This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power
supply via the Controller backplane.
DATA BUS
Pins 30/62 +15V IN
This data bus provides a means of transferring
data to and from the latches and multiplexers on the
IAC with peripheral devices in the IAC.
Pin 15
This is the +15V input to the MPC from the
power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 31-32 GROUND
Pins 63-64
MREQ
A memory request line operates in conjunction
with the Read/Write lines. These lines read from or
write to the MPC processor memory.
This is the ground connection to the MPC from
the power supply via the Controller backplane.
Pins 16/17
UNUSED
Pins 41-42 UNUSED
Pin 18
SYNC IN
Pin 47
READ
This is an input received from a connection to an
external device.
Read is used with the MREQ line to read data
from the MPC processor and external memory.
Pins 19/51
Pin 48
ALARM 1 OUT +/ALARM 1 OUT -
WRITE
Write is used with the MREQ line to write data to
the MPC processor and external memory.
This is an output to an external device to perform
a specific function.
Pins 20/52 ALARM 2 OUT +/ALARM 2 OUT This is an output to an external device to perform
a specific function.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
6-42
Pins 49-50
UNUSED
Pins 53-55
UNUSED
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pin 56
Pin 9
THERMAL SENSOR
This input from the AC supply is used by the AC
fail output to indicate that the AC has been interrupted.
The Thermal Sensor monitors the PA temperature
and creates an alarm condition if the temperature
exceeds the limit.
Pin 10
Pin 57
AC FAIL IN
SYN CS RX
POWER SWITCH
This is the main receiver chip select pin for the
synthesizer chip. This chip is the same part as used in
the Exciter. A low loads the synthesizer.
Pin 57 turns the voltage from the power supply to
the Repeater on and off. This pin is connected to the
on/off toggle switch S508.
Pin 11
UNUSED
Pin 12
RF MUX 1 INH
6.13.6 P501 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS
The Multiplexer-1 Inhibit (U105, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the Multiplexer-1 output with a logic high.
Connector P501 contains data and control outputs
to the terminal block on the back of the Repeater cabinet. These outputs are connected to the Switch and
other external devices.
Pin 13
RF MUX 2 INH
The input and output connectors for the connector are defined as follows.
The Multiplexer-2 Inhibit (U106, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the Multiplexer-2 output with a logic high.
Pins 1/17 ALARM 3 OUT +/ALARM 3 OUT -
Pin 14
Pins 2/18 ALARM 4 OUT +/ALARM 4 OUT These are outputs to external devices to perform
a specific function.
The Multiplexer-3 Inhibit (U104, pin 6) is a
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the output from the RF 3 Multiplexer with a
logic high.
Pin 3
Pin 15
RX WBAND
RF MUX 3 INH
PC STR
Receive Wide Band Audio from the Receiver
audio demodulator through the RF Interface Board.
The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (-6 dBm) and
2V DC with Standard TIA Test Modulation into the
receiver.
The Power Control Strobe is normally low until
after the power control data is shifted into the power
control register. Then the strobe line goes high and
back to low. The clock or data lines cannot be
changed until after the strobe is set.
Pins 4-6
Pin 7
Pin 16
UNUSED
EXT OUT 1
This is the exciter high stability synthesizer chip
select. A low enables loading the high stability synthesizer loop. This pin is only used on high stability
equipped units.
This is an external output to rear connector J1.
Pin 8
HS CS EX
RF CLOCK
The clock will control the synthesizer chips and
power control circuit when loading. This pin is a TTL
input from the Controller.
Pins 19-21
6-43
UNUSED
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Pin 22
Pin 31
BUF RX WBAND
RF DATA C
This is buffered Receive Wide Band Audio from
the Receiver audio demodulator through the RF Interface Board. The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (6 dBm) and 5V DC with Standard TIA Test Modulation into the receiver. This is an output to the rear
connector J1.
Data C (U105, pin 9) is the most significant bit
(MSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.
This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a logic high for activation.
Pin 23
This is a data pin with TTL levels from the Controller which has the dual role of loading the synthesizer chips and adjusting the power control D/A lines
for proper output power. Up to four synthesizer chips
and a shift-register could be connected to this pin.
Pin 32
AC FAIL OUT
This is an indication that the AC power has been
interrupted.
Pin 24
UNUSED
Pin 25
HS CS RX
RF DATA
6.13.7 J500 A D LEVEL TEST POINT
This is the receiver high stability synthesizer chip
select. A low enables loading the high stability synthesizer loop. This pin is only used on high stability
equipped units.
Pin 26
20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sampled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin
using three multiplex chips.
SYN CS EX
6.13.8 J501 GROUND
Pin 26 is the main Exciter Synthesizer Chip
Select that allows input of data to U403 when the line
is pulled to logic low.
Pin 27
UNUSED
Pin 28
A D LEVEL
J501 is an IAC ground reference for test points.
6.13.9 J502 +15V
20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sampled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin
using three multiplex chips.
Pin 29
J502 is a voltage test point.
6.13.10 POWER SWITCH
RF DATA A
Data A (U105, pin 11) is the least significant bit
(LSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.
This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a logic high for activation.
S508 turns the power supply DC voltage on and
off from the front of the IAC.
6.13.11 J505 SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT
Pin 30
RF DATA B
This output can be jumpered by P505 to J505,
pins 1/2 to configure the squelch enable output for an
inverted output. If P505 jumpers J505, pins 2/3 the
output is non- inverted. If P505 jumpers J505, pins 3/
4 the output is non-inverted and under the control of
U503.
Data B (U105, pin 10) is the middle significant
bit in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB. This
pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a
logic high for activation.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
6-44
ADDRESS BUS (19:0)
EPROM
A0-A19
+5V
A0-A14
LED DRIVER
E
U18
MAIN MICROPROCESSOR
FLASH MEMORY
PO0
U15
W
D0-D7
PO1
PO2
A0-A19
A0-A16
RAM
G
PO3
PO4
A0-A12
PO5
READY
LPTT
T OUT
U27
DS1
U30A/U31A
U11
Q2/Q3
DISPLAY DRIVER
U26
EPROM
DMARQ0
B
C
DMAAKO
TC0
RESET
D
DMARQ1
D0-D7
DQ0-DQ7
D0-D7
U28
FLASH
A
DATA BUS (7:0)
U25
Vpp
+5V
O0
OE
WE
Vpp
A16
CE
A
A17
O11
CE
DE
B
A18
C
WE
U5
RST1
BALANCED Rx/Tx
U17
X1
IRDB-
DE
U24
D
R
RIDB+
INT POLL
TxD0
SWITCH RxD
RxD0
S1
U20B
O14
U20A
O15
O13
RST2
X2
SWITCH TxD
D
RESET
RES IN
Y1
10 MHz
TxD1
RxD1
A19
PT1
G2B
U6A
READ
A13
PT0
U20C
R/W
A14
PO6
U6B
WRITE
PT2
B
A15
READY
MREQ
A
C
T OUT
U4
Y1
Y2
MREQ
Y0
INTP0 INTP1 MSTB
READ
READ
WRITE
WRITE
MSTB
UART
RD
WR
RxRDY
TxE
D0-D7
U20D
D0-D7
U6C
U22
MODEM DCD 4
J1
TX FIFO
U16F
MR
U16D
COMPUTER Tx 2
DIR
D0-D7
RxD
U2C
PROCESSOR TO PROCESSOR COMMUNICATION FIFOs
S1
DOR
A0-A7
ADDRESS BUS (7:0)
U16C
TxD
DOR
MPC
PROGRAMMING PORT
1
DIR
SO
U2B
U2
CLOCK
U6D
U2A
BAUD RATE
J3
CP
U21
S1
CS
U7B
Y3
DE
U10
MR
DE
COMPUTER Rx 3
SO
A0-A7
U9
U7A
76800
2
38400
19200
4
6
9600
4800
8
10
2400
1200
12
14
1
3
RST
5
7
TxC
9
RxC
11
13
RESET
RST
P1-1
P3-7
P3-6
ADDRESS
SELECT
RAM
Y2
P1-0
A13
P1-2
A14
B
A8-A15
A15
C
EEPROM
OE
Y1
A
U13
U32B
OE
DE
Y0-Y3
HSDB -
B
HSDB +
A
U16B
WE
A8-A12
A8-A13
U1
D0-D7
U3
LOWER
ADDRESS LATCH
A0-A7
A0-A7
U14
A0-A7
Y0
* CS1
D0-D7
D0-D7
U8
D0-D7
P1-3
OE
CEN
U23
PSEN
DE
U30
U31
U2F
R
P3-1
ALE
ADDRESS/DATA BUS (8:15)
U2F/U31B
ADDRESS BUS (7:0)
P3-0
OE
HIGH-SPEED DATA BUS
MICROPROCESSOR
U32A
Y0-Y3
6-45
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
MAIN PROCESSOR BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 6-20
FOLDOUT
U115A VOTER AUDIO MUTE
U108
U114D LOCAL AUDIO MUTE
U113C RX MUTE
GATE LATCHES
P101
U114A RX OPTION
ADDRESS LATCHES
A0-A19
D1-D8
U115B RX VOICE
U116B RX AUDIO
U115C RX VOICE TO BACKPLANE
CLK
Q4
A16-A19
U116A FSK TO AUDIO
A12-A15
A-D
A-D
Q5
U103
U133
D1
G1
Q6
U153C REPEAT
Q7
U107
Q8
MREQ 15
G2
Q2
Q1
U153D TxS TO FSK
U116D TxA TO FSK
Q9
RX FIFO
U159C DATA TO A D
DATA BUS (7:0)
MPC LATCH
D1-D8
Q3
U116C Tx AUDIO
U101F
U154A
U158A Tx VOICE
TX FIFO
U153A DATA LEVEL TEST
OC
P100
EXT REQ
D3
LOCAL MIC PTT
Q102
D4
RX FIFO
D0-D7
CLK
U105
U100B CWID CONTROL
DE
D2
S0
DOR
D1
U101E
U154B
U160
MSTB 16
A0-A7
U159A LEVEL DETECT
U106
D0-D7
MR
U117C LOCAL MIC MUTE
DIR
U118C EXTERNAL MOD MUTE
S1
TX FIFO
U158C Tx OPTION
D1-D8
U118B NORMAL MOD MUTE
ACCRESS BUS (15:8)
U118D Tx MOD MUTE
AUDIO/DATA
MICROPROCESSOR
DIR
S1
DE
S0
U161
U101C
U154D
P3-7
MR
P1-3
DOR
P1-1
U151-U149 INC
P3-6
U119
D0-D7
LOWER ADDRESS LATCH
P1-2
Y2
A0-A7
A13
D0-D7
A8-A15
VOTER DATA IN 58
U162D
U101D
A14
A15
P3-0
A
Q0-Q7
U102
B
U17-1
+15V 30
+15V 62
Z102
U119
RESET
EPROM
Y1
A0-A7
D0-D7
U104
C
A0-A7
CS0
U112
U156
A8-A14
C EN
+9V REG
U151-U149 U/D
P1-0
U111
D0-D7
CLK
CS1
CS2
OE
CS3
ADDRESS SELECT
RST
ALE
WO 125
D1-D8
ADDRESS/DATA BUS (7:0)
U136
CS5
PSEN
CS6
P1-6
U159B-8 LOGIC SQUELCH
P1-7
U125D-14 RX DATA
P3-2
U126A-3 TX DATA
P3-3
U126A-3 TX SHAPE
P3-4
U117B-8 TX DATA EN
WO 126
CLK
U153B Tx NET
U155
U115D Rx NET
CS10
CS11
U149 CS12
D1-D8
WO 127
U151 CS14
CS15
CLK
U117A Tx INTERCOM
U157
U113D Rx SQ ACTIVE
U159B LOGIC SQ A D
U159D Tx MOD A D
D1-D8
U113B NORMAL Rx
WO 118
WO 117
CLK
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
WO 116
MAIN AUDIO CARD LOGIC BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 6-21
6-46
Rx VOICE
GATE
LOCAL AUDIO
OUTPUT AMPLIFIER
U114D
U132
J104
EXTERNAL SPEAKER
J101
U108
P100
VOICE
AMPLIFIER
U115A
U115B
U120B
U115C
U108
U108
Rx NET
GATE
FSK AMPLIFIER
U115D
U165B
VOTER AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
VOTER AUDIO
MUTE
U120A
VOTER AUDIO 25
LOW-PASS FILTER
< 3 kHz
U121A/B
Rx WB AUDIO 27
SPEAKER/MIC
Rx VOICE
GATE
Rx VOICE
TO BACKPLANE
GATE
Rx AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
HIGH-PASS FILTER
> 300 Hz
DE-EMPHASIS
NORMAL RX
GATE
RX MUTE
GATE
RX OPTION
GATE
U122A
U122B/C/D
U163A
U113B
U113C
U114A
REPEAT
GATE
P100
31 Rx VOICE
U108
U153C
U155
U108
+1.25V
U163B
U157
U108
U157
HIGH-PASS FILTER
> 30 kHz
U135A
NOISE
AMPLIFIER
U135B
U123A
NOISE
RECTIFIER
SCHMITT
TRIGGER
U123B
U123C
U113D
Rx ACTIVE
GATE
TIMING BUFFER
BUFFER
U107
U114B
RX OPTION
U114C
RX AUDIO
GATE
MAIN AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
U116B
U166A
BUFFER
FSK TO AUDIO
GATE
U116B
DC
RESTORATION
U124A/B
U125A
U125B/C
SECONDARY
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
U131B
2 RxS -
U131A
1 RxS +
SECONDARY AUDIO
TO SWITCH
A301
U157
U125D
MAIN AUDIO
TO SWITCH
13 Rx AUDIO +
U108
U159B
Rx DATA
AMPLIFIER
14 Rx AUDIO -
U123D
LOGIC SQ A-D
GATE
Rx DATA
FILTER
U166B
COMPANDING
OPTION
U111 Rx DATA
U108
DATA TO A-D
GATE
FSK AMPLIFIER
TxD
U159C
U165A
Tx OUT
U162C
TxD
U109
P101
U107
23 SWITCH Tx DATA
RS-232
TxS - 4
SECONDARY AUDIO
FROM SWITCH
U131C
Tx AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
TxS TO FSK
GATE
U131D
U153D
TxS + 3
U107
Rx IN
U110
RxD
22 SWITCH Rx DATA
U162B
DATA LEVEL
TEST GATE
U153A
U107
J100
TxA + 15
Tx AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
U167A
U167B/C
LEVEL DETECT
GATE
U158C
U159A
TxA TO FSK
GATE
HIGH PASS FITLER
MAIN AUDIO
FROM SWITCH
Tx OPTION
GATE
U167D
U106
U106
U158D
U107
Tx AUDIO
GATE
28 A-D LEVEL
Tx MOD A D
GATE
U116D
TxA - 16
U159D
Tx DATA AMPLIFIER
U106 INC
U157
Tx OPTION
U151
U158B
U116C
Tx SHAPE U111
Tx OPTION
GATE
Tx VOICE 32
Tx NET
GATE
U130B
U153B
Tx VOICE
AMPLIFIER
Tx VOICE
GATE
U155
U130A
U158A
U155 CS14
U106 U/D
U107
Tx VOICE
AMPLIFIER
A-D LEVEL
TEST POINT
Tx DATA ENABLE
GATE
U126A
Tx DATA FILTER
U117B
U126B
Tx DATA U111
U111
U126C
U126D
CWID TONE
GENERATOR
CWID FILTER
U100B/A
U129A
J106
8 TxD OUT
P106
9 TxD IN
P107
Tx INTERCOM
GATE
U107
Tx AUDIO AMPLIFIER
U117A
SUMMING
AMPLIFIER
Tx MOD MUTE
GATE
U129B
U118D
29 Tx MOD
U106 INC
U149
U157
J102
LOCAL MIC PTT
U164A
Tx AUDIO
BUFFER
U117C
U164B
HIGH-PASS FILTER
> 300 Hz
U127B/C
LIMITER
LPF
BUFFERS
LPF
NORMAL MOD MUTE
GATE
U127D
U127A
U128B/C
U128D/A
U118B
U106
Q101
6-47
Q102
U106 U/D
SPLATTER FILTER
LOCAL MIC MUTE
GATE
U155 CS12
U106
EXTERNAL MOD MUTE
GATE
U129C
U106
U118C
U106
U105 LOCAL MIC PTT
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
MAIN AUDIO CARD AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 6-22
FOLDOUT
P500
+
S500
P500
RF INTERFACE
DATA BUS (7:0)
DO-D7
D0-D7
IAC ADDRESSING
A16
A17
A18
A19
A
B
C
D
LED CONTROL
U518
CLK
A13-A19
Q4
A15
MREQ
A
B
C
G2
G1
U500
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q6
U505
MISC INPUTS
Q0
D0-D7
U501
Q3
A13
A14
+5V
Q1-Q8
U508
U517
OC
Q7
P501
U520
Q1
RF MUX 1 INH
Q2
Q3
RF MUX 2 INH
RF MUX 3 INH
Q4
Q5
PC STR
HS CS EX
Q6
Q7
STN CS EX
HS CS RX
Q8
STN CS RX
+15V
CR507
CR506
+
S501
+5V
CLK
D3
D2
ALARM 1 IN
+5V
ALARM INPUTS
WO 1
AC FAIL IN
U510
D8
+15V
CR509
CR508
ALARM 2 IN
D1
O3
O2
D1
O5
O7
D2
-
D6
EXT REQ 2
OC
O4
O1
U521
O6
U507D
J503
U513C
Q1-Q8
J500
THERMAL
SENSOR
D3
CLK
Q1
READ
RD
WRITE
WR
D0-D7
INTR
U504
U506
D0-D7
Q8
Q1
Q2
RF DATA A
RF DATA B
Q3
Q4
RF DATA C
RF DATA
Q5
Q6
RF CLK
AC FAIL OUT
Q7
WO 2
D4
+
S502
+5V
U511
+15V
CR511
CR510
ALARM 3 IN
ANALOG LEVEL DETECTOR
V IN+
RSSI O
U509A
U509B
U507B
U508E
-
EXT REQ 1
U519
IFA IN
J504
U513B
U509C
U507C
U507A
A D LEVEL
+
S503
CLK
Q5
Q6
+5V
D1-D8
ALARM 2 OUT
+
-
K501
Q501
Q2
ALARM 1 OUT
+
-
K500
Q500
Q1
Q3
Q502
K502
+
ALARM 3 OUT
-
Q4
Q503
K503
+
ALARM 4 OUT
-
U514A
U514B
U503
ALARM 4 IN
INVERTED
NON-INVERTED
U503 CONTROL
NON-INVERTED
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
+15V
CR513
CR512
BUF RX WBAND
RX WBAND
Q7
U512
J505
Q504
SQUELCH EN
Q505
INTERFACE ALARM CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 6-23
6-48
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
SECTION 7 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7.1 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT
NOTE: The Channel Number, Channel Frequency and
Synthesizer Frequency appear at the bottom of the
screen.
CRITICAL ADJUSTMENT
7.1.4 TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST
The TCXO must be adjusted within 5 minutes of turning the AC power on to the repeater. Do not under
any circumstances try to set frequency later on in any
of the tests, as TCXO frequency stability cannot then
be guaranteed.
1. Place a pick-up loop (sniffer) or RF probe connected to a frequency counter near L210.
2. Set Y201 (TCXO) for the Injection Frequency
±50 Hz (Inj Freq = chnl freq - 52.95 MHz).
Refer to Figure 7-1 for component locations.
Refer to Figure 7-6 for equipment needed and setup
diagram.
7.1.5 VCO TEST
7.1.1 PRE-TEST
1. The software programs the synthesizer for
3 MHz above the Receive Channel.
1. Preset L201, L203, L204, L206, L223 and L224
tuning screws about 1/4 inch above the top of the
casting.
2. The voltage on TP2 should be < 7.5V.
3. Record the voltage on J201, pin 13 __________.
2. Preset L202 and L205 tuning screws just barely
above the tightening lock nuts.
4. The software programs the synthesizer for
3 MHz below the Receive Channel.
7.1.2 VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS
5. The voltage on TP2 should be > 2V.
Apply power to the Receiver by plugging the
20-pin cable from the RF Interface Board into J201
(see Figure 7-1).
6. Record the voltage on J201, pin 13 __________.
7. If the voltages recorded in Steps 3 and 6 are not
within ±0.2V, tune L224 as required to balance the
voltage readings.
Measure the voltages at the following pins.
U206, pin 1 - +12V DC ±0.4V
U207, pin 1 - +12V DC ±0.4V
U208, pin 1 - +6V DC ±0.2V
R309/R310 junction - +3.5V DC ±0.1V
8. The software programs the synthesizer for the
Receive Channel.
7.1.6 FRONT END ADJUSTMENTS
7.1.3 PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL
1. Set the signal generator to the Receive Channel at a
level sufficient to produce an output voltage on
J201, pin 7 (RSSI Output).
1. Using the PC and software, program the Synthesizer for the Receive channel number.
2. Tune the VCO helical L220 for +4.5V DC ±0.05V
on U209, pin 6 or TP2.
2. Tune L204, L205, L206, L201, L202, L203 and
L204 for a peak voltage on J201, pin 7. Decrease
the generator output level to maintain a 2-3V reading at J201, pin 7.
3. Alternately tune L223 and L224 in 1/2-turn to 1turn increments until a voltage is measured on J201,
pin 13 or TP5. At that time, tune L223 for a peak,
then L224 for a peak.
3. Set the generator for 100 µV into the receiver with
a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz deviation
(1000 µV at the generator with 20 dB pad gives
100 µV at the receive antenna).
4. Retune L223 and L224 for a peak at TP5.
7-1
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
4. Tune Z213 for 2V ±0.05V on TP4.
4. The reading should be less than 3%
(typically less than 1%).
5. Tune R264 for 387 mV RMS, ±5 mV RMS, on TP4.
5. Measure receive sensitivity at J101 or J104 on the
MAC.
6. Repeat Steps 4 and 5.
6. The reading should be less than 0.35 µV
(typically 0.25 µV).
7. Measure the distortion on TP4.
8. Tune L207, C373, L209, L211, C375 and L225 for
minimum distortion <5%, (typically <3%).
7. The software programs the synthesizer for
3 MHz above the Receive Channel.
9. Repeat Step 8 then Steps 4, 5 and 6.
7.1.7 AUDIO DISTORTION
8. Receive sensitivity should be less than 0.35 µV
(typically less than 0.30 µV).
1. Plug a 16 ohm load at J101 or J104 on the MAC
(Main Audio Card).
9. The software programs the synthesizer for
3 MHz below the Receive Channel.
2. Connect a distortion analyzer to the 16 ohm load.
10.Receive sensitivity should be less than 0.35 µV
(typically less than 0.30 µV).
3. Measure the distortion of the receive audio at J101
or J104 on the MAC with the local volume control
set to 2.8V RMS.
J201
2
1
20
19
TP3
9 13
R261 R264
6V
TP6
TP4
R282
U206
U208
12V
U207
Y201
U209
R309
3.5V
12V
TP2
R310
Z213
L224
C375
L220
TP1
L225
PIN 6
L223
TP5
L211
L210
L206
L205
L204
L203
L202
L207
L209
C373
Figure 7-1 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT POINTS
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
7-2
L201
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7.2 EXCITER ALIGNMENT
4. Measure the Power Output of the Exciter at J402.
Reading should be +15 dBm ±0.5 dB.
CRITICAL ADJUSTMENT
5. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.
The TCXO must be adjusted within 5 minutes of turning the AC power on to the repeater. Do not under
any circumstances try to set frequency later on in any
of the tests, as TCXO frequency stability cannot then
be guaranteed.
7.2.4 VCO TEST
1. The software programs the synthesizer for
3 MHz above the Tune-Up Channel.
Refer to Figure 7-2 for component locations.
Refer to Figure 7-7 for equipment needed and setup
diagram.
2. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.
3. The voltage on U403, pin 6 should be < 7V. Power
output should be +15 dBm ±0.5 dB.
NOTE: Some adjustments will be made using the cursor "Up"/"Dn" or "PgUp"/"PgDn" keys.
4. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.
5. The software programs the synthesizer for
3 MHz below the Tune-Up Channel.
WARNING
SAFETY MEASURES ARE DISABLED IN TEST
MODE. ALARMS ARE ACTIVE. HOWEVER, FEATURES SUCH AS THERMAL SHUTDOWN IN THE
PA ARE DISABLED.
6. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.
7.2.1 PRETEST
8. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.
1. Set TCXO modulation adjust R425 fully counterclockwise.
9. The software programs the synthesizer for the
Transmit Channel.
2. Connect the power meter to J402.
7.2.5 TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST
7.2.2 VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS
1. Connect a 10 dB pad and frequency counter to J402.
Apply power to the Exciter by plugging the 20pin cable from the RF Interface Board into J401.
2. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.
7. The voltage on U403, pin 6 should be > 2.5V.
Power output should be +15 dBm ±0.5 dB.
3. Tune TCXO Y401 for the Transmit Channel Frequency, ± 50 Hz.
Measure the voltages at the following pins.
U406, pin 1 U405, pin 1 U402, pin 1 U404, pin 7 -
+12V DC ±0.4V
+5V DC ±0.2V
+3.5V DC ±0.1V
+3.5V DC ±0.1V
4. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.
7.2.6 TRANSMIT MODULATION ADJUST
1. Connect a 10 dB pad and modulation analyzer to
J402.
7.2.3 PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL
2. Press the "FM" and "3 kHz LPF" switches of the
modulation analyzer.
1. Program the Tune-Up Channel.
2. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.
3. Inject a 1 kHz sine wave at 400 mV RMS into P100,
pin 32 on the MAC.
3. Tune VCO helical L404 for 4.5V ±0.05V on U403,
pin 6.
7-3
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
15.Adjust U149 for 707 mV RMS on P100, pin 29.
This waveform should be a clean sine wave.
4. Adjust U149 with "Up/Dn" and "PgUp/PgDn" keys
for 707 mV RMS on P100, pin 29. This waveform
should be a "clean" sine wave.
16.Press the spacebar to key the Exciter.
NOTE: This test changes the Tx audio deviation limit.
To correct the limit, perform adjustment per Section
7.5.5.
17.Set R446 for ±3 kHz deviation (very little adjustment should be needed).
5. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.
18.Press the spacebar to unkey the Exciter.
6. Set R446 for ±3 kHz deviation.
7. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.
2
1
J402
20
19
U405
R425
8. Adjust U151 with "Up/Dn" and "PgUp/PgDn" keys
for a 2V P-P square wave on P100, pin 29.
J401
U402
Y401
NOTE: This test changes the Tx audio deviation
limit. To correct the limit, perform adjustment per
Section 7.5.5.
U406
9. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.
10.Set R425 for "best" square wave as observed on the
modulation analyzer output to the oscilloscope.
PIN 6
NOTE: Ensure that the oscilloscope is "DC" coupled
and the Modulation Analyzer has the 3 kHz LPF
switch set but NOT the 300 Hz HPF and 50 Hz HPF
switches set.
U403
U404
R446
L404
11. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.
12.Connect a 10 dB pad and modulation analyzer to
J402.
Figure 7-2 EXCITER ALIGNMENT POINTS
13.Press the "FM" and 3 kHz LPF switches of the modulation analyzer.
7.3 75W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT
14.Inject a 1 kHz sine wave with a level of 400 mV
RMS into P100, pin 32.
7.3.1 INTRODUCTION
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
7-4
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
Refer to Figure 7-3 and 7-5 for component locations. Refer to Figure 7-8 for equipment needed and
setup diagram.
1. Connect attenuator and power meter to J501.
2. Connect the:
Power supply ground lead to P105
+15V DC lead to P103
+26.5V DC lead to P101
36-pin cable to J101 on the RFIB.
Select "PA" from the "TEST" menu in the
Repeater Programming Software.
IMPORTANT NOTE
3. Set the signal generator to +15 dBm ±0.1 dB at 870
MHz. Connect the signal generator to A9.
No field alignment is required. Adjustments in Sections 7.3.2 and 7.3.3 are part of a new unit production
test procedures. They should only be performed as
required on "out-of-warranty" and "field-repaired"
units. Broken seals on R116, R663 or R680 will void
the warranty! Full power control range of 25-75W is
controlled by the repeater configuration parameters
under the Edit-Setup Parameters menu selection.
4. Press the space bar to key the PA.
5. Set R116 on the RFIB for 22W ±1W (±0.2 dB).
NOTE: Required measurement accuracy precludes
the use of most "shop-quality" wattmeters for this Section. Cable and attenuator losses must be taken into
account.
The adjustments in Section 7.3.2 provide for
proper matching for the output of Q501 and set a protective limit on the drive to the final transistors. This
limit is approached only under certain unusual operating or repair conditions. However, improper adjustment may impair normal operation of the PA, especially at temperature extremes.
6. Tune C521 for maximum power.
7. Reset R116 for 22W ±1W (±0.2 dB).
8. Repeak C521.
9. Press the space bar to unkey the PA.
If Q501 or U501 are replaced, only Section 7.3.2
adjustments should be performed. No other adjustments are necessary in this case. Replacement of RF
components surrounding Q501 or U501 does not justify performing Section 7.3.2 adjustments. Replacement of active components within the power control
circuitry of the RF Interface Board would require Section 7.3.2 adjustments.
CRITICAL ADJUSTMENTS
NOTE: Improper adjustment may impair normal PA
operation.
10.Set the generator to +15 dBm ±0.1 dB at
860 MHz.
11. Press the space bar to key the PA.
These adjustments are necessary only if repairs
are made and such repairs are likely to affect the sensitivity/calibration of the forward or reverse power
detectors (e.g. replacement of detector diodes CR651/
CR652 or of the entire forward/reverse power detector
assembly). Replacement of components within the
power control circuitry of the RF Interface Board are
unlikely to affect the calibration of the power control.
12.Adjust R116 for 40W ±2W (±0.2 dB).
13.Press the space bar to unkey the PA.
14.Set the generator to +15 dBm ±0.1 dB at
850 MHz.
15.Press the space bar to key the PA.
NOTE: Replacement of Q501, Q502, Q503 or U501
does not require the adjustments in this Section.
16.Adjust R116 for 40W ±2W (±0.2 dB) only if the
power exceeds 40W.
7.3.2 DRIVER TUNING AND LIMIT ADJUSTMENTS
7-5
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
2. Press the space bar to key the PA.
17.Press the space bar to unkey the PA.
NOTE: This will not harm the PA.
18.Remove +26.5V DC from P101. (This eliminates
possible damage if the coax ground is accidentally
shorted to a live collector inductor.)
3. Adjust Reverse Power Calibration Pot R680 for
equal voltages on W126 and W121 on the RFIB or
for equal Forward and Reverse Power.
4. Press the space bar to unkey the PA.
19.Disconnect the attenuator and power meter from
J501 and connect to Transmit Antenna Connector
A8.
5. Apply "Glyptol" to R663, R680 and R116.
6. Momentarily short R171 on the RFIB. The PA fan
should turn ON.
20.Connect cable A501 to J501. Ensure the cable position is midway between the drive collector feed and
the adjacent input Wilkinson combiner traces on the
printed circuit board.
7. Measure temperature detector voltage at W127 on
the RFIB. Normal output at 25°C ambient is
approximately +2.1V DC.
7.3.3 REFLECTED POWER ADJUST
1. Remove the load cable from A8.
R663
R680
Q503
R509
B
B
C
E
B
B
R508
1
2
U501
3
B
B
C
E
B
B
4
Q502
A8
B
C537
Figure 7-3 75W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
7-6
B
C
E
B
B
Q501
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7.4 175W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT
3. Press the space bar to unkey the PA.
Refer to Figures 7-4 and 7-5 for component locations. Refer to Figure 7-6 for equipment needed and
setup diagram.
4. Check that Power Out at 850 MHz and 870 MHz is
within 0.25 dB (±10W) of the Power Out at 860
MHz.
NOTE: No alignment is required unless the driver
transistor Q502 or driver matching caps have been
replaced or critical components on the power
detector board have been replaced.
5. Verify that Output 1 is within 20% of Output 2 and
that Output 3 is within 20% of Output 4.
6. Press the space bar to unkey the PA.
7.4.3 PRE-DRIVER POWER LIMIT ADJUSTMENT
WARNING
Breaking the glyptol on R663, R680 or R76 will
void the warranty on the PA.
1. Press the space bar to key the PA.
7.4.1 PRETEST
2. Set a power reference of 0 dB at 175W. While monitoring the Transmit current and RF output level,
use the Up arrow key to increase the power level
until 1 dB above 175W (220W) is reached.
Refer to Figure 7-6 for test circuit and equipment
needed.
CAUTION
1. Connect the:
Power supply ground lead to P105
+15V DC lead to P103
+26.5V DC lead to P101
36-pin cable to J101 on the RFIB
If TX current begins to increase rapidly and is not
constant with time, then unkey the PA immediately and
troubleshoot.
2. Connect attenuator and power meter to A8, the
Transmit Antenna Connector.
3. Adjust power limit control R76 clockwise until
power is limited to 0.75 dB above 175W (208W).
3. Set R663 on the Forward/Reverse Power Detect
board fully counterclockwise.
4. Press the space bar to unkey the PA.
NOTE: Full power (175W) is controlled by the
repeater configuration parameters under the EditSetup Parameters menu selection.
4. Set R76 on the RFIB fully counterclockwise.
5. Run PC software: Test/PA.
7.4.4 REFLECTED POWER ADJUST
6. Set the generator to +15 dBm ±0.1 dB at 860 MHz.
1. Remove the load cable from A8.
7.4.2 POWER INPUT ADJUST
2. Press the space bar to key the PA. This will not
harm the PA.
NOTE: Required power measurement accuracy precludes the use of most "shop quality" wattmeters.
Cable and attenuator loss must be taken into account.
3. Adjust Reverse Power Calibration Pot R680 for
equal voltages on W126 and W121 on the RFIB or
for equal Forward and Reverse Power.
CRITICAL ADJUSTMENTS
1. Press the space bar to key the PA.
4. Press the space bar to unkey the PA.
2. Adjust Forward Power Calibration Pot R663 for
175W ±0.1 dB (±4W).
5. Apply glyptol to R663, R680 and R76.
7-7
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
6. Press FN4 to turn on/off fans. Both PA fans should
turn On.
7. Measure temperature detector voltage at W127 on
the RFIB. Normal output at 25°C ambient is
approximately +1V DC.
R663
Q704
R680
R717
R716
WO510
R701
R730
Q703
Q702
R703
U501
R702
A8
Q701
Q502
Figure 7-4 175W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS
J104
R170
R171
U108
J103
J102
R150
R106
U104
WO143
J101
WO144
WO145
WO121
WO115
WO124
WO125
WO123
WO127
WO122
Figure 7-5 RF INTERFACE BOARD ALIGNMENT POINTS
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
WO147
R76
WO126
7-8
WO120
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
AC
VOLTMETER
DC
VOLTMETER
OSCILLOSCOPE
16 OHM
POWER CABLES
AUDIO DISTORTION
ANALYZER
36-PIN RIBBON CABLE
COMMUNICATIONS
SERVICE MONITOR
HP 334A
FREQUENCY COUNTER
20 dB
RFIB
J402
2
1
J401
20
19
J201
2
1
20
19
U208
U207
TP3
U405
R425
TP4
U206
Y201
3.5V
TP2
TP6
Z213
U209
R309
R282
U402
R310
Y401
L220
TP1
U406
L224
C375
PIN 6
6V
R261 R264
L225
L223
TP5
L211
U403
L210
L206
L205
L204
L203
L202
L201
L207
U404
R446
L209
C373
L404
Figure 7-6 RECEIVER TEST SETUP
7-9
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
AC
VOLTMETER
DC
VOLTMETER
OSCILLOSCOPE
POWER CABLES
MODULATION ANALYZER
36-PIN RIBBON CABLE
HP 8901A
10 dB
POWER METER
50 OHM
DUMMY LOAD
HP 436A
FREQUENCY COUNTER
10 dB
RFIB
J402
2
1
J401
20
19
J201
2
1
20
19
U207
TP3
U405
R261 R264
R425
TP6
TP4
U206
Y201
U209
R282
U402
TP2
Z213
Y401
L220
TP1
U406
L224
L225
L223
TP5
C375
PIN 6
L211
U403
L206
L205
L204
L207
U404
R446
L209
C373
L404
Figure 7-7 EXCITER TEST SETUP
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
7-10
L203
L202
L201
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
CR1
CR2GRN
CR5YEL
CR4YEL
CR3RED
RED
DS1
J1
PROG
JACK
GND
J103
A D LEVEL
J100
S1
RESET
LOCAL
ON/OFF/VOL
POWER
CWID
HANG
SWITCH
MOBILE
XMIT
R236
MIC
J 102
SPKR
J 101
EXT SPKR
J104
TEST POINT
J500
J501
GND
J502
+15V
R680
R663
B
C
B
Q503
B
E
B
1
2
R509
POWER METER
50 OHM
DUMMY LOAD
HP 436A
U501
3
B
C
B
4
B
Q502
E
B
B
B
CQ501E
B
40 dB
THRULINE
ATTENUATOR
B
Figure 7-8 75W POWER AMPLIFIER TEST SETUP
7-11
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
CR1
CR2GRN
CR5YEL
CR4YEL
CR3RED
RED
DS1
J1
PROG
J ACK
GND
J103
A D LEVEL
J100
S1
RESET
LOCAL
ON/OFF/VOL
POWER
CWID
HANG
SWITCH
MOBILE
XMIT
R236
MIC
J102
SPKR
J101
EXT SPKR
TEST POINT
J500
J104
J501
GND
J502
+15V
POWER METER
50 OHM
DUMMY LOAD
HP 436A
40 dB
THRULINE
ATTENUATOR
COMMUNICATIONS
SERVICE MONITOR
RF INPUT
Q704
R663
R680
R717
R716
WO510
R730
R701
Q703
U501
Q702
R703
R702
Q701
Figure 7-9 175W POWER AMPLIFIER TEST SETUP
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
7-12
Q502
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
RED
GREEN
GREEN
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
BLACK
BLACK
RED
WHITE
BLACK
BLACK
Figure 7-10 POWER EXTENDER CABLES
AC
VOLTMETER
RF SIGNAL
GENERATOR
WITCH (RNT)
REPEATER
RXA+
RXA+
RXA-
RXA-
TXS+
TXS+
C
I
M
J11
RECEIVER
LINK LINES
M
A
C
J100
J103
TXS-
AC
VOLTMETER
TXSAC
VOLTMETER
AC
VOLTMETER
Figure 7-11 REPEATER TO CIM TEST SETUP
7-13
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7.5 FULL REPEATER ALIGNMENT
4. Press the space bar to key the repeater.
7.5.1 PERFORMANCE TEST PROGRAM
5. Check the frequency of the transmitted signal. The
frequency should be ±50 Hz of the channel frequency.
1. Select the TEST - FULL REPEATER - ALL TEST
and press Enter.
6. Adjust the frequency with Y401 (TCXO) on the
Exciter (see Section 7.2.5).
7.5.2 REPEATER SETUP
7. Press the space bar to unkey the repeater.
The Summit QX repeater has been pretested at
the factory, therefore only performance tests are
required to check the repeater. Refer to test setup diagrams for equipment and cabling diagram.
Transmitter Output Power Adjustment
1. Press the space bar to key the repeater.
Turn on the repeater power supply switch (S508)
in the IAC or engage the locking lever (see Figure 722).
2. Check the transmit output power. The power can be
adjusted from the computer using the cursor Up/Dn
and PgUp/PgDn keys. The test equipment should
be calibrated for ±2W.
The operating code has been programmed at the
factory. The parameters are programmed into the
MPC. If these parameters have changed or are incorrect, exit this test and reprogram the repeater.
3. Press the space bar to unkey the repeater.
7.5.4 RECEIVER TESTS/ADJUSTMENT
It may be necessary to remove the RF assembly
from the chassis and connect via extension cables for
some of the tests or adjustments.
NOTE: If this is a voting repeater, it is not equipped
with a receiver.
NOTE: All audio generators and audio voltmeters are
unbalanced unless specifically stated otherwise.
Receiver TCXO Frequency Adjustment
CRITICAL ADJUSTMENT
7.5.3 TRANSMITTER TEST/ADJUSTMENTS
The TCXO must be adjusted within 5 minutes of turning the AC power on to the repeater. Do not under
any circumstances try to set frequency later on in any
of the tests, as TCXO frequency stability cannot then
be guaranteed.
Transmit Mode
1. Press the space bar to key the repeater.
2. The Transmit LED on the IAC should turn on to
indicate the repeater is transmitting (see Figure 722).
1. Check the receiver injection frequency by using a
"sniffer" pickup loop, or RF probe connected to a
suitable frequency counter placed near L210 in the
Receiver (see Section 7.1.4).
3. Press the space bar to unkey the repeater.
2. Adjust Y201 (TCXO) on the Receiver to within
±50 Hz of the channel frequency.
Transmit TCXO Frequency Adjustment
CRITICAL ADJUSTMENT
Receiver Audio Distortion Measurement
The TCXO must be adjusted within 5 minutes of turning the AC power on to the repeater. Do not under
any circumstances try to set frequency later on in any
of the tests, as TCXO frequency stability cannot then
be guaranteed.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the
receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz deviation.
2. Insert test cables into J100/J103 on the MAC and
connect to an AC voltmeter.
7-14
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
6. Increase the RF generator output until the Receiver
unsquelches. Reading should be
≤ 10 dB SINAD.
3. Adjust R237 for 0 dBm (775 mV RMS).
4. Connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to
J101 or J104 of the MAC.
5. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS and measure the distortion. Distortion should be < 3%.
Receiver Data Level Adjustment
Receiver Hum and Noise Measurement
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the receiver
with a 100 Hz tone at ±1 kHz.
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the receiver
with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz.
2. Insert test cables into J100/J103 on the MAC and
connect to an AC voltmeter.
2. Connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to
J101 or J104 of the MAC.
3. Adjust R235 to achieve 340 mV RMS.
3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.
Local Speaker/Microphone Check
4. Remove modulation from the RF generator. The
measured level must be ≤ -45 dB.
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the receiver
with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz.
Receiver SINAD Measurement
2. Plug a Speaker/Microphone into J101/J102 of the
MAC.
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the receiver
with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz.
3. Adjust R236 until the 1 kHz tone is heard.
2. Connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to
J101 or J104 of the MAC.
Receiver Desense Check
3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the receiver
with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz.
4. Re-adjust RF level for 12 dB SINAD.
12 dB SINAD reading should be ≤ 0.35 µV.
2. Connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to
J101 or J104 of the MAC.
Receiver Squelch Adjustment
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the receiver
with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz.
3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.
4. Re-adjust the RF generator output for 12 dB
SINAD.
2. Connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to
J101 or J104 of the MAC.
5. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.
6. SINAD should not degrade more than 1 dB or to no
less than 11 dB SINAD.
4. Set the RF generator output for 5 dB SINAD.
7. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
5. Adjust R234 on the MAC so the Receiver just
squelches.
7-15
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
Receiver Miscellaneous Tests (Optional)
Repeat Audio Level Adjustment
Several additional tests may be performed on the
Repeater Receiver as listed below:
• Signal Displacement Bandwidth
• Adjacent Channel Rejection
• Offset Channel Selectivity
• Intermodulation Rejection
• Spurious Rejection
• Audio Response
• Audio Sensitivity
NOTE: Audio Deviation Limit Adjustment must be
completed before this test.
2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
Perform the Test desired using the appropriate RF
Generators, modulation frequencies, levels, RS-232
levels and test probes following the latest TIA document measurement procedures.
3. Adjust R237 on the MAC to achieve ±1.5 kHz
(±100 Hz) transmit deviation ( ±1.2 kHz for
NPSPAC). Be sure the Modulation Analyzer LPF
switch is set to 3 kHz.
7.5.5 TRANSMIT AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS
4. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the
receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz dev.
( ±1.2 kHz for NPSPAC). Be sure the Modulation
Analyzer LPF switch is set to 3 kHz.
5. Connect an AC voltmeter to J103 and P100, pin 31
(RX_VOICE).
NOTE: All audio generators and audio voltmeters are
unbalanced unless specifically stated otherwise.
6. Adjust R238 for -3 dBm (548 mV RMS).
Audio Deviation Limit Adjustment
7. Remove the RF generator from the Receiver.
1. Apply a 1 kHz tone at -3 dBm (548 mV RMS) to
P100, pin 32 of the MAC.
Data Level Adjustment
2. Insert test cables into J100/J103 and connect to an
AC voltmeter.
1. Set modulation analyzer LPF switch to 3 kHz.
Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
3. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
4. Adjust R305 for 0 dBm (775 mV RMS).
2. Adjust U151 with the PgUp/PgDn and CurUp/
CurDn keys to achieve ±1 kHz (±100 Hz) transmit
deviation.
5. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
3. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
6. Apply a 1 kHz tone at +7 dBm (1.73V RMS) to
P100, pin 32 of the MAC. (Set modulation analyzer
LPF to 3 kHz.)
Audio/Data Deviation Check
1. Apply a 1 kHz tone at +7 dBm (1.73V RMS) to
P100, pin 32 of the MAC. Set modulation analyzer
LPF to 3 kHz.
7. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
8. Adjust U149 with the PgUp/PgDn and CurUp/
CurDn keys to set the maximum allowed deviation
at ±3.5 kHz (±200 Hz) ( ±2.5 kHz for NPSPAC).
2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
3. Measured deviation should be ±4.5 kHz ( ±200 Hz)
( ±3.5 kHz NPSPAC).
9. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
4. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
10.Remove the signal from P100, pin 32.
5. Disconnect all cables.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
7-16
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
2. Apply -11.7 dBm at 1 kHz to P100, pin 32 of the
MAC.
CWID Level Check
1. Set modulation analyzer LPF switch to 3 kHz.
Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
3. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.
2. Deviation should be 1.5 kHz to 2.5 kHz.
4. Adjust audio level to produce ±1 kHz dev.
3. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
5. On the modulation analyzer select:
300 Hz
3 kHz
750 µs de-emphasis
Local Speaker/Microphone Check
1. Plug a Speaker/Microphone into J101/J102 of the
MAC. Set modulation analyzer LPF switch to 3
kHz.
6. Distortion should be < 2 kHz.
7.5.6 VOTER AUDIO LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
2. Press the microphone PTT and say "four" loudly
into the microphone.
NOTE: Use an unbalanced audio voltmeter.
3. Deviation should be ±3 to ±3.5 kHz
( ±2 to ±2.5 kHz for NPSPAC).
1. Inject a 1 kHz tone at -12 dBm (194 mV RMS) into
J2, pin 17. This tone represents ±1.5 kHz deviation
in the Voter Receiver.
4. Release the microphone PTT.
5. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
2. Adjust R233 for a level of -6 dBm
(387 mV RMS) at J100/J103 on the MAC.
Transmitter Hum and Noise Ratio (Optional)
7.5.7 AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS
NOTE: An HP8901A modulation analyzer is required
for this test.
NOTE: Section 7.5.5 must be completed before any of
the following adjustments can be made.
1. On the modulation analyzer press:
300 Hz HPF
3000 Hz LPF
FM
Pre-Display
750 µS
Avg RMS Cal
.44
dB
NOTE: All audio generators and audio voltmeters are
unbalanced unless specifically stated otherwise.
Voice Audio From Repeater
1. Set MAC S100 and S101 to all Sections OFF.
2. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the
receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz dev.
2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter and measure the Hum and Noise Ratio. The reading should
be < -45 dB.
3. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with a 600 ohm
input impedance between balanced lines RXA+ and
RXA- on J2, located on the back of the Repeater.
3. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.
4. Adjust R239 on the MAC for the type of line.
Transmit Audio Distortion
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)
1. On the modulation analyzer select:
FM
50 Hz
15 kHz
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)
7-17
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)
Voice Audio To Repeater
1. Set MAC S100 and S101 to all Sections OFF (see
Figure 7-12).
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)
8
7
6
5
D)
GN XS(
)
R
SIO
RX
UD ND)
A
(
)
(G
S+
SK
S(F
SRX
+
RX
TX
S
)
IO
RX
)
UD
SK
(A
(F
+
S
S+
TX
TX
4
S1
3
01
2
1
S+
K
TX
FS
3. Adjust R242 on the MAC to obtain -10 dBm
(245 mV RMS) measured at J100/J103.
S1
00
4
3
2
1
8
ON
7
5
S
RX
G
-(
ON
S
TX
Figure 7-12 S100 SETTING
2. Inject a 1 kHz tone from a balanced 600 ohm
source, at the level determined by the type of line
used, into TXA+ and TXA- of J2 located on the
back of the Repeater (see Figure 7-16).
+
)
ND
RX
S-
D
AU
S1
6
4
00
3
2
)
IO
1
D)
(
)
GN
+
(
S
SK
S(F
RX
X
S- )
R
S+
TX DIO
RX
)
U
SK
(A
(F
+
+
S
S
TX
TX
S1
4
01
3
2
1
ON
ON
K
FS
Figure 7-13 S100/S101 SWITCH SETTINGS
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)
1
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)
RXS+
TXS+
2
RXS-
3. Adjust R243 on the MAC to obtain -6 dBm
(387 mV RMS) measured at J100/J103.
TXS-
33
J2
34
FSK Data Level Adjustment To Repeater
Separate Data Path (4-Wire) Optional Setting.
Figure 7-14 J2 TERMINAL BLOCK (SECONDARY)
1. Set MAC S100 Sections 1, 4, 5, 8 OFF; 2, 3, 6, 7
ON; S101 Sections 2, 3, 4 OFF; 1 ON (see Figure
7-13).
FSK Data Level Adjustment To Repeater
Data over Voice (2-Wire) Default Setting.
2. Inject a 1.2 kHz tone from a balanced 600 ohm
source, at the level determined by the type of line
used, into TXS+ and TXS- of J2 located on the back
of the Repeater (see Figure 7-14).
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
1. Set MAC S100, all Sections OFF; S101 Sections 2,
3, 4 OFF; 1 ON (see Figure 7-15).
7-18
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
2. Inject a 1.2 kHz tone from a balanced 600 ohm
source, at the level determined by the type of line
used, into TXA+ and TXA- of J2 located on the
back of the Repeater (see Figure 7-16).
FSK Data Level Adjustment From Repeater
Separate Data Path (4-Wire) Optional Setting.
1. Set MAC S100 Sections 1, 4, 5, 8 OFF; 2, 3, 6, 7
ON; S101 Sections 2, 3, 4 OFF; 1 ON (see Figure 715).
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-22 dBm (62 mV RMS)
2. Adjust R240 on the MAC to obtain -16 dBm
(123 mV RMS) measured at J100/J103.
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-38 dBm (10 mV RMS)
3. Press F2 to advance to the next screen.
3. Adjust R242 on the MAC to obtain -10 dBm
(245 mV RMS) measured at J100/J103.
4. Connect a balanced AC Voltmeter with a 600 ohm
input impedance between balanced lines RXS+ and
RXS- of J2 located on the back of the Repeater (see
Figure 7-14).
8
7
SRX
ND
(G
6
5
4
)
RX
S+
RX
4
3
S1
S-
S1
2
5. Adjust R241 on the MAC for the type of line used.
3
2
O)
DI
1
)
ND
)
(G
SK
S
(F
+
RX
S- )
S
TX IO
RX
D
K)
AU (FS
+(
+
S
S
TX
TX
U
(A
00
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)
ON
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)
01
1
ON
S+
K
TX
FS
FSK Data Level Adjustment From Repeater
Data over Voice (2-Wire) Default Setting.
Figure 7-15 SWITCH SETTINGS
NOTE: This adjustment can only be done after
Voice Audio To Switch is completed.
RXA+
1. Set MAC S100, all Sections OFF; S101 Sections 2,
3, 4 OFF; 1 ON (see Figure 7-15).
TXA+
1
RXA-
2. Connect a balanced AC Voltmeter with a 600 ohm
input impedance between balanced lines RXA+ and
RXA- of J2 located on the back of the Repeater (see
Figure 7-16).
TXA2
33
3. Adjust R240 on the MAC for the type of line used.
J2
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)
-22 dBm (62 mV RMS)
34
Microwave/T1 (optional)
-38 dBm (10 mV RMS)
Figure 7-16 J2 TERMINAL BLOCK
7-19
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
4. Verify that the repeater is programmed for "Stand
Alone" mode in Setup Parameters-F4 (see Section
4.3.1).
RS-232 Data To And From Switch (RNT) (Optional)
These are the switch settings only.
5. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.
Verify by the MPC front panel indicators that no
HSDB alarms have occurred (Alarm Number 10)
see Table 1-2.
1. Set MAC S100, Sections 2, 3, 6, 7 OFF; 1, 4, 5, 8
ON (see Figure 7-17).
2. Set MAC S101, Sections 1, 3, 4 OFF; 2 ON (see
Figure 7-17).
Old HSDB Test
8
7
RX
S
TX
S
GN
-(
D)
R
6
S1
0
5
4
XS
3
DI
O)
2
S3
1
)
ND
)
+
(G
S
SK
S
(F
SRX
+
RX
TX
)
S
IO
RX
K)
UD
(A
FS
(
+
S
S+
TX
TX
4
S1
3
01
2
1
U
(A
1
0
3
4
ON
1
2
ON
S2
ON
+
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON
Figure 7-19 OLD HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS
K
FS
1. Switch settings on the MPC for single-ended 5V
(old style) operation are shown in Figure 7-19.
S002 Sections 1-6 Off; 7, 8 On. S003 all sections
On.
Figure 7-17 S100/S101 RS-232
2. Verify that the repeater is programmed for "Stand
Alone" mode in Setup Parameters-F4 (see Section
4.3.1).
7.5.8 REPEATER OPERATION
New HSDB Test
3. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.
Verify by the MPC front panel indicators that no
HSDB alarms have occurred (Alarm Number 10)
see Table 1-2.
1
2
3
4
ON
S3
1
2
Handshake Test
3
4
5
1. Program a Multi-Net, portable or mobile for the following parameters.
6
7
S2
8
ON
Multi-Net
Home Repeater - Same as repeater number.
System Key - Same as repeater.
Status Channel - Same as repeater channel.
Home Channel - Same as repeater channel.
Encode ID - 1
Decode ID - 1
UID - 1
Site - 1
Figure 7-18 NEW HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS
3. Switch settings on the MPC for RS-485 (new style)
operation are shown in Figure 7-18. S002 all Section On. S003 all Section Off.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
7-20
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
2. The repeater is in Normal Operation mode.
Alarm Test
3. Key the radio several times on the programmed
System/Group. Access should occur every time.
(Proper Tx/Rx antenna connections are assumed.)
1. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.
J105
2. Verify by the MPC front panel indicators that no
alarms have occurred (see Table 1-2).
S101
ON
4
3
2
1
P101
S102
GND
J103
SEC AUDIO
TO RNT
U149
R242 R241
RX NET
J100
R240
A D LEVEL
TEST POINT
R301
TX
MOD
LEVEL
FSK
TO RNT
S100
SEC AUDIO
FROM RNT
ON
8
7
6
MAIN AUDIO
TO RNT
17
5
R239
3
TX
DATA
LEVEL
R243
R237
NOISE
LEVEL
RX VOICE
LEVEL
TX VOICE
LEVEL
R305 R233
J101
J104
VOTER
AUDIO
LEVEL
15 TX AUDIO +
16 TX AUDIO -
TX
VOICE
LEVEL
R244
SPEAKER
TX VOICE 32
RX DATA
LEVEL
R235
SPEAKER/MIC
13 MAIN AUDIO TO RNT
RX VOICE 31
J102
P100
RX WB AUDIO 27
RX AUDIO
ADJUST
R234
LOCAL MIC
VOTER AUDIO 25
R236
ON/OFF/VOL
1
R238
LOCAL SPKR
3 TXS+
4 TXS-
2
MAIN AUDIO
FROM RNT
R100
U151
1
4
Figure 7-20 MAC ALIGNMENT POINTS
7-21
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
S3
ON
S2
ON
33
12 3 4
RESET
S1
1
12 3 45 67 8
J6
12 3
J5
12 3
24 6
P1
J4
1 35
1 10
DS1
5
CR1
GRN
CR2
YEL
CR5
YEL
64
CR4
RED
CR3
RED
7A 1
2
J1
6
J2
PROGRAMMING
CONNECTOR
3 21
6
8B
COMPUTER I/O
12
J3
76800
38400
19200
9600
4800
2400
1200
13 14
Figure 7-21 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
7-22
32
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
1
8
5
1
8
5
33 1
S501
4
5
4
1
8
S502
1
8
S500
S503
4
5
4
P500
J503
CR525
+15V
CR523
+15V ACC
CR524
-5V
CR501
+5V
CR503
CWID
CR502
HANG
CR505
SWITCH
CR504
MOBILE
CR500
XMIT
J504
64 32
17
1
J505
1
J500
4
J501
P501
J502
S508
32
16
Figure 7-22 INTERFACE ALARM CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS
7-23
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
7.6 SWITCH (RNT) INTERFACE
RXA+
7.6.1 REPEATER SETUP
RXA-
TXA+
1
TXA-
1. Connect the repeater as shown in Figures 7-11, 7-24
and 7-25.
2
2. Adjust the repeater for the type of link used for communication back to the CIM in the Switch. The
types of links used are: Leased Lines (LL), Direct
Connection (DC), Microwave (MW), and T1 Interfaces (T1).
33
J2
34
3. Program the repeater for the specified parameters
using the PC Programmer.
Figure 7-24 J2 CONNECTOR
NOTE: Assume all audio generators and voltmeters to
be unbalanced unless stated otherwise.
7.6.2 CIM SETUP
7.6.3 DATA OVER VOICE
1. Adjust the CIM for the type of link used for communication back to the repeater. The types of links
used are: Leased Lines (LL), Direct Connection
(DC), Microwave (MW), and T1 Interfaces (T1).
Refer to the latest Multi-Net Radio Network Terminal Setup and Alignment manual, Part No. 0013039-00x, for more information on the CIM alignment (see Figure 7-34).
1. Voice Audio To Switch (RNT)
a. Set MAC S100, all Sections OFF, S101 all
Sections OFF (see Figure 7-23).
b. Connect an RF generator to the receiver.
c. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV modulated
with a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.
2. Connect the link lines to the Switch and its associated CIM (see Figures 7-25).
Repeater Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
8
7
6
5
D)
GN XS(
)
R
SIO
)
RX
UD
ND
(A
)
+
(G
S
SK
S
(F
SRX
+
RX
TX
)
S
IO
RX
)
UD
SK
(A
(F
+
S
S+
TX
TX
4
S1
3
01
2
1
S+
K
TX
FS
S1
00
4
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with 600
ohm input impedance between balanced lines
RXA+ and RXA- of J2 located on the back of the
repeater (see Figure 7-24 and 7-25).
3
2
1
ON
b. Adjust R239 on the MAC for -12 dBm
(194 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-20).
CIM Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
ON
a. Connect an AC voltmeter between J11 and J13
(ground) on the CIM board (see Figure 7-34).
b. Adjust R41 on the CIM for -6 dBm
(387 mV RMS).
Figure 7-23 S100/S101 SWITCH SETTING
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
7-24
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
Repeater Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Optional)
Repeater Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with 600
ohm input impedance between balanced lines
RXA+ and RXA- of J2 on the back of the
repeater (see Figure 7-24).
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter between
J100 and J103 on the MAC.
b. Adjust R243 on the MAC for -6 dBm
(387 mV RMS).
b. Adjust R239 on the MAC for -28 dBm
(31 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-20).
CIM Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Optional)
CIM Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Optional)
a. Set the CIM in the Switch to generate an
alignment tone (set S5 to a value of "1").
a. Connect an AC voltmeter between J11 and
ground on the CIM board.
b. Adjust R44 for -28 dBm (31 mV RMS) at J12.
b. Adjust R41 on the CIM for -6 dBm
(387 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-34).
Repeater Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Default)
VOICE LINK CONNECTIONS
SUMMIT QX
REPEATER
SWITCH (RNT)
J2-1
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter between
J100 and J103 on the MAC.
P1-31
RxA+
RxA+
J2-2
PRIMARY
RxA
P1-32
RxA-
RxA-
J2-3
b. Adjust R243 on the MAC for -6 dBm
(387 mV RMS).
P1-63
TxA+
TxA+
J2-4
PRIMARY
TxA
P1-64
TxA-
TxA-
8
DATA LINK CONNECTIONS
SUMMIT QX
REPEATER
7
SWITCH (RNT)
J2-13
P1-27
J2-14
P1-28
RxS+
RxS+
RxS-
SRX
SECONDARY
RxA
(G
RxS-
J2-15
P1-59
TxS+
TxS+
J2-16
SECONDARY
TxA
P1-60
TxS-
TxS-
6
5
4
)
ND
RX
I
UD
O)
2
D)
GN
K)
S+
-(
FS
S
X
(
X
R
R
S- )
S+
TX DIO
RX
)
U
SK
(A
(F
+
+
S
S
TX
TX
3
S1
2
00
3
S-
(A
4
S1
1
ON
01
1
Figure 7-25 SUMMIT QX VOICE/DATA LINK
S+
K
TX
FS
ON
2. Voice Audio From Switch (RNT)
Figure 7-26 MAC SWITCH SETTINGS
a. Set MAC S100 all Sections OFF, S101 all
Sections OFF (see Figure 7-23).
3. FSK Data Level Adjustment From Switch (RNT)
CIM Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
NOTE: This adjustment can only be done after 2. Voice
Audio From Switch is completed.
a. Set the CIM in the Switch to generate an
alignment tone (set S5 to "1") (see Figure 7-34).
a. Set MAC S100 all Sections OFF; S101 Sections 2,
3, 4 OFF; 1 ON (see Figure 7-26).
b. Adjust R44 for -12 dBm (192 mV RMS) at J12.
7-25
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
CIM Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
b. Adjust R240 on the MAC for -22 dBm
(62 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-20).
a. Set the CIM in the Switch to generate an
alignment tone (set S5 to a value of "8").
CIM Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
b. Adjust R86 for -12 dBm (194 mV RMS) at
TP4.
a. Connect an AC voltmeter between TP8 and
ground on the associated CIM board.
c. Verify -21 dBm (69 mV RMS) at J12 (see
Figure 7-34).
b. Adjust R102 on the CIM for -12 dBm
(194 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-34).
Repeater Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
Repeater Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Optional)
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter between
J100 and J103 on the MAC.
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with 600
ohm input impedance between balanced lines
RXA+ and RXA- of J2 located on the back of the
Repeater (see Figure 7-24).
b. Adjust R242 on the MAC for -10 dBm
(245 mV RMS).
b. Adjust R240 on the MAC for -38 dBm
(10 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-20).
CIM Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Optional)
CIM Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Optional)
a. Set the CIM in the Switch to generate an
alignment tone (set S5 to a value of "8").
b. Adjust R86 for -28 dBm (31 mV RMS) at TP4.
a. Connect an AC voltmeter between TP8 and
ground on the associated CIM board.
c. Verify -37 dBm (11 mV RMS) at J12 (see
Figure 7-34).
b. Adjust R102 on the CIM for -12 dBm
(194 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-34).
7.6.4 SEPARATE DATA
Repeater Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Default)
1. Voice Audio To Switch (RNT)
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter between
J100 and J103 on the MAC.
a. Set MAC S100, all Sections OFF, S101 all
Sections OFF (see Figure 7-23).
b. Adjust R242 on the MAC for -10 dBm
(245 mV RMS).
b. Connect an RF generator to the receiver.
4. FSK Data Level Adjustment To Switch (RNT)
c. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV modulated
with a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.
NOTE: This adjustment can only be done after 1. Voice
Audio To Switch is completed.
Repeater Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
a. Set MAC S100 all Sections OFF; S101 Sections 2,
3, 4 OFF; 1 ON (see Figure 7-26).
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with 600
ohm input impedance between balanced lines
RXA+ and RXA- of J2 located on the back of the
Repeater (see Figure 7-24 and 7-25).
Repeater Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with 600
ohm input impedance between balanced lines
RXA+ and RXA- of J2 located on the back of the
Repeater (see Figure 7-24).
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
b. Adjust R239 on the MAC for -12 dBm
(194 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-20).
7-26
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
CIM Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
CIM Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Optional)
a. Connect an AC voltmeter between J11 and
ground on the CIM (see Figure 7-34).
a. Set the CIM in the Switch to generate an
alignment tone (set S5 to a value of "1").
b. Adjust R41 on the CIM for -6 dBm
(387 mV RMS).
b. Adjust R44 for -28 dBm (31 mV RMS) at J12.
Repeater Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Optional)
Repeater Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Default)
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with 600
ohm input impedance between balanced lines
RXA+ and RXA- of J2 on the back of the
Repeater (see Figure 7-24).
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter between
J100 and J103 on the MAC.
b. Adjust R243 on the MAC for -6 dBm
(387 mV RMS).
b. Adjust R239 on the MAC for -28 dBm
(31 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-20).
CIM Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Optional)
2. FSK Data Level Adjustment From Switch (RNT)
a. Connect an AC voltmeter between J11 and
ground on the CIM board.
a. Set MAC S100, Sections 1, 4, 5, 8, OFF, 2, 3, 6,
7 ON; S101 Sections 2, 3, 4 OFF, 1 ON (see
Figure 7-27).
b. Adjust R41 on the CIM for -6 dBm
(387 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-34).
Voice Audio From Switch (RNT)
CIM Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
a. Set the CIM in the Switch to generate an
alignment tone (set S5 to a value of "8").
a. Set MAC S100 all Sections OFF, S101 all
Sections OFF (see Figure 7-23).
b. Adjust R90 for -12 dBm (192 mV RMS) at TP9
(see Figure 7-34).
CIM Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
Repeater Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
a. Set the CIM in the Switch to generate an
alignment tone (set S5 to "1") (see Figure 7-34).
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter between
J100 and J103 on the MAC.
b. Adjust R44 for -12 dBm (192 mV RMS) at J12.
b. Adjust R242 on the MAC for -10 dBm
(245 mV RMS).
Repeater Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
CIM Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Optional)
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter between
J100 and J103 on the MAC.
a. Set the CIM in the Switch to generate an
alignment tone (set S5 to a value of "8").
b. Adjust R243 on the MAC for -6 dBm
(387 mV RMS).
b. Adjust R90 for -28 dBm (31 mV RMS) at TP9.
7-27
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
Repeater Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Default)
CIM Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter between
J100 and J103 on the MAC.
a. Connect an AC voltmeter between TP8 and
ground on the associated CIM board.
b. Adjust R242 on the MAC for -10 dBm
(245 mV RMS).
b. Adjust R102 on the CIM for -12 dBm
(194 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-34).
8
Repeater Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Optional)
7
5
S
RX
S
TX
+
GN
-(
D)
RX
S-
S1
6
O)
DI
)
ND
)
+
(G
S
SK
S
(F
RX
X
+
S- )
R
S
T X D IO
RX
)
U
SK
(A
(F
+
+
S
S
TX
TX
S1
4
01
3
2
1
4
00
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with 600
ohm input impedance between balanced lines
RXS+ and RXS- of J2 located on the back of the
Repeater (see Figure 7-28).
3
2
1
U
(A
ON
b. Adjust R241 on the MAC for -28 dBm
(31 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-20).
CIM Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Optional)
a. Connect an AC voltmeter between TP8 and
ground on the associated CIM board.
ON
K
FS
b. Adjust R102 on the CIM for -12 dBm
(194 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-34).
Figure 7-27 S100/S101 FSK DATA
3. FSK Data Level Adjustment To Switch (RNT)
1
RXS+
TXS+
2
a. Set MAC S100, Sections 1, 4, 5, 8, OFF, 2, 3, 6,
7 ON; S101 Sections 2, 3, 4 OFF, 1 ON (see
Figure 7-27).
RXSTXS-
33
J2
b. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter between J100
and J103 on the MAC.
34
c. Adjust R240 on the MAC for -16 dBm
(123 mV RMS).
Figure 7-28 J2 CONNECTOR
Repeater Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
7.6.5 RS-232
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with 600
ohm input impedance between balanced lines
RXS+ and RXS- of J2 located on the back of the
Repeater (see Figure 7-28).
1. Voice Audio To Switch (RNT)
a. Set MAC S100, all Sections OFF, S101 all
Sections OFF (see Figure 7-23).
b. Adjust R241 on the MAC for -12 dBm
(194 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-20).
b. Connect an RF generator to the Receiver.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
7-28
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
c. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV modulated
with a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.
Repeater Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter between
J100 and J103 on the MAC.
Repeater Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
b. Adjust R243 on the MAC for -6 dBm
(387 mV RMS).
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with 600
ohm input impedance between balanced lines
RXA+ and RXA- of J2 located on the back of the
Repeater (see Figure 7-24 and 7-25).
CIM Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Optional)
b. Adjust R239 on the MAC for -12 dBm
(194 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-20).
a. Set the CIM in the Switch to generate an
alignment tone (set S5 to a value of "1").
CIM Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
b. Adjust R44 for -28 dBm (31 mV RMS) at J12.
a. Connect an AC voltmeter between J11 and
ground on the CIM (see Figure 7-34).
Repeater Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Default)
b. Adjust R41 on the CIM for -6 dBm
(387 mV RMS).
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter between
J100 and J103 on the MAC.
Repeater Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Optional)
b. Adjust R243 on the MAC for -6 dBm
(387 mV RMS).
a. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with 600
ohm input impedance between balanced lines
RXA+ and RXA- of J2 on the back of the
Repeater (see Figure 7-24).
1. RS-232 Data To and From Switch (RNT)
These are the switch settings only.
b. Adjust R239 on the MAC for -28 dBm
(31 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-20).
a. Set MAC S100, Sections 2, 3, 6, 7 OFF;
Sections 1, 4, 5, 8 ON (see Figure 7-29).
CIM Adjustment With MW/T1 Lines (Optional)
b. Set MAC S101, Sections 1, 3, 4 OFF;
Section 2 ON (see Figure 7-29).
a. Connect an AC voltmeter between J11 and
ground on the CIM board.
8
7
b. Adjust R41 on the CIM for -6 dBm
(387 mV RMS) (see Figure 7-34).
RX
S-
2. Voice Audio From Switch (RNT)
a. Set MAC S100 all Sections OFF, S101 all
Sections OFF (see Figure 7-23).
CIM Adjustment With LL/DC Lines (Default)
S
TX
a. Set the CIM in the Switch to generate an
alignment tone (set S5 to "1") (see Figure 7-34).
ND
(G
6
5
S1
0
4
)
S-
0
3
R X IO )
UD
D)
(A
)
GN
+
(
S
SK
S(F
SRX
X
R
TX
S+
X
O)
R
)
DI
U
SK
(A
(F
+
+
S
S
TX
TX
4
S1
3
01
2
1
2
1
ON
ON
+
K
FS
Figure 7-29 S100/S101 RS-232
b. Adjust R44 for -12 dBm (192 mV RMS) at J12.
7-29
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
BASIC BOARD MODULE
023-2000-830
TEMP
POWER SUPPLY I
Vs1
0-35V >60W
FAN CONTROL
OFF
ENABLE
B+
ON
VCHGR
B-
(+)
(-)
POWER SUPPLY
Vs2
0-40V @ 3A
ACTIVE
LOAD
Figure 7-30 BATTERY REVERT TEST SETUP
7.7 VISUAL CHECK
6. Decrease VS1 until:
the relay engages
the LED goes out
voltage is present at the active load.
1. Make sure the heat sunk parts are not shorted to the
heat-sink.
This voltage will be 28V DC ±0.5V.
2. Verify all electrolytic capacitors are installed correctly.
7. Set Vs1 to 26.5V DC and turn the enable line to
OFF. No voltage will be present at the active load.
3. Connect 023-2000-830 Battery Back-Up as shown
in Figure 7-30.
7.8 BATTERY REVERT TEST
8. Decrease Vs1 until:
the relay disengages
the LED lights
no voltage is present at the active load.
1. Connect the circuit as shown in Figure 7-30.
2. Turn the active load to current mode at 1A.
This voltage will be 19V DC ±0.5V.
3. Turn enable to On, battery fault LED should be on.
4. Increase Vs1 until:
the relay engages
the voltage is present on the active load
the battery fault LED is off.
9. With the enable line OFF measure current Is, it
should be less than 20 mA.
10.Reverse the polarity of Vs1
Set to 26.5V DC
BBM Enable ON
This voltage will be 22V DC ±0.5V.
5. Increase Vs1 until:
the relay disengages
the LED lights
no voltage is present at the active load.
Reverse Battery LED will light and Is should be less
than 50 mA.
11. Disconnect the test setup.
This voltage will be 31V DC ±0.5V.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
7-30
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
LM335
BASIC BOARD MODULE
023-2000-830
FAN CONTROL
TEMP
1k
OFF
ACTIVE
LOAD
B+
B-
ENABLE
ON
VCHGR
POWER SUPPLY
Vs2
0-40V @ 3A
(+)
(-)
Figure 7-31 BATTERY CHARGER TEST SETUP
7.9 BATTERY CHARGER SECTION
1. Connect Battery Backup Module as shown in Figure
7-31.
2. Set the active load to 0A and set Vs2 to 40V at 3A.
3. Adjust R140 so the voltage at the active load reads
27.55V DC ±0.1V.
NOTE: The temperature sensor LM335 has to be at
22°C (room temperature).
4. Increase the active load current to 1.8A and verify
voltage at the load is greater than 26V.
NOTE: The fan control line will stay at 0V until the heat
sink is above 50°C.
5. Set the active load current to zero, shut off Vs2 and
disconnect the BBM. Glyptol R140.
7-31
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
2
TXS-
6
TXA-
1
5
TXA+
MB 4
MA 3
1
J8
TXS+
2
1
J7
4
RXA-
6
RXA+ 5
EB
EA 3
RXS-
RXS+
VIO/GRN
GRN/VIO
VIO/BLU
BLU/VIO
YEL/BRN
BRN/YEL
WIRE COLORS ARE SOLID/STRIPE
VIO/BRN
BRN/VIO
VIO/ORN
ORN/VIO
YEL/SLT
SLT/YEL
UNIT 4
2
1
J6
TXA-
TXA+
7-32
N/C
J8/6
J7/6
23
48
25
50
24
49
J7/5
J8/5
YEL/GRN
GRN/YEL
YEL/BLU
BLU/YEL
BLK/BRN
BRN/BLK
N/C
6
5
MB 4
MA 3
TXS-
TXS+
J8/4
22
47
J8/3
UNIT 3
3
2
1
J7/4
21
46
J7/3
20
45
J8/1
J8/2
RXA-
6
RXA+ 5
EB 4
EA
RXS-
RXS+
J5
J7/2
19
44
J7/1
J6/6
18
43
J6/5
YEL/ORN
ORN/YEL
BLK/SLT
SLT/BLK
BLK/GRN
GRN/BLK
J5/6
17
42
J5/5
J5/4
15
40
J6/2
14
39
12
37
J4/5
J4/6
W1
J5/2
13
38
J5/1
BLK/ORN
J6/1
6
ORN/BLK
RED/SLT
SLT/RED
RED/GRN
GRN/RED
J3/6
11
36
J4/4
10
35
J4/3
J3/4
9
34
J4/2
8
33
J4/1
J3/2
7
32
J3/1
BLK/BLU
BLU/BLK
RED/BRN
BRN/RED
RED/ORN
ORN/RED
J3/3
6
RXA+ 5
RXA-
J3/5
3
2
1
J3
EB 4
EA
RXS-
RXS+
FEMALE CONNECTOR FOR CABLES A, B, C AND D
J6/4
16
41
J5/3
TXA-
5
MB 4
TXA+
J6/3
2
1
J4
MA 3
TXS-
TXS+
UNIT 2
J2/6
6
31
J2/5
2
1
J2
J1/6
5
30
J1/5
4
29
J2/3
6
5
J2/4
TXA-
TXA+
MB 4
MA 3
TXS-
TXS+
J1/4
3
28
J1/3
J2/2
2
27
J2/1
RED/BLU
BLU/RED
WHT/BRN
BRN/WHT
WHT/ORN
ORN/WHT
J1/2
1
26
J1/1
UNIT 1
2
1
J1
4
RXA-
6
RXA+ 5
EB
EA 3
RXS-
RXS+
WHT/SLT
SLT/WHT
WHT/GRN
GRN/WHT
WHT/BLU
BLU/WHT
1
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
Figure 7-32 SWITCH (RNT) BACKPLANE WIREHARNESS
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
NOT USED
PIN NUMBERS
26
WHT/BLU
RXS-
1
BLU/WHT
RXS+
27
WHT/ORN
TXS-
2
ORN/WHT
TXS+
28
WHT/GRN
EB
3
GRN/WHT
EA
29
WHT/BRN
MB
4
BRN/WHT
MA
30
WHT/SLT
RXA-
5
SLT/WHT
RXA+
31
RED/BLU
TXA-
6
BLU/RED
TXA+
32
RED/ORN
RXS-
7
ORN/RED
RXS+
33
RED/GRN
TXS-
8
GRN/RED
TXS+
34
RED/BRN
EB
9
BRN/RED
EA
35
RED/SLT
MB
10
SLT/RED
MA
36
BLK/BLU
RXA-
11
BLU/BLK
RXA+
37
BLK/ORN
TXA-
12
ORN/BLK
TXA+
38
BLK/GRN
RXS-
13
GRN/BLK
RXS+
39
BLK/BRN
TXS-
14
BRN/BLK
TXS+
40
BLK/SLT
EB
15
SLT/BLK
EA
41
YEL/BLU
MB
16
BLU/YEL
MA
42
YEL/ORN
RXA-
17
ORN/YEL
RXA+
43
YEL/GRN
TXA-
18
GRN/YEL
TXA+
44
YEL/BRN
RXS-
19
BRN/YEL
RXS+
45
YEL/SLT
TXS-
20
SLT/YEL
TXS+
46
VIO/BLU
EB
21
BLU/VIO
EA
47
VIO/ORN
MB
22
ORN/VIO
MA
48
VIO/GRN
RXA-
23
GRN/VIO
RXA+
49
VIO/BRN
TXA-
24
BRN/VIO
TXA+
50
VIO/SLT
25
SLT/VIO
UNIT 1
UNIT 2
25
50
24
49
23
48
22
47
21
46
20
45
19
44
18
43
17
42
16
41
15
40
14
39
13
38
12
37
11
36
10
35
9
34
8
33
7
32
6
31
5
30
4
29
3
28
2
27
1
26
MALE CONNECTOR FOR CABLES TO UNITS 1, 2, 3 AND 4
UNIT 3
UNIT 4
Figure 7-33 SWITCH (RNT) PUNCH BLOCK
7-33
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
J31
S2
CR401
(YEL)
CR403
(RED)
CR402
(GRN)
CR404
J24
3
2
1
DS1
TP5
J13
33 1
J12
S5
J11
4
3
2
1
ON
7-34
Figure 7-34 CIM ALIGNMENT POINTS
(GRN)
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
R41
TP3
R83 R86
TP4
R44
MON/
LINE
MAIN INPUT (Rx)
J1
(LINE)
EQU
MON/
LINE
MAIN OUTPUT (Tx)
J2
EQU
J32
J22 J21
2 2
1 1
6
5
4
3
2
1
P33
S3
4
3
2
1
ON
TP8
R102
TP9
TP6
S1
J15 21
J14 21
R90
4
3
2
1
J27
3
R80
2
1
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
ON
S4
R77
P1
64 32
J36
1
ON
P2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2 3
SERVICING
SECTION 8 SERVICING
8.1 INTRODUCTION
8.2 SYNTHESIZER SERVICING
8.1.1 PERIODIC CHECKS
8.2.1 INTRODUCTION
This repeater should be put on a regular maintenance schedule and an accurate performance record
maintained. Important checks are receiver sensitivity
and transmitter frequency, modulation, and power output. It is recommended that repeater performance be
checked regularly even though periodic checks are not
specifically required by the FCC.
Synthesizer malfunctions can be caused by no
VCO output, or the VCO is unlocked. The VCO can
be unlocked due to a bad synthesizer chip, an incomplete synthesizer phase-lock loop, or because the synthesizer chip is programmed incorrectly.
To make certain that the synthesizer chip is
receiving programming data, pins 17, 18 and 19 of the
chip should be monitored during programming. Pin
17 (Enable) will go from a high to a low level. Pin 18
(Clock) will go from low to high in narrow pulses.
Pin 19 (Data) goes from high to low with wider data
pulses.
8.1.2 SURFACE-MOUNTED COMPONENTS
A large number of the components used in this
repeater are the surface-mounted type. Since these
components are relatively small in size and are soldered directly to the PC board, care must be used
when they are replaced to prevent damage to the component or PC board. Surface-mounted components
should not be reused since they may be damaged by
the unsoldering process. For more information on
replacing surface-mounted components, refer to the
Surface-Mounted Device Handbook, Part No. 0010576-002.
When the VCO is locked, the lock detect line of
the synthesizer pin 2 is high with very narrow negative-going pulses. These pulses become wider when
the VCO is out of lock. When this unlock condition
exists either in the Exciter VCO or the Receiver VCO,
it is relayed by the RF Interface board and is detected
by the MPC via the RF Data lines. The MPC then
does not allow the transmitter to key and the receiver
cannot unsquelch.
8.1.3 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
When the VCO is unlocked, the fR and fV inputs
to the phase detector are not in phase (refer to Sections
6.1.12 and 6.2.5). The phase detector in the synthesizer then causes the VCO control voltage to go to the
high or low end of its operating range (0 or 9V). This
in turn causes the VCO to oscillate at the high or low
end of its frequency range.
Schematic diagrams and component layouts of
the PC boards used in this repeater are located in Section 10. A component locator guide is also provided
for both the schematic and board layouts to aid in
component location.
8.1.4 REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
As shown in Figures 6-1 and 6-4 a loop is formed
by the VCO, buffer, frequency input (FIN) and the
phase detector output (PD OUT). Therefore, if any of
these components begin to malfunction, improper signals appear throughout the loop. However, correct
operation of the counters can still be verified by measuring the input and output frequencies to check the
divide number.
A replacement parts list containing all the parts
used in this repeater is located in Section 9. Parts are
listed alpha numerically according to designator. For
information on ordering parts, refer to Section 1.10.
8.1.5 TCXO MODULES NOT SERVICEABLE
Transmit or Receive TCXOs are not field serviceable because if a part is changed, a factory recalibration must be performed to ensure that it stays
within its ±1 PPM tolerance.
Proceed as follows to check the input and output
signal of the synthesizer modules to determine if they
are operating properly.
8-1
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
SERVICING
8.2.2 TCXO MODULE
Modulus Control Signal
Check the signal at TCXO, pin 5. It should be
17.5 MHz for Y201 and Y401 at a level of approximately 3V P-P. If the TCXO is defective, it is not serviceable and must be replaced with a new unit as
described in Section 8.1.5.
4. The frequency of the modulus control signal on
TEST 1, pin 9 should be equal to the N counter output frequency (either in or out of lock). When the
VCO is in lock, this frequency should be 12.5 kHz.
5. The duty cycle of the modulus control signal determines the divide number of the prescaler. The duty
cycle (T1 ÷ T2) should be as follows:
Measure the signal at pin 20 (Ref In) of the synthesizer chip. It will be approximately 1V P-P. If the
signal is low here, the TCXO buffer circuit may be
defective.
T1 ÷ T2 = A Cntr Div No ÷ N Cntr Div No
T2 = 80 µs when locked.
8.2.3 VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
(VCO)
Check for VCO output signal with a high impedance RF voltmeter. If there is no output signal, or if
the frequency is greatly off, the VCO is defective.
0V
Next, monitor the signal level at pin 11 (F In) of
the synthesizer chip. If the signal is less than 100 mV
P-P, the VCO buffer is defective.
T1
T2
10us/DIV 2V/DIV
Lock Detector
Figure 8-2 MODULUS CONTROL WAVEFORM
When the VCO is locked on frequency, the waveform at pin 2 (Lock Det) should be as follows. When
the VCO is unlocked, the negative-going pulses
should be much wider than those shown in Figure 8-1.
If the lock detect circuit is operating properly, check
prescaler input pin 11 (F In).
If the modulus control signal is not correct, the
synthesizer may be defective or the logic may not be
programming the correct divide number.
8.2.4 INTERNAL PRESCALER
The operation of the N and A counters can be
observed by monitoring pins 16 and 19. Pin 16 (fV)
equals fin ÷ (64N+A) = 12.5 kHz if the synthesizer is
locked. Pin 9 is the modulus control signal.
Checking Prescaler Divide Number
The prescaler divide number can be checked by
measuring the input and output frequencies. The prescaler divide number can be calculated as follows. (A
and N counter divide numbers are calculated as
described in Section 8.2.5.)
Prescaler Divide Number =
64 + (A Cntr Div No ÷ N Cntr Div No)
0V
50ns
80us
10us/DIV 2V/DIV
Example: Channel 300 (receive)
Prescaler Div No = 64 + (45 ÷ 950) = 64.0474
Figure 8-1 LOCK DETECT WAVEFORM
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
8-2
SERVICING
Example: Channel 300 (transmit)
Measure the prescaler input frequency at fin, pin
11. Then measure the output frequency at TEST 2, pin
13 and calculate the divide number. If the VCO is not
locked on frequency, the divide number should still be
correct. The measured frequencies may not be exactly
as calculated due to counter accuracy and resolution
limitations.
A Cntr Div No = (858.4875 ÷ .0125) - (1073 x 64)
= 68,679 - 68,672
=7
NOTE: The counter should be connected to a high
stability reference oscillator.
8.3 RECEIVER SERVICING
Example: Channel 300, VCO locked on frequency
To isolate a receiver problem to a defective section, start by checking the DC voltages shown in Section 6.5.6 and on the schematic diagram (Section 10).
If that does not indicate the problem, perform the performance tests in Section 7.1 to isolate the problem. If
the synthesizer is out of lock, the receiver is also nonfunctional because the first injection and IF signals
will be incorrect.
760.5375 MHz (pin 11) ÷ 11.8746 (pin 13) = 64.0474
8.2.5 CALCULATING "N " AND "A " COUNTER
DIVIDE NUMBERS
"N" Counter
N Counter Divide Number =
Integer (VCO Freq. (MHz) ÷ 0.8)
8.4 TRANSMITTER SERVICING
Example: Channel 300 (receive)
To isolate a transmitter problem to a defective
section, start by checking the DC voltages shown in
Sections 6.5.4 and 6.5.5 and on the schematic diagram
(Section 10). If that does not indicate the problem,
perform the Performance Tests in Section 7.2, 7.3 and
7.4 to isolate the problem. If the synthesizer is out of
lock, the Exciter is also nonfunctional because the
software will not allow the repeater to transmit.
VCO freq = 813.4875 - 52.95 = 760.5375 MHz
N Cntr Div No = 760.5375 ÷ 0.8 = 950.67188
Integer (whole no.) of 950.67188 = 950
Example: Channel 300 (transmit)
N Cntr Div No = 858.4875 ÷ 0.8 = 1073.1094
Integer (whole no.) of 1073.1094 = 1073
8.5 POWER SUPPLY SERVICING
The power supply is a switch mode type with
very high voltages. It is highly recommended that the
power supply be returned to the factory for servicing
(see Section 1.9). A parts list, schematic and component layout are provided for those customers that
desire to do their own repairs (see Sections 9 and 10).
"A" Counter
A Counter Divide Number =
(VCO freq (MHz) ÷ .0125) - (N Cntr Div No x 64)
Example: Channel 300 (receive)
A Cntr Div No = (760.5375 ÷ .0125) - (950 x 64)
= 60,843 - 60,800
= 43
8-3
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
SERVICING
AC FAIL
+28V
GND
A
+5V
+15V
-5V
2
4
1
7
3
5
11
8
6
12
9
10
B
C
GND
GND
+15V
THERMAL
SENSE
ON/OFF
Figure 8-3 POWER SUPPLY FRONT VIEW
TEMP
CHARGER
+
+
BATTERY
+ - -
JUMPER
EARTH
GROUND
LINE
NEUTRAL
Figure 8-4 POWER SUPPLY FRONT VIEW
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
8-4
SERVICING
Standby Battery Jack
Example: 15 pF capacitor
This provides a connection point for a +24V DC
standby battery. Current is drawn from the battery
only when the repeater enable line is on and AC has
failed, or no AC is connected. A trickle charger can be
jumpered in to charge the battery when AC returns.
The charger jumper is removed when a separate battery charger is used (see Figure 8-3). The standby battery connection to the power supply must be ordered
installed from the factory.
NOTE: A small amount (<30 mA) of current is drawn
from the batteries with the repeater off. If the repeater
is going to be turned off for more than one week (with
good batteries connected) the fuse should be removed
from the DC cable harness.
American - Single Black "E"
Japanese -"E1"
The Japanese EIA Standard may also utilize a bar
to indicate the temperature coefficient.
Example: A2 - 100 pF NPO
XX = NPO
XX = N150
XX = N220
XX = N330
XX = N470
XX = N750
XX = X7R
8.6.2 TANTALUM CHIP CAPACITORS (51026XX-XXX)
8.5.1 VOLTAGE CHECKS
Secondary voltages can be checked at the power
supply connector with the power supply removed from
the repeater. First the on/off line must be grounded
(pin 5 to ground) then check the supply voltages (see
Figure ). If voltages are absent the supply must be
sent to the E.F. Johnson Company.
Tantalum chip capacitor identification varies with
vendor and physical size. The positive (+) end is usually indicated by a colored board or beveled edge. The
value and voltage may be indicated by printing on the
capacitor or by using a special code.
8.6.3 CHIP INDUCTORS (542-9000-XXX)
8.6 CHIP COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION
Three colored dots are used to indicate the value
of chip inductors. The two dots on the left side indicate the first and second digits of the value in nanoHenries, and the single dot on the right side indicates
the multiplier (see Table 8-2).
8.6.1 CERAMIC CHIP CAPACITORS (510-36XXXXX)
Ceramic chip capacitors are identified using
either an American or Japanese EIA standard. The
values for both standards are shown in Table 8-1.
Example: Dots - Brown-Black-Red
10 nH x 100 = 1000 nH (1.0 µH)
American EIA Standard
The last three digits of the part number are also
the value and multiplier. The multiplier digits are
shown in Table 8-2.
The America EIA Standard uses a single letter or
number to indicate the value, and the color of this letter or number to indicate the multiplier.
8.6.4 CHIP RESISTORS
Japanese EIA Standard
The value of chip resistors is indicated by a number printed on the resistor. A 3-digit number is used to
identify ±5% and ±10% resistors, and a 4-digit number
is used to identify ±1% resistors.
The Japanese EIA Standard uses a letter to indicate the value followed by a number to indicate the
multiplier.
8-5
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
SERVICING
The 3-digit number used to identify ±5% and
±10% resistors corresponds to the last 3-digits of the
E.F. Johnson part number. This number is derived as
shown.
Table 8-1 CERAMIC CHIP CAP
IDENTIFICATION
Example:
273
27k ohm
339
3.3 ohm
American EIA Standard
Japanese EIA Standard
First Letter/
Number
Value (pF)
First Letter/
Number
Value (pF)
A
B
C
D
E
H
I
J
K
L
N
O
R
S
T
V
W
X
Y
Z
3
4
7
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
18
20
22
24
27
30
33
36
39
43
47
51
56
62
68
75
82
91
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.5
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.7
3.0
3.3
3.6
3.9
4.3
4.7
5.1
5.6
6.2
6.8
7.5
8.2
9.1
Color
Multiplier
Second
Number
Multiplier
Some resistors with a ±1% tolerance are identified by a 4-digit number and others may not have a
marking. When identified with a 4-digit number, the
first three digits are the value and the fourth is the
multiplier.
Example: 57615.76k ohm
X
Value in ohms
X
X
Multiplier
0=0
1 = 10
2 = 100
3 = 1k
4 = 10k
5 = 100k
6 = 1M
7 = 10M
Orange
Black
Green
Blue
Violet
Red
8 = 0.01
9 = 0.1
Figure 8-5 3-DIGIT RESISTOR
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
8-6
0.1
1
10
100
1000
10,000
0
1
2
3
4
5
1
10
100
1000
10,000
100,000
SERVICING
Table 8-2 CHIP INDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION
Color
Black
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Violet
Gray
White
1st Digit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2nd Digit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Multiplier
(Last PN Digit)
1 (7)
10 (8)
100 (9)
1000 (0)
10,000 (1)
100,000 (2)
------0.1 (6)
8.6.5 CHIP TRANSISTORS AND DIODES
Surface mounted transistors and diodes are identified by a special number that is shown in a (see Table
8-2).
8.7 BERYLLIUM PRODUCT WARNING
Q501, Q502, Q503, R504, R505 and R685 in the
Power Amplifier contain Beryllium (BeO). Inhalation
of dust or fumes may cause serious chronic lung disease. Refer to the Material Safety Data Sheets for further details.
8.8 GRAFOIL REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
When replacing a device that uses Grafoil for the
thermal interface, the Grafoil must be replaced. The
old Grafoil must be completely removed from the
heatsink. To avoid scuffing the heatsink a plastic
scraper (e.g. tuning tool) should be used to remove the
old Grafoil.
8-7
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
SERVICING
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
8-8
PARTS LIST
SECTION 9 PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOL
NUMBER
800 MHz MULTI-NET 75W REPEATER
PART NO. 242-2008-132
A 100 800 MHz 75W repeater assem 023-2008-232
PA001
PA002
PA003
PA004
U 110 FSK modem 7911 28-DIP
W 013 AC power cord 6’ 7"
544-3988-004
800 MHz 75W REPEATER
PART NO. 242-2008-232
575-1606-012
MP033 PA hold down bracket
017-2210-032
PA001
PA002
PA003
PA004
023-2000-310
023-2000-320
023-2000-350
023-2000-200
Main Processor Card assem**
Main Audio Card assem**
Interface Alarm Card assem**
Repeater enclosure assembly
W 013 AC power cord 6’ 7"
597-1001-013
800 MHz MULTI-NET 175W REPEATER
PART NO. 242-2008-134
A 100 800 MHz 75W repeater assem 023-2008-234
544-3988-004
800 MHz MULTI-NET 175W REPEATER
PART NO. 242-2008-234
A 003
A 006
A 010
800 MHz 175W PA/RFIB
Receiver/Exciter module
Power supply
023-2008-934
023-2008-832
023-2000-800
HW001
6-32 machine panhead
575-1606-012
MP033
PA hold down bracket
017-2210-032
023-2000-310
023-2000-320
023-2000-350
023-2000-200
597-1001-013
75W PA/RFIB ASSEMBLY
PART NO. 023-2008-942
**Requires Application Engineering authorization to
purchase.
U 110 FSK modem 7911 28-DIP
Main Processor Card assem**
Main Audio Card assem**
Interface Alarm Card assem**
Repeater enclosure assembly
**Requires Application Engineering authorization to
purchase.
A 003 800 MHz 75W PA/RFIB assem023-2008-932
A 006 Receive/Exciter Module
023-2008-832
A 010 Power Supply
023-2000-800
HW001 6-32 machine panhead
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
A 002
A 004
A 005
A 008
A 009
A 010
A 011
895 MHz circulator < 250W
PA - Rx/Tx 20-cond ribbon
PA - Rx/Tx 20-cond ribbon
Cable assembly
PA RF input coax assembly
Fwd/Rev Power Detector
800 MHz LPF Rptr to Final
585-0590-005
023-2000-190
023-2000-190
416-0614-001
597-3002-031
023-2008-680
023-2008-630
C 001
C 002
C 003
C 004
C 005
C 006
C 007
C 008
C 009
C 010
C 011
C 012
C 013
C 523
C 524
C 525
C 526
C 527
C 586
C 587
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
12 pF 250V mini mica
12 pF 250V mini mica
22 pF 250V mini mica
22 pF 250V mini mica
1.3-5.4 pF ±20% vert mt
5 pF 250V mini mica
5 pF 250V mini mica
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-0019-120
510-0019-120
510-0019-220
510-0019-220
187-0103-175
510-0019-509
510-0019-509
EP500 RF power detector jumper
EP509 Ferrite bead SMD-1233
9-1
016-2228-015
517-2503-010
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
HW003 5/8-24x0.094 hex nut NPB
560-9079-028
HW004 5/8x0.02 lockwasher int CPS 596-9119-028
HW003 5/8-24x0.094 hex nut
HW004 5/8x0.02 lockwasher int
560-9079-028
596-9119-028
J 001
J 001
J 002
2-pin receptacle lock
2-pin receptacle lock
515-9032-232
515-9032-232
Q 5021
Q 7011
Q 7021
Q 7031
Q 7041
60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898
60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898
60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898
60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898
60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898
576-0004-820
576-0004-820
576-0004-820
576-0004-820
576-0004-820
R 6851
R 7011
R 7021
R 7031
R 7161
R 7171
R 7301
50 ohm 250W flange mt load
100 ohm 20W flange mount
100 ohm 20W flange mount
100 ohm 100W flange mount
100 ohm 20W flange mount
100 ohm 100W flange mount
100 ohm 100W flange mount
569-5001-003
569-5001-001
569-5001-001
569-5001-002
569-5001-001
569-5001-002
569-5001-002
U 501
20W 870 MHz power module 544-4001-127
2-pin lock receptacle #22
PA001 75W PA mechanical assem
PA008 RF Interface board assembly
PA009 PA assembly
515-9032-232
023-2008-742
023-2008-110
023-2008-540
Q 501* 30W 24V 900 MHz MRF-894 576-0004-821
Q 502* 60W 24V 800 MHz MRF-898 576-0004-820
Q 503* 60W 24V 800 MHz MRF-898 576-0004-820
R 508* 100 ohm 20W flange mount 569-5001-001
R 509* 100 ohm 100W flange mount 569-5001-002
R 685* 50 ohm 250W flange mt load 569-5001-003
800 MHz 175W REPEATER ASSEMBLY
PART NO. 023-2008-934
A 002
A 004
A 005
A 008
A 009
A 010
A 011
895 MHz circulator <250W
PA-Rx/Tx 20-cond rbn cable
PA-Rx/Tx 20-cond rbn cable
N-ST BK jack/conn cable
PA RF input coax assembly
Fwd/Rev power detect assem
800 MHz LPF assembly
585-0590-005
023-2000-190
023-2000-190
416-0614-001
597-3002-031
023-2008-680
023-2008-630
PA001 PA mechanical
PA008 RF Interface board assembly
PA009 800 MHz 175W PA assembly
023-2008-734
023-2008-110
023-2008-520
C 001
C 002
C 003
C 004
C 005
C 006
C 007
C 008
C 009
C 010
C 011
C 012
C 013
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru
EP500 Jumper
REPEATER ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY
PART NO. 023-2000-200
A 004
A 005
A 006
A 007
A 008
A 009
A 010
A 011
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
510-3149-102
016-2228-015
Shelf power harness assembly
High speed data bus harness
Input/Output harness assem
Alarm harness assembly
RF input harness assembly
Controller backplane card
External connector board
Power supply filter board
CH017 Chassis
017-2210-080
EP001
EP002
EP010
EP011
Ferrite bd 1.122x1.125x0.543
Ferrite bd 0.687x1.125x0.375
3/8" heat shrink tubing
1/2" heat shrink tubing
517-2002-008
517-2002-009
042-0241-556
042-0241-557
HW013
HW014
HW016
HW017
HW018
6-32 machine panhead philips
6-32 machine panhead philips
8-32 machine panhead phil
10-32 machine panhead phil
6-19 panhead phil ZPS screw
575-1606-014
575-1606-012
575-1608-012
575-1610-016
575-5606-008
1 DANGER Beryllium Product. Inhalation of dust or fumes may cause serious chronic lung disease
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
9-2
023-2000-165
023-2000-170
023-2000-175
023-2000-180
023-2000-185
023-2000-210
023-2000-220
023-2000-250
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
HW019 6-32 machine flathead philips
HW020 6-32 x 0.094 nut
HW021 8-32 socket head shldr screw
HW022 8 x 0.032 flat washer NPB
HW023 #10 flat washer NPB
HW024 1/2" cable clamp
HW025 Ratcheting flat wire
HW026 Floating connector shield
HW027 Floating connector cushion
HW029 Speed nut 0.093 stud
HW030 4-40 shield screw
HW031 Lens, adhesive
HW032 6-32 machine panhead philips
HW033 6 x 0.018 lockwasher
HW036 High vinyl foot
575-8206-012
560-1106-010
575-9078-106
596-2408-012
596-1410-016
572-0001-007
572-0011-005
018-1007-028
018-1132-150
537-0002-004
575-9078-105
574-3002-115
575-1606-024
596-1106-009
574-1004-003
J 010 Banana jack assembly .166
J 011 Banana jack assembly .166
J 012 Banana jack assembly .166
108-2302-621
108-2303-621
108-2301-621
MP001 PA floating connector bracket
MP012 8-32 x 1.15 spacer 0.375
MP013 Guide pin shield
MP015 Chassis top cover
MP017 Door lock rod
MP018 Mounting ears
MP019 Door lock cam
MP020 Front door lens
MP021 PA slide
MP022 Front door
MP024 Slide lock cam
MP025 Card guide 4.5"
MP026 PA conn floating plate
MP028 Flexible grommet
MP029 Flexible grommet
MP030 Spacer
MP031 Spacer
MP032 Dowel pin guide
017-2210-099
013-1723-221
013-1723-220
017-2210-070
013-1723-225
017-2210-085
017-2210-110
032-0758-025
032-0758-015
032-0758-020
537-9007-012
574-9015-006
017-2226-020
574-0001-025
574-0001-025
013-1723-228
013-1723-229
013-1723-230
NP001Nameplate E.F. Johnson
559-5861-163
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
HW272 6-32 pan torx ZPS
575-0006-010
HW273 6-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-016
MP253 Transceiver deck cover
F 001
F 002
F 003
4 Amp 250V submin fuse
4 Amp 250V submin fuse
1 Amp 250V submin fuse
EP252 0.156 OD RF shield gasket
574-3002-036
9-3
534-0017-020
534-0017-020
534-0017-014
FH001 Fuse holder
FH002 Fuse holder
FH003 Fuse holder
534-0017-001
534-0017-001
534-0017-001
HW012 Polarizing key box cont
515-7109-010
J 001
J 002
515-9031-400
515-9031-400
34 pin latch ejection header
34 pin latch ejection header
MP001 Round swage spacer 0.5"
MP002 Round swage spacer 0.75"
312-2483-216
312-2483-224
P 001
P 002
P 003
P 004
P 005
P 006
P 007
P 008
P 009
P 010
P 011
P 012
P 013
P 014
P 015
P 016
P 017
P 018
515-7082-201
515-7082-200
515-7082-201
515-7082-200
515-7082-201
515-7082-200
515-7082-201
515-7082-200
515-7082-200
515-9031-397
515-9031-205
515-7082-201
515-7082-200
515-7082-201
515-7082-200
515-7082-201
515-7082-200
515-7082-201
64-pin DIN female straight
32-pin DIN female straight
64-pin DIN female straight
32-pin DIN female straight
64-pin DIN female straight
32-pin DIN female straight
64-pin DIN female straight
32-pin DIN female straight
32-pin DIN female straight
26-pin locking straight header
6-pin friction lock conn
64-pin DIN female straight
32-pin DIN female straight
64-pin DIN female straight
32-pin DIN female straight
64-pin DIN female straight
32-pin DIN female straight
64-pin DIN female straight
PC001 PC board
015-0902-010
015-0902-015
CONTROLLER BACKPLANE CARD
PART NO. 023-2000-210
TRANSCEIVER MECHANICAL
PART NO. 023-2000-205
CH252 Transceiver housing
PART
NUMBER
035-2000-210
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD
PART NO. 023-2000-220
HW001 6-32 ss pem fastener
HW002 Polarizing key box cnt
560-9106-010
515-7109-010
J 001
J 002
J 003
J 004
J 005
515-7110-426
515-7110-434
515-9031-400
515-2006-046
515-2006-046
26-pos terminal block PC mt
34-pos terminal block PC mt
34-pos latch ejection header
8-pos modular jack
8-pos modular jack
MP001 9800 insulator
018-1132-018
NP001 External connector label
559-0069-060
P 001 26-pin locking straight header 515-9031-397
P 002 8-pin straight locking header 515-9031-207
PC001 PC board
035-2000-220
POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD
PART NO. 023-2000-250
C 001 2200 µF 35V aluminum elect
C 002 2200 µF 35V aluminum elect
C 003 2200 µF 35V aluminum elect
510-4075-222
510-4075-222
510-4075-222
EP020 Ferrite bead
EP021 Ferrite bead
517-2002-009
517-2002-009
MP001 Round tapped swage spacer
MP002 Round tapped swage spacer
312-2493-212
312-2493-212
PC001 PC board
035-2000-250
RF INTERFACE BOARD
PART NO. 023-2008-110
C 101
C 102
C 103
C 104
C 105
C 107
C 108
C 109
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
510-3606-104
510-2626-229
510-2625-479
510-3606-104
510-3602-390
510-2626-229
510-3605-183
510-3602-102
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
C 110
C 111
C 112
C 113
C 114
C 115
C 116
C 117
C 119
C 120
C 125
C 126
C 130
C 132
C 135
C 138
C 141
C 143
C 149
C 150
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
1000 µF 50V axial low temp
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
510-3606-104
510-3606-473
510-2628-109
510-3606-473
510-2628-109
510-3606-473
510-3606-103
510-4076-102
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-103
510-3605-183
510-3606-104
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3602-102
CR101
CR103
CR104
CR107
CR108
CR109
CR110
CR111
Switching SOT-23
3.9V zener SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
Dual switching common-cath
523-1504-002
523-2016-399
523-2016-519
523-2016-519
523-2016-519
523-2016-519
523-2016-519
523-1504-022
EP101
EP102
EP103
EP104
EP105
Terminal lug 2104-06
Terminal lug 2104-06
Terminal lug 2104-06
Terminal lug 2104-06
Terminal lug 2104-06
586-0005-106
586-0005-106
586-0005-106
586-0005-106
586-0005-106
F 101
F 102
2A 250V AC sub-min
2A 250V AC sub-min
534-0017-017
534-0017-017
FH101 Fuse holder PC mount
FH102 Fuse holder PC mount
534-1017-001
534-1017-001
HW105 Polarizing key box cnt
515-7109-010
HW106 Polarizing key box cnt
515-7109-010
HW247 6-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-012
9-4
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
J 101
J 102
J 103
J 104
36-pin right angle radial
20-pin straight low profile
20-pin straight low profile
4-pin right angle header
515-0511-001
515-9031-376
515-9031-376
515-9035-004
L 101
3 µH filter choke PC mount
542-5007-031
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 076
R 078
R 079
R 080
R 081
R 082
R 083
R 084
R 085
R 086
R 087
R 088
R 089
R 090
R 091
R 092
R 093
R 094
R 095
R 100
R 101
R 102
R 103
R 104
R 105
R 106
R 107
R 108
R 109
R 110
R 111
R 112
R 113
R 114
R 115
R 116
R 117
R 118
R 119
R 120
R 121
R 122
R 123
R 124
R 125
R 126
R 127
MP101 PA connector mounting shield 032-0758-028
P 101
P 102
P 103
P 104
P 105
Banana plug panel mount
Banana plug panel mount
Banana plug panel mount
Banana plug panel mount
Banana plug panel mount
108-0753-001
108-0753-001
108-0753-001
108-0753-001
108-0753-001
PC100 PC board
035-2008-110
Q 101
Q 102
Q 103
Q 104
Q 105
Q 106
Q 107
Q 108
Si PNP low noise SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
PNP D-pak power
Si NPN low noise SOT-23
Si NPN amp SOT-23
Si NPN SOT-23
PNP D-pak power
Si NPN gen purp sw/amp
576-0003-657
576-0003-600
576-0002-603
576-0003-657
576-0003-658
576-0003-600
576-0002-603
576-0001-300
R 045
R 046
R 048
R 049
R 050
R 051
R 052
R 053
R 054
R 055
R 056
R 057
R 059
R 061
R 063
R 064
R 065
R 066
R 073
R 074
R 075
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.99k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-101
569-0115-101
569-0115-102
569-0115-001
569-0111-368
569-0115-101
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-272
569-0115-474
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-433
569-0115-103
569-0115-433
569-0115-103
569-0115-433
569-0115-103
569-0115-102
569-0115-102
9-5
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
5k ohm single turn trimmer
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
560 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
562-0112-502
569-0115-274
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0115-471
569-0115-274
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0115-471
569-0115-274
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0115-471
569-0115-274
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0115-471
569-0115-512
569-0115-102
569-0115-101
569-0115-102
569-0115-272
569-0115-274
569-0115-274
569-0115-272
569-0115-103
569-0115-561
569-0115-272
569-0115-102
569-0115-512
569-0115-331
569-0115-102
569-0115-182
569-0115-182
569-0115-471
569-0115-471
569-0115-271
569-0111-430
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
569-0111-430
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 128
R 129
R 130
R 131
R 132
R 133
R 134
R 135
R 136
R 137
R 138
R 139
R 140
R 141
R 142
R 143
R 144
R 145
R 146
R 147
R 148
R 149
R 151
R 152
R 153
R 154
R 155
R 156
R 157
R 158
R 159
R 160
R 161
R 162
R 163
R 164
R 165
R 166
R 167
R 168
R 169
R 170
R 171
R 172
R 173
R 174
R 175
DESCRIPTION
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
511 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
569-0111-401
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
569-0111-430
569-0111-430
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0115-223
569-0111-301
569-0115-103
569-0115-274
569-0111-301
569-0111-269
569-0115-102
569-0115-332
569-0115-822
569-0115-822
DESCRIPTION
R 176
R 177
R 178
R 179
R 180
R 181
R 182
R 183
R 184
R 185
R 186
R 187
R 188
R 189
R 190
R 191
R 192
R 193
R 194
R 197
R 198
R 199
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-822
569-0115-822
569-0115-822
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-220
569-0115-220
569-0115-220
569-0115-220
569-0115-223
569-0115-103
569-0115-153
569-0115-220
569-0115-220
569-0115-220
569-0115-220
569-0115-223
569-0115-103
569-0115-153
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
U 101
U 102
U 103
U 104
U 105
U 106
U 107
U 108
U 109
U 110
U 111
U 112
+5V regulator 78L05
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904
8-bit shift register MC14094
8-chan mux 4051
8-chan mux 4051
8-chan mux 4051
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904
Quad op amp SOIC LM224
Hex non-inv buffer 4050B
Dual op amp SO-8 LM2904
Quad op amp SOIC LM224
544-2603-039
544-2019-004
544-3016-094
544-3016-051
544-3016-051
544-3016-051
544-2019-004
544-2019-004
544-2020-014
544-3016-050
544-2019-004
544-2020-014
RECEIVE/TRANSMIT MODULE
PART NO. 023-2008-832
PA002 Transceiver mechanical
PA004 800 MHz Receiver
PA005 800 MHz Exciter
023-2000-205
023-2008-200
023-2008-400
HW001
HW002
HW249
HW250
560-9079-028
596-9119-028
575-1610-020
596-1410-016
5/8-24 x 0.094 hex nut NPB
5/8 x 0.02 int lockwasher CPS
10-32 mach panhead phil ZPS
#10 flat washer ZPS
MP200 Transceiver pad
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PART
NUMBER
9-6
017-2210-105
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOL
NUMBER
RECEIVE VCO 800 MHz
PART NO. 023-2008-800
C 803
C 804
C 805
C 806
C 807
C 808
C 809
C 810
C 811
C 812
C 813
1 pF 150V chip
2.7 pF 150V chip
.47 µF 16V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 10V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
4.7 pF 150V chip
6.8 pF 150V chip
CR802 Varactor
L 803
L 804
L 805
.039 µH inductor SMD
.039 µH inductor SMD
.039 µH inductor SMD
PC800 PC board
C 207
C 208
C 209
C 210
C 211
C 212
C 213
C 214
C 215
C 216
C 217
C 218
C 219
C 220
C 221
C 222
C 231
C 232
C 233
C 234
C 235
C 236
C 237
C 238
C 240
C 251
C 252
C 253
C 254
C 255
C 256
C 257
C 258
C 259
C 260
C 261
C 262
C 263
C 264
C 266
C 267
C 268
C 269
C 270
C 272
C 273
C 274
510-3656-109
510-3656-279
510-2625-478
510-2624-479
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-2626-150
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3656-479
510-3656-689
523-1504-915
542-9001-397
542-9001-397
542-9001-397
035-2008-800
Q 801
Q 802
Si NPN gen purp switch/amp 576-0001-300
NPN UHF low noise SOT-23 576-0003-636
R 801
R 802
R 803
R 804
R 805
R 806
R 807
10 ohm ±5% 0805 chip
3.6k ohm ±5% 0805 chip
10 ohm ±5% 0805 chip
4.7k ohm ±5% 0805 chip
5.1k ohm ±5% 0805 chip
6.2k ohm ±5% 0805 chip
180 ohm ±5% 0805 SMD
569-0105-100
569-0105-362
569-0105-100
569-0105-472
569-0105-512
569-0105-622
569-0115-181
RECEIVER
PART NO. 023-2008-200
A 006
A 201
A 203
800 MHz VCO
RF input coax
Receiver board top shield
023-2008-800
023-2000-161
023-2000-199
C 201
C 202
C 203
C 204
C 205
C 206
6.8 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.2 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
56 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.8 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
56 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
510-3602-689
510-3602-629
510-2625-479
510-3602-560
510-3602-689
510-3602-560
9-7
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
6.2 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
24 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.8 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
3.9 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
120 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
220 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
220 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206
390 pF ±5% NPO 1206
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
3.3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
510-3602-629
510-3602-240
510-3602-100
510-3602-100
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-2625-479
510-3602-100
510-3602-689
510-3602-399
510-3607-104
510-3602-102
510-3606-104
510-3602-102
510-3606-104
510-3602-121
510-3602-101
510-2625-479
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3602-221
510-3602-221
510-3602-569
510-3602-391
510-2625-479
510-3606-103
510-3602-102
510-3606-103
510-3602-101
510-3607-104
510-3607-104
510-3607-104
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-339
510-3602-270
510-3602-569
510-3602-270
510-2625-479
510-3602-390
510-3602-159
510-3602-270
510-3602-390
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
C 275
C 276
C 277
C 278
C 279
C 280
C 281
C 282
C 284
C 285
C 286
C 287
C 288
C 289
C 290
C 291
C 292
C 293
C 294
C 295
C 296
C 297
C 298
C 299
C 300
C 301
C 302
C 303
C 304
C 307
C 308
C 309
C 310
C 311
C 312
C 315
C 316
C 317
C 318
C 319
C 320
C 321
C 323
C 325
C 326
C 328
C 330
DESCRIPTION
2.4 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.8 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
12 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5 µF 25V tantalum SMD
10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5 µF 25V tantalum SMD
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5 µF 25V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
1 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
820 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
510-3602-249
510-3602-689
510-3602-439
510-3602-270
510-2625-479
510-3602-120
510-2625-479
510-3602-270
510-3602-159
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-2627-159
510-3602-100
510-2625-479
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-2627-159
510-3602-390
510-2625-479
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-2627-159
510-2625-479
510-2625-479
510-3602-102
510-3602-390
510-3602-270
510-3606-104
510-3602-390
510-3602-101
510-2625-479
510-3602-109
510-3602-270
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3606-103
510-3602-102
510-3606-102
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-3602-101
510-3602-309
510-3602-821
510-3602-270
9-8
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
C 331
C 332
C 333
C 334
C 335
C 336
C 337
C 338
C 356
C 357
C 358
C 359
C 362
C 363
C 364
C 365
C 366
C 367
C 373
C 374
C 375
C 376
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
56 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
2 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
3.9 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
2.4 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5 µF 25V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5-15 pF ceramic SMD
4.7 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5-15 pF ceramic SMD
4.7 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-2625-479
510-3602-560
510-3606-103
510-3602-209
510-3602-159
510-3602-399
510-3602-249
510-2625-479
510-3602-102
510-2627-159
510-2625-479
510-3602-102
510-3602-270
512-1602-001
510-3602-479
512-1602-001
510-3602-479
CH200
CH201
CH202
CH203
3-cavity helical front end
3-cavity helical front end
2-cavity helical front end
1-cavity helical front end
015-0901-038
015-0901-038
015-0901-028
015-0901-010
CR201
CR002
CR203
CR204
Hot carrier diode SOT-23
Switching diode SOT-23
Switching diode SOT-23
Si 9.1V zener SOT-23
523-1504-016
523-1504-002
523-1504-002
523-2016-919
EP200
EP201
EP202
EP203
EP204
EP205
EP206
Crystal pin cer insulator mini
Ferrite bead SMD 1206
Ferrite bead SMD 1206
Ferrite bead SMD 1206
Ferrite bead SMD 1206
Ferrite bead SMD 1206
Ferrite bead SMD 1206
010-0345-280
517-2503-002
517-2503-010
517-2503-001
517-2503-010
517-2503-001
517-2503-002
HW200
HW201
HW202
HW203
HW204
HW205
10-32 hex set screw NPB
10-32 hex set screw NPB
Tension lock nut CPS
6-32 panhead Torx ZPS
4-40 panhead slot nylon
Polarizing key box cnt
575-9059-032
575-9059-024
560-1810-022
575-0006-008
575-4504-008
515-7109-010
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
J 201
20-pin right angle header
515-9031-375
L 201
L 202
L 203
L 204
L 205
L 206
L 207
L 209
L 210
L 211
L 212
L 213
L 214
L 215
L 216
L 218
L 219
L 220
L 221
L 222
L 223
L 224
L 225
L 226
L 227
L 228
L 229
Helical coil
2.25T helical coil
Helical coil
Helical coil
2.25T helical coil
Helical coil
0.9 µH variable inductor 7mm
0.9 µH variable inductor 7mm
1.5T coil 22 AWG
0.9 µH variable inductor 7mm
1.5T coil 22 AWG
.82 µH inductor SMD
.1 µH inductor SMD
.1 µH inductor SMD
.1 µH inductor SMD
.1 µH inductor SMD
.018 µH inductor SMD
2 3/8 turn helical coil
3T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air
2T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air
Helical coil
Helical coil
0.9 µH variable inductor 7mm
3T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air
3T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air
3T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air
.82 µH inductor SMD
016-2186-201
016-2186-205
016-2186-201
016-2186-201
016-2186-205
016-2186-201
542-1012-008
542-1012-008
542-0010-015
542-1012-008
542-0010-015
542-9001-828
542-9001-108
542-9001-108
542-9001-108
542-9001-108
542-9001-187
016-2186-254
542-0015-003
542-0015-002
016-2186-201
016-2186-201
542-1012-008
542-0015-003
542-0015-003
542-0015-003
542-9001-828
MP200
MP201
MP203
MP204
Helical coil form
Helical coil form
Damped washer 0.125
Bottom shield
013-1627-100
013-1627-110
018-1132-152
017-2210-101
PC200 PC board
035-2008-200
Q 201
Q 202
Q 205
Q 208
Q 209
Q 210
Q 211
Q 214
Q 215
Q 216
576-0003-636
576-0003-602
576-0003-658
576-0003-636
576-0003-636
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-636
576-0003-636
576-0003-604
NPN UHF low noise SOT-23
Si NPN RF amp SOT-23
Si NPN amp
NPN UHF low noise SOT-23
NPN UHF low noise SOT-23
Si NPN amp SOT-23
Si NPN amp SOT-23
NPN UHF low noise SOT-23
NPN UHF low noise SOT-23
NPN .2-2 GHz SO-8 amp
SYMBOL
NUMBER
9-9
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Q 217
Q 218
NPN 750 mW UHF/800 MHz 576-0004-098
Si PNP low noise SOT-23
576-0003-657
R 201
R 203
R 204
R 208
R 209
R 211
R 212
R 213
R 214
R 215
R 227
R 228
R 229
R 230
R 231
R 232
R 247
R 248
R 249
R 250
R 251
R 252
R 253
R 254
R 255
R 256
R 257
R 258
R 259
R 260
R 261
R 262
R 263
R 264
R 265
R 266
R 267
R 268
R 269
R 270
R 271
R 272
R 273
R 274
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
62 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
680 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
6.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
27k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD
5k ohm single turn trimmer
7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
120k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5k ohm single turn trimmer
1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
294 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
910 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-103
569-0115-620
569-0115-103
569-0115-182
569-0115-681
569-0115-510
569-0115-104
569-0115-512
569-0115-513
569-0115-182
569-0115-103
569-0115-102
569-0115-100
569-0115-271
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-222
569-0115-272
569-0115-332
569-0115-271
569-0115-332
569-0115-334
569-0115-682
569-0115-334
569-0115-273
569-0115-203
569-0115-471
569-0115-151
569-0115-103
569-0115-001
562-0112-502
569-0115-752
569-0115-124
562-0112-502
569-0115-182
569-0115-471
569-0111-246
569-0111-301
569-0115-102
569-0115-102
569-0115-911
569-0115-241
569-0115-101
569-0115-100
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 275
R 276
R 277
R 278
R 279
R 280
R 282
R 283
R 290
R 291
R 292
R 293
R 294
R 295
R 296
R 297
R 299
R 300
R 301
R 302
R 303
R 304
R 306
R 308
R 309
R 310
R 311
R 312
R 313
R 314
R 315
R 319
R 320
R 322
R 323
DESCRIPTION
6.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.6k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.6k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5k ohm single turn trimmer
150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
43 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
12.1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
4.99k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
4.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
560 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
569-0115-682
569-0115-473
569-0115-151
569-0115-162
569-0115-162
569-0115-104
562-0112-502
569-0115-151
569-0115-152
569-0115-132
569-0115-750
569-0115-510
569-0115-100
569-0115-471
569-0115-182
569-0115-101
569-0115-360
569-0115-360
569-0115-221
569-0115-221
569-0115-430
569-0115-241
569-0115-510
569-0115-220
569-0111-409
569-0111-368
569-0115-432
569-0115-101
569-0115-221
569-0115-221
569-0115-271
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-561
569-0115-102
RT202 1k ohm ±5% thermistor chip
569-3013-002
TP001
TP003
TP004
TP005
TP006
Red vertical tip jack 0.08
Red vertical tip jack 0.08
Red vertical tip jack 0.08
Red vertical tip jack 0.08
Red vertical tip jack 0.08
105-2202-211
105-2202-211
105-2202-211
105-2202-211
105-2202-211
U 201
U 202
U 203
Mixer LRMS-2H
544-0007-013
FM IF MC3371D SO-16
544-2002-031
Dual op amp SOIC MC33178 544-2019-018
U 204
U 206
U 207
U 208
U 209
U 210
Op amp SO-8 MC33172D
544-2019-017
+12V regulator 78L12 SO-8 544-2603-032
+12V regulator 78L12 SO-8 544-2603-032
+5V regulator 78L05 SO-8
544-2603-039
Synthesizer MC145190F SOIC 544-3954-026
+12V regulator 78L12 SO-8 544-2603-032
Y 201
17.5 MHz crystal 1 PPM
Z 201
Z 203
Z 205
Z 213
52.95 MHz 4-pole 15 kHz BW 532-0009-009
52.95 MHz 4-pole 15 kHz BW 532-0009-009
450 kHz cer filter 15 kHz BW 532-2006-032
455 kHz var inductor w/cap
542-1012-010
518-7117-500
TRANSMIT VCO 800 MHz
PART NO. 023-2008-850
C 802
C 803
C 804
C 805
C 806
C 807
C 808
C 809
C 810
C 811
C 812
C 813
1.5 pF 150V chip
1 pF 150V chip
2.4 pF ±0.1 pF 150V chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
1 µF 16V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
3.9 pF 150V chip
5.6 pF 150V chip
523-1504-015
523-5004-002
.039 µH inductor SMD
.039 µH inductor SMD
.039 µH inductor SMD
542-9001-397
542-9001-397
542-9001-397
L 803
L 804
L 805
9-10
510-3656-159
510-3656-109
510-3356-249
510-3606-104
510-2625-109
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-2626-150
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3656-399
510-3656-569
CR801 Varactor SOT-23 105G
CR802 Varactor SOT-23 hyper
PC800 PC board
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
035-2008-800
Q 801
Q 802
Si NPN gen purp switch/amp 576-0001-300
NPN low noise SOT-23
576-0003-636
R 801
R 802
R 803
R 804
R 805
10 ohm ±5% 0805 chip
3.6k ohm ±5% 0805 chip
100 ohm ±5% 0805 chip
12k ohm ±5% 0805 chip
5.1k ohm ±5% 0805 chip
569-0105-100
569-0105-362
569-0105-101
569-0105-123
569-0105-512
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 806
R 807
R 814
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
6.2k ohm ±5% 0805 chip
240 ohm ±5% 0805 chip
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
SYMBOL
NUMBER
569-0105-622
569-0105-241
569-0115-103
C 461
C 462
C 463
C 464
C 465
C 466
C 467
C 469
C 470
C 471
C 472
C 474
C 475
C 476
C 479
C 480
C 481
C 482
C 483
C 484
C 485
C 496
C 497
C 498
C 499
EXCITER
PART NO. 023-2008-400
A 007
800 MHz VCO
023-2008-850
C 409
C 410
C 416
C 417
C 418
C 419
C 420
C 421
C 422
C 423
C 424
C 425
C 426
C 428
C 429
C 430
C 431
C 432
C 433
C 434
C 441
C 442
C 443
C 444
C 445
C 446
C 447
C 448
C 449
C 450
C 451
C 453
C 454
C 455
C 457
C 458
C 459
C 460
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
2 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1 µF 16V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
820 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
15 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
15 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3607-104
510-3606-103
510-3602-102
510-3606-103
510-3602-569
510-2625-479
510-3607-104
510-3602-101
510-3607-104
510-3607-104
510-2625-479
510-2625-479
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-209
510-3602-270
510-3602-109
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-390
510-2625-109
510-3602-270
510-3602-569
510-3602-390
510-3602-569
510-3602-821
510-3602-270
510-3602-102
510-3602-390
510-3602-150
510-3602-150
510-3602-390
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
15 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5 µF 25V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1.5 µF 25V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1 µF 16V tantalum SMD
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
2.7 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
510-3602-150
510-3602-102
510-2633-150
510-3606-103
510-3602-270
510-3602-102
510-2627-159
510-2625-479
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-2627-159
510-2625-479
510-3602-102
510-2625-479
510-3602-270
510-3602-390
510-2625-109
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-3602-270
510-2633-150
510-3602-101
510-3602-279
510-3602-270
CH400 Single helical cavity front end 015-0901-010
CR401 Si 9.1V zener SOT-23
523-2016-919
EP400 Helical core form 1.25
013-1627-104
HW400
HW401
HW402
HW403
HW404
10-32 hex set screw NPB
Tension lock nut CPS
6-32 pan torx ZPS
4-40 panhead slot nylon screw
Polarized key box connector
575-9059-024
560-1810-022
575-0006-008
575-4504-008
515-7109-010
J 401
J 402
20-pin right angle header
Right angle PC JCM-B
515-9031-375
131-3701-301
L 402
L 403
L 404
L 406
.1 µH inductor SMD
.018 µH inductor SMD
2.125T helical coil
.039 µH inductor SMD
542-9001-108
542-9001-187
016-2186-207
542-9001-397
MP402 Damped washer 0.125
9-11
018-1132-152
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
PC401 PC board
035-2008-400
Q 403
Q 404
Q 405
Q 406
Q 407
Q 410
Q 411
Q 412
Q 413
Si NPN amp
Si NPN amp
Si PNP switching
Si NPN low noise SOT-23
Si NPN low noise SOT-23
Si NPN low noise SOT-23
Si NPN low noise SOT-23
Si NPN low noise SOT-23
NPN 750 mW UHF/800 MHz
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-612
576-0003-636
576-0003-636
576-0003-636
576-0003-636
576-0003-636
576-0004-098
R 404
R 405
R 414
R 415
R 416
R 417
R 419
R 424
R 425
R 426
R 427
R 428
R 429
R 430
R 431
R 432
R 433
R 434
R 435
R 436
R 437
R 438
R 439
R 440
R 441
R 443
R 444
R 445
R 446
R 447
R 448
R 449
R 450
R 451
R 452
100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
12.1k ohm ±1% SMD 1206
4.99k ohm ±1% SMD 1206
270 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
12.1k ohm ±1% SMD 1206
10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
50k ohm single turn trimmer
Zero ohm ±5% SMD 1206
62k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
4.99k ohm ±1% SMD 1206
2.7k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
3.3k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
3.3k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
270 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
294 ohm ±1% SMD 1206
1k ohm ±1% SMD 1206
100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
47k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
36 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
100k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
50k ohm single turn trimmer
1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
6.8k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
569-0115-101
569-0115-102
569-0111-409
569-0111-368
569-0115-271
569-0115-103
569-0111-409
569-0115-103
562-0112-503
569-0115-001
569-0115-623
569-0115-100
569-0111-368
569-0115-272
569-0115-332
569-0115-332
569-0115-271
569-0111-246
569-0111-301
569-0115-101
569-0115-101
569-0115-103
569-0115-102
569-0115-102
569-0115-473
569-0115-360
569-0115-103
569-0115-104
562-0112-503
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-100
569-0115-682
569-0115-101
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
R 453
R 454
R 455
R 456
R 457
R 458
R 460
R 462
R 463
R 464
R 465
R 466
R 467
R 468
R 469
R 470
R 471
R 472
R 473
R 474
R 476
R 477
R 478
R 479
R 480
R 481
R 482
R 486
R 487
R 488
1.6k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1.6k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
150 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
470 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
36 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
47 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
10 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
5.6k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1.2k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1.6k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1.6k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
150 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
3.9k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
47 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
150 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
470 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
220 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
220 ohm ±5% SMD 1206
7.5k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
1.3k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
Zero ohm ±5% SMD 1206
12.1k ohm ±1% SMD 1206
4.99k ohm ±1% SMD 1206
10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206
569-0115-162
569-0115-162
569-0115-151
569-0115-471
569-0115-360
569-0115-470
569-0115-100
569-0115-100
569-0115-101
569-0115-562
569-0115-122
569-0115-162
569-0115-162
569-0115-151
569-0115-392
569-0115-102
569-0115-470
569-0115-151
569-0115-101
569-0115-102
569-0115-471
569-0115-101
569-0115-221
569-0115-221
569-0115-752
569-0115-132
569-0115-001
569-0111-409
569-0111-368
569-0115-103
U 402
U 403
U 404
U 405
U 406
U 407
Dual op amp SO-8 2904
Synthesizer SOIC MC145190
Dual op amp SO-8
+5V regulator 78L05 SO-8
+12V regulator 78L12 SO-8
Dual op amp SO-8
544-2019-004
544-3954-026
544-2019-004
544-2603-039
544-2603-032
544-2019-004
Y 401
17.5 MHz, 1 PPM TCXO
518-7117-500
75 WATT POWER AMPLIFIER
PART NO. 023-2008-540
C 501
C 502
C 503
9-12
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
510-3602-270
510-2628-109
510-2628-108
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
C 504
C 505
C 506
C 507
C 508
C 509
C 510
C 511
C 512
C 513
C 514
C 515
C 516
C 517
C 518
C 519
C 520
C 521
C 522
C 527
C 528
C 529
C 530
C 531
C 532
C 533
C 534
C 535
C 536
C 538
C 540
C 542
C 543
C 544
C 545
C 546
C 547
C 548
C 549
C 550
C 551
C 553
C 554
C 556
C 557
C 558
C 559
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
.018 µF ±10% X&R 0805 chip 510-3605-183
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
510-2628-109
.018 µF ±10% X&R 0805 chip 510-3605-183
56 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3653-560
56 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3653-560
27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
510-3602-270
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
510-2628-109
56 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-560
.1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
510-2628-108
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
510-2628-109
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3605-183
56 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-560
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
510-2628-109
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3605-183
56 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-560
10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
510-3602-100
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102
1.5 pF high Q cube
510-3663-159
56 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-560
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3605-183
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3606-103
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
510-2635-689
27 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-270
56 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-560
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
510-2635-689
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3605-183
3.9 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-399
15 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-150
5.1 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-519
56 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-560
27 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-270
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3605-183
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
510-2635-689
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102
56 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-560
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3605-183
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
510-2635-689
56 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-560
3.9 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-399
56 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-560
5.1 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-519
56 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-560
27 pF ±10% high Q SMD
510-3663-270
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3605-183
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
510-2635-689
9-13
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
C 560
C 561
C 562
C 563
C 564
C 565
C 567
C 568
C 569
C 570
C 571
C 572
C 573
C 574
C 575
C 576
C 577
C 578
C 579
C 580
C 581
C 582
C 583
C 584
C 585
C 588
C 589
C 594
C 595
C 596
C 597
C 598
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
56 pF ±10% high Q SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q SMD
3.9 pF ±10% high Q SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q SMD
1.5 pF ±10% high Q SMD
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
56 pF ±10% high Q SMD
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
1.5 pF ±10% high Q SMD
1.5 pF ±10% high Q SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3602-102
510-3663-560
510-3605-183
510-2635-689
510-3663-560
510-3663-399
510-3663-560
510-3663-159
510-3602-390
510-3605-183
510-3605-183
510-3602-390
510-3605-183
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-2628-109
510-2625-479
510-3605-183
510-3602-102
510-2625-479
510-3605-183
510-2628-109
510-3602-390
510-3602-102
510-3605-183
510-3663-159
510-3663-159
510-3602-102
510-3605-183
510-2628-109
510-2628-108
510-3605-183
CR501
CR502
CR503
CR504
CR505
CR506
Dual Schottky diode SOT-143
Dual Schottky diode SOT-143
Dual Schottky diode SOT-143
4.7V zener SOT-23
3.3V zener ±5% 3W SMT
3.3V zener ±5% 3W SMT
523-1504-033
523-1504-033
523-1504-033
523-2016-479
523-2026-339
523-2026-339
EP501
EP502
EP503
EP504
EP505
EP506
EP507
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
EP508
EP510
EP511
EP512
EP513
EP514
EP515
EP516
EP517
EP518
EP520
EP521
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
L 502
L 503
.01 µH inductor SMD
.01 µH inductor SMD
542-9001-107
542-9001-107
PC009 PC board
68 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
68 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
110 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
56 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
301k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-680
569-0115-750
569-0115-680
569-0115-111
569-0115-102
569-0115-201
569-0115-201
569-0115-101
569-0115-201
569-0115-101
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0111-352
569-0115-201
569-0115-101
569-0115-101
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0111-352
569-0115-241
569-0115-560
569-0115-750
569-0111-501
569-0111-547
569-0115-471
569-0115-750
U 501
U 502
U 503
U 504
6W power module 800 MHz
Dual op amp 532 SO-8
Temp sensor LM35 SO-8
+5V regulator 78L05 SO-8
544-4001-047
544-2019-004
544-2032-003
544-2603-039
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
175 WATT POWER AMPLIFIER
PART NO. 023-2008-520
C 522
C 523
C 524
C 525
C 526
C 527
C 528
C 529
C 530
C 531
C 532
C 533
C 534
C 535
C 536
C 537
C 538
C 539
C 540
C 541
C 543
C 544
C 545
C 546
C 547
C 548
C 549
C 550
C 551
C 552
C 553
C 554
C 555
C 556
C 557
C 558
C 559
C 560
C 561
C 562
C 563
C 565
C 566
C 567
C 568
C 701
035-2008-540
R 501
R 502
R 503
R 504
R 505
R 506
R 507
R 510
R 511
R 512
R 513
R 514
R 515
R 516
R 517
R 518
R 519
R 520
R 521
R 522
R 523
R 524
R 525
R 526
R 527
R 528
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
SYMBOL
NUMBER
9-14
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
.1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
.1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
4.7 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
5.1 pF 500V mica SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
1 µF 16V tantalum SMD
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
5.1 pF 500V mica SMD
4.7 pF ±10% high Q cube
510-2628-109
510-3605-183
510-2628-108
510-2628-109
510-3605-183
510-2628-109
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-2628-108
510-2628-109
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-2628-109
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-2628-108
510-2628-109
510-3605-183
510-3663-479
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-3605-183
510-3602-102
510-2635-689
510-3663-560
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-0620-519
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-2628-109
510-2625-479
510-2625-479
510-3605-183
510-3602-102
510-3605-183
510-2625-109
510-3602-390
510-3602-102
510-3605-183
510-3602-100
510-3602-102
510-3602-102
510-0620-519
510-3663-479
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
C 703
C 704
C 705
C 706
C 707
C 708
C 709
C 710
C 711
C 712
C 713
C 715
C 716
C 717
C 718
C 719
C 720
C 721
C 722
C 723
C 724
C 725
C 726
C 727
C 728
C 729
C 730
C 731
C 733
C 734
C 735
C 736
C 737
C 738
C 739
C 740
C 741
C 742
C 743
C 745
C 746
C 747
C 748
C 749
C 750
C 751
C 752
DESCRIPTION
3.9 pF 500V mica SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
4.7 pF ±10% high Q cube
3.9 pF 500V mica SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
4.7 pF ±10% high Q cube
3.9 pF 500V mica SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
4.7 pF ±10% high Q cube
3.9 pF 500V mica SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
510-0620-399
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-3602-102
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-3663-479
510-0620-399
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-3602-102
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-3602-390
510-3605-183
510-3605-183
510-3602-390
510-3605-183
510-3605-183
510-3663-479
510-0620-399
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-3602-102
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-3663-479
510-0620-399
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-3602-102
9-15
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
C 753
C 754
C 755
C 756
C 757
C 758
C 759
C 760
C 761
C 762
C 763
C 764
C 766
C 767
C 768
C 771
C 772
C 773
C 774
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
.018 µF ±10% X7R chip
1.5 pF ±10% high Q cube
1.5 pF ±10% high Q cube
3.9 pF 500V mica SMD
3.9 pF 500V mica SMD
1.5 pF ±10% high Q cube
3.9 pF 500V mica SMD
3.9 pF 500V mica SMD
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
56 pF ±10% high Q cube
510-2635-689
510-3605-183
510-3602-390
510-3605-183
510-3605-183
510-3602-390
510-3605-183
510-3605-183
510-3663-159
510-3663-159
510-0620-399
510-0620-399
510-3663-159
510-0620-399
510-0620-399
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
510-3663-560
CR501
CR701
CR702
CR703
CR704
Dual Schottky SOT-143
Dual Schottky SOT-143
Dual Schottky SOT-143
Dual Schottky SOT-143
Dual Schottky SOT-143
523-1504-033
523-1504-033
523-1504-033
523-1504-033
523-1504-033
EP502
EP503
EP504
EP505
EP506
EP507
EP508
EP509
EP510
EP511
EP513
EP701
EP702
EP703
EP704
EP705
EP706
EP707
EP708
EP709
EP710
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
EP711
EP712
EP713
EP714
EP715
EP716
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
Ferrite bead SMD 1233
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
L 503
L 504
.01 µH SMD
.01 µH SMD
542-9001-107
542-9001-107
PC501 PC board
R 510
R 511
R 512
R 513
R 514
R 515
R 517
R 519
R 520
R 521
R 528
R 529
R 531
R 532
R 704
R 705
R 706
R 707
R 708
R 709
R 710
R 711
R 712
R 713
R 714
R 715
R 718
R 719
R 720
R 721
R 722
R 723
R 724
R 725
R 726
240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
56 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
301k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
110 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
SYMBOL
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
R 727 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
R 728 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
R 729 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0111-352
U 502 Dual op amp 532 SO-8
U 503 Temp sensor LM35 SO-8
U 504 +5V regulator 78L05 SO-8
544-2019-004
544-2032-003
544-2603-039
LOW-PASS FILTER
PART NO. 023-2008-630
035-2008-520
569-0115-241
569-0115-560
569-0115-750
569-0111-501
569-0111-547
569-0115-471
569-0115-111
569-0115-102
569-0115-471
569-0115-272
569-0115-272
569-0115-272
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
569-0115-101
569-0115-201
569-0115-101
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0111-352
569-0115-101
569-0115-201
569-0115-101
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0111-352
569-0115-101
569-0115-201
569-0115-101
569-0115-301
569-0115-301
569-0115-352
569-0115-101
569-0115-201
569-0115-201
A 625
Low pass filter assembly
023-2008-625
MP600 Low pass filter mounting plate 017-2210-098
FORWARD/REVERSE
POWER DETECTOR
PART NO. 023-2008-680
C 653
C 654
C 658
C 659
C 660
C 661
C 662
C 663
C 664
C 665
C 667
C 668
C 669
C 670
C 671
C 672
C 673
C 674
C 675
C 676
C 677
C 678
C 679
C 681
C 682
C 683
C 684
9-16
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
12 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
.001 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 10V tantalum SMD
4.7 µF 10V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
.001 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip
.001 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
.001 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
.001 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
4.7 µF 10V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip
510-3601-270
510-3602-120
510-3601-270
510-3605-102
510-2626-229
510-2624-479
510-2624-479
510-3605-102
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3605-102
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3601-270
510-3605-102
510-3605-102
510-3605-102
510-2624-479
510-3605-102
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
CR651 Dual Schottky SOT-143
CR652 Dual Schottky SOT-143
523-1504-033
523-1504-033
L 652
L 653
L 655
L 656
L 657
542-0030-004
542-9001-397
542-0030-004
542-9001-397
542-0030-004
12.5 nH inductor SMD
.039 µH inductor SMD
12.5 nH inductor SMD
.039 µH inductor SMD
12.5 nH inductor SMD
MP651 PC board shield
MP652 PC board shield
MP653 Power detector mount
SYMBOL
NUMBER
75W POWER AMPLIFIER MECHANICAL
PART NO. 023-2008-742
B 252
017-2210-086
017-2210-086
017-2210-096
R 653
R 655
R 656
R 658
R 659
R 660
R 662
R 663
R 664
R 665
R 666
R 667
R 668
R 670
R 672
R 673
R 675
R 676
R 677
R 678
R 680
R 681
R 682
R 683
R 684
R 686
R 687
R 688
R 689
160 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
5k ohm top adjust SMD pot
160 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
160 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
5k ohm top adjust SMD pot
150 ohm ±5% 0805 SMD
7.5k ohm ±5% 0805 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 0805 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 0805 SMD
47 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
U 651
U 652
U 653
Dual op amp SO-8
544-2019-004
Dual op amp SO-8
544-2019-004
+5V regulator LM78L05 SO-8 544-2603-039
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
569-0115-161
569-0115-001
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
562-0135-502
569-0115-161
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
569-0115-471
569-0115-001
569-0115-161
569-0115-001
569-0111-430
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
562-0135-502
569-0105-151
569-0105-752
569-0105-103
569-0105-471
569-0115-470
569-0115-241
569-0111-401
569-0115-103
24V DC fan 3.14" sq x 1.26"
529-2002-027
EP200 6-14 ground lug
586-0007-070
HW251
HW253
HW254
HW255
HW256
HW257
HW258
HW259
HW260
HW261
HW262
HW263
HW264
HW265
HW266
HW268
HW269
6-32 panhead philips ZPS
6-32 panhead philips ZPS
1/8" cable clamp
6-32 pan torx ZPS
4-40 panhead philips ZPS
6-32 panhead philips ZPS
6-32 panhead philips ZPS
6-19 panhead philips ZPS
6-32 lockwasher int ZPS
0.26 x 0.54 grafoil flgres
0.42 x 0.995 grafoil mrf
894.25 x 0.995 grafoil mrf
0.385 x 0.88 grafoil flgres
Grafoil 6W power module
Grafoil circulator
10-32 HHSL Sems ZPS
0.062 x 0.85 x 5.65 poron stp
575-1606-008
575-1606-012
572-0001-001
575-0006-010
575-1604-010
575-1606-010
575-1606-016
575-5606-008
596-1206-010
018-1007-030
018-1007-032
018-1007-034
018-1007-036
018-1007-045
018-1007-042
575-9810-012
574-3002-110
MP254
MP255
MP256
MP257
MP258
MP262
MP268
MP270
M PA plate align dowel pin
PA heat sink
UHF PA shield
PA shield, top
PA shield, 1 fan, low power
PA shield, high power LPF
M PA stop
PA shield
013-1723-216
014-0771-124
017-2210-121
017-2210-022
017-2210-025
017-2210-097
013-1723-222
017-2210-095
175W POWER AMPLIFIER MECHANICAL
PART NO. 023-2008-734
B 252
9-17
24V DC fan 3.14" sq x 1.26"
529-2002-027
EP100 Balanced finger gasket
EP200 6-14 ground lug
537-5001-006
586-0007-070
HW251
HW253
HW254
HW255
HW256
575-3602-006
575-1606-012
572-0001-001
575-0006-010
575-1604-010
3/16 #2 panhead sheet mtl
6-32 panhead philips ZPS
1/8" cable clamp
6-32 pan torx ZPS
4-40 panhead philips ZPS
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
HW257 6-32 panhead philips ZPS
HW258 6-32 panhead philips ZPS
HW259 6-19 panhead philips ZPS
HW260 6-32 lockwasher int ZPS
HW261 0.26 x 0.54 grafoil flgres
HW262 0.42 x 0.995 grafoil mrf
HW264 0.385 x 0.88 grafoil flgres
HW265 Grafoil MHW-820
HW266 Grafoil circulator
HW267 Grafoil MRT-898
HW268 10-32 HHSL Sems ZPS
HW269 0.062 x 0.85 x 5.65 poron stp
HW270 8-32 panhead phil CPS screw
575-1606-010
575-1606-016
575-5606-008
596-1206-010
018-1007-030
018-1007-032
018-1007-036
018-1007-038
018-1007-042
018-1007-033
575-9810-012
574-3002-110
575-0608-008
MP240
MP254
MP255
MP256
MP257
MP258
MP261
MP262
MP265
MP266
MP268
MP269
MP270
017-2210-038
013-1723-216
014-0771-124
017-2210-026
017-2210-022
017-2210-023
312-7483-024
017-2210-097
017-2210-034
017-2210-035
013-1723-222
017-2210-036
017-2210-095
Pa coax ground tab
M PA plate align dowel pin
PA heat sink
High power PA shield, left
PA shield, top
High power PA shield, right
1/4" hex brass M/F spacer
PA shield, high power LPF
High power RF PC bd shield
High power RF PC bd shield
M PA stop
Pre-driver cover shield
PA shield
SYMBOL
NUMBER
HW812 Snap rivet 0.157 dia.
HW813 Connector mounting
Main board assembly
AC filter board assembly
023-2000-810
023-2000-820
B 800
24V DC fan 3.14” square
529-2002-012
HW800
HW801
HW802
HW803
HW804
HW805
HW806
HW808
HW809
HW810
HW811
Speed nut
10-32 x 0.375 CPS nut
6-32 x 0.094 nut
4-40 machine panhead ZPS
6-32 machine panhead ZPS
6-32 machine panhead ZPS
Washer
#4 shakeproof washer
6 x 0.018 lockwasher int.
3/8” cable clamp
#10 split lock washer
537-0001-002
560-1110-012
560-1106-010
575-1604-010
575-1606-010
575-1606-016
596-2406-012
596-1104-008
596-1106-009
572-0001-005
596-1310-010
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
574-9015-052
515-7141-215
J 800
2-pos lock receptacle #22 wire 515-9032-262
MP801
MP802
MP803
MP804
MP805
MP806
Main enclosure
Top cover
Handle
Strain releif
Fan finger guard
Filter bracket cover
NP800 Nameplate holder
NP801 Nameplate label
017-2210-165
017-2210-166
017-2139-202
016-2187-270
578-1000-001
017-2210-168
015-0900-406
559-5861-161
WIREHARNESS
PART NO. 023-2000-803
EP001 Power socket
EP002 Signal socket
515-9012-284
515-9012-291
MP001 15-pos plug
515-9012-272
800W POWER SUPPLY MAIN BOARD
PART NO. 023-2000-810
2000 SERIES REPEATER POWER SUPPLY
PART NO. 023-2000-800
A 801
A 803
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
9-18
A 002
A 802
A 803
??
Wireharness
Thermal sensor board assem
023-2000-803
023-2000-840
C 101
C 102
C 103
C 104
C 105
C 106
C 107
C 108
C 109
C 110
C 111
C 113
C 114
C 115
C 116
C 117
C 118
220 µF 25V aluminum radial
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
220 nF ±10% X7R 1210
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
1500 µF 35Valuminum elect
1500 µF 35Valuminum elect
470 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
330 µF 450V aluminum
330 µF 450V aluminum
.0047 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.47 µF 16V tantalum SMD
270 pF ±5% NPO 1206
510-4225-221
510-3609-103
510-3606-224
510-2628-109
510-2628-109
510-4075-152
510-4075-152
510-3602-471
510-3609-104
510-4574-331
510-4574-331
510-3609-472
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-2625-478
510-3602-271
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
C 119
C 120
C 121
C 122
C 123
C 124
C 125
C 126
C 127
C 128
C 129
C 131
C 132
C 133
C 134
C 135
C 136
C 137
C 138
C 139
C 140
C 141
C 142
C 143
C 144
C 145
C 146
C 147
C 148
C 149
C 150
C 152
C 153
C 154
C 156
C 159
C 160
C 161
C 162
C 163
C 164
C 165
C 166
C 167
C 168
C 169
C 170
DESCRIPTION
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
270 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.0027 µF ±5% X7R 1206
470 pF ±5% NPO 1206
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.0022 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD
2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1 nF 600V AC double m
2700 µF 35V aluminum
2700 µF 35V aluminum
2700 µF 35V aluminum
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±5% X7R chip
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
2700 µF 35V aluminum
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
1500 µF 35V aluminum
1500 µF 35V aluminum
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1500 µF 35V aluminum
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
510-2628-109
510-3602-271
510-3609-272
510-3602-471
510-2628-109
510-3609-104
510-3609-222
510-3609-104
510-3609-103
510-2635-689
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-2628-109
510-2628-109
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-2625-229
510-2625-229
510-3602-102
510-2635-689
510-2635-689
510-3609-104
510-1023-102
510-4075-272
510-4075-272
510-4075-272
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-2628-109
510-3609-104
510-3609-103
510-2635-689
510-2633-150
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-4075-272
510-3602-102
510-4075-152
510-4075-152
510-3609-103
510-3609-103
510-4075-152
510-3609-103
C 172
C 173
C 174
C 175
C 176
C 178
C 180
C 181
C 182
C 183
C 184
C 185
C 186
C 187
C 188
C 189
C 190
C 192
C 193
C 194
C 195
C 196
C 197
C 198
C 199
C 200
C 201
C 202
C 203
C 204
C 205
C 207
C 208
C 209
C 210
C 211
C 212
C 213
C 214
C 215
C 216
C 217
C 218
C 219
C 220
C 221
C 222
9-19
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.22 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
470 pF ±5% NPO 1206
270 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
1500 µF 35V aluminum
1500 µF 35V aluminum
1500 µF 35V aluminum
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.22 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
470 pF ±5% NPO 1206
470 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.047 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1500 µF 35V aluminum
2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1500 µF 35V aluminum
2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-3602-222
510-3606-224
510-3602-102
510-2628-109
510-2635-689
510-3609-103
510-3602-471
510-3602-271
510-3609-104
510-3602-102
510-4075-152
510-4075-152
510-4075-152
510-3609-103
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-3602-222
510-3606-224
510-3609-103
510-3602-102
510-2625-229
510-2628-109
510-2635-689
510-2635-689
510-3609-103
510-3602-471
510-3602-471
510-3609-473
510-4075-152
510-3602-222
510-3609-104
510-4075-152
510-3602-222
510-3609-103
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
C 223
C 224
C 225
C 227
C 228
C 229
C 230
C 232
C 233
C 234
C 235
C 236
CR101
CR102
CR103
CR104
CR105
CR106
CR107
CR108
CR110
CR111
CR112
CR113
CR114
CR115
CR116
CR117
CR118
CR119
CR120
CR121
CR122
CR123
CR124
CR125
CR126
CR127
CR128
CR129
CR130
CR131
CR132
CR133
CR134
DESCRIPTION
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
Switching diode SOT-23
Switching diode SOT-23
3A ultra-fast diode
18V zener ±5% SMD
1A Schottky diode
1A Schottky diode
Switching diode SOT-23
Switching diode SOT-23
Switching diode SOT-23
Switching diode SOT-23
Switch diode SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
1A Schottky diode
1A Schottky diode
1A Schottky diode
18V zener SOT-23
3A ultra-fast diode
3A ultra-fast diode
18V zener SOT-23
Ultra-fast rectifier
Switch diode SOT-23
1A Schottky diode
1A Schottky diode
1A Schottky diode
Schottkey diode 20A
Switch diode SOT-23
Ultra-fast rectifier
25A 400V SCR TO-220
1A Schottky diode
1A Schottky diode
Schottkey diode 20A
Switch diode SOT-23
1A Schottky diode
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
510-3609-104
510-3609-103
510-3609-103
510-3609-104
510-2625-229
510-3609-104
510-2628-109
510-2635-689
510-3609-104
510-3602-102
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
523-1504-002
523-1504-002
523-1507-004
523-2026-180
523-0519-031
523-0519-031
523-1504-017
523-1504-017
523-1504-002
523-1504-002
523-1504-017
523-2016-519
523-0519-031
523-0519-031
523-0519-031
523-2016-180
523-1507-004
523-1507-004
523-2016-180
523-0019-024
523-1504-017
523-0519-031
523-0519-031
523-0519-031
523-0519-030
523-1504-017
523-0019-024
523-3021-001
523-0519-031
523-0519-031
523-0519-030
523-1504-017
523-0519-031
9-20
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
CR135
CR136
CR137
CR138
CR139
CR140
CR141
CR142
CR143
CR145
CR148
25A 400V SCR TO-220
3A ultra-fast diode
Switching diode SOT-23
Switching diode SOT-23
Dual switching common cath
4.7V zener SOT-23
25A 400V SCR TO-220
Switch diode SOT-23
Switch diode SOT-23
8A 600V ultrafast diode
13V 1W zener SMT
523-3021-001
523-1507-004
523-1504-002
523-1504-002
523-1504-022
523-2016-479
523-3021-001
523-1504-017
523-1504-017
523-0019-026
523-2026-130
EP100
EP101
EP103
EP104
EP105
EP106
EP110
EP111
EP112
Ferrite bead
0.25” spade lug
0.25” spade lug
0.25” spade lug
0.25” spade lug
0.25” spade lug
0.25” spade lug
0.25” spade lug
0.25” spade lug
517-2002-008
586-3502-021
586-3502-021
586-3502-021
586-3502-021
586-3502-021
586-3502-021
586-3502-021
586-3502-021
F 102
10A 250V fastblow AGC fuse 534-0003-036
FH102 Fuse clip
534-1007-001
HW100
HW101
HW102
HW104
HW105
HW106
HW107
HW108
HW109
HW110
HW111
HW112
HW113
HW114
HW115
HW120
Cam5 x 3.795 sil-pad
0.89 x 1.37 sil-pad
1.06 x 4.73 sil-pad
0.83 x 5 Teflon spacer
0.83” Teflon spacer
1.28” Teflon spacer
4-40 3/8” hex socket CPS
6-32 3/8” socket hoodcap
6-32 machine panhead ZPS
#4 x 0.046 shoulder washer
#4 x 0.040 flat washer NPB
#6 x 0.028 flat washer NPB
#4 shakeproof washer
#6 x 0.018 int lockwasher
#4 spring washer
TO-220 clamp
018-1007-051
018-1007-052
018-1007-053
018-1007-056
018-1007-057
018-1007-058
575-9076-122
575-9076-112
575-1606-012
596-4504-008
596-2404-008
596-2406-010
596-1104-008
596-1106-009
596-9604-009
537-9055-051
J 101
J 102
2-pin friction header
2-pin friction header
515-9031-201
515-9031-201
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
L 101
L 102
L 103
L 104
L 105
L 107
15 µH 30A DC inductor
20 µH 8A DC inductor
7.5 µH 8A DC inductor
10 µH 5A DC inductor
100 µH 1A DC inductor
300 µH 17A DC inductor
542-5010-005
542-5010-006
542-5010-008
542-5010-007
542-5010-012
542-5010-015
MP100
MP101
MP102
MP105
5.7” heat sink
2.9” heat sink
5.7” heat sink
TO-202 spacer
014-0771-130
014-0771-131
014-0771-133
017-2210-162
PC001 PC board
035-2000-810
Q 101
Q 102
Q 103
Q 104
Q 105
Q 106
Q 107
Q 108
Q 110
Q 111
Q 112
Q 114
Q 115
Q 116
Q 117
Q 118
Q 120
Q 121
Q 122
Q 123
Q 124
Q 125
Q 126
Q 127
Q 128
Q 129
Q 130
Q 131
Q 132
Q 133
Q 138
30A 500V N-chnl pwr module
PNP switching
Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23
PNP high current SOT-223
PNP switching
Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23
PNP high current SOT-223
NPN high current SOT-223
Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23
Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23
Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23
PNP switching
PNP high current SOT-223
14A 500V N-MOSFET
PNP high current SOT-223
14A 500V N-MOSFET
Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23
PNP 6A SMD MJD42C
PNP high current SOT-223
N-Chnl E-MOSFET SOT-23
PNP high current SOT-223
20A 200V N-MOSFET
PNP switching
Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23
PNP switching
PNP high current SOT-223
N-Chnl E-MOSFET SOT-23
PNP high current SOT-223
20A 200V N-MOSFET
PNP switching
PNP switching
576-0006-354
576-0003-612
576-0003-600
576-0006-026
576-0003-612
576-0003-600
576-0006-026
576-0006-027
576-0003-600
576-0003-600
576-0003-600
576-0003-612
576-0006-026
576-0006-351
576-0006-026
576-0006-351
576-0003-600
576-0002-603
576-0006-026
576-0006-110
576-0006-026
576-0006-352
576-0003-612
576-0003-600
576-0003-612
576-0006-026
576-0006-110
576-0006-026
576-0006-352
576-0003-612
576-0003-612
R 101
330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-334
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 102
R 103
R 104
R 105
R 106
R 107
R 108
R 109
R 110
R 111
R 112
R 113
R 114
R 115
R 116
R 117
R 118
R 119
R 120
R 121
R 122
R 123
R 124
R 125
R 126
R 127
R 128
R 129
R 130
R 131
R 132
R 133
R 134
R 135
R 136
R 137
R 138
R 139
R 140
R 141
R 142
R 143
R 144
R 146
R 148
R 149
R 150
9-21
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
240k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
0.03 ohm 55W lo ind wire
0.03 ohm 55W lo ind wire
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
24.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
13 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.27k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
13k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
560k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-334
569-0115-244
569-0115-104
569-0115-334
569-0115-334
569-0115-334
569-0175-203
569-0175-203
569-0175-203
569-0115-221
569-0115-100
569-4151-307
569-4151-307
569-0115-472
569-0115-363
569-0115-331
569-0111-426
569-0111-438
569-0175-203
569-0111-501
569-0111-501
569-0111-501
569-0111-501
569-0115-130
562-0115-100
569-0111-311
569-0175-510
569-0115-363
569-0115-104
569-0115-363
569-0115-103
569-0115-104
569-0115-203
569-0111-412
569-0115-104
569-0115-105
569-0111-335
569-0111-335
569-0111-418
569-0115-103
569-0115-564
569-0115-302
569-0111-440
569-0115-101
569-0115-472
569-0115-102
569-0115-202
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 151
R 152
R 153
R 154
R 155
R 156
R 157
R 158
R 159
R 160
R 161
R 162
R 163
R 164
R 165
R 166
R 167
R 168
R 169
R 170
R 171
R 172
R 173
R 174
R 175
R 176
R 178
R 179
R 180
R 181
R 182
R 183
R 184
R 185
R 186
R 187
R 188
R 189
R 190
R 191
R 192
R 193
R 194
R 195
R 196
R 197
R 198
DESCRIPTION
20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
16.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm trim pot
1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
95.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
357k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
95.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
6.81k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
569-0175-203
569-0115-472
569-0115-101
569-0115-103
569-0115-363
569-0115-102
569-0115-203
569-0115-153
569-0115-200
569-0115-471
569-0115-200
569-0115-001
569-0115-200
569-0115-471
569-0115-200
569-0175-100
569-0175-100
569-0175-100
569-0115-102
569-0115-821
569-0115-821
569-0115-104
569-0111-423
562-0110-102
569-0115-182
569-0115-101
569-0115-202
569-0115-472
569-0115-752
569-0115-102
569-0115-750
569-0111-495
569-0111-554
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0111-495
569-0111-401
569-0111-381
569-0115-102
569-0115-332
569-0115-822
569-0115-822
569-0115-822
569-0115-822
569-0115-822
569-0115-103
569-0115-180
R 199
R 200
R 201
R 202
R 203
R 204
R 205
R 206
R 207
R 208
R 209
R 210
R 211
R 212
R 213
R 214
R 215
R 216
R 217
R 218
R 219
R 220
R 221
R 222
R 223
R 224
R 225
R 226
R 227
R 228
R 229
R 230
R 231
R 232
R 233
R 234
R 235
R 236
R 237
R 238
R 240
R 241
R 242
R 243
R 244
R 245
R 246
9-22
DESCRIPTION
18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
12.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm single turn trimmer
1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
13k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
68 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
24 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
PART
NUMBER
569-0115-180
569-0115-180
569-0115-181
569-0115-203
569-0115-202
569-0175-202
569-0115-100
569-0115-100
569-0115-181
569-0115-510
569-0115-821
569-0115-821
569-0111-410
569-0111-335
569-0115-201
569-0115-102
569-0115-622
562-0112-102
569-0115-122
569-0115-472
569-0115-471
569-0111-330
569-0115-363
569-0115-001
569-0115-133
569-0115-001
569-0115-680
569-0115-240
569-0115-181
569-0111-330
569-0115-821
569-0115-101
569-0175-510
569-0115-821
569-0115-332
569-0115-102
569-0115-180
569-0115-180
569-0115-180
569-0115-181
569-0115-202
569-0175-202
569-0115-100
569-0115-100
569-0115-181
569-0115-510
569-0115-201
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 247
R 249
R 250
R 251
R 252
R 253
R 254
R 255
R 256
R 257
R 258
R 259
R 260
R 261
R 262
R 263
R 264
R 265
R 266
R 267
R 268
R 269
R 270
R 271
R 272
R 273
R 275
R 276
R 277
R 278
R 279
R 280
R 281
R 284
R 285
R 286
R 287
R 302
R 303
R 306
R 307
R 308
R 309
R 311
R 312
R 313
R 314
R 315
DESCRIPTION
36 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm single turn trimmer
4.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
13k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
68 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
24 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
29.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
430 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
360 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
33k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
569-0115-360
569-0111-352
569-0111-339
569-0115-201
569-0115-102
569-0115-472
562-0112-102
569-0115-432
569-0111-330
569-0115-103
569-0115-363
569-0115-133
569-0115-680
569-0115-240
569-0111-446
569-0111-339
569-0111-330
569-0115-332
569-0115-102
569-0115-431
569-0115-472
569-0115-361
569-0115-333
569-0115-332
569-0175-510
569-0115-102
569-0115-203
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-750
569-0115-471
569-0111-352
569-0111-339
569-0115-102
569-0115-201
569-0115-203
569-0115-201
569-0115-203
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
569-0111-501
569-0111-501
569-0111-501
569-0111-501
569-0115-821
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
RT101 8A 2.5 ohm NTC thermistor
RT102 8A 2.5 ohm NTC thermistor
569-3014-001
569-3014-001
T 101
103
T 104
T 105
T 106
T 107
0.5 line freq. bias transformer 592-3041-006T
1:200 current transformer
592-3041-002
1:200 current transformer
592-3041-002
100:1 current transformer
592-3041-005
1:1 transformer
592-3041-003
4.5:1 switch mode transformer 592-3041-001
U 102
U 104
U 105
U 106
U 107
U 108
U 109
U 110
U 111
U 112
U 113
U 114
U 115
U 116
U 117
U 118
U 119
U 120
U 121
U 122
PFC/PWN combo SOIC
544-2002-035
Quad 2-in AND SOIC HC08 544-3766-008
5V regulator LM78L05ABD 544-2603-039
5V regulator LM78L05ABD 544-2603-039
Opto-isolator surface mt
544-9022-001
Opto-isolator
544-2010-005
Programmable TL431AID
544-2003-097
Quad op amp LMC660 SOIC 544-2020-020
Adj volt reg full temp LM317T 544-2003-094
PWM current mode ML4823 544-2002-034
PWM current mode ML4823 544-2002-034
5V 3A regulator power supply 544-2003-098
Programmable TL431AID
544-2003-097
Programmable TL431AID
544-2003-097
Programmable TL431AID
544-2003-097
Programmable TL431AID
544-2003-097
Opto-isolator SOIC-8
544-2010-006
Opto-isolator SOIC-8
544-2010-006
Programmable volt TL431AID 544-2010-006
Opto-isolator SOIC-8
544-2010-006
AC FILTER BOARD
PART NO. 023-2000-820
C 001
C 003
C 004
C 005
.22 µF 275V AC ±2%
.0022 µF ±2% Y2
.0022 µF ±2% Y2
1 µF 275V X2 class capacitor
CR001 600V 35A rectifier bridge
523-4004-025
EP006 1/2” tubing
042-0241-557
F 001
534-0003-045
15A 250V ceramic body
FH001 Fuse clip
9-23
510-1024-224
510-1022-222
510-1022-222
510-1024-105
534-1007-001
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
HW001
HW002
HW003
HW004
HW005
HW007
#10 shakeproof washer
4-40 machine panhead ZPS
9/16” ID rubber grommet
10-32 machine panhead ZPS
#4 whakeproof washer
Heatsink Grafoil TO-15
596-1110-012
575-1604-016
574-0002-004
575-1610-016
596-1104-008
018-1007-055
J 001
AC power cord connector
515-0028-008
L 001 1 µH 10A coil
L 002 4.2 µH 10A coil
542-5010-010
542-5010-009
MP001 Filter bracket
017-2210-167
PC001 PC board
035-2000-820
R 001 1M ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
569-0513-105
RV001 Metal oxide varistor
RV002 Metal oxide varistor
569-3503-001
569-3503-001
W 001
W 002
W 003
W 004
W 005
023-2000-825
023-2000-826
023-2000-827
023-2000-828
023-2000-829
Wire 1 assembly
Wire 2 assembly
Wire 3 assembly
Wire 4 assembly
Wire 5 assembly
SYMBOL
NUMBER
BATTERY BACK-UP
PART NO. 023-2000-830
C 101
C 103
C 104
C 105
C 106
C 107
C 109
C 110
C 111
C 112
C 113
C 114
C 115
C 118
C 119
C 124
C 125
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1000 µF 50Valuminum elect
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD
1000 µF 50Valuminum elect
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1 µF ±10% 100V polyester
220 µF 25V aluminum radial
1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
510-3606-103
510-2635-689
510-3609-104
510-4076-102
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-2635-689
510-4076-102
510-3609-104
510-2628-109
510-3609-104
510-3609-104
510-1031-105
510-4225-221
510-2628-109
510-3609-104
9-24
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
C 126
C 127
C 128
C 129
C 130
C 131
C 132
C 133
C 134
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.01 µF ±10% X7R 1206
510-3609-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-103
510-3606-104
510-3606-103
510-3606-104
510-3606-103
510-3606-104
510-3606-103
CR101
CR102
CR103
CR104
CR105
CR109
CR111
CR113
CR114
CR115
CR116
CR117
CR118
Red LED right angle PC mt
3A ultra-fast diode
12V zener diode
18V ±5% zener SMT
Red LED right angle PC mt
8A 600V ultra-fast diode
Green LED rt angle PC mt
Switching diode SOT-23
3A ultra-fast diode
Switching diode SOT-23
3A ultra-fast diode
13V 1W zener SMT
18V ±5% zener SMT
549-4001-035
523-1507-004
523-2016-120
523-2026-180
549-4001-035
523-0019-026
549-4001-037
523-1504-002
523-1507-004
523-1504-002
523-1507-004
523-2026-130
523-2026-180
EP100
EP101
EP102
EP103
Heat sink insulator TO-220
Copper terminal lug
Copper terminal lug
Copper terminal lug
574-5005-060
586-0007-072
586-0007-072
586-0007-071
F 101
4A resettable polyfuse
534-0020-001
HW100
HW101
HW102
HW103
HW104
HW105
HW106
HW107
HW108
4-40 machine panhead ZPS
6-32 machine panhead ZPS
4 x 0.04 flat washer
6 x 0.018 int lockwasher
#4 shakeproof washer
10-32 machine panhead ZPS
#10 shakeproof washer
4 x 0.46 shoulder washer
10-32 x 0.375 CPS
575-1604-012
575-1606-008
596-2404-008
596-1106-009
596-1104-008
575-1610-012
596-1110-012
596-4504-008
560-1110-012
J 100
2-pin lock receptacle
515-9032-232
K 101
Single pole 24V relay
567-0031-001
L 101
70 µH 3A Toroid inductor
542-5010-014
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
MP100 Bracket
MP101 Terminal cover
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
017-2210-169
032-0758-050
NP100 Max input 28.5V Bat/Backup 559-5861-166
PC001 PC board
035-2000-830
Q 101
Q 102
Q 103
Q 104
Q 105
PNP high current SOT-223
PNP high current SOT-223
N-channel E-MOSFET
PNP TO-220 ISO
PNP high current SOT-223
576-0006-026
576-0006-026
576-0006-110
576-0002-057
576-0006-026
R 101
R 102
R 103
R 104
R 105
R 106
R 107
R 108
R 109
R 110
R 111
R 112
R 112
R 115
R 116
R 117
R 118
R 119
R 120
R 121
R 122
R 123
R 124
R 125
R 126
R 127
R 128
R 129
R 130
R 136
R 137
R 138
R 139
R 140
R 141
R 142
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51 ohm ±5% 1W 2512 SMD
7.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
470 ohm ±5% 1W 2512 SMD
47 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
62k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
42.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
82.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
33k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
240 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
1k ohm single turn trimmer
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-472
569-0115-331
569-0115-202
569-0115-202
569-0115-202
569-0175-202
569-0115-102
569-0115-202
569-0115-202
569-0115-202
569-0175-510
569-0111-385
569-0111-301
569-0175-471
569-0115-470
569-0115-332
569-0111-403
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0115-623
569-0115-472
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0111-301
569-0111-461
569-0111-489
569-0115-103
569-0115-203
569-0115-333
569-0175-332
569-0175-332
569-0115-241
569-0175-332
562-0112-102
569-0115-001
569-0115-103
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
R 143
R 144
R 145
R 146
R 147
R 148
R 149
R 150
R 151
R 152
R 153
R 154
R 156
R 157
R 158
R 159
R 160
R 165
2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
300k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD
569-0175-202
569-0115-153
569-0115-153
569-0115-392
569-0115-103
569-0115-153
569-0115-823
569-0115-103
569-0115-101
569-0115-750
569-0115-104
569-0115-304
569-0115-103
569-0111-301
569-0111-301
569-0115-184
569-0115-103
569-0175-202
S 101
Toggle switch on/on rt angle
583-0006-014
U 101
U 102
U 103
U 104
U 105
U 106
U 107
Quad comparator 2901
Programmable voltage reg
Programmable voltage reg
Dual op amp SO-8
Dual op amp SO-8
Temp sensor LM-35 SO-8
Full temp adjustable LM317T
544-2025-011
544-2003-097
544-2003-097
544-2019-004
544-2019-004
544-2032-003
544-2003-094
W 101
W 102
W 103
W 104
Green wire assembly
Red wire assembly
Black wire assembly
Orange wire assembly
023-2000-836
023-2000-837
023-2000-838
023-2000-839
THERMAL SENSOR BOARD
PART NO. 023-2000-840
9-25
A 001
Thermal sensor board assem
023-2000-841
C 001
.1 µF 10% X7R chip
510-3606-104
J 001
J 002
J 003
48 mil edge clip, short
48 mil edge clip, short
48 mil edge clip, short
515-9034-004
515-9034-004
515-9034-004
PC001 Thermal sensor board
035-2000-840
U 001
544-2032-003
Temp sensor LM-35 SO-8
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOL
NUMBER
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD
PART NO. 023-2000-310
C 001
C 002
C 004
C 005
C 006
C 007
C 008
C 009
C 010
C 011
C 012
C 013
C 014
C 015
C 016
C 017
C 018
C 019
C 020
C 021
C 022
C 023
C 024
C 025
C 026
C 027
C 028
C 029
C 030
C 031
C 032
10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
10 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
47 µF 25V electrolytic radial
47 µF 25V electrolytic radial
62 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
10 µF 16V tantalum SMD
10 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
10 µF 16V tantalum SMD
10 µF 16V tantalum SMD
62 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3602-100
510-3602-200
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3602-100
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3602-200
510-2625-100
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-4425-470
510-4425-470
510-3602-620
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-2625-100
510-2625-100
510-3606-103
510-2625-100
510-2625-100
510-3602-620
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
CR001
CR002
CR003
CR004
CR005
CR006
Green LED submin radial
Yellow LED submin radial
Red LED subminiature radial
Red LED subminiature radial
Yellow LED submin radial
4.7V zener
549-4001-122
549-4001-121
549-4001-120
549-4001-120
549-4001-121
523-2016-479
DS001 7-segment display .3" green
549-4002-020
EP001 Crystal pin insulator
EP002 Crystal pin insulator
EP003 Crystal pin insulator
018-1080-001
018-1080-001
018-1080-001
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
9-26
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
EP004 Crystal pin insulator
018-1080-001
HW001 Panel fastener
537-0011-031
J 001
J 002
J 003
J 004
J 005
J 006
8-cond modular jack PC mt
3-pin single inline header
14-pin double row header
6-pin double row header
3-pin single inline header
3-pin single inline header
515-2006-040
515-7100-003
515-7101-407
515-7101-403
515-7100-003
515-7100-003
P 001
P 002
P 003
P 004
P 005
P 006
64-pin DIN male right angle
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
515-7082-101
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
PC310 PC board
035-2000-310
Q 002
Q 003
PNP switching SOT-23
NPN gen purp SOT-23
576-0003-612
576-0001-300
R 001
R 002
R 003
R 004
R 005
R 006
R 007
R 008
R 009
R 010
R 011
R 012
R 013
R 014
R 015
R 016
R 017
R 018
R 019
R 020
R 021
R 022
R 023
R 024
10M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-106
569-0115-222
569-0115-001
569-0115-202
569-0115-151
569-0115-201
569-0115-122
569-0115-122
569-0115-122
569-0115-201
569-0115-122
569-0115-103
569-0115-151
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-222
569-0115-222
569-0115-222
569-0115-222
569-0115-104
569-0115-103
569-0115-472
569-0115-472
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
R 025
R 026
R 027
R 028
R 029
R 030
R 031
R 032
R 033
R 034
R 035
R 036
R 037
R 038
R 039
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-472
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-102
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0115-392
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
569-0115-203
569-0115-274
S 001
S 002
S 003
Push-button momentary sw
8-pos DIP switch
4-pos DIP switch
583-4005-002
583-5002-008
583-5002-004
U 001
U 002
U 003
U 004
U 005
U 006
U 007
U 008
U 009
U 010
U 011
U 012
U 013
U 014
U 015
U 016
U 017
U 018
U 019
U 020
U 021
U 022
U 023
U 024
U 025
U 026
U 027
8k x 8 CMOS static RAM
544-5001-109
Hex inverter SOIC 74HC04 544-3766-004
1 of 8 demux 74HC138
544-3766-138
1 of 8 demux 74HC138
544-3766-138
1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154
Quad 2-input OR 74HC32
544-3766-032
Quad 2-input OR 74HC32
544-3766-032
D-latch non-inv 74HC573
544-3766-573
9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703
9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703
12V regulator TO-92 78L12 544-2003-032
12V regulator TO-92 78L12 544-2003-032
8k ROM masked DIP-40 8052 544-5010-448
HSDB Multi-Net software
023-9998-289
Hex open drain buffer SO-14 544-3716-906
Driver/receiver RS232C/v28 544-2023-014
Micro monitor SO-8 DS1232 544-2003-085
32 x 8 SCRAM SO-28 CMOS 544-5001-412
Triple line receiver
544-2023-003
Quad 2-input NAND 74HC00 544-3766-000
7-stage binary cntr SOIC 4024 544-3016-024
Prog comm intfc 82C51
544-5001-319
Differential bus xcvr 65176
544-2023-025
Differential bus xcvr 65176
544-2023-025
MPC boot code
023-9998-277
BCD 7-latch DIP-16 14495
544-3014-495
CPU v25 PLCC-84 7032
544-5002-016
SYMBOL
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
U 028
U 029
EEPROM PLCC32R 28C64
Dual inline driver
544-5002-412
544-2023-002
X 001
X 014
X 013
X 024
X 025
X 027
10-pos right angle IC socket
28-pin IC socket
40-pin IC socket
8-pin DIP socket
32-pin IC socket
84-pos PLCC socket
515-5008-270
515-5008-018
515-5008-019
515-5008-011
515-5008-108
515-5020-100
Y 001
Y 002
Y 003
Y 004
10 MHz crystal HC-18
11.059 MHz crystal
2.4576 MHz HC-18U
12 MHz µP crystal
521-0010-000
521-0011-059
521-0002-458
521-0012-000
Z 001
Z 002
EMI suppression filter
EMI suppression filter
532-3003-002
532-3003-002
MAIN AUDIO CARD
PART NO. 023-2000-320
A 301 Compandor option
C 100
C 101
C 102
C 103
C 104
C 105
C 106
C 107
C 108
C 109
C 110
C 111
C 112
C 113
C 114
C 115
C 116
C 117
C 118
C 119
C 120
C 121
C 122
C 123
9-27
023-2000-940
470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-471
.0022 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-222
.001 µF ±2% NPO 1206
510-3616-102
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3606-104
100 pF ±2% NPO 1206
510-3616-101
.033 µF ±5% X7R 1210
510-3610-333
.068 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-683
.022 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-223
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-104
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-104
.022 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-223
.022 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-223
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-103
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
510-3602-101
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
510-3602-101
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101
.001 µF ±5% NPO 1206
510-3602-102
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-103
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-103
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-104
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-104
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-103
.022 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-223
.047 µF ±5% X7R 1206
510-3609-473
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
C 124
C 125
C 126
C 127
C 128
C 129
C 130
C 131
C 132
C 133
C 134
C 136
C 137
C 138
C 139
C 140
C 141
C 142
C 143
C 144
C 145
C 146
C 147
C 148
C 149
C 150
C 151
C 152
C 153
C 154
C 155
C 156
C 157
C 158
C 159
C 160
C 161
C 162
C 163
C 164
C 165
C 170
C 171
C 172
C 173
C 174
C 175
DESCRIPTION
.0068 µF ±10% X7R chip
680 pF ±2% NPO 1206
.01 µF ±2% NPO 1206
680 pF ±2% NPO 1206
.0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206
470 pF ±2% NPO 1206
470 pF ±2% NPO 1206
.0047 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.0056 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206
20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.022 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.047 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.0068 µF ±5% X7R 1206
390 pF ±5% NPO 1206
4700 pF ±2% NPO 1206
.01 µF ±2% NPO 1206
4700 pF ±2% NPO 1206
.022 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.047 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
.001 µF ±2% NPO 1206
360 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
510-3606-682
510-3616-681
510-3617-103
510-3616-681
510-3616-332
510-3616-471
510-3616-471
510-3609-472
510-3617-562
510-3616-472
510-3602-200
510-3602-101
510-3602-101
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3609-103
510-3609-223
510-3606-473
510-3609-682
510-3602-391
510-3616-681
510-3617-103
510-3616-472
510-3609-223
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3602-222
510-3606-104
510-3602-100
510-3602-100
510-3606-473
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3602-200
510-3602-200
510-3616-102
510-3602-361
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
C 176
C 177
C 178
C 179
C 180
C 181
C 182
C 183
C 184
C 185
C 186
C 187
C 188
C 189
C 190
C 191
C 192
C 193
C 194
C 195
C 196
C 197
C 198
C 199
C 200
C 201
C 202
C 203
C 204
C 205
C 206
C 207
C 208
C 209
C 210
C 211
C 212
C 213
C 214
C 215
C 216
C 217
C 218
C 219
C 220
C 221
C 222
9-28
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
1 µF tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-2625-109
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
C 223
C 224
C 225
C 226
C 227
C 228
C 229
C 230
C 231
C 232
C 233
C 234
C 235
C 236
C 237
C 238
C 239
C 240
C 241
C 242
C 243
C 244
C 245
C 246
C 247
C 248
C 249
C 251
C 254
C 255
C 256
C 257
C 258
C 262
C 263
C 264
C 265
C 266
C 267
C 268
C 269
C 270
C 271
C 272
C 273
C 276
C 277
DESCRIPTION
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
1 µF tantalum SMD
.001 pF ±2% NPO 1206
.033 µF ±5% X7R 1210
.047 µF ±5% X7R 1206
.068 µF ±5% X7R 1206
1 µF tantalum SMD
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
10 µF 63V axial low temp
10 µF 63V axial low temp
10 µF 63V axial low temp
10 µF 63V axial low temp
1 µF tantalum SMD
10 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
47 µF 10V tantalum SMD
15 µF 20V tantalum SMD
47 µF 10V tantalum SMD
47 µF 10V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
47 µF 10V tantalum SMD
47 µF 10V tantalum SMD
47 µF 10V tantalum SMD
47 µF 10V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.0022 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-2625-109
510-3616-102
510-3610-333
510-3609-473
510-3609-683
510-2625-109
510-2626-150
510-2626-150
510-4363-100
510-4363-100
510-4363-100
510-4363-100
510-2625-109
510-2625-100
510-3606-104
510-2626-150
510-3606-104
510-2624-470
510-2626-150
510-2624-470
510-2624-470
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-2624-470
510-2624-470
510-2624-470
510-2624-470
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3616-222
510-3616-472
9-29
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
C 278
C 279
C 280
C 281
C 282
C 283
C 284
C 285
C 286
C 287
C 288
C 289
C 290
C 291
C 292
C 293
C 294
C 295
C 296
C 297
C 298
C 299
C 300
C 301
C 302
C 303
C 304
C 305
.0068 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.22 µF ±5% X7R 1210
.022 µF ±5% X7R 1206
820 pF ±2% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206
220 µF electrolytic axial
470 µF electrolytic axial
10 µF tantalum SMD
300 pF ±5% NPO 1206
300 pF ±5% NPO 1206
300 pF ±5% NPO 1206
300 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
360 pF ±5% NPO 1206
68 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±5% X7R 1206
220 µF electrolytic aluminum
10 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.0039 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.0056 µF ±2% NPO 1210
.0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.0039 µF ±2% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip
10 µF tantalum SMD
510-3617-682
510-3610-224
510-3609-223
510-3616-821
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-4325-221
510-4316-471
510-2625-100
510-3602-301
510-3602-301
510-3602-301
510-3602-301
510-3609-104
510-3602-361
510-3602-680
510-3609-104
510-4325-221
510-2625-100
510-3616-392
510-3616-332
510-3606-103
510-3617-562
510-3616-472
510-3616-332
510-3616-392
510-3606-104
510-2625-100
CR100
CR101
CR102
CR103
CR104
CR105
CR106
CR107
CR108
CR109
CR110
CR111
CR112
CR113
CR114
CR117
CR118
CR119
Switching diode SOT-23
Dual switching diode SOT-23
Dual switching diode SOT-23
Dual switching diode SOT-23
Dual switching diode SOT-23
Dual switching diode SOT-23
Switching diode SOT-23
4.3V zener SOT-23
UHF/VHF band switch SOT
UHF/VHF band switch SOT
UHF/VHF band switch SOT
2.4V 1W zener
2.4V 1W zener
15V zener SOT-23
15V zener SOT-23
15V zener SOT-23
15V zener SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
523-1504-002
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-002
523-2016-439
523-1504-012
523-1504-012
523-1504-012
523-2505-249
523-2505-249
523-2016-150
523-2016-150
523-2016-150
523-2016-150
523-2016-519
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
CR120 5.1V zener SOT-23
523-2016-519
EP100 Crystal pin insulator
018-1080-001
HW001
HW101
HW102
HW103
Panel fastener
Card inj/ext nylon pull
Rivet snap 0.142 dia
PC board ejector & handle
537-0011-031
537-9057-020
574-9015-050
537-9057-025
J 100
J 101
J 102
J 103
J 104
J 105
J 106
Green horizontal tip jack .080
Speaker jack 0.1 enclosed
3.6mm jack enclosed
Black horiz tip jack .080
3.6mm jack enclosed
3-pin single inline header
5-pin single inline header
105-2204-105
515-2002-012
515-2001-011
105-2203-101
515-2001-011
515-7100-003
515-7100-005
MP001 Control knob
032-0792-010
P 100
P 101
P 102
PC200
515-7082-102
515-7082-101
515-5010-001
035-2000-320
32-pin DIN male right angle
64-pin DIN male right angle
2-pos shorting socket
PC board
Q 101 Si PNP SOT-23 2N3906
Q 102 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904
R 101
R 102
R 103
R 104
R 105
R 106
R 107
R 108
R 109
R 110
R 111
R 112
R 113
R 114
R 115
R 116
R 117
R 118
R 119
R 120
29.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
147k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
69.8k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
110 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
110 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
12k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 121
R 122
R 123
R 124
R 125
R 126
R 127
R 128
R 129
R 130
R 131
R 132
R 133
R 134
R 135
R 136
R 137
R 138
R 139
R 140
R 141
R 142
R 143
R 144
R 145
R 150
R 151
R 152
R 153
R 154
R 155
R 156
R 157
R 158
R 159
R 160
R 161
R 162
R 163
R 164
R 165
R 166
R 167
R 168
R 169
R 170
R 171
576-0003-657
576-0003-658
569-0111-446
569-0111-517
569-0111-482
569-0111-418
569-0111-201
569-0111-604
569-0111-604
569-0111-205
569-0111-604
569-0111-205
569-0111-426
569-0115-473
569-0115-154
569-0115-183
569-0115-473
569-0115-152
569-0115-622
569-0115-123
569-0115-473
569-0115-103
9-30
DESCRIPTION
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
470k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
121k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
121k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
35.7k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
27.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
22.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
17.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
86.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
43.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.74k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1.1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
3.01k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
54.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
PART
NUMBER
569-0115-473
569-0115-103
569-0115-334
569-0115-105
569-0115-104
569-0115-104
569-0115-474
569-0115-104
569-0115-473
569-0115-104
569-0115-563
569-0115-563
569-0115-104
569-0115-104
569-0115-473
569-0115-103
569-0111-509
569-0111-509
569-0111-454
569-0111-443
569-0111-435
569-0111-424
569-0115-332
569-0115-102
569-0115-154
569-0111-491
569-0111-462
569-0115-223
569-0115-433
569-0115-433
569-0115-823
569-0115-823
569-0115-823
569-0115-823
569-0111-343
569-0111-305
569-0111-347
569-0111-426
569-0115-104
569-0115-104
569-0115-473
569-0115-563
569-0115-563
569-0115-222
569-0111-472
569-0115-105
569-0115-103
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 172
R 173
R 174
R 175
R 176
R 177
R 178
R 179
R 180
R 181
R 182
R 183
R 184
R 185
R 186
R 187
R 188
R 189
R 190
R 191
R 192
R 193
R 194
R 195
R 196
R 197
R 198
R 199
R 200
R 201
R 202
R 203
R 204
R 205
R 206
R 207
R 208
R 209
R 210
R 211
R 212
R 213
R 214
R 215
R 216
R 217
R 218
DESCRIPTION
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
430k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
160k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
6.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
910 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
620 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
569-0115-103
569-0115-434
569-0115-164
569-0115-432
569-0115-682
569-0115-104
569-0115-104
569-0115-301
569-0115-301
569-0115-104
569-0115-104
569-0115-301
569-0115-301
569-0111-485
569-0111-485
569-0111-485
569-0111-485
569-0115-301
569-0115-301
569-0111-485
569-0111-485
569-0111-485
569-0111-485
569-0115-301
569-0115-301
569-0115-911
569-0115-104
569-0115-103
569-0115-105
569-0115-274
569-0115-105
569-0115-621
569-0115-473
569-0115-752
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-101
569-0115-102
569-0115-512
569-0115-392
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0115-101
569-0115-823
R 219
R 220
R 223
R 225
R 226
R 227
R 228
R 229
R 230
R 231
R 232
R 233
R 234
R 235
R 236
R 237
R 238
R 239
R 240
R 241
R 242
R 243
R 244
R 247
R 248
R 249
R 250
R 251
R 252
R 253
R 254
R 256
R 257
R 258
R 259
R 260
R 261
R 262
R 263
R 264
R 265
R 266
R 267
R 268
R 269
R 270
R 271
9-31
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
16k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
6.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5.1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
10k ohm Vol/Audio switch
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
100k ohm multi-turn pot
54.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
120k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
390k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
300k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
39k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-184
569-0115-163
569-0115-682
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0111-512
569-0115-102
569-0115-752
569-0115-103
569-0513-101
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
562-0018-044
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
562-0110-104
569-0111-472
569-0115-124
569-0115-363
569-0115-274
569-0115-513
569-0115-433
569-0115-394
569-0115-473
569-0115-363
569-0115-363
569-0115-222
569-0115-103
569-0115-363
569-0115-304
569-0115-222
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-222
569-0115-103
569-0115-222
569-0115-363
569-0115-363
569-0115-393
569-0115-184
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 274
R 275
R 276
R 277
R 279
R 280
R 281
R 282
R 283
R 284
R 285
R 286
R 287
R 288
R 289
R 290
R 291
R 292
R 293
R 294
R 295
R 296
R 297
R 298
R 299
R 300
R 301
R 302
R 303
R 304
R 305
R 306
R 307
R 308
R 309
R 310
R 311
R 312
R 313
R 314
R 315
R 316
R 317
R 318
R 319
R 320
R 321
DESCRIPTION
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
18k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
75k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.2 ohm ±10% 1206 SMD
1 ohm ±10% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
39 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm multi-turn pot
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
27 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm multi-turn pot
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
909k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD
Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD
43.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
86.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
909k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PART
NUMBER
SYMBOL
NUMBER
569-0115-363
569-0115-363
569-0115-183
569-0115-512
569-0115-154
569-0115-154
569-0115-105
569-0115-103
569-0115-001
569-0115-103
569-0115-222
569-0115-753
569-0513-101
569-0115-221
569-0115-229
569-0115-109
569-0115-102
569-0115-390
569-0115-622
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-363
562-0110-104
569-0115-363
569-0115-241
569-0115-270
562-0110-104
569-0115-363
569-0115-363
569-0111-593
569-0111-440
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
569-0111-462
569-0111-491
569-0111-440
569-0111-593
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-184
569-0115-101
9-32
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
R 322 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
R 323 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-001
569-0115-001
RT100 10k ohm chip thermistor
569-3013-007
S 100 8-pos DIP switch
S 101 4-pos DIP switch
583-5002-008
583-5002-004
U 100
U 101
U 102
U 103
U 104
U 105
U 106
U 107
U 108
U 111
U 112
U 113
U 114
U 115
U 116
U 117
U 118
U 119
U 120
U 121
U 122
U 123
U 124
U 125
U 126
U 127
U 128
U 129
U 130
U 131
U 132
U 133
U 135
U 136
U 149
U 151
U 153
U 154
U 155
544-3766-002
544-3766-004
544-3766-138
544-3766-154
544-3766-573
544-3766-573
544-3766-574
544-3766-574
544-3766-574
544-5010-448
023-9998-291
544-3003-001
544-3003-001
544-3003-001
544-3003-001
544-3003-001
544-3003-001
544-2003-085
544-2019-004
544-2019-004
544-2020-008
544-2020-008
544-2019-004
544-2020-008
544-2020-008
544-2020-008
544-2020-008
544-2020-008
544-2019-004
544-2020-008
544-2006-013
544-3766-154
544-2019-018
544-2603-042
544-0004-209
544-0004-209
544-3003-001
544-3766-032
544-3766-574
Quad 2-input NOR
Hex inverter SOIC 74HC04
1 of 8 demux 74HC138
1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154
D-latch non-inverting SOIC
D-latch non-inverting SOIC
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
EEPROM masked DIP-40
Main Audio Card/LTR
Quad analog sw SPST SO-16
Quad analog sw SPST SO-16
Quad analog sw SPST SO-16
Quad analog sw SPST SO-16
Quad analog sw SPST SO-16
Quad analog sw SPST SO-16
Micro monitor SO-8 DS1232
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904
Quad op amp SOIC MC3403
Quad op amp SOIC MC3403
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904
Quad op amp SOIC MC3404
Quad op amp SOIC MC3404
Quad op amp SOIC MC3404
Quad op amp SOIC MC3404
Quad op amp SOIC MC3404
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904
Quad op amp SOIC MC3404
Audio amp 10W TO-220
1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154
Dual op amp SO-8 MC33178
+5V regulator SOIC 78L08
EEPOT 100k SOIC 9C104
EEPOT 100k SOIC 9C104
Quad analog sw SPST SO-16
Quad 2-in OR SOIC 74HC32
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
U 156
U 157
U 158
U 159
U 160
U 161
U 162
U 163
U 164
U 165
U 166
U 167
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
Quad analog sw SOIC DG202
Quad analog sw SOIC DG202
9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28
9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28
Dr/Rcvr RS232C V.28 145406
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904
Dual op amp SO-8 MC33178
Quad op amp SOIC MC3404
SYMBOL
NUMBER
544-3766-574
544-3766-574
544-3003-001
544-3003-001
544-3764-703
544-3764-703
544-2023-014
544-2019-004
544-2019-004
544-2019-004
544-2019-018
544-2020-008
X 111 40-pin IC socket
X 112 28-pin IC socket
515-5008-019
515-5008-018
Y 100 2.4576 MHz crystal HC-18U
Y 101 11.059 MHz crystal
521-0002-458
521-0011-059
Z 100 EMI suppression filter
Z 101 EMI suppression filter
Z 102 EMI suppression filter
532-3003-002
532-3003-002
532-3003-002
INTERFACE ALARM CARD
PART NO. 023-2000-350
C 500
C 501
C 502
C 503
C 504
C 505
C 506
C 507
C 508
C 509
C 510
C 511
C 512
C 513
C 514
C 515
C 516
C 517
C 518
C 519
C 520
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.015 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
150 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip
10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD
10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD
10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD
10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD
33 µF 10V tantalum SMD
1 µF 16V tantalum SMD
33 µF 10V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.1 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3606-103
510-3606-153
510-3607-104
510-3602-151
510-2625-100
510-2625-100
510-2625-100
510-2625-100
510-2624-330
510-2625-109
510-2624-330
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-3607-104
9-33
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
C 521
C 522
C 523
C 524
C 525
C 526
C 527
C 528
C 529
C 530
C 531
C 532
C 533
C 534
C 535
C 536
C 537
C 538
C 539
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
47 µF 25V electrolytic radial
47 µF 25V electrolytic radial
10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD
10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD
1 µF 16V tantalum SMD
.1 µF 35V tantalum SMD
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
220 µF 25V aluminum radial
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
1000 µF 25V aluminum radial
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206
100 pF ±5% NPO 1206
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.1 µF ±10% X7R 1210
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
.01 µF ±10% X7R chip
510-3606-103
510-4425-470
510-4425-470
510-2625-100
510-2625-100
510-2625-109
510-2628-108
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
510-4225-221
510-3606-103
510-4225-102
510-3606-103
510-3602-101
510-3602-101
510-3607-104
510-3607-104
510-3606-103
510-3606-103
CR500
CR501
CR502
CR503
CR504
CR505
CR506
CR507
CR508
CR509
CR510
CR511
CR512
CR513
CR522
CR523
CR524
CR525
CR526
CR527
CR528
CR529
CR530
CR531
CR532
CR533
CR534
Red LED submin radial
Green LED submin radial
Yellow LED submin radial
Green LED submin radial
Green LED submin radial
Yellow LED submin radial
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Dual switch diode SOT-23
Dual switch diode SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
Green LED submin radial
Green LED submin radial
Green LED submin radial
200V 1.5A rectifier 1N4818
5.1V zener SOT-23
5.1V zener SOT-23
15V zener SOT-23
15V zener SOT-23
15V zener SOT-23
15V zener SOT-23
15V zener SOT-23
15V zener SOT-23
549-4001-120
549-4001-122
549-4001-121
549-4001-122
549-4001-122
549-4001-121
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-2016-519
549-4001-122
549-4001-122
549-4001-122
523-0013-201
523-2016-519
523-2016-519
523-2016-150
523-2016-150
523-2016-150
523-2016-150
523-2016-150
523-2016-150
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
CR535 4.3V zener SOT-23
CR536 15V zener SOT-23
CR537 15V zener SOT-23
523-2016-439
523-2016-150
523-2016-150
F 501
534-0017-014
1A 250V submin fuse
FH501 Fuse holder
534-1017-001
HW500 Card inj/ext nylon pull
537-9057-020
J 500
J 501
J 502
J 503
J 504
J 505
Horizontal green tip jack .080
Horizontal black tip jack .080
Horizontal red tip jack .080
3-pin single inline header
3-pin single inline header
4-pin single inline header
105-2204-105
105-2203-101
105-2202-101
515-7100-003
515-7100-003
515-7100-004
K 500
K 501
K 502
K 503
12V SPDT 1A relay submin
12V SPDT 1A relay submin
12V SPDT 1A relay submin
12V SPDT 1A relay submin
567-2002-021
567-2002-021
567-2002-021
567-2002-021
L 501
3 µH filter choke PC mount
542-5007-031
P 500
P 501
P 503
P 504
P 505
64-pin DIN male right angle
32-pin DIN male right angle
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
2-pos shorting socket
515-7082-101
515-7082-102
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
515-5010-001
PC500 PC board
035-2000-350
Q 500
Q 501
Q 502
Q 503
Q 504
Q 505
Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904
Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904
Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904
Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904
NPN dig SOT-23F RN1404
NPN dig SOT-23F RN1404
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-616
576-0003-616
R 500
R 501
R 502
R 503
R 504
R 505
R 506
R 507
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-472
569-0115-472
569-0513-431
569-0115-512
569-0115-102
569-0115-202
569-0115-102
569-0115-104
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
SYMBOL
NUMBER
R 508
R 509
R 510
R 511
R 512
R 513
R 514
R 515
R 516
R 517
R 518
R 519
R 520
R 521
R 522
R 523
R 524
R 525
R 526
R 527
R 528
R 529
R 530
R 531
R 532
R 533
R 534
R 535
R 536
R 538
R 539
R 540
R 541
R 542
R 543
R 544
R 545
R 546
R 547
R 548
R 549
R 550
R 551
R 552
R 553
R 554
R 555
9-34
DESCRIPTION
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
4.32k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
PART
NUMBER
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
569-0115-103
569-0115-203
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-102
569-0115-272
569-0115-272
569-0115-272
569-0115-272
569-0115-272
569-0115-472
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
569-0115-472
569-0111-401
569-0111-401
569-0115-472
569-0115-122
569-0115-472
569-0111-401
569-0111-362
569-0115-472
569-0115-102
569-0115-105
569-0115-472
569-0115-103
569-0115-104
569-0115-104
569-0115-104
569-0115-201
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0513-431
569-0513-431
569-0513-431
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-122
569-0115-122
569-0115-122
PARTS LIST
SYMBOL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
R 556
R 557
R 558
R 559
R 560
R 561
R 562
R 563
R 564
R 567
R 568
R 569
R 570
R 571
R 572
R 573
R 574
R 575
R 576
R 577
R 578
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
16k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
51k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-103
569-0115-392
569-0115-102
569-0115-201
569-0115-201
569-0115-201
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0115-163
569-0115-512
569-0115-513
569-0115-823
569-0115-272
569-0115-102
569-0115-272
S 500
S 501
S 502
S 503
S 508
4-pos recessed DIP switch
4-pos recessed DIP switch
4-pos recessed DIP switch
4-pos recessed DIP switch
Toggle switch on/on rt angle
583-5002-104
583-5002-104
583-5002-104
583-5002-104
583-0006-014
SYMBOL
NUMBER
9-35
DESCRIPTION
PART
NUMBER
U 500
U 501
U 503
U 504
U 505
U 506
U 507
U 508
U 509
U 510
U 511
U 512
U 513
U 514
U 515
U 516
U 517
U 518
U 519
U 520
U 521
U 522
U 523
1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154
1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
544-3766-574
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
544-3766-574
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
544-3766-574
8-bit A/D converter
544-2031-001
Bilateral switch SOIC 4066B 544-3016-066
Hex open drain buffer SO-14 544-3716-906
Quad op amp SOIC
544-2020-008
NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001
NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001
NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001
Bilateral switch SOIC 4066B 544-3016-066
Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004
NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001
NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001
Transparent latch SOIC
544-3766-573
D flip flop SOIC 74HC574
544-3766-574
Low pwr FM IF SO-16
544-2026-008
NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001
Transparent latch SOIC
544-3766-573
+12V regulator TO-92 78L12 544-2003-032
+8V regulator 78M08
544-2003-081
Z 500
Z 501
EMI suppression filter
EMI suppression filter
532-3003-002
532-3003-002
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
PARTS LIST
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
9-36
SECTION 10 SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
TRANSISTORS
PART NUMBER
576-0001-300
576-0002-603
576-0003-600
576-0003-602
576-0003-604
576-0003-612
576-0003-636
576-0003-657
576-0003-658
576-0004-098
576-0004-820
576-0004-821
576-0006-109
BASING NUMBER
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
3
4
4
5
IDENTIFICATION
1R
2X
R2/R3
3604
2T
R25
2A
1A
C
TOP
VIEW
TOP
VIEW
B
B
E
C
1
E
B
B
E
5A
2A
4E
5H
A7
Y7
8E/Z1
8F/Z2
8J/Z4
8P/Z8
C
C
E
2
E
B C B
TOP
VIEW
VIEW
DIODES
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
523-1504-002
523-1504-012
523-1504-015
523-1504-016
523-1504-023
523-2016-180
523-2016-479
523-2016-519
523-2016-629
523-2016-919
523-5004-002
C
TOP
VIEW
E
B E B
3
4
C
S
G
D
TOP
VIEW
A
FIGURE 10-1 RF MODULE INTERFACE CONNECTOR
NC
6
5
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
6
14
16
1
40
7
9
1
6
8
39
39
50
TOP VIEW
TOP
45
80
TOP
TOP
VIEW
40
7
VIEW
VIEW
1
8
60
1
7
END
VIEW
17
29
29
18
18
70
17
28
28
FIGURE 10-2 BACKPLANE CABLE CONNECITONS
10-1
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
FOLDOUT
GND
RX
TX
UNIVERSAL STATION REAR VIEW
FIGURE 10-3
RF INTERFACE
BOARD
TPI
IAC
PA
EXCITER/RECEIVER
UNIVERSAL STATION FRONT VIEW
FIGURE 10-4
UNIVERSAL STATION CABINET
FIGURE 10-5
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
10-2
REAR CONNECTOR BOARD
A10
RF INTERFACE
(023-2008-110)
BACKPLANE
BACKPLANE A9
J1
J2
A5
P11
P3-P5-P7-P12
P14-P16-P18
J2
6
6
24 HSDB+
5
5
56 HSDB-
FWD/REV PWR DETECT
C11
J101
A8
1
1
1
2
18
19
+15V
W115
W655
PWR OUT
WO 652
WO 655
C12
P9
RF MUX 3 INH 14
RF MUX 3 INH
REFLECTED POWER
W656
W126
ISOLATOR
R685
WO 656
C13
P3-P5-P7-P12
P14-P16-P18
4
4
25 IRDB+
3
3
57 IRDB-
7
2
20 TLA DB+
HS CS EX 16
8
1
52 TLA DB-
SYN CS EX 26
PC STR 15
LPTT 21
3
2
2
4
19
20
5
3
3
6
20
21
7
4
4
8
21
22
PC STR
FORWARD POWER
W654
W121
PWR IN
WO 651
WO 654
LPTT
A8
POWER AMPLIFIER
HS CS EX
LOW-PASS
FILTER
C4
SYN CS EX
+26V
W501
W116
RF OUT
WO 510
WO 501
C2
J2
J3
RXA+ 1
A6
1
J1
P2-P4-P6-P8
P13-P15-P17
P2-P4-P6-P8
P13-P15-P17
1
13
POWER CONTROL
W505
W120
WO 505
C3
TX MOD 29
TX MOD
+15V
W506
W118
WO 506
C6
RXA- 2
2
2
14
WO 4 30
9
5
5
WO 101
GROUND
W507
W117
WO 507
C6
TXA+ 3
3
3
15
TXA- 4
4
4
16
10
22
23
11
6
6
GROUND
W508
W117
WO 508
C7
WO 1 11
WO 102
FINAL POWER 1
W515
W122
WO 515
C8
TIP 5
5
5
17
WO 3 28
12
23
24
13
7
7
14
24
25
WO 108
FINAL POWER 2
RX WBAND
FINAL POWER 3
WO 109
FINAL POWER 4
W123
RX WBAND 3
RING 6
6
6
18
TIP 1 7
7
7
19
W516
WO 516
W 517
WO 517
RF INPUT
WO 509
C9
RX WBAND 27
W124
C10
WO 2 24
W125
W 518
WO 518
W519
WO 519
W 521
WO 521
C5
RING 1 8
8
EA
8
20
RF DATA A 29
15
8
8
RF DATA A
TEMP SENSOR
GAIN BLOCK POWER
W127
C1
9
9
21
RF DATA B 30
16
25
26
RF DATA B
EB 10
10
10
22
RF DATA C 31
17
9
9
RF DATA C
MA 11
11
11
23
A-D LEVEL 28
18
26
27
A-D LEVEL
MB 12
12
12
24
RF MUX 2 INH 13
19
10
10
RF MUX 2 INH
RF DATA 32
20
27
28
RF DATA
RF CLOCK 8
9
W147
A-D LEVEL 26
EXCITER
RXS+ 13
13
13
1
J402
J401
J102
+15V
1
+15V
RXS- 14
14
14
2
21
11
11
RF CLOCK
WO 128
2
WO 423
TXS+ 15
15
15
3
SYN CS RX 10
22
28
29
SYN CS RX
WO 129
3
WO 429
TXS- 16
16
16
4
HS CS RX 25
23
12
12
HS CS RX
WO 130
4
WO 421
VOTER AUDIO 17
17
17
25
24
29
30
RSSI
WO 131
5
WO 427
EXT MODE 18
18
18
11
25
13
13
RF MUX 1 INH
WO 132
6
WO 419
19
19
26
30
31
WO 133
7
WO 425
EXT REQ 1 20
20
20
27
14
14
V REF EX/WO 103
WO 134
8
WO 417
GROUND 21
21
21
28
31
32
WO 110
WO 135 / V REF EX
9
V REF EX / WO 415
GROUND 22
22
22
29
15
15
WO 104
GROUND
10
GROUND
VOTER DATA IN 19
RSSI 12
RF MUX 1 INH 12
P3-P5-P7-P12
P14-P16-P18
58
10
V REF EX 7
A9
ANT
IAC SLOT P1
+15V ACC 23
23
23
+15V ACC 24
24
24
RSSI 25
25
25
DUPLEXER
24
30
25
12
32
33
WO 111
LPTT
TX
LPTT
11
31
16
16
WO 105
SYN CS EX
12
SYN CS EX
32
33
34
WO 112
TX MOD
13
EX MOD
33
17
17
WO 106
GROUND
14
GROUND
34
34
35
WO 113
GROUND
15
GROUND
18
SYN LK EX
16
SYN LK EX
36
HS LK EX
17
HS LK EX
HS CS EX
18
HS CS EX
RF CLOCK
19
RF CLOCK
RF DATA
20
RF DATA
RX
IAC SLOT P9
AC FAIL OUT 26
26
26
23
ALARM 1 IN + 27
27
27
5
ALARM 1 IN - 28
28
28
37
ALARM 2 IN + 29
29
29
6
IAC SLOT P1
FILTER BOARD
A 11
POWER SUPPLY
A10
ALARM 2 IN - 30
30
30
38
ALARM 1 OUT + 31
31
31
19
GROUND
B
ALARM 1 OUT - 32
32
32
51
+15V
C
A4
P104
GROUND (BLK)
J403
P105
GROUND (BLK)
P103
ALARM 2 OUT + 33
33
33
20
ALARM 2 OUT - 34
34
34
52
+26V
+15V (WHT)
A
P101
+26V (RED)
P102
J1
A7
P1
WO 145 / C4
A9
OCXO IN
WO 144 / C2
RECEIVER
WO 143 / C3
W201
J201
J103
+26V (RED)
+15V
1
+15V
OCXO OUT
WO 32
P10
WO 136
2
GROUND
1
FAN LOW
WO 137
3
WO 17
8
2
FAN HIGH
WO 138
4
WO 25
ALARM 3 IN + 1
1
1
7
ALARM 3 IN - 2
2
2
39
ALARM 4 IN + 3
3
3
J104
A201
FAN
ALARM 4 IN - 4
4
4
40
3
FAN LOW
WO 139
5
WO 19
SQUELCH ENABLE 5
5
5
9
4
FAN HIGH
WO 140
6
WO 23
IAC 41 6
6
6
41
RSSI
7
RSSI
EXT REQ 2 7
7
7
10
WO 141
8
WO 21
EXT OUT 1 8
8
8
RX WBAND
9
RX WBAND
COM 17 9
9
9
10
WO 27
GROUND
11
GROUND
SYN CS RX
12
SYN CS RX
RX INJ
13
RX INJ TP
SYN LK RX
14
SYN LK RX
GROUND
15
GROUND
RF IN
J202
OCXO IN
OCXO
DRAWER
IAC SLOT P9
7
17
P3-P5-P7-P12
P14-P16-P18
WO 142
17
COM 49 10
10
10
49
SYNC IN 11
11
11
18
COM 50 12
12
12
50
49
18
50 WO 17
WO 16
IAC SLOT P9
ALARM 3 OUT + 13
13
13
1
HS CS RX
16
HS CS RX
ALARM 3 OUT - 14
14
14
17
GROUND
17
GROUND
ALARM 4 OUT + 15
15
15
2
RF CLOCK
18
RF CLOCK
ALARM 4 OUT - 16
16
16
18
HS LK RX
19
HS LK RX
TX DATA OUT 17
17
17
RF DATA
20
RF DATA
TX DATA IN 18
18
18
COM 53
19
19
RX VOICE 20
20
20
P2-P4-P6-P8
P13-P15-P17
8
P3-P5-P7-P12
P14-P16-P18
9
RF INTERFACE
FIGURE 10-7
53
31
COM 54 21
21
21
TX VOICE 22
22
22
COM 55
23
23
BUF RX WBAND 24
24
24
22
I/O 13 25
25
25
27
COMM 6 26
26
26
6
54
32
55
INPUT/OUTPUT ALARM INTERFACE
FIGURE 10-6
5
6
10-3
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
FOLDOUT
21
58
32
31
64
63
27
59
30
62
29
28
61
60
24
56
25
57
20
52
19
51
26
23
22
17
49
18
50
53
54
55
48
47
16
15
46
14
45
13
44
12
43
11
42
10
41
9
40
8
39
7
38
6
37
5
36
4
35
3
34
2
33
1
-5V
+15V
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A9
A10
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
MREQ
RD
MSTB
WR
COM 55
COM 54
COM 53
COM 50
COM 49
SYNC IN
COM 17
RNT TX DATA
COM 26
RNT RX DATA
+15V FILTERED
TLA-
+15V FILTERED
TLA+
IRDB-
IRDB+
HSDB-
+5V
HSDB+
+5V
+5V
+5V
+15V
-5V
+15V
-5V
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
VOTER DATA IN
GROUND
P3-P5-P7-P12-P14-P16-P18
LPTT
P3-P5-P7-P12-P14-P16-P18
IAC SLOT
P1
1 A19
33 A18
+5V
2
A17
+15V
WO 13
34 A16
HSDB+ 6
FILTERED
P11
3
A15
HSDB- 5
35 A14
IRDB+ 4
4
IRDB- 3
36 A12
TLA+ 2
11 D7
TLA- 1
43 D6
A13
12 D5
44 D4
13 D3
45 D2
14 D1
46 D0
15 MREQ
REPEATER I/O
J1
VOTER DATA IN 19
16 MSTB
47 RD
48 WR
+15V ACC 23
ACC
WO 17
55 COM 55
+15V
WO 16
54 COM 54
+15V ACC 24
53 COM 53
ALARM 1 IN + 27
5
ALARM 1 IN - 28
37 ALARM 1 IN -
ALARM 1 IN +
ALARM 1 OUT + 31
19 ALARM 1 OUT +
ALARM 1 OUT - 32
51 ALARM 1 OUT -
ALARM 2 IN + 29
6
ALARM 2 IN - 30
38 ALARM 2 IN -
ALARM 2 IN +
ALARM 2 OUT + 33
20 ALARM 2 OUT +
ALARM 2 OUT - 34
52 ALARM 2 OUT -
AC FAIL OUT 26
P19
57 POWER SWITCH
WO 1
22
P2-P4-P6-P8
P13-P15-P17
RX VOICE 31
21
TX VOICE 32
F1 SOURCE
4A
+15V
WO 3
30 +15V
62 +15V
56 THERMAL SENSOR
WO 4
63 GROUND
TX DATA OUT
8
WO 5
64 GROUND
TX DATA IN
9
WO 8
31 GROUND
COMM 6
6
I/O 13
5
32 GROUND
WO 9
EXT REQ 1 20
10 EXT REQ 1
EXT MOD 18
WO 6
F3 SOURCE
1A
-5V
F2 SOURCE
4A
+5V
11 EXT MOD
27 -5V
59 -5V
28 +5V
RXS+ 13
1
RXS+
RXS- 14
2
RXS-
WO 7
TXS+ 15
3
TXS+
WO 2
TXS- 16
4
TXS-
29 +5V
60 +5V
61 +5V
RXA+
1
13 RXA+
RXA-
2
14 RXA-
TXA+
3
15 TXA+
50 COM 50
TXA-
4
16 TXA-
18 SYNC IN
EA
9
21 EA
49 COM 49
EB 10
22 EB
17 COM 17
MA 11
23 MA
21
MB 12
24 MB
22
25 VOTER AUDIO
23
17 TIP
42
RING 6
18 RING
10 EXT REQ 2
TIP 1 7
19 TIP 1
41 IAC 41
20 RING 1
9
12 RSSI
40 ALARM 4 IN -
30 WO 4
8
28 WO 3
39 ALARM 3 IN -
VOTER AUDIO 17
TIP 5
RING 1 8
RSSI 25
29 TX MOD
7
7 V REF EX
9
12
8
27
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
1
26
10
7
4
13
18
3
15
16
17
20
21
11
14
22
23
6
5
25
19
2
14
13
12
16
26
25
10
24
11
8
32
31
30
29
15
28
3
23
9
19
4
20
5
21
27
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
6
7
1
17
2
18
22
24
15
14
13
8
26
25
18
17
22
20
19
21
23
12
11
10
9
7
6
5
4
3
2
24 +15V ACCESSORY
+15V
25 +15V ACCESSORY
26 +15V FILTERED
+15V
58 +15V FILTERED
1
BACKPLANE INTERCONNECT
FIGURE 10-8
10-4
ALARM 3 IN +
ACC
P10
16
ALARM 4 IN +
FILTERED
ALARM 3 IN +
ALARM 3 IN -
ALARM 4 IN +
ALARM 4 IN -
SQUELCH ENABLE
IAC 41
EXT REQ 2
COM 17
COM 49
SYNC IN
COM 50
COM 55
COM 54
COM 53
RX VOICE
TX VOICE
TX DATA OUT
TX DATA IN
I/O 13
COMM 6
EXT OUT 1
ALARM 3 OUT +
ALARM 3 OUT -
ALARM 4 OUT +
ALARM 4 OUT -
BUF RX WBAND
P9 P10
J2 P9
24
BUF RX WBAND
ALARM 4 OUT -
ALARM 3 OUT -
ALARM 3 OUT +
EXT OUT 1
COMM 6
I/O 13
AC FAIL IN
AC FAIL OUT
RX WBAND
A-D LEVEL
PC STR
RF DATA A
RF DATA B
RF DATA C
RF DATA
RF CLOCK
WO 1
WO 2
SYN CS RX
HS CS RX
SYN CS EX
HS CS EX
RF MUX 1 INH
RF MUX 2 INH
RF MUX 3 INH
RF MUX 3 INH
RF MUX 2 INH
RF MUX 1 INH
HS CS EX
SYN CS EX
HS CS RX
SYN CS RX
WO 2
WO 1
RF CLOCK
RF DATA
RF DATA C
RF DATA B
RF DATA A
PC STR
A-D LEVEL
RX WBAND
LPTT
V REF EX
TX MOD
WO 3
WO 4
RSSI
RF
INTERFACE
J2
ALARM 4 OUT +
A-D LEVEL 26
RX WBAND 27
SQELCH ENABLE
NOTES:
NOTES:
+12V
1. RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS
IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
C807
27pF
R801
10
Q801
1300
Q801
1300
MOD IN
WO 801
C811
27pF
R803
10
WO 807
RF OUT
WO 802
WO 803
R805
5.1k
CONTROL IN
R806
6.2k
C811
27pF
CR801
R803
100
WO 807
RF OUT
WO 806
OSCILLATOR
Q802
C803
1pF
WO 802
3636
C804
2.7pF
C810
27pF
L803
.039uH
WO 806
WO 808
TO RESONATOR TAP
L804
.039uH
MOD IN
WO 804
WO 808
C803
1pF
C802
1.5pF
R814
10k
CAPACITIVE
MULTIPLIER
C809
15
WO 805
C810
27pF
WO 804
+
+
WO 801
CAPACITIVE
MULTIPLIER
+12V
L803
.039uH
C808
27pF
R802
3.6k
C809
15
WO 805
C807
27pF
R801
10
C808
27pF
R802
3.6k
+12V
+12V
1. RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS
IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
R805
5.1k
OSCILLATOR
Q802
TO RESONATOR TAP
3636
C812
4.7pF
L804
.039uH
CONTROL IN
C804
2.4pF
R806
6.2k
C812
3.3pF
WO 803
C806
4.7uF
CR802
R804
4.7k
L805
.039uH
C805
.1uF
+
+
C805
.47uF
C813
6.8pF
C806
1uF
CR802
C813
5.6pF
R804
12k
R807
180
L805
.022uH
R807
240
C814
27pF
*C814 IS PLACED ON TOP OF R807
C814*
RECEIVE VCO
FIGURE 10-9
10-5
TRANSMIT VCO
FIGURE 10-10
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
FOLDOUT
C126
R65
R64
R66
R63
20
WO145
GROUND
8
WO125
RF OUT 4
WO124
RF OUT 3
WO123
RF OUT 2
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
CR108
R137
R138
C136
R127
R129
R131
R133
E
C
B
Q104
R114
R100
R113
R110
R94
B
E
C
R67
R105
R103
C109
8
U102
B
5
C118
R107
C123
E
B
R76
C108
WO127
TEMP
E
R61
R115
R117
R47
4
1
5
U111
CR105
R45
R49
8
R125
16
Q102
R69
4
C106
R95
C
U103
9
C124
C
Q105
R116
C133
R136
R135
R123
C133
R82
R83
R121
1
8
R84
R85
R141
R108
R109
R72
R142
R104
R55
R78
C110
C115
R118
R119
R112
R111
R48
1
C135
CR101
C
C130
C134
8
R88
R89
Q101 R140
Q103
E
C121
CR103
C101
R70
WO122
RF OUT 1
C137
R86
CR109
14
R54
C138
E B
R79
4
C143
WO115
POWER
SENSE
1
R102
1
WO126
REFLECTED
POWER
U101
C111
R139
B
R71
WO121
FORWARD
POWER
R87
U109
CR107
WO129
5
8
+ C107
R120
R124
R132
R128
R134
R122
R130 R126
WO109
1
7
C139
C120
F101
C105
C132
C133
C141
7
R80
C131
R81
R90
C140
R91
R93
R92
U112
C142
C117
WO119
R70
R163
R164
CR110
WO
128
WO
130
WO
132
+ C103
R101
R52
1
1
C125
J105
R53
19
WO
137
C122
WO
WO 136
138
Q108
R199
WO
WO 140
141
16
WO118
+15V
WO133
2
WO
134
R60
R59
R57
16
WO
142
R51
WO144
+15V
WO108
1
WO
139
C104
R198
U110
9
C119
WO102
WO101
WO135
19
WO131
1
8
R58
R151
R152
R106
R148
16
R143
R144
R159
R156
R150
R158
R157
R145
R166
9
2
14
J101
U106
9
U104
1
2
R165
R162
WO116
+26.5V
R197
R161
R160
WO143
R149
+
WO103
R148
1
8
R147
16
R153
L101
WO104
WO106
9
R154
F102
WO105
U105
1
8
J102
19
20
+ C102
R50
R167
WO112
WO113
18
1
8
R155
CR111
R174
WO111
J103
R74
R175
B
C
E
R176
4
R169
R73
R193
1
R168
R177
R170
R178
R179
C127
R180
5
U108
R75
E
Q106
B
8
R173
R172
C128
R171
8
5
C115
R194
4
1
CR104
U107
C113
R187
R186
C112 +
R184
R185
R192
R183
R182
Q107
C114 +
WO110
36
R191
WO117
GROUND
R190
R181
R188
4
R189
J104
1
R46
WO147
RF DET
PRE-DRIVER
C149
RF INTERFACE BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-11
10-6
WO120
CTRL OUT
R137
22k
J101
1 STR
PC STR 2
R138
22k
R135
22k
2 SER
R136
22k
1
Q8 11
Q7 12
3 CLK
4
Q6 13
U103
23
MC14094BD
Q5 14
+5V
31
5
WO 101
6
WO 102
15
WO 104
16
WO 105
17
WO 106
24
WO 108
25
WO 109
32
WO 110
33
WO 111
34
WO 112
35
WO 113
R139
10k
Q4 7
R140
10k
15 OE
R142
10k
R125
20k
U102A
2
R95
1k
2904
1
3
R106
10k
4 Y7
R150
10k
R147
10k
R146
22k
2904
7
R144
22k
R117
270
Q105
224
R108
2.7k
+ 6
224
R46
100
R81
470
CR108
5.1V
U112A
1
CR107
5.1V
+ 3
224
C108
.018
C149
.1
DRIVE POWER SET
R48
1k
WO147
R93
470
Y4 1
U109B
3 Z
224
Y5 5
7
+
CR110
5.1V
5
8
224
R78
270k
6
C132
.001
WO115
+15V
WO123
R89
470
CR109
5.1V
U112D
14
224
WO124
+ 12
WO125
12
+
13
C13
W122
C7
W115
C11
RF DETECT FROM PREDRIVER
FORWARD POWER
RF OUT 1
POWER SENSE
W123
C8
W124
C9
W125
C10
W126
C12
RF OUT 2
RF OUT 3
R87
1k
R88
1k
R91
1k
R92
1k
C1
W121
R86
270k
13
C138
.001
R90
270k
9
C141
.001
W147
R79
1k
R83
1k
+ 10
224
R53
10k
6
U109D
U112C
7
WO122
+ 5
R80
1k
Y3 12
9 A2
U112B
R82
270k
2
C135
.001
R84
1k
14
R76
5k
WO121
R85
470
224
R49
0
R45
100
5
R52
10k
U104
Y6 2
7
R109
1k
HEF405TBTD
Y1 14
R148
22k
U111B
3
+
2
+5V
CR103
3.9V
1300
1
CONTROL OUT
+5V
R56
470k
Q108
10 A1
R145
22k
R114
1.8K
C116
.01
C2
W120
P103 +15V IN
W118
C150
.001
3658
R55
2.7k
11 A0
36
R115
470
R61
43K
Y2 15
R143
22k
18
R116
470
R107
560
6 E
RF MUX 3 INH 19
WO120
R110
5.1k
P105 GROUND
W144
C3
+15V
3600
R94
5.1k
C111
.047
Y0 13
WO144
Q102
R105
2.7k
+
R118
20k
R132
10k
U109A
2
U102B
6
5
R134
20k
+5V
R102
2.7k
+
C105
39pF
R130
10k
R133
20k
Q1 4
R101
1k
R128
10k
P104 GROUND
C6
R113
1.8k
2603
P101 +26V IN
WO145
SOURCE F101
2A
+15V
Q103
P102 +26V IN
WO143
R112
1k
Q104
R111
3657
330 R100
100
C109
.001
R126
10k
C4
+26V
L101
+ C117
1000
+15V
R103
270k
R124
10k
R131
20k
Q2 5
CR101
R123
20k
SOURCE F102
2A
+26V
C110
.1
R122
10k
R139
20k
Q3 6
R141
10k
R104
270k
R120
10k
R121
20k
R127
20k
Q101
3657
R119
20k
WO126
R54
10k
WO127 W127
C5
RF OUT 4
REFLECTED POWER
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
WO 103
V REF EX 14
J102
LPPT 20
11 PTT
R156
22k
6 E
RF MUX1 INH 13
Y5 5
U105
R51
100
3 Z
R155
22k
Y4 1
9 A2
RF DATA C 9
+15V
Y3 12
C120
.1
R159
10k
U110F
15
Y2 15
R153
22k
11 A0
RF DATA A 8
+ C102
2.2
+ C107
2.2
3
U101
WO130
78L05 V OUT 1
GNDA GNDBGNDC GND
2
3
6
7
+ C103
4.7
C104
.1
4
WO131
C119
.1
5
WO132
WO133
7
R57
10k
17 HS LK EX
WO134
10 A1
RF DATA B 26
C101
.01
WO129
6
U110E
74HC906
12
11
Y1 14
R154
22k
+5V
8 V IN
R158
10k
HEF405TBTD
A D LEVEL 27
SOURCE
R157
10k
14
2
R59
10k
16 SYN LK EX
WO135
Y6 2
EXCITER
9 V REF EX
WO134
Y7 4
8
Y0
+15V
1 +15V
13
TX MOD 22
13 TX MOD
SYN CS EX 21
12 SYN CS EX
HS CS EX 3
18 HS CS EX
19 RF CLK
3 Z
R165
22k
R164
22k
R163
22k
+5V
R149
22k
U106
R197
10k
15
+5V
R63
10k
74HC906
2
3
4
J103
19 HS LK RX
R65
10k
U110B
Y2 15
6 E
5
14 SYN LK RX
Y0 13
R162
22k
10
14
U110A
Y1 14
R166
22k
R161
22k
+26V
R167
1k
Y3 12
20 RF DATA
R198
10k
11 A0
RF MUX2 INH 10
R160
22k
R50
4.99k
Y6 2
9 A2 HEF405TBT
D
10 A1
R199
10k
13 RX INJ
R73
10k
Y7 4
R66
43k
R64
43k
Y4 1
Y5 5
RECEIVER
RSSI 30
7 RSSI
RX WB AUDIO 7
9 RX WBAND
RF DATA 28
20 RF DATA
RF CLK 11
18 RF CLK
SYN CS RX 29
12 SYN CS RX
HS CS RX 12
LOGIC CONTROL
25
TO FAN
FAN HIGH 2
16 HS CS RX
WO 109
J104
FAN CONNECTOR
FAN 1 CURRENT
FAN 1 BUFFER
R185
22k
R182
22
R181
22
R183
22
R184
22
+26V
U107A
3 +
FAN 1 LOW 1
+ C112
1
2
2904
FAN 2 BUFFER
R192
22k
FAN 2 LOW 3
R189
22
R190
22
R191
22
C113
.047
U107B
5 +
+ C114
1
6
2904
7
R194
15k
15
1. ALL RESISOTRS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS IN MIDROFARADS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
R175
8.2k
R179
10k
Q107
R75
1k
R176
8.2k
2603
FAN 2 CURRENT
NOTES:
1
R187
15k
FAN HIGH 4
R188
22
11
R174
8.2k
R180
10k
R186
10k
CR104
5.1V
R177
8.2k
R169
270k
CR111
R172
1k
Q106
3600
R173
3.3k
R178
8.2k
U108A
2904
1
+ 3
2
+5V
R170
1k
C115
.047
R193
10k
10-7
R74
1k
R168
10k
C126
.01
2. REMOVE R106 FOR STANDARD POWER UNITS (85-110W)
REMOVE R150 FOR HIGH POWER UNITS ( > 150W).
3. IC NUMBER NOT SHOWN:
PIN NUMBERS
IC
+15V
+5V
GND
8
4
U102
U103
16
8
U104, U105, U106
16
7,8
U107, U108, U111
8
4
U109, U112
11
4
1
8
U110
17
+15V
1 +15V
WO136
2
WO137
3
WO138
4
WO139
5
WO140
6
WO141
8
WO142
10
R171
511k
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
RF INTERFACE BOARD SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-12
FOLDOUT
C334
R277
R239
R223
R226
C229
Q204
R225
Q203
C226
C224
C225
R221
R291
R293 Q214 EP206
C357
R311
C275
C310
C273
R294
L220
C356
Q215
R300
L222
R296
CH203
R292
C274
C276
R295
B
E
A201
CH200
EP1
L203
L204
C205
L227
L228
C203 + Q218
EP201
C311
C362 +
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
L226
C201
C337
L207
MP1
C202
C206
C208
L201
L202
CR202
R201
L205
R218
C268
C261
R290
C272
C303
C262
E
E
W03
R299
C326
C259
Q209
Q208
L219
C355
R273
C309
C360
C332
C333
C319
C320
EP202
R297
C278
C302 Q216
C
R306
C263
C288
C277
R220
R219
C256
C257
C330
R272
R270
C307
+ C308
R268
R298
R265
E
B
E
C269
EP203
R217
C313
C314
R319
R269
+ C299
C300
C252
C366
R250
C251
R248
R251
C258
EP12
R278
R279
C260
C335
C204
L206
3
4
E
C267
5
R275
+ C279
C207
L213
C374
C373
Z201
6
EP9
C312
L209
Z202
2
TP2
R274
C227
R321
EP4
CH201
L210
U201
C209
C270
1
C211
R209
C255
R247
EP2
R211
10
R276
R203
C284
U209
R267
C264
R257
E
1
EP10
EP205
C
4
11
1
R222
C305
C331
R271
20
Q201
C214
Q202
C210
R208
C212
R313
C213 +
C321
C293
CR201
Z203
L229
R254
C285
C280
Q211
8
R283
C364+
EP3
1
L212
Q210
EP204
E
R308
8
C376
L211
U204
L225
4
C359
C317
5
R252 R253
C375
L223
EP5
+ C365
C304 Q217
C338
C301
Z204
C215
C216
C281 +
TP5
R322
R323 R255
R214
R212
C218
L224
C282 R258
CH202
16
C363
5
U202
9
C220
C323
R213
C325
L218
U210
R281
C248
C253
TP1
1
8
R304
U208
L217
R242 C244
C306
C249
R243
Q207
C315
R215
C230
C228
R266
Z205
+C297
R314
C296
R302
R301
R316
C322
R245
C247 R246 C246 + C245
+ C232
Q206
R240
C372
C370
C239
U211
1
R241 R312 R288
C328
R244
C250
Y201
14
1
C243
C242
C241
L208
C231
8
4
C254 R249
C340
C351
C347
15
U205
C233
R229
EP6
28
R210
C238
L216
R227 Q205 R230
C234
R228
C236
C235
L214
C240
Z213
C237 L215
C318
R282
RT201
R259
R260
5
RT202 R262
4
C219
C217 C221
C290
8
5
R224
EP7
R315
C316
EP8
C367
R263
R256
1
C289
1
CR204
4
R280 U203
1
8
R318
R231
R234
C324
C371
U206
C291
R264
R261
4
R310 R309
5
TP6
C222
8
5
C292
TP4
R232
R317
+ C266
C286
+ C298
R303
WO16
C295
C354
C339
C287
C352
+ C294
C353
U207
WO17
WO19
TP3
C431
C342
C349
19
C348
20
1
C350
R320
WO25
WO21
WO23
C345
C344
WO27
C346
C343
J201
2
L221
R204
CR203
+ C336
RECEIVER COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-13
10-8
+12V
RX
R247
2.2k
R203
62
+ C336
4.7
C337
56pF
RF AMP
+12V
RX
CR203
+C203
4.7
Q218
3657
L201
A201
RF IN
L202
L203
C206
56pF
C201
6.8pF
L226
L221
C204
56pF
L204
R204
10k
EP201
MIXER
C205
6.8pF
C208
24pF
L228
L227
4
U201
RF LRMS-2H IF
Q201
3636
C207
6.2pF
6
TO OCXO
R239
51
8
C293
39pF
C211
.01
R211
51
Z203
C375
1.5-5pF
L211
.9uH
C215
6.8pF
Z204
L213
.82uH
C376
4.7pF
27
WO 15
C370
27pF
OSC
IN
PD 4
OUT
28 LOCK DET
C324
100pF
Q203
3658
R322
560
L225
.9uH
R210
3.6k
C225 C24
.01 .01
+6V
3 Vcc
C230
.01
R222
3.3k
TO TX
W201 OCXO
METER
GND
16
U202
MC3371D
MIXER IN
R226
180
3 +
C229
.01
OSC B
15
1
9
AUDIO
MIXER
OUT
3
Vcc
IF IN
4
5
DEC 1
DEC 2
6
7
5
1
Z205
1
3
2
C217
.1
C219
.1
R213
5.1k
R280
100k
QUAD
8
+12V
R215 RX
1.8k
+6V
5
1
F IN
R281
1k
C306
18pF
C371
27pF
C329
.01
2
L 217
10uH
R242
2.7k
C244
.01
+12V
R315
270
Q206
3658
GND
R243
3.3k
C248
.001
Q207
3658
C249
.01
+12V
C250
100pF
R309
12.1k
R240
270
C256
.1
R232
10k
R231
10k
18
RF CLK 18
U209
MC145190
20
C328
820pF
C307
100pF
C333
27pF
+6V
R319 R269
10k
1k
R276
47k
7
17
SYN CS RX 12
R270
1k
2
SYN LK RX 14
L 218
.1uH
R248
2.7k
R249
3.3k
CLK
C252
.001 Q211
3658
Vcc
12
CR201
C236
220pF
R230
270
C237
5.6pF
C222
120pF
L215
.1uH
L216
.1uH
3
R254
330k
C285
.001
+
U204A
33172
1
2
TP5
13 RX INJ TP
R252
330k
52.5 MHz
C238
390pF
R253
6.8k
C234
.01
V OUT
GND A
GND B
GND C
GND
2
3
6
7
1
+ C365
4.7
R251
3.3k
C331
27pF
R283
100
R293
51
L222
R273
100
C309
1pF
L 219
.018uH
R275
6.8k
C258
27pF
C356
2pF
C310
27pF
C259
27pF
11
+12V
C309
3pF
2
TP2
R267
294
PD
OUT
V PD
C272
18pF
R277
150
R278
1.6k
R292
75
R266
470
8
7
GND
5
GND
2
GND
1
RF OUT
4
+12V
3
SOURCE
RECEIVE
C312
.001
C321
.001
C290
.001
1
+C289
4.7
V OUT
GND A
2
+15V
U206
LM78L12
V IN
GND B
GND C
GND
3
6
7
8
1 +15V
+ C287
1.5
C286
.001
SOURCE
R314
220
R301
220
R302
220
6
TAP
L210
C288
10pF
C311
.001
L220
FREQ
ADJ
MOD
L212
+15V
VCO
753-772 MHz
A006
C263
5.6pF
R295
470
R300
36
C335
27pF
L224
Q217
4098
+12V
RX
C358
3.9pF
CNTL
C280
12pF
R265
1.8k
C273
27pF
R291
1.3k
C334
27pF
L223
R290
1.5k
Q215
3636
R299
36
6
R268
1k
Q209
3636
C260
27pF
C261
3.3pF
Q216
3604
C276
6.8pF
C357
1.5pF
+ C281
4.7
R257
470
C277
4.3pF
R296
1.8k
C275
2.4pF
EP206
+ C279
4.7
C274
27pF
Q214
3636
R279
1.6k
C282
27pF
EP205
C278
27pF
EP203
R311
4.3k
R258
100
R297
100
R294
10
+6V
R274
10
F IN 11
EP204
EP202
ENABLE
LOCK DET
C366
.001
+12V
R250
270
C257
.1
GND
U210
LM78L12
V IN
+ C364
1.5
C363
.001
R272
240
RX
C332
27pF
+ C308
4.7
R255
27k
+12V
C253
.01
C254
100pF
F IN
5
R323
1k
SOURCE
8
10
15
C233
.01
C235
220pF
Q205
3658
R228
1k
7
C251
.01
Q208
3636
17
6
TCXO 1.0 PPM
17.5 MHz
Q210
3658
DATA
C325
100pF
C255
.1
4
+15V
+6V
8
R259
10k
R312
10
C330
27pF
19
C284
1.5pF
+C232
4.7
L214
.1uH
C231
100pF
5
9 RX WBAND
V DD
REF IN
RF DATA 20
RF OUT
R227
10k
4.7
GNDA GNDB GNDC
+6V
R271
910
14
DC IN
MOD
R310
4.99k
3
+6V
3
Y201
2
R244
3.3k
+C266
4.7
C316
.01
R264
5k
R262
7.5k
R229
TRIPLER
10
CR204
9.1V
3
TP1
HIGH STABILITY OPTION
C324
100pF
+12V
TP4
+
+ C240
R282
5k
C323
.001
C221
.1
R241
10
U203B
MC3317B
7
6
R256
20k
Z213
4
7 RSSI
R263
120k
C367
27pF
+5V
RT202
1k
15 N4
kllk
klkl
R260
0
C220
.001
R214
51k
J201
R261
5k
450 kHz
4
TP3
+
13
17 N6
16 N5
U203A
MC3317B
1
2
C218
.001
R212
100k
WO 32
Q204
3658
U211
LMC7101
C247
56pF
R245
3.9k
C228
.01
R223
2.7k
+ C245
33
21 T/R
C227
.01
R221
180
R246
1k
+ C246
1
C314
.01
3
R218
2.7k
C226
.01
FV
C241
.1
HS LK RX 19
+
C301
39pF
C313
.01
R225
100
R217
3.3k
V
10
R234
1k
R219
100
R220
100
U205
MC145151DW2
C242
.1
R316
10k
WO16
C305
.01
WO 14
R
C243
.1
9
+6V
HS CS RX 16
R209
680
+6V
R224
100
RX OCXO
J201
L209
.9uH
C338
.01
C216
3.9pF
+6V
OCXO INPUT
R320
10k
L213
.82
LO
1
R321
510
WO3
C374
4.7pF
52.95 MHz
4-POLE
CRYSTAL FILTER
C214
10pF
Q202
3602
C270
39pF
Z202
C373
1.5-5pF
L207
.9uH
IF AMP
C210
10pF
Z201
3
GND B
GND C
J202
C267
39pF
2
GND A
CR202
5
R208
1.8k
52.95 MHz
4-POLE
CRYSTAL FILTER
C209
10pF
+ C213
4.7
C212
.01
R313
220
L206
+ C362
4.7
R201
10k
C202
6.2pF
L205
C296
.001
+ C297
1.5
+12V
+15V
U207
LM78L12
V IN
+12V
C303
.1
C291
.001
C269
27pF
+ C292
1.5
V OUT
GND A
GND B
GND C
GND
2
3
6
7
+6V
U208
LM78L05
V IN
V
OUT
GND A
GND B
GND C
GND
2
3
6
7
R303
43
SOURCE
C268
1.5pF
8
1
R304
240
+ C299
4.7
C300
.001
C317
.001
C318
.001
C322
.001
+ C298
4.7
1
+ C294
4.7
C295
.001
C315
.001
C319
.001
C320
.001
NOTES:
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS
UNLES OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
2. IC NUMBERS NOT SHOWN
IC
U203, U204
U211
3
10-9
PIN NUMBER
+6V
GND
8
4
2
5
REMOVED WHEN HIGH STABILITY OPTION IS USED.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
RECEIVER SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-14
FOLDOUT
20
1
19
C492
R405
R407
C401
R401
C400
C416
C417
R418
EP402
EP403
R440
1
R444
R438
R436
11
C483
C482
R439
R437
C485
C484 10
R441
20
C424
C422
+ C428
R429
R419
8
C423
+ C421
R435
R448
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
C419
R430
R431
C497
L404
R485
C413
C429
C441
CH400
L401
R428
R423
C478
C411
C425
C479
R455 Q407
C431
R457 Q406
C433
R420
C418
R467
C444
R465
C412
R432
R433
R434
C499
C442
C445 R443
Q411 R468
C480
Q410
R462
R451
R453
L406
R463
C443
R464
C446
C432
C498 L403
C430
R452 R450
EP405
C434
C414
R421
C453
R460
R456
R422
C415
L402
1
L407
R466
R404
C475
R470
R454
C487
C490
EP401
Q401
8
4
J403
15
14
Y401
Q403
C471
C450
C481+
Q412
C447+
R469
C448
5
CR401
R402
28
+ C474
U406
R480
R481
C449
C472 +
1
R461
C488
C404
C403
C426 +
R471
R473
R472
R417
R426
R486
+ C463
R458
C461
Q405
R424
R414
C455
C451
R411
C406+
C491
C489
R403
U403
R476
C459
R474
C409
1
Q402
E
8
R412
Q404
B
C464
C408
4
C469 +
C495
R488
1
8
C420
E
C462
C454
C457
C460
R479
R415
R416
C410
R478 Q413
C496 +
E
+ C476
5
U402
R487
4
C494 C493
U401
R425
4
C465
C458
C
C468 +
1
EP404
E
5
5
U407
R477
C467 +
R483
8
C436
C438
C470
R427
R449
C466
C405
C402
C477
WO427 WO429
R482
WO425
U405
3
42
O
W 1
42
O
W 9
41
O
W
J402
C440
C486
WO431
WO417
+ C407
C437
C435
C439
C473
J401
2
5
U404
1
4
R447
R446
R445
EXCITER COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-15
10-10
HIGH STABILITY OPTION
+12V
R418
10
3 Vcc
C405
.001
C402
.1
F IN 1
C477
27pF
15 N4
BUFFERED
OCXO IN
C414
.01 C415
100pF
R421
3.3k
17 N6
C413
.001
21 T/R
Q402
3658
R422
3.3k
R423
270
27 OSC IN
C400
27pF
R420
2.7k
Q401
3658
16 N5
J403
L401
10nH
R485
1k
C412
27pF
+5V
C411
.1
U401
MC145151DW2
8 R
C403
.1
9 V
C404
.1
10 FV
+5V
C488
.1
J401
R488
10k
R461
8.2k
PD OUT 4
R411
1k
R401
10k
WO431
+ C406
1
+ C407
33
C408
56pF
HS CS EX 18
SOURCE
SOURCE
R412
8.2K
R407
1k
8
28 LD
HS LK EX 17
C401
100pF
2
WO 423
3
WO 429
4
WO 421
5
WO 427
6
WO 419
R416
270
C410
.01
R427
62k
WO 425
8
WO 417
R425
50k
R424
10k
U402B
6
+
15
+ C472
1.5
+12V
1
+ C474
4.7
GROUND
A
C GND
B
2
+ C426
4.7
2 MOD
7
RF OUT
Y401
TCXO 1 PPM
R417
10k
3
6
C475
.001
SOURCE
R419
12.1k +3.5V
7
R429
4.99k
+ C428
4.7
SOURCE
8
C466
.001
5
+ C467
1.5
R456
680
U405
78L05
V IN
+5V
V OUT
1
+ C469
4.7
GROUND
A
C GND
B
2
GNDA GNDB GNDC
5 +
+ C476
4.7
C471
.001
3
DC IN
U402A
2904
1
2
+3.5V
C409
.01
U406
LM7L12ACM
V IN
V OUT
17.5 MHz
V REF
R486
12.1k
CR401
9.1V
R426
0
3
+12V
7
+15V
+12V
3
6
R487
4.99k
C470
.001
7
R482
0
+15V
Q405
3612
14
+ C463
15
10
R480
7.5k
+15V 1
+ C496
15
R481
1k
C454
27pF
C455
.001
C462
.001
C464
.01
11
R427
62k
R425
50k
EX MOD 13
R427
62k
U404A
2904
1
2
R449
10k
U407B
2904
7
V REF EX 9
+5V
6
+3.5V
V REF
+ 5
VCO
850-870 MHz
R444
10k
6
3 +
+3.5V
+3.5V
R436
100
C482
27pF
R438
R439
10k
1k
SYN CS RX 12
14
12
V DD
V CC
2
LD
REF IN
R462
10
MOD
C483
27pF
C497
100pF
C448
27pF
L404
FREQ
ADJ
2
6
6
20
C453
820pF
C416
.1
L402
.1uH
L406
.039uH
R464
5.6k
C443
27pF
TAP
R463
100
R465
1.2k
19
RF DATA 20
R404
1k
RF OUT
C444
27pF
C441
1pF
Q403
3636
18
RF CLK 19
CLK
RX
8
+12V
R434
294
GND
5
+ C421
4.7
R435
1k
CR22
.1
R467
1.6k
7
R441
47k
C485
27pF
11
C419
.01
C465
27pF
J402
Q413
4098
C451
5.6pF
Q412
3636
R476
470
R478
220
R479
220
C457
30pF
C460
39pF
C458
15pF
C459
15pF
R468
150
C480
39pF
C445
27pF
R443
36
C480
39pF
R468
150
+12V
R432
3.3k
R450
10
R452
100
C429
27pF
NOTES:
C430
27pF
L403
.018uH
R451
6.8k
C498
2.7pF
Q406
3636
C431
27pF
R457
36
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPAICITORS IN MICROFARADS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
2. IC NUMBERS NOT SHOWN:
PIN NUMBER
R453
1.6k
C432
27pF
IC
U402, U404,
U407
+12V
GND
8
4
Q407
3636
C479
27pF
10-11
C461
15pF
C432
2pF
C420
5.6pF
R456
470
R433
270
C499
27pF
V PD
F IN
431
3.3k
C418
.001
Q404
3636
R469
3.9k
R470
1k
R466
1.6k
Q411
3636
C484
27pF
DATA
C449
5.6pF
R460
10
R477
100
R474
1k
Q410
3636
R430
2.7k
10
F IN
C442
27pF
C446
39pF
8
R428
10
C417
.01
CNTL
7
+12V
+ C477
1
R473
100
5
+12V
C423
100pF
R405
1k
C434
27pF
A007
4
U403
145190
SYN LK RX 16
1
5 +
R485
47
R471
47
3
C425
.1
ENABLE PD OUT
R440
1k
U404B
2904
7
R437
100
C424
.1
+5V
+ C481
1
+15V
+12V
R455
150
R454
1.6k
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
EXCITER SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-16
FOLDOUT
WO512
C577 +
8
U504
C508
C586
B
C540
E
1
3
U501
C598
2
+ C597
+ C596
4
C506
C505+
C504
CR506
+ C516 C513 +
C542
5
B
Q502
C541
C
C532
EP503
EP510
C538
R511
C553
C551
C569
B
B
C552
R512
C589
C526
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
C522
B
E
C524
EP505
C525
Q501
C
B
B
C536
C588
C523
C537
B
R510
EP509
R514
C570 R513
CR502
C594
EP504
R505
C520
C571
WO516A
EP521
CR501
L502
R515
C518
C595
+ C502
EP507
EP506
C535
C517
C550
C533
EP520
R504
C519
C548
R507
R506
C521
R508
C561
C562
EP513
C547
C549 +
C539
C564
EP517
EP512
C545 +
C546
C540
C534 +
EP516
EP511
C543
+ C563
C531 +
EP515
R509
C509
+ C510
CR505
B
EP501
C530
C529
C528
C556
R503
EP502
C554
E
C557
B
C555
Q503
+ C559
C565
C566
C
EP514
B
B
C560
C558
C572
R516
R517
C587
C567
C568
WO505
EP508
R519
WO504
L503
R520
CR503
C527
C573
R518
C574
C501
WO
501
C507
R521
WO513
5
WO
502
WO511
EP518
U503
4
+C576
C581
8
1
C575
8
C511
5
+ C582
+ C512
C514 + C510
5
C524
R528
R502
4
+ C580
1
4
CR504
1
C515
R526
C584
R525
WO
503
EP519
WO509
R522 C578
C579
R523
C585
R527
WO516
U502
WO510
C583
WO508
75W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-17
10-12
+15V
POWER
CONTROL
EP501
WO 505
C508
56pF
EP502
C509
27pF
+ C510
1
+ C505
1
C506
.018
C507
56pF
C518
56pF
+26V
EP508
EP504
CR505
3.3V
CR506
3.3V
+ C502
1
+ C503
.1
+ C597
.1
C598
.018
+ C516
1
C504
.018
EP521
C511
56pF
C514
.018
+ C512 + C513
.1
1
C511
56pF
C527
56pF
C528
.018
C530
.001
+ C531
6.8
C529
.01
EP506
1/4
C594
.001
C595
.018
Vcc
VS1
R502
75
1
50
U501
BGY114E
RF IN
EP520
EP505
VS2
RF OUT
5
DRIVER
Q501
4821
C536
3.9pF
50
R503
68
C522
1.5pF
C588
1.5pF
50
C523
12pF
C524
12pF
C525
22pF
C526
22pF
C537
1.5-5pF
EP509
R504
110
R506
200
C538
15pF
C589
1.5pF
AMPLIFIER/PRE-DRIVER
WO 511
C533
56pF
C522
5.6pF
RF INPUT
R501
68
C535
.018
C514
.018
4
3
2
R528
75
C501
27pF
+ C534
6.8
EP503
+15V
WO 511
EP507
L502
.01uH
R505
1k
L503
.01uH
C520
.001
CR501
C519
10pF
+26V
EP513
EP512
RF INPUT
C521
.001
R507
2k
+ C549
6.8
C550
56pF
+26V
WO 501
C548
.018
C546
.001
EP511
+ C545
6.8
C544
.018
R510
100
C543
27pF
C542
56pF
EP510
C547
56pF
R511
200
FINAL 1
Q502
4820
+26V
C553
56pF
WO 502A
C540
5.1pF
WO 502
WO 504
C571
.018
R515
3.4k
WO513
TO LPF
C586
5pF
C551
3.9pF
C570
.018
R513
1k
CR502
+26V
C561
56pF
WO 503
+15V
R514
1k
C569
39pF
R512
100
FINAL POWER 1
RF 1
WO 516A
R509
100
100W
R508
100
20W
+15V
WO 512
FINALS
+26V
EP517
EP516
C564 + C563
56pF
6.8
C562
.018
C561
56pF
C560
.001
+ C559
6.8
C558
.018
EP515
EP514
C557
27pF
C564
56pF
FINAL 2
Q503
4820
C567
56pF
C554
5.1pF
C587
5pF
C565
3.9pF
R516
200
R517
100
C572
39pF
+15V
SOURCE
+6.2V
EP518
8
C575
56Pf
U504
78L05
V IN
+ C576
1
GND A
2
GND B
3
V OUT
GNDC
GND
6
7
R523
56
1
8
R522
240
+ C580
4.7
+ C577
4.7
C578
.018
C579
.001
NC 2
2
NC 3
U503
LM35D
3
V IN
R520
1k
CR503
C573
.018
C581
.018
7
6
NC 7
NC 6
GND
4
NC 5
OUT
1
NOTES:
5
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
R518
100
R519
1k
+ C582
1
3 +
C583
39pF 2
R524
75
U502A
2904
1
R526
301k
R527
470
WO 508
C574
.018
FINAL POWER 2
R521
3.4k
WO 509
TEMP SENSOR
C585
.018
C584
.001
R525
100k
10-13
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
75W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-18
FOLDOUT
C557
C558
R511
L501
C515
C508
C510
C513
C514+
R526
R527
C516
R529
R532
R528
R519
R520
C566
R703
R702
CR501
2
U501
3
C523
C565
C552
B
L503
L504
C713
R521
E
4
C540
5
C567
EP702
+C524
+ C531
+ C538
EP506
C533
C530
+ C532
+C539
C534
+C535
C536
EP504
C525+
EP502
C537
C531
+ C527
C528
C548
1
+C522
C772
C717
WO
503
R524
R530
C550
R701
R525
EP503
WO
502A
R501
R503
R508
L502
R523
R522
EP513
C502
C501
R504
C517
+C520
R510
EP507
5 C506
U504 C507
C504
1
4
C505
8
C526
C761
WO509
C503
R507
+C512
C529
EP706
C723 +
R505
R509
C509
C511
EP511
C559
+ C547
EP707
C719
EP708
C720
EP711
C718 +
EP712
C714
Q702
C555 +
R515
U502
+ C549
C738
C737
+ C736
+ C741
C740
C742
EP713
C722
C724
C739
C721
C715
C764
C
B
C728
R517
C762
C541
EP705
B
Q502
C542
E
B
EP510
C
C771
C707
C708
+ C706
EP701
C551
C568
B
EP703
B
B
C701
C702
E
+ C711
B
Q701
C710
C
C712
C727
R709
WO511A
R704
C704
B
B
C709
C725
R705
C703
R708
C716
R711
WO
504
C735
B
B
R715
C730
C763
R713 C729
CR701CR702
R706
R712 R714
R707
C726
U503
C545
C546
R710
C765
EP501
WO506
WO505
R718
WO512A
R502
R506
C519+
+C554
C564
C544
B
R730
WO520
C518
C553
C543
C766
WO521
8
EP505
B
WO513A
E
5
EP508
Q703
U504
5
EP509
C
1
4
WO
501
C743
B
8
5
WO
502
C732
C733
R720
C767
R721
C734
4
8
4
B
B
1
C556 +
R512
+ C560
C743
C744
E
EP512
WO519
1
R716
C755
R719
C562
C561
WO
508
C774
C748
C749
C750
+
+
C 753
C752
C754
C751
C745
C768
Q704
B
C758
R514
EP710
R717
R722
R723
C
C563
R513
4
3
W
R729
C759
R728
R726
C746
R725
CR703CR704
R727
C760
WO
504A
B
B
C757
C770
C747
R724
WO514A
C756
WO510
WO507
EP714
51
51
O
O
1
2
W
51
51
O
O
W
W
6
5
51
O
W
W
O
51
7
8
51
51
O
O
W
W
C769
EP715
EP716
C705
EP704
WO
503A
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
175W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-19
10-14
+15V
POWER
CONTROL
EP501
WO 505
C508
56pF
EP502
C509
27pF
+ C510
1
+ C505
1
C506
.018
C507
56pF
C518
56pF
+26V
EP508
EP504
CR505
3.3V
CR506
3.3V
+ C502
1
+ C503
.1
+ C597
.1
C598
.018
+ C516
1
C504
.018
EP521
C511
56pF
C514
.018
+ C512 + C513
.1
1
C511
56pF
C527
56pF
C528
.018
C530
.001
+ C531
6.8
C529
.01
EP506
1/4
C594
.001
C595
.018
Vcc
VS1
R502
75
1
50
U501
BGY114E
RF IN
EP520
EP505
VS2
RF OUT
5
DRIVER
Q501
4821
C536
3.9pF
50
R503
68
C522
1.5pF
C588
1.5pF
50
C523
12pF
C524
12pF
C525
22pF
C526
22pF
C537
1.5-5pF
EP509
R504
110
R506
200
C538
15pF
C589
1.5pF
AMPLIFIER/PRE-DRIVER
WO 511
C533
56pF
C522
5.6pF
RF INPUT
R501
68
C535
.018
C514
.018
4
3
2
R528
75
C501
27pF
+ C534
6.8
EP503
+15V
WO 511
EP507
L502
.01uH
R505
1k
L503
.01uH
C520
.001
CR501
C519
10pF
+26V
EP513
EP512
RF INPUT
C521
.001
R507
2k
+ C549
6.8
C550
56pF
+26V
WO 501
C548
.018
C546
.001
EP511
+ C545
6.8
C544
.018
R510
100
C543
27pF
C542
56pF
EP510
C547
56pF
R511
200
FINAL 1
Q502
4820
+26V
C553
56pF
WO 502A
C540
5.1pF
WO 502
WO 504
C571
.018
R515
3.4k
WO513
TO LPF
C586
5pF
C551
3.9pF
C570
.018
R513
1k
CR502
+26V
C561
56pF
WO 503
+15V
R514
1k
C569
39pF
R512
100
FINAL POWER 1
RF 1
WO 516A
R509
100
100W
R508
100
20W
+15V
WO 512
FINALS
+26V
EP517
EP516
C564 + C563
56pF
6.8
C562
.018
C561
56pF
C560
.001
+ C559
6.8
C558
.018
EP515
EP514
C557
27pF
C564
56pF
FINAL 2
Q503
4820
C567
56pF
C554
5.1pF
C587
5pF
C565
3.9pF
R516
200
R517
100
C572
39pF
+15V
SOURCE
+6.2V
EP518
8
C575
56Pf
U504
78L05
V IN
+ C576
1
GND A
2
GND B
3
V OUT
GNDC
GND
6
7
R523
56
1
8
R522
240
+ C580
4.7
+ C577
4.7
C578
.018
C579
.001
NC 2
2
NC 3
U503
LM35D
3
V IN
R520
1k
CR503
C573
.018
C581
.018
7
6
NC 7
NC 6
GND
4
NC 5
OUT
1
NOTES:
5
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
R518
100
R519
1k
+ C582
1
3 +
C583
39pF 2
R524
75
U502A
2904
1
R526
301k
R527
470
WO 508
C574
.018
FINAL POWER 2
R521
3.4k
WO 509
TEMP SENSOR
C585
.018
C584
.001
R525
100k
10-15
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
175W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-20
FOLDOUT
WO650
R685
WO651
WO653
L655
R670
8
C661
R677
R681
C674
R676
R676
C675
U652
1
C677
C662
5
8
WO655 C659
C665
WO656 R684
R686
WO654
C664
C681
R666
R678
4
R680
C678
R683 C682
C679 R682
R689
U653
5
C672
1
R687
c663
4
C660
5
R665
U651
4
C673
8
WO657B
C683
R658
R664
R662
C671
R660
C668
R656
C654
R675
C667 R673
R667 WO657A
C684
R659 C669
C670
R688
R663
L654
L656
CR651 L653
1
C658
R672
MP651
CR652
R671
MP652
L652
L651
R653
R668
C653
R655
R651
R654
L657
RF OUT
WO 651
WO 650
WO 653
REFLECTIVE
POWER LOAD
RF POWER IN
CIRCULATOR
R685
50
250W
L657
12.5nH
50
R651
51
2
2904
1
+
3
R664
160
C664
27pF
7
+
C672
27pF
R665
10k
C669
27pF
R660
10k
C654
12pF
R663
5k
L654
.033uH
R671
0
L653
.039
R670
160
R676
10k
A
C667
27pF
CR651
C653
27pF
A
L655
12.5nH
R677
10k
R673
20k
B
BERYLLIUM PRODUCT. INHALATION OF
DUST OR FUMES MAY CAUSE SERIOUS
CHRONIC LUNG DISEASE. SEE MATERIAL
SAFETY SHEETS FOR FURHTER DETAILS.
C677
27pF
C674
27pF
L656
.039uH
U652B
6
B CR652
C675
27pF
R678
10k
2904
7
5
+
R681
160
C676
27pF
C670
27pF
U651B
2904
R668
51
R656
20k
U651A
R667
470
L652
12.5nH
R672
0
C668
27pF
R659
10k
R662
10k
WO 654
R653
160
R655
0
C671
27pF
FORWARD
POWER
SENSE
L651
.033uH
R654
0
DANGER
50
U652A
C658
27pF
C675
10k
C658
10k
R680
5k
3
C678
27pF
2904
7
C679
.001
C673
.001
R666
10k
C682
.001
C681
.001
+6V
NOTES:
+6V
WO 657A
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS, CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS AND
INDUCTORS IN MICROHENRYS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
+ C683
4.7
C684
.001
1
C663
.001
+ C662
R687
240
4.7
C661
4.7
WO 652
8
+ C660
LM78L05
7
+
V IN
V OUT
U653
6
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
R682
7.5k
+15V
WO 657B
GND C
GND A
GND
GND B
2.2
C659
.001
2
3
R686
470
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER BOARD
FIGURE 10-21
10-16
R684
470
WO 656
2
R683
10k
R689
10k
R688
10k
+
C665
27pF
REFLECTED
POWER
SENSE
Y2
CR1
R18
R17
S1
J5
Y4
2 1
9
8
11
10
5
R9
U8
4
U23
U32
8
1
6
J4
5
4
11
1 3
1
16 10
O
N
1
8
14
1
20
1
S3
4
7
8
5
R5
R13
U30
1
40
CR6
16
1
R7
R11
74
54
S2
R6
R8
8
7
Y1
75
53
U31
R26
C22
1
14
O
N
15
14
1
12
13
7
8
9
8
1
8
1
R34
32
1
2
J3
1
14
1
U5
U27
84 2
1
7
8
U15
U20
J2
2 1
R25
3
1
3
8
U11
2
R23
R22
U6
7
U4
14
8
13 14
U24
1
24
15
14
5
4
32
12
28
15
11
33
C21
20
1
U3
2
U13
C25
8
9
28
R35
R27
R10
U14
14
R29
1 2 3
3
8
7
9
6
10
3
4
2
5
1
U12
U26
R39
1
15
14
1
14
1
R31
7
8
14
U21
7
R4
C29
J6
U18
1
4
5
R3
R16
1
8
U17
2 3
U25
14
1
U22
C6
R15
32
5
1
29
C16
20
21
16
1
CR2
R19
28
U1
U10
28
1
28
8
1
Y3
Z2
+
C18
+
C17
17
1
33 1
64 32
20
13
28
16
U28
Z1
C15
DS1
CR5
R20
1
14
15
14
U9
R28
14
C19
R1
R24
R38
CR4
R2
3
B
5
A
1
2
4
6
1
15
1
U2
7
R30
P1
FOLDOUT
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT)
FIGURE 10-22
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
10-17
C24
C11
C28
C8
R14
C1
C4
Q2
CR3
U7
14
8
U16
1
R21
C31
C13
C27
7
8
R33
R32
16
C26
C7
R12
C9
C2
R36
R37
C40
C30
C12
C5
9
C20
Q3
C23
C7
J1
C11
P1
50
MAIN MICROPROCESSOR
+15V
51
A0 42
OPERATIONAL
BLINKING
A1 10
A2 41
A3
ON = HIGH POWER
OFF = LOW POWER
9
ON = LTR
OFF = MULTI-NET
5
A6 39
A7
A9
9
6
DQ0
13
D0
9
A1
DQ1
A1 22
11
A1
DQ1 14
D1
8
A2
DQ2
A2 23
10
A2
DQ2 15
D2
7
A3
A3 24
9
A3
DQ3 17
D3
8
A4
DQ4
A4 25
8
A4
DQ4 18
D4
5
A5
DQ5
A5 26
7
A5
DQ5 19
D5
4
A6
DQ6
A6 27
6
A6
DQ6 20
D6
5
A7
DQ7
A7 28
5
A7
DQ7 21
D7
25
A8
A8 29
27
A8
24
A9
A9 30
26
A9
21 A10
A10 31
23 A10
23 A11
A11 32
25 A11
2 A12
A12 33
4 A12
26 A13
A13 34
28 A13
A14 35
29 A14
A15 36
3 A15
A16 37
2 A16
6 PO2
U15C
5
6
7 PO3
U15B
3
ALARM
4
8 PO4
A10 37
A11
59 NM1
5
R12
10k
A12 36
A13
3 EA
4
DISPLAY DRIVER
ALARM DISPLAY
A14 35
2
2 f
A16 34
3
3 g
A17
2
4
1 e
A18 33
5
15 d
A19
7
A15
3
DS1
1
43 CTS0
46 CTS1
U26
14495L
A 5
48 DMARQ0
A18 39
A19 40
8
14 c
B 6
51
32
1
9
13 b
C 9
52
63
6
10
12 a
D 10
54 DMARQ1
31
DMAAK0
9
R10
200
10
OE
24
R 1
45 RXD1
WE
D 4
47 TXD1
7 B
+15V
RE
2
+5V
R38
20k
LPTT 21
3
READ 47
10
2
4
A7
DQ8
29
A8
28
A9
R39
270k
+15V
A16
23 A
A19
22 B
RESET
A18
21 C
O0
1
D0 13
D0
D1 14
D1
D2 15
D2
D3 16
D3
D4 17
D4
D5 18
D5
D6 19
D6
D7 20
D7
84 MSTB
X1 78
83 R/W
Y1
10 MHz
X2 79
6
+5V
19
Vcc
TDL 3
D2
18
D3
19
D4
20
D5
21
D6
22
D7
3 A12
CE
R3
0
4
6
23
20 D
OE
25
WE
31
U20A
74HC00
U20B
5
1
3
16
O14
17 O15
2
O11 13
O13
PBRST 1
5
S1
RESET
RESET
J6
G1 6
ST 7
2
A14
2 B
Y0
15
U6-10 (2)
1 WATCHDOG
A15
3 C
Y1
14
U7-2 (2)
RST 5
GND
4
U9-3 (2)
PT1 68
U10-25 (2)
U19-2 (2)
TOUT 64
U30-1 (2)
18
PT2 69
G2A
4
Y2
U9-27 (2)
PT0 67
+5V
U4
74HC138
TD 2
C8
10pF
G2B
1 A
A13
3 DISABLE
READY 66
60
D1
15
15
54
INTP0
18
G2 19
A19
U17
20
D0 46
G1
7 Y7
P06 11
R30
10k
D0
14
24 A10
R16
10k
8
RST
DQ4
13
27 A11
R15
10k
81
2 MREQ
MREQ 15
DQ3
U28
28C64
DQ7
4
R31
10k
A2
A6
C1
10pF
5
6
8
5
U6B
WRITE 48
DQ2
IC75 75
9
8
A1
DQ6
U20C
1
DQ1
10
A5
U6-9 (2)
U7-1 (2)
U6A
74HC32
A0
6
41 RXD0
MSTB 16
11
IC53 53
44 TXD0
RNT RX DATA 23
22
DQ5
10 PO5
RNT TX DATA 22
G
A4
R34
10k
U15A
74C906
1
2
D7
7
55
58
D6
19
IC49 49
R29
10k
5
D5
18
A3
PT7 74
63 INT/POLL
D4
17
8
U5
74HC154
DE 3
GND
D3
16
RAM
22
+5V
IRDB- 57
D2
15
CE
31
U24
SN65176B
6 A
IRDB+ 25
D1
13
IC9 9
7
R9
1.2K
D0
12
J2-2 (2)
R14
10k
8
27
DQ3
11
PWD
VTH 76
S2
R11
1.2k
W
20
+5V
TC0
7
+12V
U18
60L256
1 A14
E
Vpp 1
30
+5V
CL
64
U25
28F001BX
A17 38
4 h+i
DQ0
A0
U27
UPD70320
8
A0
12
5 PO1
U15D
R2
2.2k
CR3
10
10
A0 21
4 PO0
U15E
ALARM
A8 38
12
11
R20
2.2k
CR4
7
13
R19
2.2k
CR5
EPROM
FLASH MEMORY
U15F
R18
2.2k
CR2
A4 40
A5
R17
2.2k
CR1
13
DATA BUS (7:0)
INTP1 CLK OUT
61
D1 14
12
D2 45
D3 13
D4 44
21
D5 12
RESET
D6 43
CS
HSDB- 24
S2-15 (2)
SOURCE
SOURCE
HSDB+ 56
S2-16 (2)
+15V
+12V
3
+15V IN 30
3
1
Z1
+15V IN 62
C15
.01
2
+ C17
47
U12
78L12
CLOCK
1
14 RxRDY
2
TxE
U16F
SOURCE
-5V
MODEM DCD 4
145406
J1
6
SOURCE
3
3
COMPUTER RX 3
19 TxD
14
1
Z2
+5V IN 61
11
U16C
+5V
+5V IN 28
C16
.01
2
U16D
+ C18
47
4
COMPUTER TX 2
3 RxD
13
52
55
D0 27
D0
D1 28
D1
D2 1
D2
D3 2
D3
D4 5
D4
D5 6
D5
D6 7
D6
D7 8
D7
U2D
9
10
U2E
11
1
J3
CP
1
2
76800
12 O0
3
4
38400
11 O1
5
6
19200
9 O2
7
8
9600
6 O3
TxC 9
9
10
4800
5 O4
RxC 25
11
12
2400
4 O5
13
14
1200
3 O6
MR 2
U21
MC14024
R1
10M
R4
2k
Y3
2.4575 MHz
C29
62pF
C19
62pF
1
+5V IN 60
53
8
J3
18
-5V IN 59
+5v IN 29
11
CLK 20
12 C1 D
49
17
WR
U22
82C51
D7 11
-5V IN 27
10
13
RD
C4
.01
C5
.01
C6
.01
C7
.01
C10
.01
C11
.01
C12
.01
C20
.01
C21
.01
C22
.01
C23
.01
C26
.01
C30
.01
C31
.01
C32
.01
C24
.01
C25
.01
C27
.01
C28
.01
CTS
17
DSR
22
58
49
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2)
FIGURE 10-23
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
10-18
U7A
74HC32
1
U6C
5
6
U20D
9
MSTB
P1-16 (1)
8
10
U4-15 (1)
U2C
3
2
U4-14 (1)
12
11
13
V25 DATA BUS (7:0)
RX FIFO
15
TX FIFO
4
OE
A0
5 D0
A1
6 D1
Q0 24
D0
A2
7 D2
Q1 23
D1
8 D3
Q2 22
U10
9 D4 74HC7030 Q3 21
D2
S1
SO 26
Q0 24
A0
A3
Q1 23
A1
A4
Q2 22
A2
A5
10 D5
Q4 20
D4
A3
A6
11 D6
Q5 19
D5
D1
Q3 21
U9
6 D1 74HC7030 Q4 20
A4
A7
12 D7
Q6 18
D6
D2
7 D2
Q5 19
A5
27 MR
Q7 17
D7
D3
8 D3
Q6 18
A6
D4
9 D4
Q7 17
A7
D5
10 D5
D6
11 D6
D7
12 D7
3 DIR
U27-67 (1)
27 MR
U27-11 (1)
D0
5 D0
3
U6D
U2B
11
3
4
SD 26
U7B
12
5
13
4
6
DOR
DIR
25
D3
LOWER ADDRESS LATCH
U27-68 (1)
D8 13
U2A
1
2
4 SI
OE 15
25 DOR
D8
A0
2 D0
Q0 19
D0
A1
3 D1
Q1 18
U8
4 D2 74HC573 Q2 17
D1
A2
A3
5 D3
Q3 16
D3
A4
6 D4
Q4 15
D4
A5
7 D5
Q5 14
D5
A6
8 D6
Q6 13
D6
A7
9 D7
OC
Q7 12
D7
C EN
1
11
13
HSDB
MICROPROCESSOR 18
3
14
4
13
R6
200
R8
1.2k
18 Y0
P1-56 (1)
U32B
Vcc 20
74CT244
14 Y2
A0 2
HSDB-
16 Y1
12 Y3
A1 4
10 GND
A2 6
1 OE
A3 8
P3-7
P1-0 1
S2
R7
1.2k
P1-24 (1) HSDB+
S3
8
Vcc
5
4
16
1
7 B
8
1
15
2
6 A
2
7
5
12
1 R
A0
39 PO0
P1-2 3
A1
38 PO1
A2
37 PO2
P2-0 21
A8
A3
36 PO3
A9
A4
35 PO4
P2- 22
1
P2-2 23
A10
A13
1 A
A5
34 PO5
P2-3 24
A11
A14
2 B
A6
33 PO6
P2-4 25
A12
A15
3 C
A7
32 PO7
P2-5 26
A13
4 G2A
P2-6 27
A14
5 G2B
P2-7 28
A15
+5V
+5V
R35
3.9k
U16B
DE 3
15
2
22
17
P3-8
2 P1-1
+12V
+5V
RAM
ADDRESS
SELECT
14
13
Y1
Y2
U3
74HC138
Y0
G1
15
+5V
A0
OE
11 IO0
A1
12 IO1
A2
A0
11 IO0
A9 24
A9
A1
12 IO1
A9 24
A9
A10
A2
13 IO2
A10 21
A10
A3
13 IO2
U1
A10 21
HM6264LP-15
15 IO3
A11 20
A11
A3
15 IO3
16 IO4
A12
A4
A11 23
U14
16 IO4 27C256A A12 2
A11
A4
A5
17 IO5
A0 10
D0
A5
17 IO5
A13 26
A13
A6
18 IO6
A1 9
D1
A6
18 IO6
A7
19 IO7
A2 8
D2
A7
19 IO7
20
A3 7
D3
D0
10 A0
A4 6
D4
D1
9 A1
A5 5
D5
D2
8 A2
A6 4
D6
D3
7 A3
A7 3
D7
D4
6 A4
D5
5 A5
D6
4 A6
D7
3 A7
CS1
26 CS2
+5V
U23
65176
R40
15
EA
EPROM
A8
6
U13
TP8052AH2
4 P1-3
27
WE
A8 25
31
A12 2
A8 25
A8
A12
J4
A14 27
CE
D2
J4
1
2
3
LTR 4
5
MN 6
A14
+5V
20
OE
3
U30B
4
8
9
U31C
U2F
10
13
12
D 4
11 P3-1
RST 9
22
U17-6 (1)
GND RE
R28
4.7k
5
3
ADDRESS BUS (7:0)
2
6
+5V
ADDRESS/DATA BUS (15:8)
10 P3-0
R13
150
R5
150
PSEN 29
6
U30C
5
U31B
4
5
6
XTAL1
ALE 30
XTAL2
19
Y2
18 11.059 MHz J5
1 MULTI-SPEED
19 OE
9 Y0
7 Y1
+5V
U32A
74CT244
SOURCE
A0 11
Q2
3812
+15V
3
A1 13
+5V
5 Y2
A2 15
3 Y3
A3 17
R21
100k
R26
10k
U27-64 (1)
U30A
74ACT14
1
2
R27
10k
2
+12V
J2
1
C2
20pF Y4
12 MHz
1 FLASH
R25
10k
2 CRYSTAL OUT
3 LTR SPEED
U25-1 (1)
2
C13
20pF
R24
4.7k
U27-66 (1)
U31A
74ACT02
2
1
3
U11
78L12
+5V
R23
4.7k
3 EPROM
Q3
1300
R22
10k
10-19
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2)
FIGURE 10-24
FOLDOUT
WO
114
WO
115
40
14
15
U161
U112
1
10
5
8
1
1
28
1
20
15
14
21
1
R322
R323
14
15
10
11
WO
126
R302
14
R301
20
U106
J106
8
+ C295
1
7
14
8
R276
CR106
1
1
U156
WO
125
8
9
1
20
CR109
CR110
CR108
1
8
U160
5
1
16
1
20
1
28
U110
C156 R199
R222
C307
12
13
1
24
10
24
1
U105
U107
+
C246
R239
+C243
C237
7
R294
1
R319
1
20
+
C245
20
WO WO WO WO
107 106 105 104
11
10
11
R241
C239
U122
C105
8
R237
R242
C257 +
14
1
C293
4 C173
U121
R203
U109
R319
+ C158
12
13
WO WO WO
122 120 123
U162
U155
WO WO WO
121 119 124
10
11
WO
127
C249
8
4 R237
U141
5
WO
102
R240
WO WO
109 108
R261
C221
C206
WO
101
A301
R133
8
7
U125
C263
R235
1
C205
R111
8
1
C112
R112
U163
4
5
R293
C272
4
1
9
S101
5
8
WO
WO128
129 WO
WO131
C233 130
+ C258
+ C296
R304
R303
Z100
8
1
C305 +
R233
R305
33 1
64 32
17 1
R269
4
U148
C190
8
1
CR113
5
32 16
C304
CR117
S100
Z102
Z101
16
+C305
C227
R238
C178
P101
P100
10-20
2 3
1
R197
28
1
10
U111
1
C184
5
U149
4
20 11
R245
U157
WO WO
116 118
WO
117
20 11
R164
3
2
5
U139
4
1
8
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT
(COMPONENT SIDE)
FIGURE 10-25
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
1
10
U108
R170
R169
C148
C147
C149
R270
R155 C140
R218 C160
R161
R321
C145
16
9
C144
R166
U118
C181 1
C228
R163
C143
R275
C269 +
5
4
8
1
4
U130
5
4
C306
R284
U136
WO
113
WO
112
S102
8 11
1
U119
4
5
R175
R171
R172
R160
R159
C137
R100
+
C285
+
C284
U132
R234
5
8
R283
J103
+ C270
J100
5
4
U151
8
1
R236
J102
J101
J104
R244
CR114
R306
1
CR118
+ C256
R268
C278
C157
C166
C155
R307
Y101
J105
Y100
C231
C280
C111
C217
WO WO
100 103
U131
C247
C169
1
C198
C159
C102
C234
C201
8
R200
C236 R104
C281
R253 R109
R103
R110
C104
C109
C271
C176
C106
C108
9
R105
R108
C279
R106 R107 C277
C107 C238
8
C294 C177 C276 C110
16
R252
R281
C242 +
C101
R247
R102
C121
R260
C189
C241 +
5
8
R251 C262 C170
C124 R206 R205 R101
C103
R132
R129 R128
R123
R130 C122
R131
4
1
C165 C182
R162
C136
4
1
U124
U129
R167
R300
C171
14
8
C215
1
7
R165
R168
C216
R134
C186 R135 C164 R136
R250
R320
R271
C267 +
U126
R287
C142
7
R274
U165
5
8
R212
R213
CR112
14
C273 R202
R282
CR111
U100
C141
R157
C150 R174
R176
1
R158
R156
R173
C146
R204 R201
C195
R232
C196
R221
R318
R278
4
24
U103
13
12
12
1
U133
R217
CR120
7
R182
C287
8
1
C290
C289
R178
5
U166
4
R196
R195
R184
R183
R257
1
8
16
1
16
1
C197
R181
1
C288
14
1
1
16
1
16
R263
R262
4
5
R297
U153
U116
CR107
C120
9
8
9
8
14
1
C229
R116
14
1
R125
R123
C113 C115
1
8
7
1
16
16
1
1
8
7
16
1
7
8
U154
U102
C199
C162
9
8
8
9
R299
5
4
U138
8
CR100
U159
U114
U101
5
C134
4
U135
8
U123
C175 R124
R216
R127
CR101 C118
R119
CR102 R122
R120
8
U147
R259
1
8
U147
5
C218
C300
R266
R316
C303
8
9
8
9
C226
C301
C302
U115
C180
U158
C219
4
C222
R265
R192
U131
R193
R194 8
R191
CR119
13
1
C172
C153
C154
5
U142
4
8
C100 C212 14
C151
U167
R190
R188 1
7
R189
R187
R315
C152 R186
R185
C214
1
C192
C191
1
14
9
8
C204
C163
+ C286
C251 +
C254
16
1
1
R141 14
R142
C124
U128
R151
C133
C125 C203
R149
8
9
C297
5
4
U164
R219
1
8
C200 R152
C139 R154
R153
U117
C185
R291
R288
R289
8
7
7
8
R147
20
1
1
CR105
CR104
R285
Q101
11
10
R227
R280
R279
U104
R324
C130
R137
R313
R312
R310
U127
14
CR103
R225
Q102
R254
FOLDOUT
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT
(OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE)
FIGURE 10-26
10-21
R138
C211
R325
+C207
R223
R308
C232
C131
R145
C183
R326
R150
C202
R311
R148
C298
R309
R143
C183
C129
C208
C127
C128
R140
C220
R146
R139
C132
C283 R290
C230
R296
R126
+ C268
R220
R226
C161
C138
C291 R292
C265
24
1
8
U137
4
8
U120
5
C292
C174 C187
R121 R230
R231
C119
R264
C209
R295
R214
R215
C264
C188
R208
R267
C210
R225
R118
R114 R117
C117
C114
R113
R282 R286
R177
C266
C223
C213
RT100
C224
R209
R258
R314
R298
+ C255
R211
R210 R207
C194
R298
R298
R298
R115
R277
C193
R317
R180
R179
R298 C235+
R248
+C240
C116
R256
5
C179
D1
Q1 19
U108
3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18
D2
4 D3
Q3 17
U113C-9 (2) RX MUTE GATE
D3
5 D4
Q4 16
U114A-1 (2) RX OPTION GATE
D4
6 D5
Q5 15
U115B-8 (2) RX VOICE GATE
D0
P101
ADDRESS LATCH
2 D1
U115A-1 (2) VOTER AUDIO MUTE GATE
U114D-16 (2) LOCAL AUDIO MUTE GATE
A0
42
A0
A1
10
A1
A12
23 A
Q4 5
D5
7 D6
Q6 14
U116B-8 (2) RX AUDIO GATE
A2
41
A2
A13
22 B
U133
6
74HC574 Q5
D6
8 D7
Q7 13
U115C-9 (2) RX VOICE TO BACKPLANE
A3
9
A3
A14
21 C
Q6 7
D7
9 D8
Q8 12
U116A-1 (2) FSK TO AUDIO GATE
A4
40
A4
A15
20 D
Q7 8
A5
8
A5
A16
23 A
A6
39
A6
A17
22 B
A7
7
A7
A18
21 C
Q2 3
RX FIFO
A8
38
A8
20 D
Q1 2
MPC LATCH
A9
6
A9
18 G1
A10 37
A10
19 G2
A11
5
A11
A12 36
A12
4
A13
A14 35
A15
ADDRESS LATCH
11 CLK
Q8 9
U103
74HC573
Q9 10
D1 2
U154A
74HC32
OC
D0
19 G2
O3
O15
19 Q1
C EN 11
U105
74HC573
+5V
R319
10k
R209
10k
R207
10k
R208
10k
R210
10k
RX FIFO
R217
100
P100
18 Q2
A14
D2
17 Q3
D8 9
WO 107
A0
3
A15
D3
16 Q4
D6 7
WO 105
A16 34
A16
D4
15 Q5
D7 8
2
A17
D5
14 Q6
D5 6
WO 106
R211 100
A17
A18 33
A18
D6
13 Q7
D4 5
A19
A19
D7
12 Q8
D2 3
1
17
4
U101
E
10
U154B
11
6
TX FIFO
4
13
U101
E 12
1
D1
A13
3
1
18 G1
5
D3 4
WO 104
CR120
5.1V
LOCAL MIC PTT
Q102 (2)
D1
MREQ 15
15
DE
25
10 EXT REQ 1
SO 26
4 S1
U101C
6
5
U154D
D3
D4
D0
A5
10 D5
Q5 19
D5
D1
Q1 19
U106
3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18
A6
11 D6
Q6 18
D6
D2
4 D3
Q3 17
U117C-9 (3) LOCAL MIC MUTE
A7
12 D7
Q7 17
D7
D3
5 D4
Q4 16
U118C-9 (3) EXTERNAL MOD MUTE
D4
6 D5
Q5 15
U118B-8 (3) NORMAL MOD MUTE
D5
7 D6
Q6 14
U118D-16 (3) TX MOD MUTE
D6
8 D7
Q7 13
INC U151-U149 (3)
D7
9 D8
Q8 12
U-D U151-U149 (3)
D8 13
D3
8 D3
Q0 24
A0
D0
44
D4
9 D4
Q1 23
A1
D1
38 PO-1
P2-2 23 A10
A13
1 A
12
D5
10 D5
Q2 22
A2
D2
37 PO-2
P2-3 24 A11
A14
2 B
43
D6
11 D6
Q3 21
A3
D3
36 PO-3
P2-4 25 A12
A15
3 C
11
D7
12 D7
Q4 20
A4
D4
35 PO-4
P2-5 26
A13
4 G2A
13 D8
A14
5 G2B
A8
ADDRESS
SELECT
A9
Q5 19
A5
D5
34 PO-5
P2-6 27
32
Q6 18
A6
D6
33 PO-6
P2-7 28 A15
63
Q7 17
A7
D7
32 PO-7
XTAL 1 19
10 P3-0
Y101
11.059 MHz
XTAL 2 18
U162D
11
13
Y2
14
Y1
U102
74HC138
G1 6
Z101
WO 114
WO 115
+5V 60
+5V 61
R282
10k
SOURCE
Z100
9 RESET
U119
DS1232
3 TO
L
R318
10k
J105 WDOG
1
P102
2
WO 108
-5V 59
ST 7
WO 109
8
D2
4 D3
Q3 17
U139-7 (3) CS 2
Q3 17
A2
D3
5 D4
Q4 16
U141-7 (3) CS 3
5 D4
Q4 16
7 A3
D3 15
A3
D4
6 D5
Q5 15
A4
6 D5
Q5 15
6 A4
D4 16
A4
D5
7 D6
Q6 14
U142-7 (3) CS 5
A5
7 D6
Q6 14
5 A5
D5 17
A5
D6
8 D7
Q7 13
U143-7 (3) CS 6
A6
8 D7
Q7 13
4 A6
D6 18
A6
D7
9 D8
Q8 12
A7
9 D8
Q8 12
3 A7
D7 19
A7
A8
25 A8
CE 20
A9
24 A9
C EN
11
+5V
OC
1
C162
20pF
Q1 19
U155
3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18
2 A12
D2
4 D3
Q3 17
A13 26 A13
D3
5 D4
Q4 16
U149-7 (3) CS 11
A14 27 A14
D4
6 D5
Q5 15
U149-7 (3) CS 12
D5
7 D6
Q6 14
D6
8 D7
Q7 13
U151-7 (3) CS 14
9 D8
Q8 12
CS 15
U159B-8 (2) LOGIC SQUELCH
P1-7 8
U125D-14 (2) RX DATA
P3-2 12
R201 (3) TX DATA
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITOR ARE IN
MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
P3-3 13
R202 (3) TX SHAPE
2. IC NUMBERS NOT SHOWN
P3-4 14
U117B-8 (3) TX DATA EN
D7
NOTES:
PIN NUMBER
+9V
GND
4
7
U110
2
WO 110
SOURCE
U113, U114, U115, U116, U117
U118, U153, U158, U159
U120, U124, U130, U135, U164
U165, U166
+9V
+15V
+15V 30
+15V 62
U136
LM78L08 V OUT 1
B
A
C GND
7
6
2
3
8 V IN
Z102
+ C256
15
C231
.01
+ C296
10
R303
240
R304
27
+ C258
47
C233
.01
C234
.01
C262
.01
C263
.01
C227
.01
C228
.01
C271
.01
C272
.01
C273
.01
C229
.01
9, 22
13
4
8
4
U121, U163
8
4
U122, U123, U125, U126, U129
4
11
U127, U128, U131, U167
U137, U138, U139, U141, U142
U143, U147, U148, U149, U151
U162
4
16
8
U115D-16 (2) RX NET
U148-7 (3) CS 10
WO 127
Q1 19
U157
3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18
D2
4 D3
Q3 17
U159B-8 (3) LOGIC SQUELCH A-D GATE
D3
5 D4
Q4 16
U159D-16 (3) TX MOD A-D GATE
D4
6 D5
Q5 15
R284 (3) NORMAL RX GATE
D5
7 D6
Q6 14
U118A-1 (3) DIGITAL MOD MUTE GATE
D6
8 D7
Q7 13
WO118
D7
9 D8
Q8 12
WO 117
2 D1
11 CLK
4
U153B-8 (3) TX NET
D1
11
8
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
2 D1
11 CLK
D0
-5V
3
SOURCE
WO 126
11 CLK
D1
P1-6 7
14
WO 125
D0
22 OE
U100
U138-7 (3) CS 1
A11 23 A11
PSEN 29
+15V
2 D1
A10 21 A10
A12
IC
WO 111
D0
9 A1
ALE 30
RST 5
-5V
-5V 27
9
10 A0
EA 31
RESET
U158C-9 (3) TX OPTION GATE
74HC04
8
EPROM
C163
20pF
SOURCE
U159A-1 (3) LEVEL DETECT GATE
11 CLK
U101D
U154A
2 D1
A1
A3
13
2 P1-1 U111 P2-0 21
TP8054AH2
39 PO-0
P2-1 22
+5V 29
U100B-5 (3) CWID CONTROL
11 CLK
D1
D1 12
U112
8 A2 27C256A D2 13
4 D3
DOR 25
8 Vcc1
Q8 12
U137-7 (3) CS 0
A2
7 D2
+5V
9 D8
Q1 19
U156
3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18
A1
D2
+5V
U153A-1 (3) DATA LEVEL TEST GATE
D7
D1
P1-2 3
45
+5V 28
Q7 13
A0
Q1 19
U104
74HC573
3 D2
Q2 18
D1
17 P3-7
4 P1-3
12
6
8 D7
D0 11
A0
14
VOTER DATA IN 58
U158A-1 (3) TX VOICE GATE
D6
Q4 20
2 D1
P1-0 1
SO 26
U161
6 D1 74HC7030 MR 27
64
Q6 14
P3-6
13
D0
31
7 D6
9 D4
LOWER ADDRESS LATCH
46
11
U116C-9 (3) TX AUDIO GATE
D5
A4
10
DE 15
Q5 15
D2
IRDB+ 25
5 D0
6 D5
Q3 21
4
LPTT 21
U159C-9 (3) DATA TO A-D GATE
D4
Q2 22
HSDB- 56
16
Q4 16
8 D3
SI
DIR
5 D4
7 D2
HSDB+ 24
9
U116D-16 (3) TXA TO FSK GATE
D3
U153D-16 (3) TXS TO FSK GATE
A3
3 DIR
3
Q3 17
A2
WR 48
TX FIFO
4 D3
A1
27 MR
IRDB- 57
D2
U153C-9 (2) REPEAT GATE
D0
5 D0
RD 47
TLA DB 26
Q1 19
U107
3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18
2 D1
Q0 24
U160
6 D1 74HC7030 Q1 23
2
MSTB 16
D1
D0
2
U117A-1 (3) TX INTERCOM GATE
U113D-16 (3) RX SQUELCH ACTIVE GATE
WO116
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 3)
FIGURE 10-27
10-22
+5V
+ C295
220
RX WB AUDIO 27
R281
1M
U121A
2904
1
2
-
3
+
-
U121B
2904
7
+1.25
V
5 +
R294
1k
R237
100k
C239
68pF
U121B
2904
7
-
C104
100pF
-
3
+
C110
.022
C280
.022
C276
.0022
C278
.0068
C111
47k
C237
.033
C277
.0047
R105 100
6
-
U122B
2904
7
C238
.047
C239
.068
R108 110
C108
.1
5 +
9
U122C
2904
8
-
C109
.1
10 +
1
R112
47k
13 -
U122D
2904
14
2
12 +
3
R109
1.07M
+
R284
10k
NORMAL RX
U157-15 (1)
3
+
U113C
RX MUTE
GATE
11
10
U113B
NORMAL
RX GATE
6
7
U163A
3303
1
-
16
U113D
RX SQUELCH
ACTIVE
GATE
14
CR107
4.3V
-
U135B
MC33178
7
NOISE
RECTIFIER
R117
6.2k
R116
1.5k
C117
.01
2
U123A
3303
-
R118
12k
1
RT100
C118
10k
.01
CR101
-5V
3 +
R119
47k
C120
.1
U123B
3303
6
7
COMP IN 5
A301
COMPANDING
OPTION
COMP OUT 4
SCHMITT
TRIGGER
U123C
3303
9
8
10 +
R124
1M
R228
5.1k
R205
7.5k
R206
10k
-5V
R131
56k
+
C123
.047
U124B
2904
7
6
-
5
+
R132
56k
R251
51k
2
C124
.0068
-
6
+
5
12
+
R178
100k
C289
300pF
R177
10k
C290
300pF
U108-14 (1)
RX AUDIO
2
U116A
FSK TO
AUDIO
GATE
2
3
WO 100 (3)
WO 103 (3)
5
-
U166B
MC33178
7
3 +
R263
10k
2
U117A-3 (1)
TX INTERCOM
GATE
C244
10
R179
300
14 RXA-
R180
300
C287 300pF
R181
10k
6
+
5
-
U131A
3303
1
-
13 RXA +
R182 100k
SECONDARY AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
R262
R241
2.2k
100k
C245
10
U131B
3303
7
C246
10
R183
300
S100
10
7
9
8
11
6
12
5
U162B
15
2 16
1
R184
300
3 +
13
R260
36k
R240
100k
U165A
2904
1
+
LOGIC SQUELCH
C159
.1
3
2 RXSSECONDARY
AUDIO TO RNT
1 RXS+
Vcc 24
M0
5
RXEQ 14
6 M1
RS-232 DATA
TO/FROM RNT
U109
7 RXIN
CLK 18
MX614TN
12 GND
FSK AMPLIFIER
R231
10k
11 TXOUT
13 VBIAS
2
U162C
14
3
+5V
C247
1
R261
300k
-5V
R229
1K
R135
47k
+
C243
10
C288
300pF
R230
7.5k
CR100
6
U166A
MC33178 1
-
U108-12 (1)
FSK TO AUDIO
U123D
3303
14
CR118
15V
U159B-6 (3)
R250
150k
R235
100k
R126
100k
+ C240
1
DATA AMPLIFIER TP DCR
3
8
R127
470k
R125
100k
31 RX VOICE
CR117
15V
MAIN AUDIO AMPLIFIER
R258
R239
2.2k
100k
R259
10k
C249
.1
1 EXP IN
R123
330k +5V
C121
.01
C122
.022
U114C
R121 47k
RECEIVE DATA FILTER
U124A
MC33178
1
U165B
2904
1
R120
10k
-
10
2
C119
.1
R122
10k
5 +
2
9
11
WO101 WO102
U116B
RX AUDIO
GATE
6
7
P100
U108-13 (1)
RX VOICE
TO BACKPLANE
R302
R238
36k
100k
U155-18 (1)
RX NET
U114B
R216
10k
NOISE AMPLIFIER
R115
R234
47k
100k
R277
5.1k
5 +
R129
47k
7
OPT
R215
1k
R130
100k
16
C305
10
9
R300
36k
6
EXP OUT
6
R128
100k
R299
10k
8
7
9
U108-17 (1)
8
15
R214
3.9k
-
R113
150k
R114
18k
-
U115D
RX NET
GATE
15
14
+5V
RX OPTION
U108-16 (1)
+5V
C116
.001
U115C
RX VOICE
TO
BACKPLANE
10
11
U120B
2904
7
+5V
-
-
C292
360pF
U114A
RX OPTION
GATE
3
2
C112
.01
R111
18.2k
R110
110
R107
1.07M
-
U135A
MC33178
1
7
8
5 +
HIGH-PASS FILTER > 30 kHz
C115
-100pF
2
6
R289
2.2
VOICE AMPLIFIER
R256
R238
36k
100k
R257
36k
U108-15 (1)
RX VOICE
RX SQ ACT
U157-18 (1)
C114
100pF
U115B
RX VOICE
GATE
9
U107-19 (1)
C107
.022
R106
1.07M
C113
100pF
U153C
REPEAT
GATE
11
10
U153A-2 (3)
U122A
2904
1
2
C284
220
3
6
C106
.068
C294
.1
5253
390k
5 +
R103
69.8k
C279
.22
SOURCE
6
R102
147k
C105
.033
6
R452
43k
C236
.001
R104
15k
R293
6.2k
R232
51
2
C281
820pF
C102
.001
+9V
R288
220
+
R247
54.9k
C283
.1
+
R101
29.4k
C291
.1
J101
SPKR/MIC
C299
.01
2
U115A
VOTER AUDIO
MUTE
C101
.0022
C103
.1
R290
1
+
3
3 +
R292
39
LOCAL AUDIO
OUTPUT
J104
EXTERNAL
SPEAKER
+
-
4
+
2
C285
470
U132
TDA2003
U108-18 (1)
LOCAL AUDIO
MUTE GATE
U108-19 (1)
1
U120A
2904
1
C254
.1
5
+
C100
470pF
R291
1k
R236
10k
16
R248
120k
R233
100k
+ C251
15
LOCAL AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
C286
10
1
+
+
R249
36k
ON/OFF/
VOL
+
C235
1
P100
OTER AUDIO 25
R254
47k
+
U114D
LOCAL AUDIO
MUTE GATE
14
15
2 XTAL/CLK
TXD 17
P101
R203
R200
10k
2.2k
23 RNT TX DATA
+5V
22 RNT RX DATA
-
U125A
3303
1
5
3 +
6
+9V
+
+ C158
10
U125B
3303
CR108
7
-
+ C241
15
R134
100k
10 +
CR110
U125C
3303 CR109
7
9 -
12 +
U125D
3303
14
R136
10k
CR106
+5V
R133
100k
U110
MX614TN
RXD 19
+5V
24 Vcc
RX DATA
U111-8 (1)
13 -
-5V
U159C-10 (3)
DATA TO A-D GATE
S101
5 M0
R198
10k
RXAMPOUT
RXIN
7
-5V
C155
15pF
Y100
2.4576MHz
TXS+ TO S100-2 (3)
R222
100k R199
100k
C156
.1
U153D-14 (3)
U153C-7 (3)
C306
.1
1 XTAL
R212
1k
8
VBIAS 13
18 CLK
+ C242
15
1
C307
100pF
14 RXEQ
R213
5.1k
7
8
6 M1
R276
18k
2
R197
1M
GND 12
2 XTAL/CLK
C166
15pF
TXD
17
-5V
+ C255
47
+ C267
47
+ C268
47
+ C207
1
C230
.01
C186
.01
C187
.01
C188
.01
C189
.01
C190
.01
C191
.01
C192
.01
10-23
C193
.01
C194
.01
C195
.01
C196
.01
C197
.01
C198
.01
C199
.01
C200
.01
C201
.01
C202
.01
C203
.01
C204
.01
C205
.01
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
C206
.01
C264
.01
C265
.01
C266
.01
C208
.01
C209
.01
C210
.01
C211
.01
C212
.01
C213
.01
C214
.01
C215
.01
C216
.01
C217
.01
C218
.01
C229
.01
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 3)
FIGURE 10-28
FOLDOUT
S100-1 (2)
C154
.1
S100
P100
TXS+ 3
2
15
R191
75k
R196
300
ECONDARY
AUDIO
FROM RNT
9 -
3
14
4
13
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
U131C
3303
8
R265
2.2k
C153
.1
R193
75k
U131D
3303
14
13 12 +
R192
75k
U153A
DATA LEVEL
TEST GATE
3
2
C156
.1
R198
100k
16
U107-18 (1)
TXS TO FSK
U110-5 (2)
TO TX FSK
J103
U153C-10 (2) REPEAT GATE
COMPANDOR OPTION A301-5
1
U107-13 (1)
DATA LEVEL TEST
C282
.1
R286
75k
U153D
TXS TO FSK
GATE
14
15
R264
10k
R242
100k
10 +
R195
300
TXS- 4
R194
75k
U158C
TX OPTION
GATE
10
11
HIGH-PASS FILTER > 300 Hz
C151
.1
R188
75k
R187
75k
R314
43.2k
C301
.0047
TXA+ 15
MAIN
AUDIO
FROM RNT
R190
300
U167A
3303
1
2 -
C300
.0056
6 -
C152
.1
C302
.0033
U167C
3303
8
R267
2.2k
R243
100k
R317
909k
13 -
U167D
2904
14
12 +
C304
.1
R307
36k
TX VOICE
AMPLIFIER
R306
R305
36k
100k
R269
36k
TX VOICE 32
CR113
15V
V REF EX 7
2 -
CR114
15V
V REF EX
R268
36k
R244
100k
6 -
U111-13 (1)
TX SHAPE
U111-12 (1)
TX DATA
R219
180k
J102
LOCAL MIC
JACK
C161
.1
R220
16k
U164A
2904
1
2 -
R285
2.2k
3 +
C138
.1
R154
43k
R153
43k
R152
22k
6 -
U164B
2904
7
C132
.0056
R151
43.2k
C133
.0047
5 +
6 -
U127B
2904
7
C298
.0033
R309
25.5k
C297
.0039
5 +
9 -
R201
270k
U106-13 (1)
U106-12 (1)
6 -
U126B
3303
7
5 +
R274 R163
36k 100k
C136
100pF
R165
47k
C143
.022
V REF EX
R160
1.1k
R204
47k
U157-17 (1)
LOGIC SQ A-D
9 -
U126C
3303
8
R167
56k
C144
.047
R166 56k
10 +
R221
0
12 +
C136
.0068
R161
3.01k
R159
2.74k
U126D
3303
14
13 -
R162
18.2k
R168
2.2k
C137
100pF
R169
54.9k
R173
430k
R174
160k
C136
.0047
C148
.01
R175
4.3k
3 +
R172
10k
R171
10k
U129A
3303
1
2
C150
.022
R176
6.8k
R322
0
J106
1
P106
+5V
R308
909k
8 TX DATA OUT
2
3
P107
R323
0
4
9 TX DATA IN
5
TX AUDIO AMPLIFIER
U155-15 (1)
U118A
DIGITAL MOD
MUTE GATE
3
2
R143
3.3k
U149
X9C10415
100k
7 CS
R320
180k
R145
150k
LOWPASS FILTER
C130
470pF
R138
121k
R137
121k
12 +
2 -
BUFFERS
U127A
3303
1
R310
0
C270
+ 47
C232
.01
R311
0
3 +
2 -
U128B
3303
1
R312
0
R313
0
3 +
C126
.01
C128
.0033
9 -
U128C
3303
8
R139
35.7k
R140
27.4k
10 +
13 -
U128D
3303
14
R141
22.6k
R142
17.4k
12 +
2 -
U128A
3303
1
3 +
VW
VL
3
5
6
C127
680pF
U106-13 (1)
R158
82k
U106-12 (1)
+
R157
82k
C141
.1
U118B
NORMAL MOD MUTE
GATE
7
6
8
U106-15 (1)
NORMAL MOD MUTE
C125
680pF
IN 1
C
U/ 2
D
VH
1
U157-14 (1)
LOWPASS FILTERS
DIGITAL MOD MUTE
LIMITER
R279
150k
CR105
U159B
LOGIC SQ A-D
GATE
6
7
8
+3.5V
8
U111-14 (1)
TX DATA EN
U105-5 (1)
LOCAL MIC
Q102 PTT
3658
+5V
U111-7 (1)
CR100 (2)
R164
100k
U157-16 (1)
TX MOD A-D
+5V
R170
1M
U127C
3303
8
CR103
13 -
U126A
3303
1
10 +
C131
.0047
U127D
3303
14
5
U117B
TX DATA
ENABLE GATE
6
7
3 +
R227
10k
CR112
2.4V
CR111
2.4V
CR104
3
VL
IN 1
C
U/ 2
D
R225
10k
Q101
3657
R226
10k
R144
1k
VW
-5V
R150
86.6k
U106-17 (1)
LOCAL MIC MUTE
+5V
CWID CONTROL
U107-12 (1)
HIGH-PASS FILTER > 300 Hz
TX AUDIO BUFFER
C139
.1
9
+5V
R223
6.8k
U117C
LOCAL MIC
MUTE
GATE
10
11
2 -
R202
1M
CWID
GENERATOR
U100B
U100A
5 74HC02
4
2 74HC02
1
6
3
3
U117A
TX INTCOM
GATE
2
VH
R275
36k
U155-19 (1)
TX NET
U116A-2 (2)
U116B-7 (2)
MAIN AUDIO AMP
1
U151
X9C10415
100k
7 CS
U155-13 (1)
C142
.01
U107-14 (1)
TX VOICE
U157-19 (1)
TX INTCOM
U107-16 (1)
DATA TO A-D
TX DATA AMPLIFIER
7
U158B
A301-5 (2)
A301-4 (2)
COMPANDOR OPTION
A301
1
+3.5V
WO
103
16
9
8
U158A
TX VOICE
GATE
2
3
3 +
DC RESTORATION
U125A-1 (2)
8
6
WO
100
U159D
TX MOD A-D
GATE
15
14
U159C
DATA TO A-D
GATE
10
11
14
U158D
OPTION
U153B
TX NET
GATE
7
6
U130B
2904
7
5 +
U130A
2904
1
16
U107-17 (1)
TXA TO FSK
9
U107-15 (1)
TX AUDIO
TXA- 16
R185
75k
U116C
TX AUDIO
GATE
10
11
28 A-D LEVEL
R298
10k
16
15
P100
1
U106-19 (1)
LEVEL DETECT
+5V
U106-18 (1)
TX OPTION
U116D
TXA TO FSK
GATE
15
14
R266
10k
10 +
R315
86.5k
R186
75k
9
9 -
5 +
3 +
R189
300
U167B
3303
7
R316
25.5k
C303
.0039
J100
A-D LEVEL TP
U159A
LEVEL DETECT
GATE
2
3
R271
180k
U129C
3303
8
9 -
C140
.1
R321
100
-
-
R156
82k
U118D
TX MOD
MUTE GATE
15
14
R155
82k
R218
82k
10 +
C160
.1
U118C
EXTERNAL MOD
MUTE GATE
10
11
9
U106-16 (1)
EXT MOD MUTE
C129
470pF
R280
150k
-5V
-5V
R278
0
C257
+ 47
C269
+ 47
C170
.01
C171
.01
C172
.01
C173
.01
C174
.01
C175
.01
C176
.01
C177
.01
C178
.01
C179
.01
C180
.01
C181
.01
C182
.01
C183
.01
C184
.01
C185
.01
C219
.01
C220
.01
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
C221
.01
C222
.01
C223
.01
29 TX MOD
16
U106-14 (1)
TX MOD MUTE
C146
390pF
R270
39k
C165
360pF
U129B
3303
C224
.01
C225
.01
C226
.01
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (3 OF 3)
FIGURE 10-29
10-24
11 EXTERNAL MOD
WO
503
WO
504
WO
505
R545
R552
C514
C515
CR535
C516
1
8
5
1
4
R547
2
3
J503
1
1
6
8
5
1
4
R546
1
4
2
J504
3
1
1
10
1
3
1
3
R536
C518
4
6
R560
WO
506
WO
510
WO
507
WO
511
6
4
1
1
2
6
7
8
5
8
9
CR531
WO
509
C531
F501
C539
8
1
3
R562
L501
6
4
R530
CR526
WO
518
Z500
Z501
C529
C533
C530
+
C522
+
+
C523
WO WO
517 514
R531
4
C536
1
R525
5
WO
515
WO WO WO
512 516 513
F502
4
1
R548
WO
508
S501
13
14
C519
C532
+
K500
10
14
R535
R527
R532
R524
R569
R555
R502
S503
S500
8
5
1
R506
CR528
C500
WO
501 C556
WO
C557
502
1
9
13
6
8
2
K502
7
U520
C512
4
R561
CR527
C504
3
24
13
C513
S502
CR536
R544
14
CR533
R542
CR534
8
R519
R518
R517
R516
R520
R515
R577
R576
R578
R550
R549
R564
R538
R507
R559
R540
R539
R514
R513
CR525
CR523
CR524
CR501
CR503
CR502
CR505
CR504
CR500
R558
CR530
R521
R529
R501
R500
R522
R509
C502
R508
C510
10
C501
R503
R526
1
C509
R523
R511
C507
R505
R570
C504
C506
C520
R533
J500
C527
C538
C534
J501
S508
J502
C505
C508
U523
R537
CR513
CR512
U500
R572
U514
64
1
32
33 1
17
32 16
P500
P501
FOLDOUT
INTERFACE ALARMCARD COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-30
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
10-25
C521
R534
20
11
CR506 CR507
U504
R541
R528
R567
U518
U510
C511
C537
U505
CR508 CR509
C535
CR532
20
U512
20
11
C517
Q500
Q501
Q502
Q503
C506
11
7
1
U503
R571
CR510 CR511
U518
U506
U518
C503
12
CR537
R553
C528
R574
R573
24
CR522
20
13
1
10
1
10
11
20
11
U507
U509
R543
20
11
U518
U501
R510
R554 R568
14
8
20
11
1
7
12
U508
C526
R505
R563
CR528
R575
U522
J505
U519
C506
U521
R551
1
10
R512
1
10
Q505
Q504
P500
P500
+5V
D0 46
R536
10k
D1 14
D2 45
D3 13
D4 44
A16
23 A
G1 18
D0
2 D1
D5 12
A17
22 B
U501
G2 19
74HC154
D1
3 D2
D6 43
A18
21 C
D2
4 D3
D7 11
A19
20 D
D3
5 D4
D4
6 D5
D5
7 D6
D6
8 D7
A12 36
A13
D3
4
4
ADDRESS LATCH
A14 35
A15
18
3
A12
A16 34
D7
G1
23 A
O3
U500
74HC154
A13
22 B
A14
21 C
A19
A15
20 D
O2 3
19 G2
O5 6
1
MREQ 15
Q2 18
U508C
6
5
Q3 17
U508A
74HC906
2
1
Q5 15
U508E
10
11
9 D8
U508D
8
9
Q4 16
1 OC
Q6
2
A18 33
A17
U508B
4
3
U518
74HC574
11 CLK
19
14
R520
2.7k
Q1 19
CR503
R516
2.7k
CR502
R517
2.7k
CR505
R519
2.7k
CR504
R518
2.7k
D0
2 D1
D1
3 D2
Q1 19
19 Q1
D1
18 Q2
D2
U505
Q2 18
74HC574
4 D3
Q3 17
D2
17 Q3
D7 8
D3
5 D4
D3
16 Q4
D6 7
D4
D4
15 Q5
D4 5
D5
D5
14 Q6
D5 6
D6
13 Q7
D7
CR500
C 11
EN
D0
U517
74HC573
R513
10k
R514
10k
R559
10k
R539
100k
2
14 RF MUX 3 INH
15 PC STR
6 D5
Q5 15
16 HS CS EX
7 D6
Q6 14
26 SYN CS EX
D6
8 D7
Q7 13
25 HS CS RX
D7
9 D8
Q8 12
10 SYN CS RX
11 CLK
Q7 13
Q8
R562
10k
12
D8
D2
9
3
18 Q2
D2
17 Q3
D5 6
D3
16 Q4
D6 7
29 RF DATA 1
D4
15 Q5
D7 8
30 RF DATA B
D5
14 Q6
D8 9
7
11
CLK
12
10
U507D
J500
11
D0
2 D1
D1
3 D2
13
U507A
D2
31 RF DATA C
D6
13 Q7
D3 4
D3
5 D4
Q4 16
32 RF DATA
D7
12 Q8
D4 5
D4
6 D5
Q5 15
8 RF CLOCK
D5
7 D6
Q7 13
23 AC FAIL OUT
D6
8 D7
Q8 12
24 WO 2
D7
9 D8
CS
1
INTR 5
VIN+ 6
4
D0
7 V IN -
D2 16
D2
8 GND A
D3 15
D3
10 GND D
D4 14
D4
4 CLK IN
D5 13
D5
D6 12
D6
R510
10k
19 CLKR
2 RD
WR 48
3 WR
D7 11
+ C507
10
+5V IN 29
C520
.1
+ C505
10
U519
SAG04AD
R505
2k
R570
1k
12 LIM IN
IFA IN 16
C521
.01
R515
1k
U509C
3403
C510
33
R574
51k
9
6
+ 10
+ C524
10
12
13
9
+15V
F501
2A
CR548
P506
1
R576
2.7k
C533
.01
CR526
CR523
+15V
FILTERED 26
+15V
FILTERED 58
+ C532
1000
D0
2 D1
D1
3 D2
D2
4 D3
D3
5 D4
D4
6 D5
D5
7 D6
SOURCE
FILTERED
D6
8 D7
+15V
D7
C529
.01
Q5 15
U503
Q6 14
74HC574
+5V
R529
4.7k
Q3 17
+15V
8
14
7
2,1
3
1
R561
10k
S508
K501
ALARM 1 OUT+ 19
ALARM 1 OUT- 51
14
8
1
7
2,13
R501
4.7k
9 D8
+15V
8
14
7
2,1
3
1
2
8
1
7
2
6
3
5
4 U511
4N35
CR510
7
R547 430
+5V
R568 200
+15V
4
R554
1.2K
4
ALARM 3 IN -
39
ALARM 4 IN +
8
C534
100pF
K503
C535
100pF
R523
10k
18 Q2
Q8 12
J504
3
CR528
5.1V
5
2
P504
1
U514A
LM2904
1
2
+
R531
4.32k
C536
.1
R556
10k
WO 501
WO 512
4
WO 513
5
WO 514
6
WO 515
19
WO 516
20
WO 517
21
WO 518
27 I/O 13
6
5
18 ALARM 4 OUT-
6
R500
4.7k
R522
10k
R557
10k
R506
1K
CR513
S503
1
2
Q503
3658
R526
10k
R522
10k
+5V R533
1k
U514B
LM2904
7
6
5
+
R530
10k
R534
1M
1
7
2
6
3
+5V
R567 200
+15V
4
R553
1.2K
CR512
R546
430
ALARM 4 IN -
+15V
SQUELCH
ENABLE OUT
P505 J505
1
22 BUF RX WBAND
R558
10k
40
R511
20k
SQUELCH ENABLE
Q504
3616
INVERTED
CR531
15V
C537
.1
8
5
4 U512
4N35
R537
1k
R512
10k
9
CR529
15V
2
NON-INVERTED
CR534
15V
U503 CONTROL NONINVERTED
3
Q505
3616
CR530
15V
4
3 RX WBAND
WO 502
+5V
+15V
R527
4.7k
R535
4.7k
19 Q1
Q500
3658
+12V
+15V
1
3
+ C527
.1
-5V IN 59
C538
.01
CR524
U522
78L12
2
1
+8V
1
+ C525
10
U523
78M08
2
+5V
3
+ C526
1
C539
.01
C512
.01
C513
.01
C514
.01
C515
.01
C516
.01
C517
.01
C518
.01
C519
.01
C500
.01
NOTES:
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN
MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
+15V
+15V IN 30
SOURCE
SOURCE
OC
-5V IN 27
J502
+15V IN 62
1
R560
10k
+5V
R532
4.7k
-5V
R577
1k
S511
2 ALARM 4 OUT+
R578
2.7k
Q501
3658
P503
2
Q7 13
6
K500
R524
4.7k
3
7 EXT REQ 1
K502
Q502
3658
+5V
6
10
J503
CR533
5.1V
CR511
6
5
6
R521
4.7k
+5V
+15V
R504
1K
+5V
3
7
2,1
3
EXT REQ 2
17 ALARM 3 OUT-
8
1
RPTR ON/OFF 57
11
U513B
ALARM 2 OUT+ 20
14
R564
3.9k
28 A D LEVEL
CR525
ALARM 2 OUT- 52
38
CR534
15V
12
CR534
15V
R571
10k
Q4 16
+ C530
220
ALARM 2 IN -
CR533
15V
WO 504
3
L501
C531
.01
4
+ C508
33
11 CLK
2
+15V
WO 505
1 ALARM 3 OUT+
J506
+15V
ACCESSORY 24
+15V
ACCESSORY 25
CR535
4.3V
WO 503
11 LIM D1
REMOVE FOR EDACS OPTION
REPEATER/BASE
3
ALARM 3 IN +
CR501
ACCESSORY
2
6
R552
10k
+ C504
10
+5V IN 61
6
+5V
R569 200
R555
1.2K
R551
10k
U513C
CR533
15V
U507C
+12V
ALARM 2 IN +
R548 430
+5V
R543
10k R544
1k
74HC906
8
R572
16k
R550
10k
10
OC 1
14 Q6
U508E
8
37
1
MUTE IN 3
C506
+ 10
Z501
7
6
R549
10k
+5V
+8V
10 LIM D2
3
R573
5.1k
14 IFA OUT
D7
+ C522
47
5 +
+ C509
1
U509B
3403
C528
.01
C501
.015
+5V IN 60
R575
82k
R503
5.1k
15 IFA D2
SOURCE
+5V
+5V IN 28
RSSIO
U509A
3 + 3403
1
2
5
+
RD 47
1 IFA D1
D1
5
U507B
R545
10k
U521
74HC573
U504
Q2 18
74HC574
4 D3
Q3 17
2
1
Q1 19
ALARM 1 IN -
R563
10k
D1
THERMAL SENSOR 56
7
CR508
O6
1
5
3
D2
O1 2
C503
150pF
1
4 U510
4N35
1 GROUND
2
D1
1 OC
U506
17
ADC0804 D1
S501
2
11 WO 1
63
R508
10k
6
5
19 Q1
C502
.1
CR509
9 AC FAIL IN
DO 18
R528
1.2K
8
OC 1
D3 4
2 D1
R507
10k
+15V
4
5
CR506
D0
9 VREF
3
5
+5V
R541 200
+5V
O4 5
R509
10k
2
6
1 OC
+5V
R502 430
1
7
4 U520
4N35
O7 8
20 Vcc
1
13 RF MUX 2 INH
Q4 16
12 Q8
6
5
12 RF MUX 1 INH
32
+5V
S500
8
31
64
CR507
P501
+5V
ADDRESS LATCH
ALARM 1 IN +
+15V OUT
Z500
+ C523
47
C511
.01
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
INTERFACE ALARM CARD SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-31
10-26
P7
P5
P3
P18
P16
1 33
1 33
1 33
1 33
1 33
P14
1 33
P12
P1
1 33
1 33
32 64
32 64
P9
F3
F2
32 64
32 64
32 64
32 64
32 64
32 64
F1
P8
P6
P4
P2
P17
P15
P13
1 17
1 17
1 17
1 17
1 17
1 17
1 17
16 32
16 32
16 32
16 32
16 32
16 32
16 32
10-27
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
1 17
16 32
BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CARD SIDE)
FIGURE 10-32
FOLDOUT
P10
1
2
25 26
WO16
WO17
P11
1
6
WO2
WO6
WO4 WO1
WO7
WO3
WO13 WO5 WO8
J2
J1
1
1
2
33 34
2
33 34
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CABLE SIDE)
FIGURE 10-33
10-28
P3, P5, P7, P12, P14, P16, P18
A19
A18
1
33
IAC SLOT
P1
A19
1
33
A18
A17
2
34
A16
A17
2
34
A16
A15
3
35
A14
A15
3
35
A14
A13
A13
4
36
A12
4
36
A12
A11
5
37
A10
ALARM 1 IN +
5
37
ALARM 1 IN -
A9
6
38
A8
ALARM 2 IN +
6
38
ALARM 2 IN -
A7
7
39
A6
ALARM 3 IN +
7
39
ALARM 3 IN -
A5
8
40
A4
ALARM 4 IN +
8
40
ALARM 4 IN -
SQUELCH
ENABLE
IAC 41
A3
9
41
A2
9
41
A1
10
42
A0
EXT REQ 2
10
42
D7
11
43
D6
D7
11
43
D6
D5
12
44
D4
D5
12
44
D4
D3
13
45
D2
D3
13
45
D2
D1
D1
14
46
D0
14
46
D0
MREQ
15
47
RD
MREQ
15
47
RD
MSTB
16
48
WR
MSTB
16
48
WR
WO 16 SYNC IN
COM 17
17
49
COM 49
COM 17
17
49
COM 49
COM 50
SYNC IN
18
50
COM 50
SYNC IN
18
50
COM 50
ALARM 1 OUT +
19
51
ALARM 1 OUT -
ALARM 2 OUT +
20
52
ALARM 2 OUT -
ALARM 3 IN +
1
2
ALARM 3 IN -
ALARM 4 IN +
3
4
ALARM 4 IN -
5
6
IAC 41
EXT REQ 2
7
8
EXT OUT 1
9
WO 17
+15V
+15V
(TO GREEN CONNECTOR J1)
P10
19
51
TLA+
20
52
TLA-
LPTT
21
53
COM 53
21
53
COM 53
RNT TX DATA
22
54
COM 54
22
54
COM 54
RNT RX DATA
23
55
COM 55
23
55
COM 55
5
24
56
THERMAL SENSOR
WO 4
COM 17
10
COM 49
3
25
57
POWER SWITCH
WO 1
SYNC IN
11 12
COM 50
26
58
+15V
ALARM 3 OUT +
13 14
ALARM 3 OUT -
27
59
ALARM 4 OUT +
15 16
ALARM 4 OUT -
28
60
TX DATA OUT
17 18
TX DATA IN
COM 53
19 20
RX VOICE
WO 3
COM 54
21 22
TX VOICE
P11
FILT
2
FILT
P11
1
6
HSDB+
24
56
HSDB-
4
IRDB+
25
57
IRDB-
COM 26
26
58
27
59
28
60
+15V
SQUELCH ENABLE
ACC
+15V
FILT
-5V
-5V
-5V
F3
1A
FILT
-5V
WO 6
F2
4A
+5V
+5V
+15V
WO 13
29
61
30
62
31
32
+5V
+5V
WO 7
F1
4A
29
61
30
62
63
31
63
WO 5
COM 55
23 24
BUF RX WBAND
64
32
64
WO 8
I/O 13
25 26
COMM 6
+15V
+15V
+15V
ALARM BUS (1-2)
ALARM BUS (3-8)
RF INTERFACE CONNECTOR
J2
(TO GREEN CONNECTOR J2)
J1
P9
P2, P4, P6, P8, P13, P15, P17
1
2
RF MUX 3 INH
RXS+
1
17
TIP
ALARM 3 OUT +
1
17
ALARM 3 OUT -
RXA+
1
2
RXA-
PC STR
3
4
LPTT
RXS-
2
18
RING
ALARM 4 OUT +
2
18
ALARM 4 OUT -
TXA+
3
4
TXA-
HS CS EX
5
6
SYN CS EX
TXS+
3
19
TIP 1
RX WBAND
3
19
TIP
5
6
RING
8
TX MOD
TXS-
20
RING 1
20
TIP 1
7
8
RING 1
EA
9
10
EB
MA
11 12
MB
7
WO 4
9
WO 1
11 12
RX WBAND
RF DATA A
RF DATA C
4
4
I/O 13
5
21
EA
5
21
WO 3
COMM 6
6
22
EB
COMM 6
6
22
BUF RX WBAND
13 14
WO 2
V REF EX
7
23
MA
EXT OUT 1
7
23
AC FAIL OUT
RXS+
13 14
RXS-
15 16
RF DATA B
TX DATA OUT
8
24
MB
RF CLOCK
8
24
WO 2
TXS+
15 16
TXS-
TX DATA IN
25
VOTER AUDIO
25
HS CS RX
VOTER AUDIO
17 18
EXT MOD
EXT REQ 1
VOTER DATA IN
19 20
EXT REQ 1
EXT MOD
10
17 18
A-D LEVEL
RF MUX 2 INH
19 20
RF DATA
RF CLOCK
21 22
SYN CS RX
RSSI
HS CS RX
23 24
RF MUX 1 INH
25 26
V REF EX
9
WO2
AC FAIL IN
9
10 26
A-D LEVEL
SYN CS RX
10 26
SYN CS EX
11 27
RX WBAND
WO 1
11 27
I/O 13
21 22
RSSI
12 28
WO 3
RF MUX 1 INH
12 28
A-D LEVEL
RXA+
13 29
TX MOD
RF MUX 2 INH
13 29
RF DATA A
RSSI
25 26
AC FAIL OUT
27 28
RXA-
14 30
WO 4
RF MUX 3 INH
14 30
RF DATA B
ALARM 1 IN +
27 28
ALARM 1 IN -
29 30
TXA+
15 31
RX VOICE
PC STR
15 31
RF DATA C
ALARM 2 IN +
29 30
ALARM 2 IN -
31 32
TXA-
16 32
TX VOICE
HS CS EX
16 32
RF DATA
ALARM 1 OUT +
31 32
ALARM 1 OUT -
ALARM 2 OUT +
33 34
ALARM 2 OUT -
+15V
23 24
+15V
ACC
33 34
ACC
AUDIO/DATA BUS 2
AUDIO/DATA BUS 1
10-29
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
BACKPLANE SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-34
FOLDOUT
+
+
C187
+
+
R216
C209
C169
W
10
7
T108
T109
5 3 1
T101
+
W115
L105
L107
C166
W109
C165
L103
+
L102
W111 R254
CR129
C188
L104
EP101
W113
CR141
EP105
CR135
RV102
RT101
RT102
4 2
CR132
C186
D
S
G
+
Q132
U114
S
+
2
D
CR126
C163
3
G
1
U111
Q125
+
C205
+
R113
C106
EP103
+
EP104
C101
2 1
J102
R114
2 1
J101
Q116
Q101
CR109
D
1
T105
+
C107
A803
S
C110
+
3
2
CR121
CR128
W116
+
C143
T106
W105
T106
C111
+
L101
W106
+
C144
EP106
+
W104
W110 W111
CR145
G
F102
S
Q118
S
W112
D
D
C142
G
G
C145
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT
(COMPONENT SIDE VIEW)
FIGURE 10-35
10-30
C190
R251
R252
C195
R271
R270 C204
R245
C193
C194
R258
R263
R138
CR113
R110
R302
R306
R153
R135
1
U109
5
8
U108
R230
1
2
6
5
4
C149
CR118
U103
CR117
E
B
C
Q115
Q117
C
R128
R125
E
B
B
Q108
C114
R115
C207
R272
R127
R144
R143
C124
U102
9
R141
C120
1
16
C147
CR115
R101
R102
R140
R104
8
R106
C118
C116
+C117
+C119
R103
R107
C108
R119
5
R105
+C123
C126
C112 C130
4
CR107
C210
CR107
3
6
R312 R313 R314
R122 R123 R124
C103
C127
C121
R142
C140 +
2
C141
C146
U107
R150
C
Q103
R129
B
E
CR138
1
R153
B
C148 Q105
C
R155
R132
R131
CR137
R130
R307
R146
R145
C125
E
C122
R168
R311
R121
E
C139 +
B
C113
R154
R166
R134
C
Q106 R133
C219
C221
C
Q107
CR114
4
Q114
C
E
R167
R202
B
E
1
R163
R165
B
+C107
R262 C135
C225 R263
R156 8
5
R274
R157 U115
C
C137+
E
CR112
C228+
C236
CR134
R175
R164
CR120
R126
R112
C115
R117
5
R173
8
CR147
CR123
1
R111
R151
4
R159
C136+ R161
R160
1
CR140
R109
R305
R152
R222
R108
R264 R256 C192
R118
C151
C234
R139
C201
C200 +
C172
R188
C157
U113
C203
R309
R269
R219
R218
E
B
Q127
R189
R187
R221
C102
CR119
C138
U104
14
4
R176
CR102 CR111
C150
R172
7
C134
C154
+C153
8
5
R259
3
R182
C233
CR122
8
C133+
7
R170
R169
E
B
C
1
U106
1
1
16
+C198 R261
R260
C196
1
R136
8
C155
R184
R183
+ C232
R178
E
B
4
R137
14
8
9
4
U118
C109
R257
R171
4
+ C231
U106
Q111
C185
E
C104+
B
R286
+C105
S
CR104
C211
R287 C
C212 Q138
D
G
R116
C184
Q130
CR103
B
R120
4
CR106
Q129
R277
R278
1
R303
CR110
C
Q131
8
R276
R279
U122
CR136
E
R266
R202
R158
R185 R221
5
1
C
CR139
R162
R179
C
Q128
C
C174
U112
C229
+C230
8
B
R273
R190
R191
Q120 R220
E
B
C173
R197
R192
R193
R194
R196
R195
R181
Q110
U104
C152
R158
R180
R228
R177
C
E
B
Q112
B
1
16
E
R224
C176
R225
R223 R226
8
C
E
Q121 C
C177
R315
+C178
R308
C183
R229
R227
R233
C180 +
C164
R208
R234
C182
C181
C131
S
C175
R221
R232
9
C224
C223
G
5
5
CR131
R231
C199 +
C159 +
8
8
R240
R267
R268
5
D
Q123
1
CR105
C
4
U121
R285
C227
R284
C161
C132+
R204
B
Q124
R238
R248
R203
C
R207
E
C160 +
R247
E
C
B
R242
R243
R201
CR125
CR127
C
B
R206
R280
C235
R279
R241
R205
CR130
R244
CR124
R209
R236
R237
R189
E
CR133
R210
R235
Q122
R198
R199
R200
C162
C170
C171
R217
C191
R255
C208
R215
R239
B
R250
R222
C
R246
8
5
R249
4
B
E
Q102
CR142 CR143
1
C213
C214
CR101
1
R253
4
1
C
U120
U119
4
8
E
R214
5
Q133
5
8
E
B
U117
C
Q126
1
R281
R212
C220
4
8
R211
C168
R213
U116
C167
5
C215
R216
CR116
+ C128
Q104
B
R148
R147
C
E
C129
R149
C217
C218
10-31
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT
(OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE)
FIGURE 10-36
FOLDOUT
18,19,20
PRE-CONTROLLER
16,17
12,13
L107
EP105
DC INPUT (+)
RED
+
CR106
7,8
IN RUSH CURRENT
LIMITERS
RT101
RT102
R117
330
11
1
9,10
EP108
150V DC
BATTERY BACKUP
+15V
POWER FACTOR CHOKE
14,15
C104
1
+ C105
1
+400V
T105
+ C106
1500
R116
36k
CR105
CR145
R128
51
+ C107
1500
+ C110
330
+ C111
330
R101
330k
EP104
DC INPUT (-)
BLACK
R105
330k
R102
330k
R106
330k
R103
240k
R107
330k
C103
.22
R104
100k
C118
270pF
R140
15k
2
IAC
4 V RMS
+ C117
.47
R121 3
100k
R312
100k
R122
100k 1
R313
100k
R123
100k
R314
100k
R124
100k
5,6
PRI
3,4
EP109
HV GROUND
BATTERY BACKUP
R311
100k
R108
20k
R109
20k
R110
20k
R120
20k
R302
20k
R306
20k
CR112
4
R125
13
SEC
2
R307
0
CR103
C114
.1
Q108
6027
R126
10
CR104
18V
400V
CONTROLLER IC
PFC 12
OUT
R112
10
R111
220
U102
ML4841IS
Q101
6354
R127
1.27k
2 ANODE A ANODE D 7
U109
3 ANODE B ANODE C 6
Q107
6026
4 NC A
+2.5V
NC B 5
TL431ID
1 CATHODE
REF 8
R115
4.7k
CR114
R175
1.8k
R153
100
R113
.03
3 I SENSE
C116
.1
FB 15
R146
100
RAMP2 9
16 V EAO
R142
560k
R170
820
C125
.0033
5 SS
+ C119
1
10 GND
R114
.03
U108
VDC 6
R144
24.3k
C122
470pF
R143
3k
+
(25.9-27.3V)
R173
16.9k
C149
.1
R169
1k
1
+15V
8 VIN
MAIN OUTPUT VOLTAGE SET/
FEEDBACK
1
+400V
C120
270pF PRE-CONTROLLER
SWITCHED
PRE-CONTROLLER
+15V
T106
+ C128
6.8
C139
6.8
C140
6.8
1
6
8
4
+
+
PWM 11
OUT
R149
1k
C129
.1
R148
4.7k
CR116
Q116
6351
Q115
6026
CR117
18V
CR118
C228
2.2
R163
20
R165
20
5
CR134
EP102
AC COLD INPUT (BLU)
6
CR102
CR110
CR111
18
19
20
Q117
6026
1
+ C101
220
2
R133
100k
C102
.01
CR113
5.1V
C109
.1
R134
20k
R257
10k
R129
36k
Q106
3600
C236
.1
+5V
CR143
CR142
R275
20k
CR138
CR137
U121
EP110
R155
36k
R137
1M
R150
2k
U110C
LMC550AM
+ 10
8
9
R154
100k
C148
.1
Q103
3600
R132
100k
R167
10
1
R158
15k
4
5
C138
.001
C152
.1
R136
100k
Q112
3600
Q111
3600
R179
4.7k
R181
1k
U104B
74HC08
6
R178
2k
Q110
3600
SYNC PULSE OUTPUT
BUFFER
CR140
CR122
SYNC PULSE WIDTH
CONTROLLER
+26.5V
+ C143
2700
+ C144
2700
+ C145
2700
C146
.1
C141
.1
C142
.001
CR107
WO105
+26.5V DC
EXTERNAL INPUT
POWER
CONNECTOR
R135
13k
R118
18.2k
C236
.1
EP111
R138
2.26k
R130
100k
C225
.01
+5V
C234
.001
R139
2.26k
R274
1k
R202
20k
R192
8.2k
GND
R156
1k
R157
20k
Q114
3612
SHUTDOWN
OVER-VOLTAGE
R277
10k
EP112 GROUND
BATTERY BACKUP
R262
29.4k
1 CATHODE
REF 8
U115
2 ANODE A ANODE D 7
R263
2.49k
CGR
BATTERY BACKUP
C135
.1
3 ANODE B ANODE C 6
TL431ID
4 NC A
NC B 5
2,3,4,5,6,7
THERMAL
SENSOR
SOURCE
+5V
8 VIN
C229
.1
+C230
1
U106
VOUT 1
LM78L05
GND
2,3,4,5,6,7
1 IN
+ C232
6.8
C134
.1
R180
7.5k
F102
10A
R168
10
WO106
TO REMOTE WO104
ENABLE
R278
100k
8 REF TL431AIDCATH 1
R276
10k
ON/OFF
SENSE
BATTERY
BACKUP
R279
10k
C161
.01
+ C133
2,3,4,5,6,7
6.8
L101
CR128
CR148
13V
R131
36k
Q102
3612
+ C160
15
GND
1
R164
470
Q105
3612
R280
10k
R166
10
CR120
18V
REMOTE ENABLE POWER SUPPLY
CR101
+ C132
+ C199
R176
100
CR121
Q118
6351
6
R152
4.7k
14
15
16
8
U104A
74HC08
1
3
2
R151
20k
C207
.0022
C210
.0022
12
CR119
4
5
R272
51
3
R267
430
3
R268
4.7k
EP106
67V TO BATTERY BACK-UP
1
C137
2.2
5
CR123
R161
20
U111
2
VOUT
LM317T
ADJ
R222
0
R160
470
+
U107
+
3
C147
.1
C136
2.2
C197
2.2
+
Q104
6026
+15V
Vcc 13
R159
20
+
REF 14
EP101
VIN
+ C159
6.8
R141
10k
AC HOT INPUT (BRN)
C131
.1
U105
VOUT 1
LM78L05
+26.5V
IEA0 1
CR115
+5V
C124
.1
C123
1
C108
470pF
C121
.0027
U104
SOURCE
SOURCE
4
RAMP1 8
C126
.1
R172
100k
2
C113
.0047
R119
24.3k
R171
820
6
5
RTCT 7
C127
.01
R174
1k
C150
.01
C233
.1
C154
.1
C115
.1
A803 OUT 2
GND
3
WO116
TEMP OUTPUT
U110A
LMC550AM
3 +
1
+ C153
2
R184
1
357k
R182
75
R183
95.3k
R193
8.2k
R230
100
R185
1k
R187
95.3k
R186
10k
C156
.01
12 +
BUFFER/
HYSTERESIS
U110A
LMC550AM
14
R190
1k
CR139
Q120
3600
13
R188
10M
+5V
R189
6.81k
R194
8.2k
R273
1k
R191
3.3k
R195
8.2k
R196
8.2k
R197
10k
+26.5V
SHUTDOWN DRIVE
TO U119, U120, U122 (2)
FAN CONTROLLER/
DRIVE
Q121
3600
J201
2 FAN HIGH
1 FAN LOW
J102
2
BATTERY
BACKUP 1
FAN CONTROL
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
800W POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2)
FIGURE 10-37
10-32
SYNC (2)
APPROXIMATELY
100V PEAK
+15V BUCK CONTOLLER
I REF 11
U112
R233
3.3k
C182
470pF
R234
1k
V REF 16
R228
2k
NI 2
C173
.1
R220
2k
5 R T
R223
13k
EA OUT 3
L103
WO 115
C175
.22
C173
.0022
8 SS
+ C178
1
+ C165
1500
+ C166
1500
C167
.01
R215
6.2k
+ C169
1500
C170
.01
WO 107
WO 108
R221
36k
HIGH CURRENT OUT
+15V DC OUTPUT
GROUND
INV 1
R216
1k
R224
0
C T 6
+15V
Q127
3600
R219
470
R217
1.2k
15 Vcc
C176
R225
.001
68
13 VC
C181
.01
+ C180
6.8
12 GND
Q128
3612
C172
.01
R315
820
R218
4.7k
R226
24
10 GND A
RAMP 7
I SD 9
14 OUT
INPUT CURRENT
SENSOR
T108
CR127
1
2
+26.5V
CR124
+ C163
2700
R209
620
3
R198
18
R200
18 Q122
6026
R199
18
R205
10
R227
180
R232
820
C183
270pF
R210
620
4
R308
0
CR125
Q125
6352
R206
10
Q124
6026
R201
180
R207
51
C162
.1
R229
820
R231
180
Q123
6110
R208
51
R211
12.4k
C220
.1
5 NC A
SYNC PULSE (1)
+15V BUCK CONTOLLER
C196
.001
C T 6
5 R T
R260
68
U113
R259
13k
8 SS
Q126
3612
C168
.01
C195
.01
SHUTDOWN
DRIVE
TO U115
EA OUT 3
+5V
WO 109
C194
.22
+ C187
1500
C193
.0022
+C188
1500
C189
.01
R253
4.7k
WO 110
R258
36k
+15V
4
CR129
R213
200
4
R261
24
+ C198
1
+5V DC OUTPUT
+5V DC GROUND
INV 1
15 Vcc
13 VC
C201
.01
NC B
5
2
8 CATHODE
REF 1
U116
7 ANODE A ANODE D 2
TL431ID
6 ANODE B ANODE C 3
R212
2.26k
6
1
R214
1k
CR126
C164
.001
R203
2k
U119
IL205A
R281
470
L102
R204
2k
R254
1k
I REF 11
+ C200
6.8
12 GND
R265
3.3k
R266
1k
C191
.0047
C202
470pF
R255
4.3k
10 GND A
V REF 16
R264
2k
NI 2
C192
.1
R256
2k
RAMP 7
I SD 9
14 OUT
C203
270pF
+26.5V
T109
CR130
R235
18
1
2
3
4
CR133
+ C186
1500
R247
36
R237
18 Q129
6026
R236
18
R242
10
CR131
Q132
6352
R249
3.4k
C222
.1
Q131
6026
R244
180
L104
R241
2k
Q130
6110
U114
4 Vcc
V FB 1
+ C205
1500
4
CR135
TL431ID
6 ANODE B ANODE C 3
NC B
C190
.01
R251
200
4
R284
3.4k
CR136
L105
C208
.1
+C209
1500
C227
.1
C204
.047
MC33166T
Q133
3612
8 CATHODE
REF 1
U117
7 ANODE A ANODE D 2
R285
2.49k
5
2
Q138
3612
8 CATHODE
REF 1
U118
7 ANODE A ANODE D 2
4
CR141
TL431ID
6 ANODE B ANODE C 3
NC B
6
1
R286
1k
5 NC A
R270
33k
U122
IL205A
R303
200
UNDER-VOLTAGE -6V
MINIMUM
-5V CONVERTER
OUT 2
5
2
CR132
C185
.001
COMP 5
R252
1k
5 NC A
6
1
R245
51
R240
2k
+26.5V
R250
2.49k
U120
IL205A
R246
470
OVER-VOLTAGE 6V
MAXIMUM
R309
0
R243
10
R238
180
C184
.1
R269
360
R287
200
4
C211
.01
WO 111
R271
3.3k
-5V DC OUTPUT
C212
.01
GND 3
10-33
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
800W POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2)
FIGURE 10-38
FOLDOUT
L1
1.8uH
F1
20A
L2
8.67nH
BRN
AC HOT
EARTH GROUND
NEUTRAL
RV1
C1
.22
C2
.22
C3
.0022
C4
.0022
R1
1M
C5
.22
RV2
RED
CR1
BLU
CHASSIS
GROUND
BLK
GRN/YEL
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
AC FILTER BOARD
FIGURE 10-39
10-34
WO1 AC HOT
WO5 POS OUT
WO3 NEUTRAL
WO4 NEG
OUT
WO2 CHASSIS GND
C131
C132
R158
B
C
C112
E
5
MH107
Q111
+
+
R144
W102
C105
C110 +
8
1
4
K101
R143
CR118
R141
EP102
Q105
R142
R152
R157
E C B
U107
C107
5
R156
4
F101
W106
R159
1
U105
W103
C114
8
U106
C129
R154
C155
R153
R101 C130
R160
CR116
CR101
C126
R111
C101
U107
1
R165
2
3
R104
R102
R107
B C E
R108
R112
R113
R127
R130
C104
5
R115
CR104
+ C103
4
8
1
R147
R146
5
CR114
C115
R122
R148 R149 R151
R150
R145
4
R144
C125
8
1
U104
4
C107
U103
R124
W104
R137
+ C124
U102
R123
C128
C127
R129
CR111
7
1
R136
C116
5
1
8
U101
R117
R128
8
R118
14
1
+
R106
R121
R125
R120
5
C119
R139
R140
R119
2
C102
R126
CR115
S101
R109
R110
CR103
Q103
3
4
L101
R138
CR109
EP103
R105
Q101
CR102
B C E
Q102
R103
R116
EP101
C106
CR113
CR117
+ C118
C133
C134
CR105
10-35
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
BATTERY BACK-UP COMPONENT LAYOUT
FIGURE 10-40
FOLDOUT
BATTERY
+24V
F101
4A
+26V
HIGH CURRENT
TRACE (30A)
C101
.01
INPUT RECTIFIER FILTER
R111
51
EP101
Q101
Q102
6026
6026
CR113
HIGH CURRENT GROUND
W103
5
DC INPUT (+)
+ C105
+ C119
220
+26.5V DC OUTPUT
W102
2
R136
3.3k
1000
U107
VIN
LM317M
R137
3.3k
V OUT
BATTERY INPUT
+24V DC
R102
330
C106
.1
ADJ
3
R103
2k
R145
15k
R108
2k
BATTERY
TEMP SENSE
DC INPUT (-)
EP103
R148
15k
R106
2k
LM2904
7
+
Q105
1000
6026
R142
10k
2
R110
2k
ANODE A
REF 8
REMOTE ENABLE
Q103
6110
SOURCE
CR111 GREEN
CHARGER
ACTIVE
OFF
LM2904
8
C115
.1
+
4
R147
10k
NC A
NC B
4
5
CR118
18V
C107
.1
+26V
7 ANODE D
+26V
U104
S101
R146
3.9k
ANODE B
TL431ID
6 ANODE C
1
CATHODE
WO 101
CHARGER
DISABLE
SWITCH
R144
15k
U103
3
R143
2k
ON
CR117
13V
R151
100
R150
10k
R109
2k
BATTERY OK
R105
2k
+ C111
+26V
U104B
6
5
R104
2k
6.8
R140
1k
R149
82k
K101
EP102
R165
2k
+ C110
C109
.1
R139
3.3K
+26V
6
R101
4.7k
R138
240
+26V
CR102
R107
1k
BATTERY CHARGER
OUTPUT
(2.2A MAX)
2
TEMPERATURE SLOPE
CR101
REVERSE
BATTERY
CR116
2021
1
4/3
REMOTE ENABLE
ON/OFF
+24V
Q104
L101
+67V
BATTERY
SOURCE
PROTECTION ON/OFF
REGULATOR
CR109
+24V
+67V
67V INPUT WO104
U105
HEAT SINK THERMAL SENSE
LM2904
8
CR114
U105A
8
+ C118
1
R121
62k
+
4
C112
.1
U106
NC2
OVER VOLTAGE
9
3 NC3
THERMAL SENSE CHASSIS MOUNTING
STUD TO TRACE UNDER THERMAL
SENSOR U106
+
CR103
12V SOURCE
R125
1k
+ C103
6.8
CR115
R130
33k
AC FAIL ENABLE
U101D
LM2901
11
2
+2.5V
CR104
18V
C104
.1
R128
10k
U101A
+
4 GND
C126
.1
+2.5V
5
+ C113
NC6
4
+
NC5
R154
300k
6
R152
75
1
R155
1k
R156
10k
R159
100k
R153
100k
W106
OUTPUT TO FAN
2
1
5
LM2904
C114
.1
+26V
5
R157
15k
U105B
+
LM2904
7
6
R158
1k
R160
10k
MH107
R115
470
+18V
R126
42.2k
R112
7.5k
7
LM2901
14
R122
4.7k
NC7
LM35D
U101C
8
R113
1k
2
3 +
VOUT 1
VIN
R141
0
R117
3.3k
CR105 RED
BATTERY FAULT
LM2901
13
R129
20k
10
+2.5V
UNDERVOLTAGE
R118
10.5k
U101B
LM2901
6
1
R119
1k
7
R120
1K
+
R127
82.5k
+2.5V
+2.5V REGULATOR
SOURCE
R123
10k
1
+2.5V
8
C125
.1
+ C124
1
R124
10k
3
4
CATHODE
ANODE A 2
U102
REF
ANODE D 7
TL431ID
ANODE C 6
ANODE B
NC A
NC B 5
REVERT SECTION
CHARGER SECTION
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
BATTERY BACK-UP SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-41
10-36
TO
P103
FROM
A
FROM
B
TO
P105
POWER HARNESS
J2
TO
P102
FROM
C
TO
P101
A
B
+26.5V
GROUND
TO
RFIB
C
+15V
1
TO
P104
2
J2
BACKPLANE
1
4
7
4
2
5
8
5
3
6
9
6
A
WO5
+15V IN
WO7
WO20
1
3
+15V OUT
EP20 WO20A
WO6
B
WO8
+
+
+15V IN
2
C1
2200
4
7
5
8
6
9
10
11
12
3
C
2
POWER SWITCH
THERMAL SENSOR
7
+15V OUT
C2
2200
AC FAIL IN
8
1
4
5
+15V
3
BA
GROUND
WO11
WO12
9
WO13
WO14
10
WO16
WO15
11
9
GROUND
+5V
6
8
-5V
12
WO18
+26V IN
WO9
+
C3
2200
7
WO17
+26V OUT
EP21 WO21A
+
WO10
+26V IN
WO21
POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC
FIGURE 10-43
+26V OUT
C4
2200
POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD
FIGURE 10-42
10-41
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
R
FOLDOUT
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
10-38
800 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
SECTION A 800 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
Program
Channel
Number
FCC
Channel
Number
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
Program
Channel
Number
FCC
Channel
Number
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
851.0125
851.0375
851.0625
851.0875
851.1125
851.1375
851.1625
851.1875
851.2125
851.2375
851.2625
851.2875
851.3125
851.3375
851.3625
851.3875
851.4125
851.4375
851.4625
851.4875
851.5125
851.5375
851.5625
851.5875
851.6125
851.6375
851.6625
851.6875
851.7125
851.7375
851.7625
851.7875
851.8125
851.8375
851.8625
851.8875
851.9125
851.9375
851.9625
851.9875
852.0125
852.0375
852.0625
852.0875
806.0125
806.0375
806.0625
806.0875
806.1125
806.1375
806.1625
806.1875
806.2125
806.2375
806.2625
806.2875
806.3125
806.3375
806.3625
806.3875
806.4125
806.4375
806.4625
806.4875
806.5125
806.5375
806.5625
806.5875
806.6125
806.6375
806.6625
806.6875
806.7125
806.7375
806.7625
806.7875
806.8125
806.8375
806.8625
806.8875
806.9125
806.9375
806.9625
806.9875
807.0125
807.0375
807.0625
807.0875
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
852.1125
852.1375
852.1625
852.1875
852.2125
852.2375
852.2625
852.2875
852.3125
852.3375
852.3625
852.3875
852.4125
852.4375
852.4625
852.4875
852.5125
852.5375
852.5625
852.5875
852.6125
852.6375
852.6625
852.6875
852.7125
852.7375
852.7625
852.7875
852.8125
852.8375
852.8625
852.8875
852.9125
852.9375
852.9625
852.9875
853.0125
853.0375
853.0625
853.0875
853.1125
853.1375
853.1625
853.1875
807.1125
807.1375
807.1625
807.1875
807.2125
807.2375
807.2625
807.2875
807.3125
807.3375
807.3625
807.3875
807.4125
807.4375
807.4625
807.4875
807.5125
807.5375
807.5625
807.5875
807.6125
807.6375
807.6625
807.6875
807.7125
807.7375
807.7625
807.7875
807.8125
807.8375
807.8625
807.8875
807.9125
807.9375
807.9625
807.9875
808.0125
808.0375
808.0625
808.0875
808.1125
808.1375
808.1625
808.1875
A-1
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
800 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
Program
Channel
Number
FCC
Channel
Number
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
853.2125
853.2375
853.2625
853.2875
853.3125
853.3375
853.3625
853.3875
853.4125
853.4375
853.4625
853.4875
853.5125
853.5375
853.5625
853.5875
853.6125
853.6375
853.6625
853.6875
853.7125
853.7375
853.7625
853.7875
853.8125
853.8375
853.8625
853.8875
853.9125
853.9375
853.9625
853.9875
854.0125
854.0375
854.0625
854.0875
854.1125
854.1375
854.1625
854.1875
854.2125
854.2375
854.2625
854.2875
854.3125
854.3375
808.2125
808.2375
808.2625
808.2875
808.3125
808.3375
808.3625
808.3875
808.4125
808.4375
808.4625
808.4875
808.5125
808.5375
808.5625
808.5875
808.6125
808.6375
808.6625
808.6875
808.7125
808.7375
808.7625
808.7875
808.8125
808.8375
808.8625
808.8875
808.9125
808.9375
808.9625
808.9875
809.0125
809.0375
809.0625
809.0875
809.1125
809.1375
809.1625
809.1875
809.2125
809.2375
809.2625
809.2875
809.3125
809.3375
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
A-2
Program
Channel
Number
FCC
Channel
Number
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
854.3625
854.3875
854.4125
854.4375
854.4625
854.4875
854.5125
854.5375
854.5625
854.5875
854.6125
854.6375
854.6625
854.6875
854.7125
854.7375
854.7625
854.7875
854.8125
854.8375
854.8625
854.8875
854.9125
854.9375
854.9625
854.9875
855.0125
855.0375
855.0625
855.0875
855.1125
855.1375
855.1625
855.1875
855.2125
855.2375
855.2625
855.2875
855.3125
855.3375
855.3625
855.3875
855.4125
809.3625
809.3875
809.4125
809.4375
809.4625
809.4875
809.5125
809.5375
809.5625
809.5875
809.6125
809.6375
809.6625
809.6875
809.7125
809.7375
809.7625
809.7875
809.8125
809.8375
809.8625
809.8875
809.9125
809.9375
809.9625
809.9875
810.0125
810.0375
810.0625
810.0875
810.1125
810.1375
810.1625
810.1875
810.2125
810.2375
810.2625
810.2875
810.3125
810.3375
810.3625
810.3875
810.4125
800 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
Program
Channel
Number
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
FCC
Channel
Number
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
Program
Channel
Number
855.4375
855.4625
855.4875
855.5125
855.5375
855.5625
855.5875
855.6125
855.6375
855.6625
855.6875
855.7125
855.7375
855.7625
855.7875
855.8125
855.8375
855.8625
855.8875
855.9125
855.9375
855.9625
855.9875
856.0125
856.0375
856.0625
856.0875
856.1125
856.1375
856.1625
856.1875
856.2125
856.2375
856.2625
856.2875
856.3125
856.3375
856.3625
856.3875
856.4125
856.4375
856.4625
856.4875
810.4375
810.4625
810.4875
810.5125
810.5375
810.5625
810.5875
810.6125
810.6375
810.6625
810.6875
810.7125
810.7375
810.7625
810.7875
810.8125
810.8375
810.8625
810.8875
810.9125
810.9375
810.9625
810.9875
811.0125
811.0375
811.0625
811.0875
811.1125
811.1375
811.1625
811.1875
811.2125
811.2375
811.2625
811.2875
811.3125
811.3375
811.3625
811.3875
811.4125
811.4375
811.4625
811.4875
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
A-3
FCC
Channel
Number
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
856.5125
856.5375
856.5625
856.5875
856.6125
856.6375
856.6625
856.6875
856.7125
856.7375
856.7625
856.7875
856.8125
856.8375
856.8625
856.8875
856.9125
856.9375
856.9625
856.9875
857.0125
857.0375
857.0625
857.0875
857.1125
857.1375
857.1625
857.2125
857.2375
857.2625
857.2875
857.3125
857.3375
857.3625
857.3875
857.4125
857.4375
857.4625
857.4875
857.5125
857.5375
857.5625
857.5875
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
811.5125
811.5375
811.5625
811.5875
811.6125
811.6375
811.6625
811.6875
811.7125
811.7375
811.7625
811.7875
811.8125
811.8375
811.8625
811.8875
811.9125
811.9375
811.9625
811.9875
812.0125
812.0375
812.0625
812.0875
812.1125
812.1375
812.1625
812.2125
812.2375
812.2625
812.2875
812.3125
812.3375
812.3625
812.3875
812.4125
812.4375
812.4625
812.4875
812.5125
812.5375
812.5625
812.5875
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
800 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
Program
Channel
Number
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
FCC
Channel
Number
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
Program
Channel
Number
FCC
Channel
Number
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
857.6125
857.6375
857.6625
857.6875
857.7125
857.7375
857.7625
857.7875
857.8125
857.8375
857.8625
857.8875
857.9125
857.9375
857.9625
857.9875
858.0125
858.0375
858.0625
858.0875
858.1125
858.1375
858.1625
858.1875
858.2125
858.2375
858.2625
858.2875
858.3125
858.3375
858.3625
858.3875
858.4125
858.4375
858.4625
858.4875
858.5125
858.5375
858.5625
858.5875
858.6125
858.6375
858.6625
812.6125
812.6375
812.6625
812.6875
812.7125
812.7375
812.7625
812.7875
812.8125
812.8375
812.8625
812.8875
812.9125
812.9375
812.9625
812.9875
813.0125
813.0375
813.0625
813.0875
813.1125
813.1375
813.1625
813.1875
813.2125
813.2375
813.2625
813.2875
813.3125
813.3375
813.3625
813.3875
813.4125
813.4375
813.4625
813.4875
813.5125
813.5375
813.5625
813.5875
813.6125
813.6375
813.6625
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
858.6875
858.7125
858.7375
858.7625
858.7875
858.8125
858.8375
858.8625
858.8875
858.9375
858.9625
858.9875
859.0125
859.0375
859.0625
859.0875
859.1125
859.1375
859.1625
859.1875
859.2125
859.2375
859.2625
859.2875
859.3125
859.3375
859.3625
859.3875
859.4125
859.4375
859.4625
859.4875
859.5125
859.5375
859.5625
859.5875
859.6125
859.6375
859.6625
859.6875
859.7125
859.7375
859.7625
813.6875
813.7125
813.7375
813.7625
813.7875
813.8125
813.8375
813.8625
813.8875
813.9375
813.9625
813.9875
814.0125
814.0375
814.0625
814.0875
814.1125
814.1375
814.1625
814.1875
814.2125
814.2375
814.2625
814.2875
814.3125
814.3375
814.3625
814.3875
814.4125
814.4375
814.4625
814.4875
814.5125
814.5375
814.5625
814.5875
814.6125
814.6375
814.6625
814.6875
814.7125
814.7375
814.7625
A-4
800 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
Program
Channel
Number
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
FCC
Channel
Number
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
Program
Channel
Number
859.7875
859.8125
859.8375
859.8625
859.8875
859.9125
859.9375
859.9625
859.9875
860.0125
860.0375
860.0625
860.0875
860.1125
860.1375
860.1625
860.1875
860.2125
860.2375
860.2625
860.2875
860.3125
860.3375
860.3625
860.3875
860.4125
860.4375
860.4625
860.4875
860.5125
860.5375
860.5625
860.5875
860.6125
860.6375
860.6625
860.6875
860.7125
860.7375
860.7625
860.7875
860.8125
860.8375
860.8625
860.8875
860.9125
814.7875
814.8125
814.8375
814.8625
814.8875
814.9125
814.9375
814.9625
814.9875
815.0125
815.0375
815.0625
815.0875
815.1125
815.1375
815.1625
815.1875
815.2125
815.2375
815.2625
815.2875
815.3125
815.3375
815.3625
815.3875
815.4125
815.4375
815.4625
815.4875
815.5125
815.5375
815.5625
815.5875
815.6125
815.6375
815.6625
815.6875
815.7125
815.7375
815.7625
815.7875
815.8125
815.8375
815.8625
815.8875
815.9125
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
A-5
FCC
Channel
Number
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
860.9375
860.9625
860.9875
861.0125
861.0375
861.0625
861.0875
861.1125
861.1375
861.1625
861.1875
861.2125
861.2375
861.2625
861.2875
861.3125
861.3375
861.3625
861.3875
861.4125
861.4375
861.4625
861.4875
861.5125
861.5375
861.5625
861.5875
861.6125
861.6375
861.6625
861.6875
861.7125
861.7375
861.7625
861.7875
861.8125
861.8375
861.8625
861.8875
861.9125
861.9375
861.9625
861.9875
862.0125
862.0375
862.0625
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
815.9375
815.9625
815.9875
816.0125
816.0375
816.0625
816.0875
816.1125
816.1375
816.1625
816.1875
816.2125
816.2375
816.2625
816.2875
816.3125
816.3375
816.3625
816.3875
816.4125
816.4375
816.4625
816.4875
816.5125
816.5375
816.5625
816.5875
816.6125
816.6375
816.6625
816.6875
816.7125
816.7375
816.7625
816.7875
816.8125
816.8375
816.8625
816.8875
816.9125
816.9375
816.9625
816.9875
817.0125
817.0375
817.0625
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
800 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
Program
Channel
Number
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
FCC
Channel
Number
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
Program
Channel
Number
FCC
Channel
Number
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
862.0875
862.1125
862.1375
862.1625
862.1875
862.2125
862.2375
862.2625
862.2875
862.3125
862.3375
862.3625
862.3875
862.4125
862.4375
862.4625
862.4875
862.5125
862.5375
862.5625
862.5875
862.6125
862.6375
862.6625
862.6875
862.7125
862.7375
862.7625
862.7875
862.8125
862.8375
862.8625
862.8875
862.9125
862.9375
862.9625
862.9875
863.0125
863.0375
863.0625
863.0875
863.1125
863.1375
863.1625
863.1875
863.2125
817.0875
817.1125
817.1375
817.1625
817.1875
817.2125
817.2375
817.2625
817.2875
817.3125
817.3375
817.3625
817.3875
817.4125
817.4375
817.4625
817.4875
817.5125
817.5375
817.5625
817.5875
817.6125
817.6375
817.6625
817.6875
817.7125
817.7375
817.7625
817.7875
817.8125
817.8375
817.8625
817.8875
817.9125
817.9375
817.9625
817.9875
818.0125
818.0375
818.0625
818.0875
818.1125
818.1375
818.1625
818.1875
818.2125
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
863.2375
863.2625
863.2875
863.3125
863.3375
863.3625
863.3875
863.4125
863.4375
863.4625
863.4875
863.5125
863.5375
863.5625
863.5875
863.6125
863.6375
863.6625
863.6875
863.7125
863.7375
863.7625
863.7875
863.8125
863.8375
863.8625
863.8875
863.9125
863.9375
863.9625
863.9875
864.0125
864.0375
864.0625
864.0875
864.1125
864.1375
864.1625
864.1875
864.2125
864.2375
864.2625
864.2875
864.3125
864.3375
864.3625
818.2375
818.2625
818.2875
818.3125
818.3375
818.3625
818.3875
818.4125
818.4375
818.4625
818.4875
818.5125
818.5375
818.5625
818.5875
818.6125
818.6375
818.6625
818.6875
818.7125
818.7375
818.7625
818.7875
818.8125
818.8375
818.8625
818.8875
818.9125
818.9375
818.9625
818.9875
819.0125
819.0375
819.0625
819.0875
819.1125
819.1375
819.1625
819.1875
819.2125
819.2375
819.2625
819.2875
819.3125
819.3375
819.3625
A-6
800 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
Program
Channel
Number
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
FCC
Channel
Number
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
Program
Channel
Number
864.3875
864.4125
864.4375
864.4625
864.4875
864.5125
864.5375
864.5625
864.5875
864.6125
864.6375
864.6625
864.6875
864.7125
864.7375
864.7625
864.7875
864.8125
864.8375
864.8625
864.8875
864.9125
864.9375
864.9625
864.9875
865.0125
865.0375
865.0625
865.0875
865.1125
865.1375
865.1625
865.1875
865.2125
865.2375
865.2625
865.2875
865.3125
865.3375
865.3625
865.3875
865.4125
865.4375
865.4625
865.4875
865.5125
819.3875
819.4125
819.4375
819.4625
819.4875
819.5125
819.5375
819.5625
819.5875
819.6125
819.6375
819.6625
819.6875
819.7125
819.7375
819.7625
819.7875
819.8125
819.8375
819.8625
819.8875
819.9125
819.9375
819.9625
819.9875
820.0125
820.0375
820.0625
820.0875
820.1125
820.1375
820.1625
820.1875
820.2125
820.2375
820.2625
820.2875
820.3125
820.3375
820.3625
820.3875
820.4125
820.4375
820.4625
820.4875
820.5125
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
A-7
FCC
Channel
Number
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
865.5375
865.5625
865.5875
865.6125
865.6375
865.6625
865.6875
865.7125
865.7375
865.7625
865.7875
865.8125
865.8375
865.8625
865.8875
865.9125
865.9375
865.9625
865.9875
866.0000
866.0125
866.0250
866.0375
866.0500
866.0625
866.0750
866.0875
866.1000
866.1125
866.1250
866.1375
866.1500
866.1625
866.1750
866.1875
866.2000
866.2125
866.2250
866.2375
866.2500
866.2625
866.2750
866.2875
866.3000
866.3125
866.3250
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
820.5375
820.5625
820.5875
820.6125
820.6375
820.6625
820.6875
820.7125
820.7375
820.7625
820.7875
820.8125
820.8375
820.8625
820.8875
820.9125
820.9375
820.9625
820.9875
821.0000
821.0125
821.0250
821.0375
821.0500
821.0625
821.0750
821.0875
821.1000
821.1125
821.1250
821.1375
821.1500
821.1625
821.1750
821.1875
821.2000
821.2125
821.2250
821.2375
821.2500
821.2625
821.2750
821.2875
821.3000
821.3125
821.3250
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
800 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
Program
Channel
Number
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
FCC
Channel
Number
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
Program
Channel
Number
FCC
Channel
Number
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
866.3375
866.3500
866.3625
866.3750
866.3875
866.4000
866.4125
866.4250
866.4375
866.4500
866.4625
866.4750
866.4875
866.5000
866.5125
866.5250
866.5375
866.5500
866.5625
866.5750
866.5875
866.6000
866.6125
866.6250
866.6375
866.6500
866.6625
866.6750
866.6875
866.7000
866.7125
866.7250
866.7375
866.7500
866.7625
866.7750
866.7875
866.8000
866.8125
866.8250
866.8375
866.8500
866.8625
866.8750
866.8875
866.9000
821.3375
821.3500
821.3625
821.3750
821.3875
821.4000
821.4125
821.4250
821.4375
821.4500
821.4625
821.4750
821.4875
821.5000
821.5125
821.5250
821.5375
821.5500
821.5625
821.5750
821.5875
821.6000
821.6125
821.6250
821.6375
821.6500
821.6625
821.6750
821.6875
821.7000
821.7125
821.7250
821.7375
821.7500
821.7625
821.7750
821.7875
821.8000
821.8125
821.8250
821.8375
821.8500
821.8625
821.8750
821.8875
821.9000
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
866.9125
866.9250
866.9375
866.9500
866.9625
866.9750
866.9875
867.0000
867.0125
867.0250
867.0375
867.0500
867.0625
867.0750
867.0875
867.1000
867.1125
867.1250
867.1375
867.1500
867.1625
867.1750
867.1875
867.2000
867.2125
867.2250
867.2375
867.2500
867.2625
867.2750
867.2875
867.3000
867.3125
867.3250
867.3375
867.3500
867.3625
867.3750
867.3875
867.4000
867.4125
867.4250
867.4375
867.4500
867.4625
867.4750
821.9125
821.9250
821.9375
821.9500
821.9625
821.9750
821.9875
822.0000
822.0125
822.0250
822.0375
822.0500
822.0625
822.0750
822.0875
822.1000
822.1125
822.1250
822.1375
822.1500
822.1625
822.1750
822.1875
822.2000
822.2125
822.2250
822.2375
822.2500
822.2625
822.2750
822.2875
822.3000
822.3125
822.3250
822.3375
822.3500
822.3625
822.3750
822.3875
822.4000
822.4125
822.4250
822.4375
822.4500
822.4625
822.4750
A-8
800 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
Program
Channel
Number
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
FCC
Channel
Number
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
Program
Channel
Number
867.4875
867.5000
867.5125
867.5250
867.5375
867.5500
867.5625
867.5750
867.5875
867.6000
867.6250
867.6375
867.6500
867.6625
867.6750
867.6875
867.7000
867.7125
867.7250
867.7375
867.7500
867.7625
867.7750
867.7875
867.8000
867.8125
867.8250
867.8375
867.8500
867.8625
867.8750
867.8875
867.9000
867.9125
867.9250
867.9375
867.9500
867.9625
867.9750
867.9875
868.0000
868.0125
868.0250
868.0375
868.0500
868.0625
822.4875
822.5000
822.5125
822.5250
822.5375
822.5500
822.5625
822.5750
822.5875
822.6000
822.6250
822.6375
822.6500
822.6625
822.6750
822.6875
822.7000
822.7125
822.7250
822.7375
822.7500
822.7625
822.7750
822.7875
822.8000
822.8125
822.8250
822.8375
822.8500
822.8625
822.8750
822.8875
822.9000
822.9125
822.9250
822.9375
822.9500
822.9625
822.9750
822.9875
823.0000
823.0125
823.0250
823.0375
823.0500
823.0625
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
A-9
FCC
Channel
Number
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
868.0750
868.0875
868.1000
868.1125
868.1250
868.1375
868.1500
868.1625
868.1750
868.1875
868.2000
868.2125
868.2250
868.2375
868.2500
868.2625
868.2750
868.2875
868.3000
868.3125
868.3250
868.3375
868.3500
868.3625
868.3750
868.3875
868.4000
868.4125
868.4250
868.4375
868.4500
868.4625
868.4750
868.4875
868.5000
868.5125
868.5250
868.5375
868.5500
868.5625
868.5750
868.5875
868.6000
868.6125
868.6250
868.6375
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
823.0750
823.0875
823.1000
823.1125
823.1250
823.1375
823.1500
823.1625
823.1750
823.1875
823.2000
823.2125
823.2250
823.2375
823.2500
823.2625
823.2750
823.2875
823.3000
823.3125
823.3250
823.3375
823.3500
823.3625
823.3750
823.3875
823.4000
823.4125
823.4250
823.4375
823.4500
823.4625
823.4750
823.4875
823.5000
823.5125
823.5250
823.5375
823.5500
823.5625
823.5750
823.5875
823.6000
823.6125
823.6250
823.6375
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
800 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
Program
Channel
Number
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
FCC
Channel
Number
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
-
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
Program
Channel
Number
868.6500
868.6625
868.6750
868.6875
868.7000
868.7125
868.7250
868.7375
868.7500
868.7625
868.7750
868.7875
868.8000
868.8125
868.8250
868.8375
868.8500
868.8625
868.8750
868.8875
868.9000
868.9125
868.9250
868.9375
868.9500
868.9625
868.9750
868.9875
869.0000
869.0125
869.0250
869.0375
869.0500
869.0625
869.0750
869.0875
869.1000
869.1125
869.1250
869.1375
869.1500
869.1625
869.1750
869.1875
869.2000
869.2125
823.6500
823.6625
823.6750
823.6875
823.7000
823.7125
823.7250
823.7375
823.7500
823.7625
823.7750
823.7875
823.8000
823.8125
823.8250
823.8375
823.8500
823.8625
823.8750
823.8875
823.9000
823.9125
823.9250
823.9375
823.9500
823.9625
823.9750
823.9875
824.0000
824.0125
824.0250
824.0375
824.0500
824.0625
824.0750
824.0875
824.1000
824.1125
824.1250
824.1375
824.1500
824.1625
824.1750
824.1875
824.2000
824.2125
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
A-10
FCC
Channel
Number
-
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
869.2250
869.2375
869.2500
869.2625
869.2750
869.2875
869.3000
869.3125
869.3250
869.3375
869.3500
869.3625
869.3750
869.3875
869.4000
869.4125
869.4250
869.4375
869.4500
869.4625
869.4750
869.4875
869.5000
869.5125
869.5250
869.5375
869.5500
869.5625
869.5750
869.5875
869.6000
869.6125
869.6250
869.6375
869.6500
869.6625
869.6750
869.6875
869.7000
869.7125
869.7250
869.7375
869.7500
869.7625
869.7750
869.7875
824.2250
824.2375
824.2500
824.2625
824.2750
824.2875
824.3000
824.3125
824.3250
824.3375
824.3500
824.3625
824.3750
824.3875
824.4000
824.4125
824.4250
824.4375
824.4500
824.4625
824.4750
824.4875
824.5000
824.5125
824.5250
824.5375
824.5500
824.5625
824.5750
824.5875
824.6000
824.6125
824.6250
824.6375
824.6500
824.6625
824.6750
824.6875
824.7000
824.7125
824.7250
824.7375
824.7500
824.7625
824.7750
824.7875
800 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
Program
Channel
Number
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
FCC
Channel
Number
-
Repeater
Transmit
Frequency
Repeater
Receive
Frequency
869.8000
869.8125
869.8250
869.8375
869.8500
869.8625
869.8750
869.8875
869.9000
869.9125
869.9250
869.9375
869.9500
869.9625
869.9750
869.9875
824.8000
824.8125
824.8250
824.8375
824.8500
824.8625
824.8750
824.8875
824.9000
824.9125
824.9250
824.9375
824.9500
824.9625
824.9750
824.9875
A-11
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
800 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART
This page intentionally left blank.
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
A-12
INDEX
Symbols
1-9, 1-12, 2-6, 2-7, 3-1, 4-8
A
AC Power 2-2
110V 2-2
220V 2-2
Access Priority 1-12
Accessories 1-2
External Speaker 1-2
External Speaker/Microphone 1-2
Alarm Configuration 4-5
Alarm Description 4-6
Alarm Transmit Rate 4-6
Cross Reference 4-6
Input Alarms 4-5
Output Alarm ID 4-6
Transmit ID 4-6
Alarm Description 4-6
Alarm Display 4-12
Alarm Transmit Rate 4-6
Alarms 1-4
Alignment Software 3-3
All Call 1-12
Antenna 2-7
Antenna Installation 2-1
B
Battery Backup 8-4
Baud Rate 3-2
Busy Hang Time 4-4
Busy Hang Type 4-4
C
Channel Interface Module 1-9
Channel Number 4-3
Color Monitor 3-2
COM Port 3-2, 4-11
Command Line Options 3-2
Baud Rate 3-2
COM Port 3-2
Demo Mode 3-2
Help 3-2
Computer Configuration 3-2
Computer Description 3-1
Cross Reference 4-6
Customer Service 1-3
CWID Message 4-4
CWID Time 4-4
D
Data Link 2-7
Delete Repeater 4-6
Demo Mode 3-2
Detecting Defective Repeaters 1-11
Dispatch Consoles 1-9
Dispatch Interface Module 1-9
Display Mode 4-12
DOS Shell 4-2
Dynamic Channel Assignment 1-13
Dynamic Move to New System/Group 1-13
Dynamic Reprogramming of Group 11 1-13
E
Edit
Alarm Configuration 4-5
Delete Repeater 4-6
Repeater Type 4-6
Select Repeater 4-5
Setup Parameters 4-3
Edit Menu 4-2
EEPROM Data Storage 3-1
Emergency Calls 1-13
Exciter Test 4-11
F
File Menu 4-1
DOS Shell 4-2
Load 4-1
Print Repeater Config 4-2
Quit (ALT X) 4-2
Save 4-1
Save As 4-1
Full Repeater Test 4-11
G
Grounding 2-3
Protection Guidelines 2-4
RF 2-4
Telephone Line 2-4
Group 11 1-13
H
Hardware
HSDB Monitor 4-8
Mode Select 4-9
Receive Data 4-8
Revision 4-9
RF Data 4-8
Transmit Data 4-8
-1
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
Version 4-9
Help 3-2
Help F1 3-4
High Speed Data Bus 2-6, 4-8
Home Channel Backup 1-10
Home Repeater 1-11
Monitor Repeater 1-11
Site 1-11
Status Repeater 1-11
System 1-10
Home Repeater 1-9
HSDB Monitor 4-8
HSDB, see High Speed Data Bus
I
ID Validation 1-13
ID Validator 4-4
Input Alarms 4-5
Inspection 2-5
Installation 2-1
AC Power 2-2
Antenna 2-1
Audio/Data Link to RNT 2-7
Environment 2-1
Grounding 2-3
Inspection 2-5
Receive Antenna 2-7
Site Preparation 2-1
Transmit Antenna 2-7
Unpacking 2-5
Ventilation 2-1
Intelligent Dispatch Module 1-9
Interconnect Calls 1-13
Interface Alarm Card 1-6, 6-39
A D Level Test Point 1-6
CWID Indicator 1-6
Ground 1-6
Hang Indicator 1-6
Mobile Call Indicator 1-6
Power Indicator 1-6
Power Supply On/Off Switch 1-6
Switch Call Indicator 1-6
Voltage Test Output 1-6
Xmit Indicator 1-6
Inter-Repeater Data Communication 1-7
Interrogate 1-12
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
L
Load File 4-1
Local MIC ID 4-5
M
Main Audio Card 4-11, 6-31
Main Processor Card 1-4, 3-1, 6-27
Alarms 1-4
Display 1-4
Programming Jack 1-4
Reset 1-4
Menu Displays 4-1
Edit 4-2
File 4-1
Test 4-9
Mobile Data Signaling 1-9
Mobile Disable 1-13
Mobile Transceivers 1-7
Mode Select 4-9
Model Number Breakdown 1-1
Monitor Repeater
Selecting Repeater 1-11
Monochrome Monitor 3-2
MPC, see Main Processor Card
Multi-Net Audio Card 1-6
A D Level TP 1-6
External Speaker Jack 1-6
Ground 1-6
Local On/Off/Vol 1-6
Speaker/Mic Jacks 1-6
Multi-Net Features 1-11
Access Priority 1-12
All Call 1-12
Dynamic Channel Assignment 1-13
Emergency Calls 1-13
Group 11 1-13
ID Validation 1-13
Interconnect Calls 1-13
Interrogate 1-12
Mobile Disable 1-13
Move to Sys/Grp 1-13
Receive Priority 1-12
Special Calls 1-11
Standard Calls 1-11
System Key 1-13
Unique ID Codes 1-12
Voter System 1-14
-2
Multi-Net Operation 1-9
Home Channel Backup 1-10
Home Repeaters 1-9
Mobile Data Signaling 1-9
Repeater Data Bus Signaling 1-10
Repeater Data Signaling 1-9
Status Repeaters 1-9
Multi-Net Signaling 1-1
Multi-Net System Components 1-7
O
Output Alarm ID 4-6
P
Paging 4-5
Parameters, Setup 4-3
Power Amplifier Test 4-11
Power Source 4-5
Power Supply 1-7
Print Repeater Config 4-2
Priority 1-12
Access 1-12
Receive 1-12
Product Warranty 1-3
Program Files 3-3
Programming Flowchart 3-4
PSTN, see Public Service Telephone Network
Public Service Telephone Network 1-9
Q
Quit (ALT X) 4-2
R
Radio Network Terminal 1-1, 1-9
Read Setup Parameters 4-7
Receive Data 4-8
Receive Priority 1-12
Receive, see Antenna
Receiver Test 4-11
Repeater Connection To RNT 1-7
Repeater Data Bus Signaling 1-10
Repeater Data Signaling 1-9
Repeater Identification 1-1
Repeater Number 4-3
Repeater Program Software 3-2
Repeater Programmer 3-3
Repeater Type 4-6
Repeaters 1-7
Revision 4-9
RF Data 4-8
RF Power Level 4-5
RNT Interface 7-24
CIM Setup 7-24
Data Over Voice 7-24
Repeater Setup 7-24
RS-232 7-28
Separate Data 7-26
S
Save As File 4-1
Save File 4-1
Secondary Protection
Telephone Line 2-4
Select Repeater 4-5
Setup Parameters 4-3
Busy Hang Time 4-4
Busy Hang Type 4-4
Channel Number 4-3
CWID Message 4-4
CWID Time 4-4
ID Validator 4-4
Local MIC ID 4-5
Paging 4-5
Power Source 4-5
Repeater Number 4-3
RF Power Level 4-5
Stand Alone 4-4
Standby Repeater 4-4
Status Free 4-4
Status Repeater 4-4
System Key 4-3
System Priority Type 4-3
Telco Network Type 4-3
Test Mode ID 4-5
Voter Baud Rate 4-4
Voter Enable 4-4
Site Number Assignment 1-11
Site Preparation 2-1
Software 3-1
Alignment 3-3
Color Operation 3-2
Command Line Options 3-2
Computer Description 3-1
EEPROM Data Storage 3-1
Getting Started 3-1
Help F1 3-4
How To Use This Manual 3-1
-3
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
Installing 3-2
Monochrome Operation 3-2
Program Files 3-3
Programming Flowchart 3-4
Repeater Program 3-2
Repeater Programmer 3-3
Software Updates/Revisions 1-4
Special Calls 1-11
Stand Alone 4-4
Standard Calls 1-11
Standby Battery 8-4
Standby Repeater 4-4
Status Channel Assignment 1-11
Status Free 4-4
Status Repeater 1-9, 4-4
System Key 1-13, 4-3
System Priority Type 4-3
Both Next and Reserved Channel 4-3
Next Channel 4-3
None 4-3
Reserved Channel 4-3
T
Telco Network Type 4-3
Test 4-9
Exciter 4-11
Full Repeater 4-11
Power Amplifier 4-11
Receiver 4-11
Test Mode 4-5
Transfer
Read Setup Parameters 4-7
Write Setup Parameters 4-7
Transmission Trunking 1-10
Transmit Data 4-8
Transmit ID 4-6
Transmit, see Antenna
Trunk Interface Module 1-9
U
UID, see Unique ID Codes
Unique ID Codes 1-12
Unpacking 2-5
User Level 4-12
Utilities
Alarm Display 4-12
COM Port 4-11
Display Mode 4-12
Month 2000
Part No. 001-2008-104
User Level 4-12
V
Ventilation 2-1
Version 4-9
Voice Link 2-7
Voter Baud Rate 4-4
Voter Enable 4-4
Voter System 1-14
W
Write Setup Parameters 4-7
-4